[Title 40 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 2002 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]
[[Page i]]
40
Parts 300 to 399
Revised as of July 1, 2002
Protection of Environment
Containing a codification of documents of general
applicability and future effect
As of July 1, 2002
With Ancillaries
Published by
Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records
Administration
A Special Edition of the Federal Register
[[Page ii]]
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 2002
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office
Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area
(202) 512-1800
Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail: Stop SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
[[Page iii]]
Table of Contents
Page
Explanation................................................. v
Title 40:
Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency
(Continued) 3
Finding Aids:
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference........ 517
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................ 519
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR...... 537
List of CFR Sections Affected........................... 547
[[Page iv]]
----------------------------
Cite this Code: CFR
To cite the regulations in
this volume use title,
part and section number.
Thus, 40 CFR 300.1 refers
to title 40, part 300,
section 1.
----------------------------
[[Page v]]
EXPLANATION
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each
volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, July 1, 2002), consult the ``List of CFR
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request.
[[Page vi]]
Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting
requirements.
OBSOLETE PROVISIONS
Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For
the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ``List of CFR Sections
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)).
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which
approval is based are:
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of
material published in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative
process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC
20408, or call (202) 523-4534.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I). A list of CFR titles, chapters,
and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are
also included in this volume.
An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within
that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in
the daily Federal Register.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
[[Page vii]]
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at
the top of odd-numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408 or e-mail
[email protected].
SALES
The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800,
M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2250, 24 hours
a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents,
Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO
Customer Service call 202-512-1803.
ELECTRONIC SERVICES
The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, The United States
Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Public Papers,
Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act
Compilation are available in electronic format at www.access.gpo.gov/
nara (``GPO Access''). For more information, contact Electronic
Information Dissemination Services, U.S. Government Printing Office.
Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-free). E-mail,
[email protected].
The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.nara.gov/fedreg. The NARA
site also contains links to GPO Access.
Raymond A. Mosley,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register.
July 1, 2002.
[[Page ix]]
THIS TITLE
Title 40--Protection of Environment is composed of twenty-eight
volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order:
parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-End),
parts 53-59, part 60 (60.1-End), part 60 (Appendices), parts 61-62, part
63 (63.1-63.599), part 63 (63.600-1-63.1199), part 63 (63.1200-End),
parts 64-71, parts 72-80, parts 81-85, part 86 (86.1-86.599-99), part 86
(86.600-1-End), parts 87-99, parts 100-135, parts 136-149, parts 150-
189, parts 190-259, parts 260-265, parts 266-299, parts 300-399, parts
400-424, parts 425-699, parts 700-789, and part 790 to End. The contents
of these volumes represent all current regulations codified under this
title of the CFR as of July 1, 2002.
Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency appears in all twenty-
eight volumes. An alphabetical Listing of Pesticide Chemicals Index
appears in parts 150-189. Redesignation Tables appear in the volumes
containing parts 50-51, parts 150-189, and parts 700-789. Regulations
issued by the Council on Environmental Quality appear in the volume
containing part 790 to End. The OMB control numbers for title 40 appear
in Sec. 9.1 of this chapter.
[[Page x]]
[[Page 1]]
TITLE 40--PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
(This book contains parts 300 to 399)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Part
chapter i--Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)...... 300
[[Page 3]]
CHAPTER I--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 65 FR
47324, 47325, Aug. 2, 2000.
SUBCHAPTER J--SUPERFUND, EMERGENCY PLANNING, AND COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW
PROGRAMS
Part Page
300 National Oil and Hazardous Substances
Pollution Contingency Plan.............. 5
302 Designation, reportable quantities, and
notification............................ 281
303 Citizen awards for information on criminal
violations under superfund.............. 355
304 Arbitration procedures for small superfund
cost recovery claims.................... 357
305 Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA)
administrative hearing procedures for
claims against the superfund............ 370
307 Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA)
claims procedures....................... 382
310 Reimbursement to local governments for
emergency response to hazardous
substance releases...................... 402
311 Worker protection........................... 415
350 Trade secrecy claims for emergency planning
and community right-to-know information:
and trade secret disclosures to health
professionals........................... 416
355 Emergency planning and notification......... 440
370 Hazardous chemical reporting: Community
right-to-know........................... 455
372 Toxic chemical release reporting: Community
right-to-know........................... 474
373 Reporting hazardous substance activity when
selling or transferring Federal real
property................................ 509
374 Prior notice of citizen suits............... 510
375-399 [Reserved]
[[Page 5]]
SUBCHAPTER J--SUPERFUND, EMERGENCY PLANNING, AND COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW
PROGRAMS
PART 300--NATIONAL OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES POLLUTION CONTINGENCY PLAN--Table of Contents
Subpart A--Introduction
Sec.
300.1 Purpose and objectives.
300.2 Authority and applicability.
300.3 Scope.
300.4 Abbreviations.
300.5 Definitions.
300.6 Use of number and gender.
300.7 Computation of time.
Subpart B--Responsibility and Organization for Response
300.100 Duties of President delegated to federal agencies.
300.105 General organization concepts.
300.110 National Response Team.
300.115 Regional Response Teams.
300.120 On-scene coordinators and remedial project managers: general
responsibilities.
300.125 Notification and communications.
300.130 Determinations to initiate response and special conditions.
300.135 Response operations.
300.140 Multi-regional responses.
300.145 Special teams and other assistance available to OSCs/RPMs.
300.150 Worker health and safety.
300.155 Public information and community relations.
300.160 Documentation and cost recovery.
300.165 OSC reports.
300.170 Federal agency participation.
300.175 Federal agencies: additional responsibilities and assistance.
300.180 State and local participation in response.
300.185 Nongovernmental participation.
Subpart C--Planning and Preparedness
300.200 General.
300.205 Planning and coordination structure.
300.210 Federal contingency plans.
300.211 OPA facility and vessel response plans.
300.212 Area response drills.
300.215 Title III local emergency response plans.
300.220 Related Title III issues.
Subpart D--Operational Response Phases for Oil Removal
300.300 Phase I--Discovery or notification.
300.305 Phase II--Preliminary assessment and initiation of action.
300.310 Phase III--Containment, countermeasures, cleanup, and disposal.
300.315 Phase IV--Documentation and cost recovery.
300.317 National response priorities.
300.320 General pattern of response.
300.322 Response to substantial threats to public health or welfare of
the United States.
300.323 Spills of national significance.
300.324 Response to worst case discharges.
300.335 Funding.
Subpart E--Hazardous Substance Response
300.400 General.
300.405 Discovery or notification.
300.410 Removal site evaluation.
300.415 Removal action.
300.420 Remedial site evaluation.
300.425 Establishing remedial priorities.
300.430 Remedial investigation/feasibility study and selection of
remedy.
300.435 Remedial design/remedial action, operation and maintenance.
300.440 Procedures for planning and implementing off-site response
actions.
Subpart F--State Involvement in Hazardous Substance Response
300.500 General.
300.505 EPA/State Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA).
300.510 State assurances.
300.515 Requirements for state involvement in remedial and enforcement
response.
300.520 State involvement in EPA-lead enforcement negotiations.
300.525 State involvement in removal actions.
Subpart G--Trustees for Natural Resources
300.600 Designation of federal trustees.
300.605 State trustees.
300.610 Indian tribes.
300.612 Foreign trustees.
300.615 Responsibilities of trustees.
Subpart H--Participation by Other Persons
300.700 Activities by other persons.
[[Page 6]]
Subpart I--Administrative Record for Selection of Response Action
300.800 Establishment of an administrative record.
300.805 Location of the administrative record file.
300.810 Contents of the administrative record file.
300.815 Administrative record file for a remedial action.
300.820 Administrative record file for a removal action.
300.825 Record requirements after the decision document is signed.
Subpart J--Use of Dispersants and Other Chemicals
300.900 General.
300.905 NCP Product Schedule.
300.910 Authorization of use.
300.915 Data requirements.
300.920 Addition of products to Schedule.
Subpart K--Federal Facilities [Reserved]
Subpart L--National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency
Plan; Involuntary Acquisition of Property by the Government
300.1105 Involuntary acquisition of property by the government.
Appendix A to Part 300--The Hazard Ranking System
Appendix B to Part 300--National Priorities List
Appendix C to Part 300--Swirling Flask Dispersant Effectiveness Test,
Revised Standard Dispersant Toxicity Test, and Bioremediation
Agent Effectiveness Test
Appendix D to Part 300--Appropriate Actions and Methods of Remedying
Releases
Appendix E to Part 300--Oil Spill Response
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(c)(2); 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657; E.O. 12777, 56
FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p.351; E.O. 12580, 52 FR 2923, 3 CFR, 1987
Comp., p.193.
Subpart A--Introduction
Source: 59 FR 47416, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.1 Purpose and objectives.
The purpose of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution
Contingency Plan (NCP) is to provide the organizational structure and
procedures for preparing for and responding to discharges of oil and
releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, and contaminants.
Sec. 300.2 Authority and applicability.
The NCP is required by section 105 of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, 42
U.S.C. 9605, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization
Act of 1986 (SARA), Pub. L. 99-499, (hereinafter CERCLA), and by section
311(d) of the Clean Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. 1321(d), as amended by
the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA), Pub. L. 101-380. In Executive Order
(E.O.) 12777 (56 FR 54757, October 22, 1991), the President delegated to
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) the responsibility for the
amendment of the NCP. Amendments to the NCP are coordinated with members
of the National Response Team (NRT) prior to publication for notice and
comment. This includes coordination with the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA) and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in order
to avoid inconsistent or duplicative requirements in the emergency
planning responsibilities of those agencies. The NCP is applicable to
response actions taken pursuant to the authorities under CERCLA and
section 311 of the CWA, as amended.
Sec. 300.3 Scope.
(a) The NCP applies to and is in effect for:
(1) Discharges of oil into or on the navigable waters of the United
States, on the adjoining shorelines, the waters of the contiguous zone,
into waters of the exclusive economic zone, or that may affect natural
resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive
management authority of the United States (See sections 311(c)(1) and
502(7) of the CWA).
(2) Releases into the environment of hazardous substances, and
pollutants or contaminants which may present an imminent and substantial
danger to public health or welfare of the United States.
(b) The NCP provides for efficient, coordinated, and effective
response to
[[Page 7]]
discharges of oil and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, and
contaminants in accordance with the authorities of CERCLA and the CWA.
It provides for:
(1) The national response organization that may be activated in
response actions. It specifies responsibilities among the federal,
state, and local governments and describes resources that are available
for response.
(2) The establishment of requirements for federal, regional, and
area contingency plans. It also summarizes state and local emergency
planning requirements under SARA Title III.
(3) Procedures for undertaking removal actions pursuant to section
311 of the CWA.
(4) Procedures for undertaking response actions pursuant to CERCLA.
(5) Procedures for involving state governments in the initiation,
development, selection, and implementation of response actions, pursuant
to CERCLA.
(6) Listing of federal trustees for natural resources for purposes
of CERCLA and the CWA.
(7) Procedures for the participation of other persons in response
actions.
(8) Procedures for compiling and making available an administrative
record for response actions.
(9) National procedures for the use of dispersants and other
chemicals in removals under the CWA and response actions under CERCLA.
(c) In implementing the NCP, consideration shall be given to
international assistance plans and agreements, security regulations and
responsibilities based on international agreements, federal statutes,
and executive orders. Actions taken pursuant to the provisions of any
applicable international joint contingency plans shall be consistent
with the NCP, to the greatest extent possible. The Department of State
shall be consulted, as appropriate, prior to taking any action which may
affect its activities.
(d) Additionally, the NCP applies to and is in effect when the
Federal Response Plan and some or all its Emergency Support Functions
(ESFs) are activated.
Sec. 300.4 Abbreviations.
(a) Department and Agency Title Abbreviations:
ATSDR--Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
CDC--Centers for Disease Control
DOC--Department of Commerce
DOD--Department of Defense
DOE--Department of Energy
DOI--Department of the Interior
DOJ--Department of Justice
DOL--Department of Labor
DOS--Department of State
DOT--Department of Transportation
EPA--Environmental Protection Agency
FEMA--Federal Emergency Management Agency
GSA--General Services Administration
HHS--Department of Health and Human Services
NIOSH--National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NOAA--National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
OSHA--Occupational Health and Safety Administration
RSPA--Research and Special Programs Administration
USCG--United States Coast Guard
USDA--United States Department of Agriculture
Note: Reference is made in the NCP to both the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission and the National Response Center. In order to avoid
confusion, the NCP will spell out Nuclear Regulatory Commission and use
the abbreviation ``NRC'' only with respect to the National Response
Center.
(b) Operational Abbreviations:
ACP--Area Contingency Plan
ARARs--Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements
CERCLIS--CERCLA Information System
CRC--Community Relations Coordinator
CRP--Community Relations Plan
DRAT--District Response Advisory Team
DRG--District Response Group
ERT--Environmental Response Team
ESF--Emergency Support Function
FCO--Federal Coordinating Officer
FRERP--Federal Radiological Emergency Response Plan
FRP--Federal Response Plan
FS--Feasibility Study
HRS--Hazard Ranking System
LEPC--Local Emergency Planning Committee
NCP--National Contingency Plan
NPFC--National Pollution Funds Center
NPL--National Priorities List
NRC--National Response Center
NRS--National Response System
NRT--National Response Team
NSF--National Strike Force
[[Page 8]]
NSFCC--National Strike Force Coordination Center
O&M--Operation and Maintenance
OSC--On-Scene Coordinator
OSLTF--Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund
PA--Preliminary Assessment
PIAT--Public Information Assist Team
RA--Remedial Action
RCP--Regional Contingency Plan
RD--Remedial Design
RERT--Radiological Emergency Response Team
RI--Remedial Investigation
ROD--Record of Decision
RPM--Remedial Project Manager
RRC--Regional Response Center
RRT--Regional Response Team
SAC--Support Agency Coordinator
SERC--State Emergency Response Commission
SI--Site Inspection
SMOA--Superfund Memorandum of Agreement
SONS--Spill of National Significance
SSC--Scientific Support Coordinator
SUPSALV--United States Navy Supervisor of Salvage
USFWS--United States Fish and Wildlife Service
Sec. 300.5 Definitions.
Terms not defined in this section have the meaning given by CERCLA,
the OPA, or the CWA.
Activation means notification by telephone or other expeditious
manner or, when required, the assembly of some or all appropriate
members of the RRT or NRT.
Alternative water supplies as defined by section 101(34) of CERCLA,
includes, but is not limited to, drinking water and household water
supplies.
Applicable requirements means those cleanup standards, standards of
control, and other substantive requirements, criteria, or limitations
promulgated under federal environmental or state environmental or
facility siting laws that specifically address a hazardous substance,
pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, location, or other circumstance
found at a CERCLA site. Only those state standards that are identified
by a state in a timely manner and that are more stringent than federal
requirements may be applicable.
Area Committee (AC) as provided for by CWA sections 311(a)(18) and
(j)(4), means the entity appointed by the President consisting of
members from qualified personnel of federal, state, and local agencies
with responsibilities that include preparing an area contingency plan
for an area designated by the President.
Area contingency plan (ACP) as provided for by CWA sections
311(a)(19) and (j)(4), means the plan prepared by an Area Committee that
is developed to be implemented in conjunction with the NCP and RCP, in
part to address removal of a worst case discharge and to mitigate or
prevent a substantial threat of such a discharge from a vessel, offshore
facility, or onshore facility operating in or near an area designated by
the President.
Bioremediation agents means microbiological cultures, enzyme
additives, or nutrient additives that are deliberately introduced into
an oil discharge and that will significantly increase the rate of
biodegradation to mitigate the effects of the discharge.
Burning agents means those additives that, through physical or
chemical means, improve the combustibility of the materials to which
they are applied.
CERCLA is the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986.
CERCLIS is the abbreviation of the CERCLA Information System, EPA's
comprehensive data base and data management system that inventories and
tracks releases addressed or needing to be addressed by the Superfund
program. CERCLIS contains the official inventory of CERCLA sites and
supports EPA's site planning and tracking functions. Sites that EPA
decides do not warrant moving further in the site evaluation process are
given a ``No Further Response Action Planned'' (NFRAP) designation. This
means that no additional federal steps under CERCLA will be taken at the
site unless future information so warrants. Sites given a NFRAP
designation are placed in a separate archival data base. Inclusion of a
specific site or area in the CERCLIS data base does not represent a
determination of any party's liability, nor does it represent a finding
that any response action is necessary.
[[Page 9]]
Chemical agents means those elements, compounds, or mixtures that
coagulate, disperse, dissolve, emulsify, foam, neutralize, precipitate,
reduce, solubilize, oxidize, concentrate, congeal, entrap, fix, make the
pollutant mass more rigid or viscous, or otherwise facilitate the
mitigation of deleterious effects or the removal of the pollutant from
the water. Chemical agents include biological additives, dispersants,
sinking agents, miscellaneous oil spill control agents, and burning
agents, but do not include sorbents.
Claim for purposes of a release under CERCLA, means a demand in
writing for a sum certain; for purposes of a discharge under CWA, it
means a request, made in writing for a sum certain, for compensation for
damages or removal costs resulting from an incident.
Claimant as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means any person or
government who presents a claim for compensation under Title I of the
OPA.
Coastal waters for the purposes of classifying the size of
discharges, means the waters of the coastal zone except for the Great
Lakes and specified ports and harbors on inland rivers.
Coastal zone as defined for the purpose of the NCP, means all United
States waters subject to the tide, United States waters of the Great
Lakes, specified ports and harbors on inland rivers, waters of the
contiguous zone, other waters of the high seas subject to the NCP, and
the land surface or land substrata, ground waters, and ambient air
proximal to those waters. The term coastal zone delineates an area of
federal responsibility for response action. Precise boundaries are
determined by EPA/USCG agreements and identified in federal regional
contingency plans.
Coast Guard District Response Group (DRG) as provided for by CWA
sections 311(a)(20) and (j)(3), means the entity established by the
Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating, within each
USCG district, and shall consist of: the combined USCG personnel and
equipment, including marine firefighting equipment, of each port in the
district; additional prepositioned response equipment; and a district
response advisory team.
Community relations means EPA's program to inform and encourage
public participation in the Superfund process and to respond to
community concerns. The term ``public'' includes citizens directly
affected by the site, other interested citizens or parties, organized
groups, elected officials, and potentially responsible parties (PRPs).
Community relations coordinator means lead agency staff who work
with the OSC/RPM to involve and inform the public about the Superfund
process and response actions in accordance with the interactive
community relations requirements set forth in the NCP.
Contiguous zone means the zone of the high seas, established by the
United States under Article 24 of the Convention on the Territorial Sea
and Contiguous Zone, which is contiguous to the territorial sea and
which extends nine miles seaward from the outer limit of the territorial
sea.
Cooperative agreement is a legal instrument EPA uses to transfer
money, property, services, or anything of value to a recipient to
accomplish a public purpose in which substantial EPA involvement is
anticipated during the performance of the project.
Damages as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means damages
specified in section 1002(b) of the Act, and includes the cost of
assessing these damages.
Discharge as defined by section 311(a)(2) of the CWA, includes, but
is not limited to, any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting,
emptying, or dumping of oil, but excludes discharges in compliance with
a permit under section 402 of the CWA, discharges resulting from
circumstances identified and reviewed and made a part of the public
record with respect to a permit issued or modified under section 402 of
the CWA, and subject to a condition in such permit, or continuous or
anticipated intermittent discharges from a point source, identified in a
permit or permit application under section 402 of the CWA, that are
caused by events occurring within the scope of relevant operating or
treatment systems. For purposes of the NCP, discharge also means
substantial threat of discharge.
[[Page 10]]
Dispersants means those chemical agents that emulsify, disperse, or
solubilize oil into the water column or promote the surface spreading of
oil slicks to facilitate dispersal of the oil into the water column.
Drinking water supply as defined by section 101(7) of CERCLA, means
any raw or finished water source that is or may be used by a public
water system (as defined in the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300
et seq.) or as drinking water by one or more individuals.
Environment as defined by section 101(8) of CERCLA, means the
navigable waters, the waters of the contiguous zone, and the ocean
waters of which the natural resources are under the exclusive management
authority of the United States under the Magnuson Fishery Conservation
and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.); and any other surface
water, ground water, drinking water supply, land surface or subsurface
strata, or ambient air within the United States or under the
jurisdiction of the United States.
Exclusive economic zone, as defined by OPA section 1001, means the
zone established by Presidential Proclamation Numbered 5030, dated March
10, 1983, including the ocean waters of the areas referred to as
``eastern special areas'' in Article 3(1) of the Agreement between the
United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on
the Maritime Boundary, signed June 1, 1990.
Facility as defined by section 101(9) of CERCLA, means any building,
structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline (including any pipe
into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works), well, pit, pond,
lagoon, impoundment, ditch, landfill, storage container, motor vehicle,
rolling stock, or aircraft, or any site or area, where a hazardous
substance has been deposited, stored, disposed of, or placed, or
otherwise come to be located; but does not include any consumer product
in consumer use or any vessel. As defined by section 1001 of the OPA, it
means any structure, group of structures, equipment, or device (other
than a vessel) which is used for one or more of the following purposes:
Exploring for, drilling for, producing, storing, handling, transferring,
processing, or transporting oil. This term includes any motor vehicle,
rolling stock, or pipeline used for one or more of these purposes.
Feasibility study (FS) means a study undertaken by the lead agency
to develop and evaluate options for remedial action. The FS emphasizes
data analysis and is generally performed concurrently and in an
interactive fashion with the remedial investigation (RI), using data
gathered during the RI. The RI data are used to define the objectives of
the response action, to develop remedial action alternatives, and to
undertake an initial screening and detailed analysis of the
alternatives. The term also refers to a report that describes the
results of the study.
Federal Radiological Emergency Response Plan (FRERP) means the
inter-agency agreement for coordinating the response of various
agencies, under a variety of statutes, to a large radiological accident.
The Lead Federal Agency (LFA), defined by the FRERP, activates the FRERP
for any peacetime radiological emergency which, based upon its
professional judgment, is expected to have a significant radiological
effect within the United States, its territories, possessions, or
territorial waters and that could require a response by several federal
agencies.
Federal Response Plan (FRP) means the agreement signed by 27 federal
departments and agencies in April 1987 and developed under the
authorities of the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 (42 U.S.C.
7701 et seq.) and the Disaster Relief Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 3231 et
seq.), as amended by the Stafford Disaster Relief Act of 1988.
First federal official means the first federal representative of a
participating agency of the National Response Team to arrive at the
scene of a discharge or a release. This official coordinates activities
under the NCP and may initiate, in consultation with the OSC, any
necessary actions until the arrival of the predesignated OSC. A state
with primary jurisdiction over a site covered by a cooperative agreement
will act in the stead of the first federal official for any incident at
the site.
[[Page 11]]
Fund or Trust Fund means the Hazardous Substance Superfund
established by section 9507 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Ground water as defined by section 101(12) of CERCLA, means water in
a saturated zone or stratum beneath the surface of land or water.
Hazard Ranking System (HRS) means the method used by EPA to evaluate
the relative potential of hazardous substance releases to cause health
or safety problems, or ecological or environmental damage.
Hazardous substance as defined by section 101(14) of CERCLA, means:
Any substance designated pursuant to section 311(b)(2)(A) of the CWA;
any element, compound, mixture, solution, or substance designated
pursuant to section 102 of CERCLA; any hazardous waste having the
characteristics identified under or listed pursuant to section 3001 of
the Solid Waste Disposal Act (but not including any waste the regulation
of which under the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.) has
been suspended by Act of Congress); any toxic pollutant listed under
section 307(a) of the CWA; any hazardous air pollutant listed under
section 112 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7521 et seq.); and any
imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture with respect to which
the EPA Administrator has taken action pursuant to section 7 of the
Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.). The term does not
include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is
not otherwise specifically listed or designated as a hazardous substance
in the first sentence of this paragraph, and the term does not include
natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquified natural gas, or synthetic
gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas).
Indian tribe as defined by section 101(36) of CERCLA, means any
Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community,
including any Alaska Native village but not including any Alaska Native
regional or village corporation, which is recognized as eligible for the
special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians
because of their status as Indians. ``Indian tribe,'' as defined by OPA
section 1001, means any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized
group or community, but not including any Alaska Native regional or
village corporation, which is recognized as eligible for the special
programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because
of their status as Indians and has governmental authority over lands
belonging to or controlled by the tribe.
Inland waters, for the purposes of classifying the size of
discharges, means those waters of the United States in the inland zone,
waters of the Great Lakes, and specified ports and harbors on inland
rivers.
Inland zone means the environment inland of the coastal zone
excluding the Great Lakes and specified ports and harbors on inland
rivers. The term inland zone delineates an area of federal
responsibility for response action. Precise boundaries are determined by
EPA/USCG agreements and identified in federal regional contingency
plans.
Lead administrative trustee means a natural resource trustee who is
designated on an incident-by-incident basis for the purpose of
preassessment and damage assessment and chosen by the other trustees
whose natural resources are affected by the incident. The lead
administrative trustee facilitates effective and efficient communication
during response operations between the OSC and the other natural
resource trustees conducting activities associated with damage
assessment, and is responsible for applying to the OSC for access to
response operations resources on behalf of all trustees for initiation
of a damage assessment.
Lead agency means the agency that provides the OSC/RPM to plan and
implement response actions under the NCP. EPA, the USCG, another federal
agency, or a state (or political subdivision of a state) operating
pursuant to a contract or cooperative agreement executed pursuant to
section 104(d)(1) of CERCLA, or designated pursuant to a Superfund
Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA) entered into pursuant to subpart F of the
NCP or other agreements may be the lead agency for a response action. In
the case of a release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or
contaminant, where the release is on, or
[[Page 12]]
the sole source of the release is from, any facility or vessel under the
jurisdiction, custody, or control of Department of Defense (DOD) or
Department of Energy (DOE), then DOD or DOE will be the lead agency.
Where the release is on, or the sole source of the release is from, any
facility or vessel under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of a
federal agency other than EPA, the USCG, DOD, or DOE, then that agency
will be the lead agency for remedial actions and removal actions other
than emergencies. The federal agency maintains its lead agency
responsibilities whether the remedy is selected by the federal agency
for non-NPL sites or by EPA and the federal agency or by EPA alone under
CERCLA section 120. The lead agency will consult with the support
agency, if one exists, throughout the response process.
Management of migration means actions that are taken to minimize and
mitigate the migration of hazardous substances or pollutants or
contaminants and the effects of such migration. Measures may include,
but are not limited to, management of a plume of contamination,
restoration of a drinking water aquifer, or surface water restoration.
Miscellaneous oil spill control agent is any product, other than a
dispersant, sinking agent, surface washing agent, surface collecting
agent, bioremediation agent, burning agent, or sorbent that can be used
to enhance oil spill cleanup, removal, treatment, or mitigation.
National Pollution Funds Center (NPFC) means the entity established
by the Secretary of Transportation whose function is the administration
of the Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund (OSLTF). Among the NPFC's duties
are: providing appropriate access to the OSLTF for federal agencies and
states for removal actions and for federal trustees to initiate the
assessment of natural resource damages; providing appropriate access to
the OSLTF for claims; and coordinating cost recovery efforts.
National Priorities List (NPL) means the list, compiled by EPA
pursuant to CERCLA section 105, of uncontrolled hazardous substance
releases in the United States that are priorities for long-term remedial
evaluation and response.
National response system (NRS) is the mechanism for coordinating
response actions by all levels of government in support of the OSC/RPM.
The NRS is composed of the NRT, RRTs, OSC/RPM, Area Committees, and
Special Teams and related support entities. The NRS is capable of
expanding or contracting to accommodate the response effort required by
the size or complexity of the discharge or release.
National Strike Force (NSF) is a special team established by the
USCG, including the three USCG Strike Teams, the Public Information
Assist Team (PIAT), and the National Strike Force Coordination Center.
The NSF is available to assist OSCs/RPMs in their preparedness and
response duties.
National Strike Force Coordination Center (NSFCC), authorized as the
National Response Unit by CWA sections 311(a)(23) and (j)(2), means the
entity established by the Secretary of the department in which the USCG
is operating at Elizabeth City, North Carolina with responsibilities
that include administration of the USCG Strike Teams, maintenance of
response equipment inventories and logistic networks, and conducting a
national exercise program.
Natural resources means land, fish, wildlife, biota, air, water,
ground water, drinking water supplies, and other such resources
belonging to, managed by, held in trust by, appertaining to, or
otherwise controlled by the United States (including the resources of
the exclusive economic zone defined by the Magnuson Fishery Conservation
and Management Act of 1976), any state or local government, any foreign
government, any Indian tribe, or, if such resources are subject to a
trust restriction on alienation, any member of an Indian tribe.
Navigable waters as defined by 40 CFR 110.1, means the waters of the
United States, including the territorial seas. The term includes:
(1) All waters that are currently used, were used in the past, or
may be susceptible to use in interstate or foreign commerce, including
all waters
[[Page 13]]
that are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide;
(2) Interstate waters, including interstate wetlands;
(3) All other waters such as intrastate lakes, rivers, streams
(including intermittent streams), mudflats, sandflats, and wetlands, the
use, degradation, or destruction of which would affect or could affect
interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters;
(i) That are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for
recreational or other purposes;
(ii) From which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in
interstate or foreign commerce;
(iii) That are used or could be used for industrial purposes by
industries in interstate commerce;
(4) All impoundments of waters otherwise defined as navigable waters
under this section;
(5) Tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (a) through (d)
of this definition, including adjacent wetlands; and
(6) Wetlands adjacent to waters identified in paragraphs (a) through
(e) of this definition: Provided, that waste treatment systems (other
than cooling ponds meeting the criteria of this paragraph) are not
waters of the United States.
(7) Waters of the United States do not include prior converted
cropland. Notwithstanding the determination of an area's status as prior
converted cropland by any other federal agency, for the purposes of the
Clean Water Act, the final authority regarding Clean Water Act
jurisdiction remains with EPA.
Offshore facility as defined by section 101(17) of CERCLA and
section 311(a)(11) of the CWA, means any facility of any kind located
in, on, or under any of the navigable waters of the United States, and
any facility of any kind which is subject to the jurisdiction of the
United States and is located in, on, or under any other waters, other
than a vessel or a public vessel.
Oil as defined by section 311(a)(1) of the CWA, means oil of any
kind or in any form, including, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil,
sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil.
Oil, as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means oil of any kind or in
any form, including, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge,
oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil, but does
not include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof,
which is specifically listed or designated as a hazardous substance
under subparagraphs (A) through (F) of section 101(14) of the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(42 U.S.C. 9601) and which is subject to the provisions of that Act.
Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund (OSLTF) means the fund established
under section 9509 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C.
9509).
On-scene coordinator (OSC) means the federal official predesignated
by EPA or the USCG to coordinate and direct responses under subpart D,
or the government official designated by the lead agency to coordinate
and direct removal actions under subpart E of the NCP.
Onshore facility as defined by section 101(18) of CERCLA, means any
facility (including, but not limited to, motor vehicles and rolling
stock) of any kind located in, on, or under any land or non-navigable
waters within the United States; and, as defined by section 311(a)(10)
of the CWA, means any facility (including, but not limited to, motor
vehicles and rolling stock) of any kind located in, on, or under any
land within the United States other than submerged land.
On-site means the areal extent of contamination and all suitable
areas in very close proximity to the contamination necessary for
implementation of the response action.
Operable unit means a discrete action that comprises an incremental
step toward comprehensively addressing site problems. This discrete
portion of a remedial response manages migration, or eliminates or
mitigates a release, threat of a release, or pathway of exposure. The
cleanup of a site can be divided into a number of operable units,
depending on the complexity of the problems associated with the site.
Operable units may address geographical portions of a site, specific
site problems, or initial phases of an action, or
[[Page 14]]
may consist of any set of actions performed over time or any actions
that are concurrent but located in different parts of a site.
Operation and maintenance (O&M) means measures required to maintain
the effectiveness of response actions.
Person as defined by section 101(21) of CERCLA, means an individual,
firm, corporation, association, partnership, consortium, joint venture,
commercial entity, United States government, state, municipality,
commission, political subdivision of a state, or any interstate body. As
defined by section 1001 of the OPA, ``person'' means an individual,
corporation, partnership, association, state, municipality, commission,
or political subdivision of a state, or any interstate body.
Pollutant or contaminant as defined by section 101(33) of CERCLA,
shall include, but not be limited to, any element, substance, compound,
or mixture, including disease-causing agents, which after release into
the environment and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation, or
assimilation into any organism, either directly from the environment or
indirectly by ingestion through food chains, will or may reasonably be
anticipated to cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer,
genetic mutation, physiological malfunctions (including malfunctions in
reproduction) or physical deformations, in such organisms or their
offspring. The term does not include petroleum, including crude oil or
any fraction thereof which is not otherwise specifically listed or
designated as a hazardous substance under section 101(14) (A) through
(F) of CERCLA, nor does it include natural gas, liquified natural gas,
or synthetic gas of pipeline quality (or mixtures of natural gas and
such synthetic gas). For purposes of the NCP, the term pollutant or
contaminant means any pollutant or contaminant that may present an
imminent and substantial danger to public health or welfare of the
United States.
Post-removal site control means those activities that are necessary
to sustain the integrity of a Fund-financed removal action following its
conclusion. Post-removal site control may be a removal or remedial
action under CERCLA. The term includes, without being limited to,
activities such as relighting gas flares, replacing filters, and
collecting leachate.
Preliminary assessment (PA) under CERCLA means review of existing
information and an off-site reconnaissance, if appropriate, to determine
if a release may require additional investigation or action. A PA may
include an on-site reconnaissance, if appropriate.
Public participation, see the definition for community relations.
Public vessel as defined by section 311(a)(4) of the CWA, means a
vessel owned or bareboat-chartered and operated by the United States, or
by a state or political subdivision thereof, or by a foreign nation,
except when such vessel is engaged in commerce.
Quality assurance project plan (QAPP) is a written document,
associated with all remedial site sampling activities, which presents in
specific terms the organization (where applicable), objectives,
functional activities, and specific quality assurance (QA) and quality
control (QC) activities designed to achieve the data quality objectives
of a specific project(s) or continuing operation(s). The QAPP is
prepared for each specific project or continuing operation (or group of
similar projects or continuing operations). The QAPP will be prepared by
the responsible program office, regional office, laboratory, contractor,
recipient of an assistance agreement, or other organization. For an
enforcement action, potentially responsible parties may prepare a QAPP
subject to lead agency approval.
Release as defined by section 101(22) of CERCLA, means any spilling,
leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting,
escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment
(including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and
other closed receptacles containing any hazardous substance or pollutant
or contaminant), but excludes: Any release which results in exposure to
persons solely within a workplace, with respect to a claim which such
persons may assert against the employer of such persons; emissions from
the engine exhaust of a motor vehicle, rolling stock, aircraft, vessel,
or pipeline pumping station engine; release of
[[Page 15]]
source, byproduct, or special nuclear material from a nuclear incident,
as those terms are defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, if such
release is subject to requirements with respect to financial protection
established by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under section 170 of
such Act, or, for the purposes of section 104 of CERCLA or any other
response action, any release of source, byproduct, or special nuclear
material from any processing site designated under section 102(a)(1) or
302(a) of the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978 (42
U.S.C. 7901 et seq.); and the normal application of fertilizer. For
purposes of the NCP, release also means threat of release.
Relevant and appropriate requirements means those cleanup standards,
standards of control, and other substantive requirements, criteria, or
limitations promulgated under federal environmental or state
environmental or facility siting laws that, while not ``applicable'' to
a hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, remedial action,
location, or other circumstance at a CERCLA site, address problems or
situations sufficiently similar to those encountered at the CERCLA site
that their use is well suited to the particular site. Only those state
standards that are identified in a timely manner and are more stringent
than federal requirements may be relevant and appropriate.
Remedial design (RD) means the technical analysis and procedures
which follow the selection of remedy for a site and result in a detailed
set of plans and specifications for implementation of the remedial
action.
Remedial investigation (RI) is a process undertaken by the lead
agency to determine the nature and extent of the problem presented by
the release. The RI emphasizes data collection and site
characterization, and is generally performed concurrently and in an
interactive fashion with the feasibility study. The RI includes sampling
and monitoring, as necessary, and includes the gathering of sufficient
information to determine the necessity for remedial action and to
support the evaluation of remedial alternatives.
Remedial project manager (RPM) means the official designated by the
lead agency to coordinate, monitor, or direct remedial or other response
actions under subpart E of the NCP.
Remedy or remedial action (RA) means those actions consistent with
permanent remedy taken instead of, or in addition to, removal action in
the event of a release or threatened release of a hazardous substance
into the environment, to prevent or minimize the release of hazardous
substances so that they do not migrate to cause substantial danger to
present or future public health or welfare or the environment. The term
includes, but is not limited to, such actions at the location of the
release as storage, confinement, perimeter protection using dikes,
trenches, or ditches, clay cover, neutralization, cleanup of released
hazardous substances and associated contaminated materials, recycling or
reuse, diversion, destruction, segregation of reactive wastes, dredging
or excavations, repair or replacement of leaking containers, collection
of leachate and runoff, on-site treatment or incineration, provision of
alternative water supplies, any monitoring reasonably required to assure
that such actions protect the public health and welfare and the
environment and, where appropriate, post-removal site control
activities. The term includes the costs of permanent relocation of
residents and businesses and community facilities (including the cost of
providing ``alternative land of equivalent value'' to an Indian tribe
pursuant to CERCLA section 126(b)) where EPA determines that, alone or
in combination with other measures, such relocation is more cost-
effective than, and environmentally preferable to, the transportation,
storage, treatment, destruction, or secure disposition off-site of such
hazardous substances, or may otherwise be necessary to protect the
public health or welfare; the term includes off-site transport and off-
site storage, treatment, destruction, or secure disposition of hazardous
substances and associated contaminated materials. For the purpose of the
NCP, the term also includes enforcement activities related thereto.
Remove or removal as defined by section 311(a)(8) of the CWA, refers
to containment and removal of oil or hazardous substances from the water
and
[[Page 16]]
shorelines or the taking of such other actions as may be necessary to
minimize or mitigate damage to the public health or welfare of the
United States (including, but not limited to, fish, shellfish, wildlife,
public and private property, and shorelines and beaches) or to the
environment. For the purpose of the NCP, the term also includes
monitoring of action to remove a discharge. As defined by section
101(23) of CERCLA, remove or removal means the cleanup or removal of
released hazardous substances from the environment; such actions as may
be necessary taken in the event of the threat of release of hazardous
substances into the environment; such actions as may be necessary to
monitor, assess, and evaluate the release or threat of release of
hazardous substances; the disposal of removed material; or the taking of
such other actions as may be necessary to prevent, minimize, or mitigate
damage to the public health or welfare of the United States or to the
environment, which may otherwise result from a release or threat of
release. The term includes, in addition, without being limited to,
security fencing or other measures to limit access, provision of
alternative water supplies, temporary evacuation and housing of
threatened individuals not otherwise provided for, action taken under
section 104(b) of CERCLA, post-removal site control, where appropriate,
and any emergency assistance which may be provided under the Disaster
Relief Act of 1974. For the purpose of the NCP, the term also includes
enforcement activities related thereto.
Removal costs as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means the costs
of removal that are incurred after a discharge of oil has occurred, or
in any case in which there is a substantial threat of a discharge of
oil, the costs to prevent, minimize, or mitigate oil pollution from such
an incident.
Respond or response as defined by section 101(25) of CERCLA, means
remove, removal, remedy, or remedial action, including enforcement
activities related thereto.
Responsible party as defined by section 1001 of the OPA, means the
following:
(1) Vessels--In the case of a vessel, any person owning, operating,
or demise chartering the vessel.
(2) Onshore Facilities--In the case of an onshore facility (other
than a pipeline), any person owning or operating the facility, except a
federal agency, state, municipality, commission, or political
subdivision of a state, or any interstate body, that as the owner
transfers possession and right to use the property to another person by
lease, assignment, or permit.
(3) Offshore Facilities--In the case of an offshore facility (other
than a pipeline or a deepwater port licensed under the Deepwater Port
Act of 1974 (33 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.)), the lessee or permittee of the
area in which the facility is located or the holder of a right of use
and easement granted under applicable state law or the Outer Continental
Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1301-1356) for the area in which the facility
is located (if the holder is a different person than the lessee or
permittee), except a federal agency, state, municipality, commission, or
political subdivision of a state, or any interstate body, that as owner
transfers possession and right to use the property to another person by
lease, assignment, or permit.
(4) Deepwater Ports--In the case of a deepwater port licensed under
the Deepwater Port Act of 1974 (33 U.S.C. 1501-1524), the licensee.
(5) Pipelines--In the case of a pipeline, any person owning or
operating the pipeline.
(6) Abandonment--In the case of an abandoned vessel, onshore
facility, deepwater port, pipeline, or offshore facility, the person who
would have been responsible parties immediately prior to the abandonment
of the vessel or facility.
SARA is the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986. In
addition to certain free-standing provisions of law, it includes
amendments to CERCLA, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, and the Internal
Revenue Code. Among the free-standing provisions of law is Title III of
SARA, also known as the ``Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
Act of 1986'' and Title IV of SARA, also known as the ``Radon Gas and
Indoor Air Quality Research Act of 1986.'' Title V of SARA
[[Page 17]]
amending the Internal Revenue Code is also known as the ``Superfund
Revenue Act of 1986.''
Sinking agents means those additives applied to oil discharges to
sink floating pollutants below the water surface.
Site inspection (SI) means an on-site investigation to determine
whether there is a release or potential release and the nature of the
associated threats. The purpose is to augment the data collected in the
preliminary assessment and to generate, if necessary, sampling and other
field data to determine if further action or investigation is
appropriate.
Size classes of discharges refers to the following size classes of
oil discharges which are provided as guidance to the OSC and serve as
the criteria for the actions delineated in subpart D. They are not meant
to imply associated degrees of hazard to public health or welfare of the
United States, nor are they a measure of environmental injury. Any oil
discharge that poses a substantial threat to public health or welfare of
the United States or the environment or results in significant public
concern shall be classified as a major discharge regardless of the
following quantitative measures:
(1) Minor discharge means a discharge to the inland waters of less
than 1,000 gallons of oil or a discharge to the coastal waters of less
than 10,000 gallons of oil.
(2) Medium discharge means a discharge of 1,000 to 10,000 gallons of
oil to the inland waters or a discharge of 10,000 to 100,000 gallons of
oil to the coastal waters.
(3) Major discharge means a discharge of more than 10,000 gallons of
oil to the inland waters or more than 100,000 gallons of oil to the
coastal waters.
Size classes of releases refers to the following size
classifications which are provided as guidance to the OSC for meeting
pollution reporting requirements in subpart B. The final determination
of the appropriate classification of a release will be made by the OSC
based on consideration of the particular release (e.g., size, location,
impact, etc.):
(1) Minor release means a release of a quantity of hazardous
substance(s), pollutant(s), or contaminant(s) that poses minimal threat
to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment.
(2) Medium release means a release not meeting the criteria for
classification as a minor or major release.
(3) Major release means a release of any quantity of hazardous
substance(s), pollutant(s), or contaminant(s) that poses a substantial
threat to public health or welfare of the United States or the
environment or results in significant public concern.
Sorbents means essentially inert and insoluble materials that are
used to remove oil and hazardous substances from water through
adsorption, in which the oil or hazardous substance is attracted to the
sorbent surface and then adheres to it; absorption, in which the oil or
hazardous substance penetrates the pores of the sorbent material; or a
combination of the two. Sorbents are generally manufactured in
particulate form for spreading over an oil slick or as sheets, rolls,
pillows, or booms. The sorbent material may consist of, but is not
limited to, the following materials:
(1) Organic products--
(i) Peat moss or straw;
(ii) Cellulose fibers or cork;
(iii) Corn cobs;
(iv) Chicken, duck, or other bird feathers.
(2) Mineral compounds--
(i) Volcanic ash or perlite;
(ii) Vermiculite or zeolite.
(3) Synthetic products--
(i) Polypropylene;
(ii) Polyethylene;
(iii) Polyurethane;
(iv) Polyester.
Source control action is the construction or installation and start-
up of those actions necessary to prevent the continued release of
hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants (primarily from a
source on top of or within the ground, or in buildings or other
structures) into the environment.
Source control maintenance measures are those measures intended to
maintain the effectiveness of source control actions once such actions
are operating and functioning properly, such as the
[[Page 18]]
maintenance of landfill caps and leachate collection systems.
Specified ports and harbors means those ports and harbor areas on
inland rivers, and land areas immediately adjacent to those waters,
where the USCG acts as predesignated on-scene coordinator. Precise
locations are determined by EPA/USCG regional agreements and identified
in federal Regional Contingency Plans and Area Contingency Plans.
Spill of national significance (SONS) means a spill that due to its
severity, size, location, actual or potential impact on the public
health and welfare or the environment, or the necessary response effort,
is so complex that it requires extraordinary coordination of federal,
state, local, and responsible party resources to contain and clean up
the discharge.
State means the several states of the United States, the District of
Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the
U.S. Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas, and any
other territory or possession over which the United States has
jurisdiction. For purposes of the NCP, the term includes Indian tribes
as defined in the NCP except where specifically noted. Section 126 of
CERCLA provides that the governing body of an Indian tribe shall be
afforded substantially the same treatment as a state with respect to
certain provisions of CERCLA. Section 300.515(b) of the NCP describes
the requirements pertaining to Indian tribes that wish to be treated as
states under CERCLA.
Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA) means a nonbinding, written
document executed by an EPA Regional Administrator and the head of a
state agency that may establish the nature and extent of EPA and state
interaction during the removal, pre-remedial, remedial, and/or
enforcement response process. The SMOA is not a site-specific document
although attachments may address specific sites. The SMOA generally
defines the role and responsibilities of both the lead and the support
agencies.
Superfund state contract is a joint, legally binding agreement
between EPA and a state to obtain the necessary assurances before a
federal-lead remedial action can begin at a site. In the case of a
political subdivision-lead remedial response, a three-party Superfund
state contract among EPA, the state, and political subdivision thereof,
is required before a political subdivision takes the lead for any phase
of remedial response to ensure state involvement pursuant to section
121(f)(1) of CERCLA. The Superfund state contract may be amended to
provide the state's CERCLA section 104 assurances before a political
subdivision can take the lead for remedial action.
Support agency means the agency or agencies that provide the support
agency coordinator to furnish necessary data to the lead agency, review
response data and documents, and provide other assistance as requested
by the OSC or RPM. EPA, the USCG, another federal agency, or a state may
be support agencies for a response action if operating pursuant to a
contract executed under section 104(d)(1) of CERCLA or designated
pursuant to a Superfund Memorandum of Agreement entered into pursuant to
subpart F of the NCP or other agreement. The support agency may also
concur on decision documents.
Support agency coordinator (SAC) means the official designated by
the support agency, as appropriate, to interact and coordinate with the
lead agency in response actions under subpart E of this part.
Surface collecting agents means those chemical agents that form a
surface film to control the layer thickness of oil.
Surface washing agent is any product that removes oil from solid
surfaces, such as beaches and rocks, through a detergency mechanism and
does not involve dispersing or solubilizing the oil into the water
column.
Tank vessel as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means a vessel
that is constructed or adapted to carry, or that carries oil or
hazardous material in bulk as cargo or cargo residue, and that:
(1) is a vessel of the United States;
(2) operates on the navigable waters; or
[[Page 19]]
(3) transfers oil or hazardous material in a place subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States.
Threat of discharge or release, see definitions for discharge and
release.
Threat of release, see definition for release.
Treatment technology means any unit operation or series of unit
operations that alters the composition of a hazardous substance or
pollutant or contaminant through chemical, biological, or physical means
so as to reduce toxicity, mobility, or volume of the contaminated
materials being treated. Treatment technologies are an alternative to
land disposal of hazardous wastes without treatment.
Trustee means an official of a federal natural resources management
agency designated in subpart G of the NCP or a designated state official
or Indian tribe or, in the case of discharges covered by the OPA, a
foreign government official, who may pursue claims for damages under
section 107(f) of CERCLA or section 1006 of the OPA.
United States when used in relation to section 311(a)(5) of the CWA,
means the states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the United
States Virgin Islands, and the Pacific Island Governments. United
States, when used in relation to section 101(27) of CERCLA and section
1001(36) of the OPA, includes the several states of the United States,
the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam,
American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of
the Northern Marianas, and any other territory or possession over which
the United States has jurisdiction.
Vessel as defined by section 101(28) of CERCLA, means every
description of watercraft or other artificial contrivance used, or
capable of being used, as a means of transportation on water; and, as
defined by section 311(a)(3) of the CWA, means every description of
watercraft or other artificial contrivance used, or capable of being
used, as a means of transportation on water other than a public vessel.
Volunteer means any individual accepted to perform services by the
lead agency which has authority to accept volunteer services (examples:
See 16 U.S.C. 742f(c)). A volunteer is subject to the provisions of the
authorizing statute and the NCP.
Worst case discharge as defined by section 311(a)(24) of the CWA,
means, in the case of a vessel, a discharge in adverse weather
conditions of its entire cargo, and, in the case of an offshore facility
or onshore facility, the largest foreseeable discharge in adverse
weather conditions.
59 FR 47416, Sept. 15, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 16054, March 29, 1995]
Sec. 300.6 Use of number and gender.
As used in this regulation, words in the singular also include the
plural and words in the masculine gender also include the feminine and
vice versa, as the case may require.
Sec. 300.7 Computation of time.
In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed in these rules
of practice, except as otherwise provided, the day of the event from
which the designated period begins to run shall not be included.
Saturdays, Sundays, and federal legal holidays shall be included. When a
stated time expires on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the stated
time period shall be extended to include the next business day.
Subpart B--Responsibility and Organization for Response
Source: 59 FR 47424, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.100 Duties of President delegated to federal agencies.
In Executive Orders 12580 and 12777, the President delegated certain
functions and responsibilities vested in him by the CWA, CERCLA, and the
OPA.
Sec. 300.105 General organization concepts.
(a) Federal agencies should:
(1) Plan for emergencies and develop procedures for addressing oil
discharges and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or
contaminants;
[[Page 20]]
(2) Coordinate their planning, preparedness, and response activities
with one another;
(3) Coordinate their planning, preparedness, and response activities
with affected states, local governments, and private entities; and
(4) Make available those facilities or resources that may be useful
in a response situation, consistent with agency authorities and
capabilities.
(b) Three fundamental kinds of activities are performed pursuant to
the NCP:
(1) Preparedness planning and coordination for response to a
discharge of oil or release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or
contaminant;
(2) Notification and communications; and
(3) Response operations at the scene of a discharge or release.
(c) The organizational elements created to perform these activities
are:
(1) The NRT, responsible for national response and preparedness
planning, for coordinating regional planning, and for providing policy
guidance and support to the Regional Response Teams (RRTs). NRT
membership consists of representatives from the agencies specified in
Sec. 300.175(b).
(2) RRTs, responsible for regional planning and preparedness
activities before response actions, and for providing advice and support
to the OSC or RPM when activated during a response. RRT membership
consists of designated representatives from each federal agency
participating in the NRT together with state and (as agreed upon by the
states) local government representatives.
(3) The OSC and the RPM, primarily responsible for directing
response efforts and coordinating all other efforts at the scene of a
discharge or release. The other responsibilities of OSCs and RPMs are
described in Sec. 300.135.
(4) Area Committees, responsible for developing, under direction of
the OSC, ACPs for each area designated by the President.
Responsibilities of Area Committees are described in Sec. 300.205(c).
(d) The basic framework for the response management structure is a
system (e.g., a unified command system) that brings together the
functions of the Federal Government, the state government, and the
responsible party to achieve an effective and efficient response, where
the OSC maintains authority.
(e)(1) The organizational concepts of the national response system
are depicted in the following Figures 1a and 1b:
[[Page 21]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.000
[[Page 22]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.001
(2) The standard federal regional boundaries (which are also the
geographic areas of responsibility for the RRTs) are shown in the
following Figure 2:
[[Page 23]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.002
(3) The USCG District boundaries are shown in the following Figure
3:
[[Page 24]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.003
Sec. 300.110 National Response Team.
National planning and coordination is accomplished through the NRT.
(a) The NRT consists of representatives from the agencies named in
Sec. 300.175(b). Each agency shall designate a member to the team and
sufficient alternates to ensure representation, as agency resources
permit. The NRT will consider requests for membership on the NRT from
other agencies. Other agencies may request membership by forwarding such
requests to the chair of the NRT.
(b) The chair of the NRT shall be the representative of EPA and the
vice
[[Page 25]]
chair shall be the representative of the USCG, with the exception of
periods of activation because of response action. During activation, the
chair shall be the member agency providing the OSC/RPM. The vice chair
shall maintain records of NRT activities along with national, regional,
and area plans for response actions.
(c) While the NRT desires to achieve a consensus on all matters
brought before it, certain matters may prove unresolvable by this means.
In such cases, each agency serving as a participating agency on the NRT
may be accorded one vote in NRT proceedings.
(d) The NRT may establish such bylaws and committees as it deems
appropriate to further the purposes for which it is established.
(e) The NRT shall evaluate methods of responding to discharges or
releases; shall recommend any changes needed in the response
organization; and shall recommend to the Administrator of EPA changes to
the NCP designed to improve the effectiveness of the national response
system, including drafting of regulatory language.
(f) The NRT shall provide policy and program direction to the RRTs.
(g) The NRT may consider and make recommendations to appropriate
agencies on the training, equipping, and protection of response teams
and necessary research, development, demonstration, and evaluation to
improve response capabilities.
(h) Direct planning and preparedness responsibilities of the NRT
include:
(1) Maintaining national preparedness to respond to a major
discharge of oil or release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or
contaminant that is beyond regional capabilities;
(2) Publishing guidance documents for preparation and implementation
of SARA Title III local emergency response plans;
(3) Monitoring incoming reports from all RRTs and activating for a
response action, when necessary;
(4) Coordinating a national program to assist member agencies in
preparedness planning and response, and enhancing coordination of member
agency preparedness programs;
(5) Developing procedures, in coordination with the NSFCC, as
appropriate, to ensure the coordination of federal, state, and local
governments, and private response to oil discharges and releases of
hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants;
(6) Monitoring response-related research and development, testing,
and evaluation activities of NRT agencies to enhance coordination, avoid
duplication of effort, and facilitate research in support of response
activities;
(7) Developing recommendations for response training and for
enhancing the coordination of available resources among agencies with
training responsibilities under the NCP;
(8) Reviewing regional responses to oil discharges and hazardous
substance, pollutant, or contaminant releases, including an evaluation
of equipment readiness and coordination among responsible public
agencies and private organizations; and
(9) Assisting in developing a national exercise program, in
coordination with the NSFCC, to ensure preparedness and coordination
nationwide.
(i) The NRT will consider matters referred to it for advice or
resolution by an RRT.
(j) The NRT should be activated as an emergency response team:
(1) When an oil discharge or hazardous substance release:
(i) Exceeds the response capability of the region in which it
occurs;
(ii) Transects regional boundaries; or
(iii) Involves a substantial threat to the public health or welfare
of the United States or the environment, substantial amounts of
property, or substantial threats to natural resources;
(2) If requested by any NRT member.
(k) When activated for a response action, the NRT shall meet at the
call of the chair and may:
(1) Monitor and evaluate reports from the OSC/RPM and recommend to
the OSC/RPM, through the RRT, actions to combat the discharge or
release;
(2) Request other federal, state, and local governments, or private
agencies, to provide resources under their existing authorities to
combat a discharge or release, or to monitor response operations; and
(3) Coordinate the supply of equipment, personnel, or technical
advice to
[[Page 26]]
the affected region from other regions or districts.
Sec. 300.115 Regional Response Teams.
(a) Regional planning and coordination of preparedness and response
actions is accomplished through the RRT. In the case of a discharge of
oil, preparedness activities will be carried out in conjunction with
Area Committees, as appropriate. The RRT agency membership parallels
that of the NRT, as described in Sec. 300.110, but also includes state
and local representation. The RRT provides:
(1) The appropriate regional mechanism for development and
coordination of preparedness activities before a response action is
taken and for coordination of assistance and advice to the OSC/RPM
during such response actions; and
(2) Guidance to Area Committees, as appropriate, to ensure inter-
area consistency and consistency of individual ACPs with the RCP and
NCP.
(b) The two principal components of the RRT mechanism are a standing
team, which consists of designated representatives from each
participating federal agency, state governments, and local governments
(as agreed upon by the states); and incident-specific teams formed from
the standing team when the RRT is activated for a response. On incident-
specific teams, participation by the RRT member agencies will relate to
the technical nature of the incident and its geographic location.
(1) The standing team's jurisdiction corresponds to the standard
federal regions, except for Alaska, Oceania in the Pacific, and the
Caribbean area, each of which has a separate standing RRT. The role of
the standing RRT includes communications systems and procedures,
planning, coordination, training, evaluation, preparedness, and related
matters on a regionwide basis. It also includes coordination of Area
Committees for these functions in areas within their respective regions,
as appropriate.
(2) The role of the incident-specific team is determined by the
operational requirements of the response to a specific discharge or
release. Appropriate levels of activation and/or notification of the
incident-specific RRT, including participation by state and local
governments, shall be determined by the designated RRT chair for the
incident, based on the RCP. The incident-specific RRT supports the
designated OSC/RPM. The designated OSC/RPM directs response efforts and
coordinates all other efforts at the scene of a discharge or release.
(c) The representatives of EPA and the USCG shall act as co-chairs
of RRTs except when the RRT is activated. When the RRT is activated for
response actions, the chair shall be the member agency providing the
OSC/RPM.
(d) Each participating agency should designate one member and at
least one alternate member to the RRT. Agencies whose regional
subdivisions do not correspond to the standard federal regions may
designate additional representatives to the standing RRT to ensure
appropriate coverage of the standard federal region. Participating
states may also designate one member and at least one alternate member
to the RRT. Indian tribal governments may arrange for representation
with the RRT appropriate to their geographical location. All agencies
and states may also provide additional representatives as observers to
meetings of the RRT.
(e) RRT members should designate representatives and alternates from
their agencies as resource personnel for RRT activities, including RRT
work planning, and membership on incident-specific teams in support of
the OSCs/RPMs.
(f) Federal RRT members or their representatives should provide
OSCs/RPMs with assistance from their respective federal agencies
commensurate with agency responsibilities, resources, and capabilities
within the region. During a response action, the members of the RRT
should seek to make available the resources of their agencies to the
OSC/RPM as specified in the RCP and ACP.
(g) RRT members should nominate appropriately qualified
representatives from their agencies to work with OSCs in developing and
maintaining ACPs.
(h) Affected states are encouraged to participate actively in all
RRT activities. Each state governor is requested
[[Page 27]]
to assign an office or agency to represent the state on the appropriate
RRT; to designate representatives to work with the RRT in developing
RCPs; to plan for, make available, and coordinate state resources; and
to serve as the contact point for coordination of response with local
government agencies, whether or not represented on the RRT. The state's
RRT representative should keep the State Emergency Response Commission
(SERC), described in Sec. 300.205(d), apprised of RRT activities and
coordinate RRT activities with the SERC. Local governments are invited
to participate in activities on the appropriate RRT as provided by state
law or as arranged by the state's representative. Indian tribes are also
invited to participate in such activities.
(i) The standing RRT shall recommend changes in the regional
response organization as needed, revise the RCP as needed, evaluate the
preparedness of the participating agencies and the effectiveness of ACPs
for the federal response to discharges and releases, and provide
technical assistance for preparedness to the response community. The RRT
should:
(1) Review and comment, to the extent practicable, on local
emergency response plans or other issues related to the preparation,
implementation, or exercise of such plans upon request of a local
emergency planning committee;
(2) Evaluate regional and local responses to discharges or releases
on a continuing basis, considering available legal remedies, equipment
readiness, and coordination among responsible public agencies and
private organizations, and recommend improvements;
(3) Recommend revisions of the NCP to the NRT, based on observations
of response operations;
(4) Review OSC actions to ensure that RCPs and ACPs are effective;
(5) Encourage the state and local response community to improve its
preparedness for response;
(6) In coordination with Area Committees and in accordance with any
applicable laws, regulations, or requirements, conduct advance planning
for use of dispersants, surface washing agents, surface collecting
agents, burning agents, bioremediation agents, or other chemical agents
in accordance with subpart J of this part;
(7) Be prepared to provide response resources to major discharges or
releases outside the region;
(8) Conduct or participate in training and exercises as necessary to
encourage preparedness activities of the response community within the
region;
(9) Meet at least semiannually to review response actions carried
out during the preceding period, consider changes in RCPs, and recommend
changes in ACPs;
(10) Provide letter reports on RRT activities to the NRT twice a
year, no later than January 31 and July 31. At a minimum, reports should
summarize recent activities, organizational changes, operational
concerns, and efforts to improve state and local coordination; and
(11) Ensure maximum participation in the national exercise program
for announced and unannounced exercises.
(j)(1) The RRT may be activated by the chair as an incident-specific
response team when a discharge or release:
(i) Exceeds the response capability available to the OSC/RPM in the
place where it occurs;
(ii) Transects state boundaries;
(iii) May pose a substantial threat to the public health or welfare
of the United States or the environment, or to regionally significant
amounts of property; or
(iv) Is a worst case discharge, as described in Sec. 300.324. RCPs
shall specify detailed criteria for activation of RRTs.
(2) The RRT will be activated during any discharge or release upon a
request from the OSC/RPM, or from any RRT representative, to the chair
of the RRT. Requests for RRT activation shall later be confirmed in
writing. Each representative, or an appropriate alternate, should be
notified immediately when the RRT is activated.
(3) During prolonged removal or remedial action, the RRT may not
need to be activated or may need to be activated only in a limited
sense, or may need to have available only those member agencies of the
RRT who are directly affected or who can provide direct response
assistance.
[[Page 28]]
(4) When the RRT is activated for a discharge or release, agency
representatives shall meet at the call of the chair and may:
(i) Monitor and evaluate reports from the OSC/RPM, advise the OSC/
RPM on the duration and extent of response, and recommend to the OSC/RPM
specific actions to respond to the discharge or release;
(ii) Request other federal, state, or local governments, or private
agencies, to provide resources under their existing authorities to
respond to a discharge or release or to monitor response operations;
(iii) Help the OSC/RPM prepare information releases for the public
and for communication with the NRT;
(iv) If the circumstances warrant, make recommendations to the
regional or district head of the agency providing the OSC/RPM that a
different OSC/RPM should be designated; and
(v) Submit pollution reports to the NRC as significant developments
occur.
(5) At the regional level, a Regional Response Center (RRC) may
provide facilities and personnel for communications, information
storage, and other requirements for coordinating response. The location
of each RRC should be provided in the RCP.
(6) When the RRT is activated, affected states may participate in
all RRT deliberations. State government representatives participating in
the RRT have the same status as any federal member of the RRT.
(7) The RRT can be deactivated when the incident-specific RRT chair
determines that the OSC/RPM no longer requires RRT assistance.
(8) Notification of the RRT may be appropriate when full activation
is not necessary, with systematic communication of pollution reports or
other means to keep RRT members informed as to actions of potential
concern to a particular agency, or to assist in later RRT evaluation of
regionwide response effectiveness.
(k) Whenever there is insufficient national policy guidance on a
matter before the RRT, a technical matter requiring solution, a question
concerning interpretation of the NCP, or a disagreement on discretionary
actions among RRT members that cannot be resolved at the regional level,
it may be referred to the NRT, described in Sec. 300.110, for advice.
Sec. 300.120 On-scene coordinators and remedial project managers: general responsibilities.
(a) The OSC/RPM directs response efforts and coordinates all other
efforts at the scene of a discharge or release. As part of the planning
and preparedness for response, OSCs shall be predesignated by the
regional or district head of the lead agency. EPA and the USCG shall
predesignate OSCs for all areas in each region, except as provided in
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. RPMs shall be assigned by the
lead agency to manage remedial or other response actions at NPL sites,
except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
(1) The USCG shall provide OSCs for oil discharges, including
discharges from facilities and vessels under the jurisdiction of another
federal agency, within or threatening the coastal zone. The USCG shall
also provide OSCs for the removal of releases of hazardous substances,
pollutants, or contaminants into or threatening the coastal zone, except
as provided in paragraph (b) of this section. The USCG shall not provide
predesignated OSCs for discharges or releases from hazardous waste
management facilities or in similarly chronic incidents. The USCG shall
provide an initial response to discharges or releases from hazardous
waste management facilities within the coastal zone in accordance with
Department of Transportation (DOT)/EPA Instrument of Redelegation (May
27, 1988) except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section. The USCG
OSC shall contact the cognizant RPM as soon as it is evident that a
removal may require a follow-up remedial action, to ensure that the
required planning can be initiated and an orderly transition to an EPA
or state lead can occur.
(2) EPA shall provide OSCs for discharges or releases into or
threatening the inland zone and shall provide RPMs for federally funded
remedial actions, except in the case of state-lead federally funded
response and as provided in paragraph (b) of this section. EPA will also
assume all remedial actions at
[[Page 29]]
NPL sites in the coastal zone, even where removals are initiated by the
USCG, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) In general, USCG Captains of the Port (COTP) shall serve as the
designated OSCs for areas in the coastal zone for which an ACP is
required under CWA section 311(j) and EPA Regional Administrators shall
designate OSCs for areas in the inland zone for which an ACP is required
under CWA section 311(j).
(c) For releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or
contaminants, when the release is on, or the sole source of the release
is from, any facility or vessel, including vessels bareboat-chartered
and operated, under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of DOD, DOE,
or other federal agency:
(1) In the case of DOD or DOE, DOD or DOE shall provide OSCs/RPMs
responsible for taking all response actions; and
(2) In the case of a federal agency other than EPA, DOD, or DOE,
such agency shall provide OSCs for all removal actions that are not
emergencies and shall provide RPMs for all remedial actions.
(d) DOD will be the removal response authority with respect to
incidents involving DOD military weapons and munitions or weapons and
munitions under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of DOD.
(e) The OSC is responsible for overseeing development of the ACP in
the area of the OSC's responsibility. ACPs shall, as appropriate, be
accomplished in cooperation with the RRT, and designated state and local
representatives. In contingency planning and removal, the OSC
coordinates, directs, and reviews the work of other agencies, Area
Committees, responsible parties, and contractors to assure compliance
with the NCP, decision document, consent decree, administrative order,
and lead agency-approved plans applicable to the response.
(f) The RPM is the prime contact for remedial or other response
actions being taken (or needed) at sites on the proposed or promulgated
NPL, and for sites not on the NPL but under the jurisdiction, custody,
or control of a federal agency. The RPM's responsibilities include:
(1) Fund-financed response: The RPM coordinates, directs, and
reviews the work of EPA, states and local governments, the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, and all other agencies and contractors to assure
compliance with the NCP. Based upon the reports of these parties, the
RPM recommends action for decisions by lead agency officials. The RPM's
period of responsibility begins prior to initiation of the remedial
investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS), described in Sec. 300.430, and
continues through design, remedial action, deletion of the site from the
NPL, and the CERCLA cost recovery activity. When a removal and remedial
action occur at the same site, the OSC and RPM should coordinate to
ensure an orderly transition of responsibility.
(2) Federal-lead non-Fund-financed response: The RPM coordinates,
directs, and reviews the work of other agencies, responsible parties,
and contractors to assure compliance with the NCP, Record of Decision
(ROD), consent decree, administrative order, and lead agency-approved
plans applicable to the response. Based upon the reports of these
parties, the RPM shall recommend action for decisions by lead agency
officials. The RPM's period of responsibility begins prior to initiation
of the RI/FS, described in Sec. 300.430, and continues through design
and remedial action and the CERCLA cost recovery activity. The OSC and
RPM shall ensure orderly transition of responsibilities from one to the
other.
(3) The RPM shall participate in all decision-making processes
necessary to ensure compliance with the NCP, including, as appropriate,
agreements between EPA or other federal agencies and the state. The RPM
may also review responses where EPA has preauthorized a person to file a
claim for reimbursement to determine that the response was consistent
with the terms of such preauthorization in cases where claims are filed
for reimbursement.
(g)(1) Where a support agency has been identified through a
cooperative agreement, Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA), or
other agreement, that agency may designate a
[[Page 30]]
support agency coordinator (SAC) to provide assistance, as requested, by
the OSC/RPM. The SAC is the prime representative of the support agency
for response actions.
(2) The SAC's responsibilities may include:
(i) Providing and reviewing data and documents as requested by the
OSC/RPM during the planning, design, and cleanup activities of the
response action; and
(ii) Providing other assistance as requested.
(h)(1) The lead agency should provide appropriate training for its
OSCs, RPMs, and other response personnel to carry out their
responsibilities under the NCP.
(2) OSCs/RPMs should ensure that persons designated to act as their
on-scene representatives are adequately trained and prepared to carry
out actions under the NCP, to the extent practicable.
Sec. 300.125 Notification and communications.
(a) The National Response Center (NRC), located at USCG
Headquarters, is the national communications center, continuously manned
for handling activities related to response actions. The NRC acts as the
single point of contact for all pollution incident reporting, and as the
NRT communications center. Notice of discharges and releases must be
made telephonically through a toll free number or a special local number
(Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD) and collect calls
accepted). (Notification details appear in Secs. 300.300 and 300.405.)
The NRC receives and immediately relays telephone notices of discharges
or releases to the appropriate predesignated federal OSC. The telephone
report is distributed to any interested NRT member agency or federal
entity that has established a written agreement or understanding with
the NRC. The NRC evaluates incoming information and immediately advises
FEMA of a potential major disaster situation.
(b) The Commandant, USCG, in conjunction with other NRT agencies,
shall provide the necessary personnel, communications, plotting
facilities, and equipment for the NRC.
(c) Notice of an oil discharge or release of a hazardous substance
in an amount equal to or greater than the reportable quantity must be
made immediately in accordance with 33 CFR part 153, subpart B, and 40
CFR part 302, respectively. Notification shall be made to the NRC Duty
Officer, HQ USCG, Washington, DC, telephone (800) 424-8802 or (202) 267-
2675. All notices of discharges or releases received at the NRC will be
relayed immediately by telephone to the OSC.
Sec. 300.130 Determinations to initiate response and special conditions.
(a) In accordance with CWA and CERCLA, the Administrator of EPA or
the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating, as
appropriate, is authorized to act for the United States to take response
measures deemed necessary to protect the public health or welfare or
environment from discharges of oil or releases of hazardous substances,
pollutants, or contaminants except with respect to such releases on or
from vessels or facilities under the jurisdiction, custody, or control
of other federal agencies.
(b) The Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in
which the USCG is operating, as appropriate, is authorized to initiate
and, in the case of a discharge posing a substantial threat to public
health or welfare of the United States is required to initiate and
direct, appropriate response activities when the Administrator or
Secretary determines that any oil or CWA hazardous substance is
discharged or there is a substantial threat of such discharge from any
vessel or offshore or onshore facility into or on the navigable waters
of the United States, on the adjoining shorelines to the navigable
waters, into or on the waters of the exclusive economic zone, or that
may affect natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under
exclusive management authority of the United States; or
(c) The Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in
which the USCG is operating, as appropriate, is authorized to initiate
appropriate response activities when the Administrator or Secretary
determines that any hazardous substance is released or
[[Page 31]]
there is a threat of such a release into the environment, or there is a
release or threat of release into the environment of any pollutant or
contaminant which may present an imminent and substantial danger to the
public health or welfare of the United States.
(d) In addition to any actions taken by a state or local government,
the Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in which the
USCG is operating may request the U.S. Attorney General to secure the
relief from any person, including the owner or operator of the vessel or
facility necessary to abate a threat or, after notice to the affected
state, take any other action authorized by section 311 of the CWA or
section 106 of CERCLA as appropriate, including issuing administrative
orders, that may be necessary to protect the public health or welfare,
if the Administrator or Secretary determines:
(1) That there may be an imminent and substantial threat to the
public health or welfare of the United States or the environment of the
United States, including fish, shellfish, and wildlife, public and
private property, shorelines, beaches, habitats, and other living and
nonliving natural resources under the jurisdiction or control of the
United States, because of an actual or threatened discharge of oil or a
CWA hazardous substance from any vessel or offshore or onshore facility
into or upon the navigable waters of the United States; or
(2) That there may be an imminent and substantial endangerment to
the public health or welfare of the United States or the environment
because of a release of a CERCLA hazardous substance from a facility.
(e) Response actions to remove discharges originating from
operations conducted subject to the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act
shall be in accordance with the NCP.
(f) Where appropriate, when a discharge or release involves
radioactive materials, the lead or support federal agency shall act
consistent with the notification and assistance procedures described in
the appropriate Federal Radiological Plan. For the purpose of the NCP,
the FRERP (24 CFR part 2401) is the appropriate plan. Most radiological
discharges and releases do not result in FRERP activation and should be
handled in accordance with the NCP. However, releases from nuclear
incidents subject to requirements for financial protection established
by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under the Price-Anderson amendments
(section 170) of the Atomic Energy Act are specifically excluded from
CERCLA and NCP requirements.
(g) Removal actions involving nuclear weapons should be conducted in
accordance with the joint Department of Defense, Department of Energy,
and FEMA Agreement for Response to Nuclear Incidents and Nuclear Weapons
Significant Incidents (January 8, 1981).
(h) If the situation is beyond the capability of state and local
governments and the statutory authority of federal agencies, the
President may, under the Disaster Relief Act of 1974, act upon a request
by the governor and declare a major disaster or emergency and appoint a
Federal Coordinating Officer (FCO) to coordinate all federal disaster
assistance activities. In such cases, the OSC/RPM would continue to
carry out OSC/RPM responsibilities under the NCP, but would coordinate
those activities with the FCO to ensure consistency with other federal
disaster assistance activities.
(i) In the event of a declaration of a major disaster by the
President, the FEMA may activate the Federal Response Plan (FRP). A FCO,
designated by the President, may implement the FRP and coordinate and
direct emergency assistance and disaster relief of impacted individuals,
business, and public services under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster
Relief Act. Delivery of federal assistance is facilitated through twelve
functional annexes to the FRP known as Emergency Support Functions
(ESFs). EPA coordinates activities under ESF 10--Hazardous
Materials, which addresses preparedness and response to hazardous
materials and oil incidents caused by a natural disaster or other
catastrophic event. In such cases, the OSC/RPM should coordinate
response activities with the FCO, through the incident-specific ESF
10 Chair, to ensure consistency with federal disaster
assistance activities.
[[Page 32]]
Sec. 300.135 Response operations.
(a) The OSC/RPM, consistent with Secs. 300.120 and 300.125, shall
direct response efforts and coordinate all other efforts at the scene of
a discharge or release. As part of the planning and preparation for
response, the OSCs/RPMs shall be predesignated by the regional or
district head of the lead agency.
(b) The first federal official affiliated with an NRT member agency
to arrive at the scene of a discharge or release should coordinate
activities under the NCP and is authorized to initiate, in consultation
with the OSC, any necessary actions normally carried out by the OSC
until the arrival of the predesignated OSC. This official may initiate
federal fund-financed actions only as authorized by the OSC or, if the
OSC is unavailable, the authorized representative of the lead agency.
(c) The OSC/RPM shall, to the extent practicable, collect pertinent
facts about the discharge or release, such as its source and cause; the
identification of potentially responsible parties; the nature, amount,
and location of discharged or released materials; the probable direction
and time of travel of discharged or released materials; whether the
discharge is a worst case discharge as discussed in Sec. 300.324; the
pathways to human and environmental exposure; the potential impact on
human health, welfare, and safety and the environment; whether the
discharge or release poses a substantial threat to the public health or
welfare of the United States as discussed in Sec. 300.322; the potential
impact on natural resources and property which may be affected;
priorities for protecting human health and welfare and the environment;
and appropriate cost documentation.
(d) The OSC's/RPM's efforts shall be coordinated with other
appropriate federal, state, local, and private response agencies. OSCs/
RPMs may designate capable persons from federal, state, or local
agencies to act as their on-scene representatives. State and local
governments, however, are not authorized to take actions under subparts
D and E of the NCP that involve expenditures of the Oil Spill Liability
Trust Fund or CERCLA funds unless an appropriate contract or cooperative
agreement has been established. The basic framework for the response
management structure is a system (e.g., a unified command system), that
brings together the functions of the federal government, the state
government, and the responsible party to achieve an effective and
efficient response, where the OSC maintains authority.
(e) The OSC/RPM should consult regularly with the RRT and NSFCC, as
appropriate, in carrying out the NCP and keep the RRT and NSFCC, as
appropriate, informed of activities under the NCP.
(f) The OSC/RPM shall advise the support agency as promptly as
possible of reported releases.
(g) The OSC/RPM should evaluate incoming information and immediately
advise FEMA of potential major disaster situations.
(h) In those instances where a possible public health emergency
exists, the OSC/RPM should notify the Department of Health and Human
Services (HHS) representative to the RRT. Throughout response actions,
the OSC/RPM may call upon the HHS representative for assistance in
determining public health threats and call upon the Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA) and HHS for assistance on worker health
and safety issues.
(i) All federal agencies should plan for emergencies and develop
procedures for dealing with oil discharges and releases of hazardous
substances, pollutants, or contaminants from vessels and facilities
under their jurisdiction. All federal agencies, therefore, are
responsible for designating the office that coordinates response to such
incidents in accordance with the NCP and applicable federal regulations
and guidelines.
(j)(1) The OSC/RPM shall ensure that the trustees for natural
resources are promptly notified of discharges or releases.
(2) The OSC or RPM shall coordinate all response activities with the
affected natural resource trustees and, for discharges of oil, the OSC
shall consult with the affected trustees on the appropriate removal
action to be taken.
(k) Where the OSC/RPM becomes aware that a discharge or release may
[[Page 33]]
affect any endangered or threatened species or their habitat, the OSC/
RPM shall consult with the Department of Interior (DOI), or the
Department of Commerce (DOC) (NOAA) and, if appropriate, the cognizant
federal land managing agency.
(l) The OSC/RPM is responsible for addressing worker health and
safety concerns at a response scene, in accordance with Sec. 300.150.
(m) The OSC shall submit pollution reports to the RRT and other
appropriate agencies as significant developments occur during response
actions, through communications networks or procedures agreed to by the
RRT and covered in the RCP.
(n) OSCs/RPMs should ensure that all appropriate public and private
interests are kept informed and that their concerns are considered
throughout a response, to the extent practicable, consistent with the
requirements of Sec. 300.155 of this part.
Sec. 300.140 Multi-regional responses.
(a) If a discharge or release moves from the area covered by one ACP
or RCP into another area, the authority for response actions should
likewise shift. If a discharge or release affects areas covered by two
or more ACPs or RCPs, the response mechanisms of each applicable plan
may be activated. In this case, response actions of all regions
concerned shall be fully coordinated as detailed in the RCPs and ACPs.
(b) There shall be only one OSC and/or RPM at any time during the
course of a response operation. Should a discharge or release affect two
or more areas, EPA, the USCG, DOD, DOE, or other lead agency, as
appropriate, shall give prime consideration to the area vulnerable to
the greatest threat, in determining which agency should provide the OSC
and/or RPM. The RRT shall designate the OSC and/or RPM if the RRT member
agencies who have response authority within the affected areas are
unable to agree on the designation. The NRT shall designate the OSC and/
or RPM if members of one RRT or two adjacent RRTs are unable to agree on
the designation.
(c) Where the USCG has initially provided the OSC for response to a
release from hazardous waste management facilities located in the
coastal zone, responsibility for response action shall shift to EPA or
another federal agency, as appropriate.
Sec. 300.145 Special teams and other assistance available to OSCs/RPMs.
(a) The NSF is a special team established by the USCG, including the
three USCG Strike Teams, the Public Information Assist Team (PIAT), and
the NSFCC. The NSF is available to assist OSCs/RPMs in their
preparedness and response duties.
(1) The three Strike Teams (Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific) provide
trained personnel and specialized equipment to assist the OSC in
training for spill response, stabilizing and containing the spill, and
in monitoring or directing the response actions of the responsible
parties and/or contractors. The OSC has a specific team designated for
initial contact and may contact that team directly for any assistance.
(2) The NSFCC can provide the following support to the OSC:
(i) Technical assistance, equipment and other resources to augment
the OSC staff during spill response.
(ii) Assistance in coordinating the use of private and public
resources in support of the OSC during a response to or a threat of a
worst case discharge of oil.
(iii) Review of the area contingency plan, including an evaluation
of equipment readiness and coordination among responsible public
agencies and private organizations.
(iv) Assistance in locating spill response resources for both
response and planning, using the NSFCC's national and international
computerized inventory of spill response resources.
(v) Coordination and evaluation of pollution response exercises.
(vi) Inspection of district prepositioned pollution response
equipment.
(3) PIAT is an element of the NSFCC staff which is available to
assist OSCs to meet the demands for public information during a response
or exercise. Its use is encouraged any time the OSC requires outside
public affairs support. Requests for PIAT assistance may be made through
the NSFCC or NRC.
[[Page 34]]
(b)(1) The Environmental Response Team (ERT) is established by EPA
in accordance with its disaster and emergency responsibilities. The ERT
has expertise in treatment technology, biology, chemistry, hydrology,
geology, and engineering.
(2) The ERT can provide access to special decontamination equipment
for chemical releases and advice to the OSC/RPM in hazard evaluation;
risk assessment; multimedia sampling and analysis program; on-site
safety, including development and implementation plans; cleanup
techniques and priorities; water supply decontamination and protection;
application of dispersants; environmental assessment; degree of cleanup
required; and disposal of contaminated material.
(3) The ERT also provides both introductory and intermediate level
training courses to prepare response personnel.
(4) OSC/RPM or RRT requests for ERT support should be made to the
EPA representative on the RRT; EPA Headquarters, Director, Emergency
Response Division; or the appropriate EPA regional emergency
coordinator.
(c) Scientific Support Coordinators (SSCs) may be designated by the
OSC (and RPM in the case of EPA SSCs) as the principal advisors for
scientific issues, communication with the scientific community, and
coordination of requests for assistance from state and federal agencies
regarding scientific studies. The SSC strives for a consensus on
scientific issues affecting the response, but ensures that differing
opinions within the community are communicated to the OSC/RPM.
(1) Generally, SSCs are provided by NOAA in the coastal zones, and
by EPA in the inland zone. OSC/RPM requests for SSC support can be made
directly to the SSC assigned to the area or to the agency member of the
RRT. NOAA SSCs can also be requested through NOAA's SSC program office
in Seattle, WA. NOAA SSCs are assigned to USCG Districts and are
supported by a scientific support team that includes expertise in
environmental chemistry, oil slick tracking, pollutant transport
modeling, natural resources at risk, environmental tradeoffs of
countermeasures and cleanup, and information management.
(2) During a response, the SSC serves on the federal OSC's/RPM's
staff and may, at the request of the OSC/RPM, lead the scientific team
and be responsible for providing scientific support for operational
decisions and for coordinating on-scene scientific activity. Depending
on the nature and location of the incident, the SSC integrates expertise
from governmental agencies, universities, community representatives, and
industry to assist the OSC/RPM in evaluating the hazards and potential
effects of releases and in developing response strategies.
(3) At the request of the OSC, the SSC may facilitate the OSC's work
with the lead administrative trustee for natural resources to ensure
coordination between damage assessment data collection efforts and data
collected in support of response operations.
(4) SSCs support the Regional Response Teams and the Area Committees
in preparing regional and area contingency plans and in conducting spill
training and exercises. For area plans, the SSC provides leadership for
the synthesis and integration of environmental information required for
spill response decisions in support of the OSC.
(d)(1) SUPSALV has an extensive salvage/search and recovery
equipment inventory with the requisite knowledge and expertise to
support these operations, including specialized salvage, firefighting,
and petroleum, oil and lubricants offloading capability.
(2) When possible, SUPSALV will provide equipment for training
exercises in support of national and regional contingency planning
objectives.
(3) The OSC/RPM may request assistance directly from SUPSALV. Formal
requests are routed through the Chief of Naval Operations (N312).
(e) For marine salvage operations, OSCs/RPMs with responsibility for
monitoring, evaluating, or supervising these activities should request
technical assistance from DOD, the Strike Teams, or commercial salvors
as necessary to ensure that proper actions are taken. Marine salvage
operations
[[Page 35]]
generally fall into five categories: afloat salvage; offshore salvage;
river and harbor clearance; cargo salvage; and rescue towing. Each
category requires different knowledge and specialized types of
equipment. The complexity of such operations may be further compounded
by local environmental and geographic conditions. The nature of marine
salvage and the conditions under which it occurs combine to make such
operations imprecise, difficult, hazardous, and expensive. Thus,
responsible parties or other persons attempting to perform such
operations without adequate knowledge, equipment, and experience could
aggravate, rather than relieve, the situation.
(f) Radiological Emergency Response Teams (RERTs) have been
established by EPA's Office of Radiation Programs (ORP) to provide
response and support for incidents or sites containing radiological
hazards. Expertise is available in radiation monitoring, radionuclide
analysis, radiation health physics, and risk assessment. RERTs can
provide on-site support including mobile monitoring laboratories for
field analyses of samples and fixed laboratories for radiochemical
sampling and analyses. Requests for support may be made 24 hours a day
via the NRC or directly to the EPA Radiological Response Coordinator in
the Office of Radiation Programs. Assistance is also available from DOE
and other federal agencies.
(g)(1) DRGs assist the OSC by providing technical assistance,
personnel, and equipment, including pre-positioned equipment. Each DRG
consists of all Coast Guard personnel and equipment, including marine
firefighting equipment, in its district, additional pre-positioned
equipment, and a District Response Advisory Team (DRAT) that is
available to provide support to the OSC in the event that a spill
exceeds local response capabilities. Each DRG:
(i) Shall provide technical assistance, equipment, and other
resources, as available, when requested by an OSC through the USCG
representative to the RRT;
(ii) Shall ensure maintenance of all USCG response equipment within
its district;
(iii) May provide technical assistance in the preparation of the
ACP; and
(iv) Shall review each of those plans that affect its area of
geographic responsibility.
(2) In deciding where to locate personnel and pre-positioned
equipment, the USCG shall give priority emphasis to:
(i) The availability of facilities for loading and unloading heavy
or bulky equipment by barge;
(ii) The proximity to an airport capable of supporting large
military transport aircraft;
(iii) The flight time to provide response to oil spills in all areas
of the Coast Guard district with the potential for marine casualties;
(iv) The availability of trained local personnel capable of
responding in an oil spill emergency; and
(v) Areas where large quantities of petroleum products are
transported.
(h) The NPFC is responsible for implementing those portions of Title
I of the OPA that have been delegated to the Secretary of the department
in which the Coast Guard is operating. The NPFC is responsible for
addressing funding issues arising from discharges and threats of
discharges of oil. The NPFC:
(1) Issues Certificates of Financial Responsibility to owners and
operators of vessels to pay for costs and damages that are incurred by
their vessels as a result of oil discharges;
(2) Provides funding for various response organizations for timely
abatement and removal actions related to oil discharges;
(3) Provides equitable compensation to claimants who sustain costs
and damages from oil discharges when the responsible party fails to do
so;
(4) Recovers monies from persons liable for costs and damages
resulting from oil discharges to the full extent of liability under the
law; and
(5) Provides funds to initiate natural resource damage assessments.
Sec. 300.150 Worker health and safety.
(a) Response actions under the NCP will comply with the provisions
for response action worker safety and health in 29 CFR 1910.120. The NRS
meets the
[[Page 36]]
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.120 concerning use of an incident command
system.
(b) In a response action taken by a responsible party, the
responsible party must assure that an occupational safety and health
program consistent with 29 CFR 1910.120 is made available for the
protection of workers at the response site.
(c) In a response taken under the NCP by a lead agency, an
occupational safety and health program should be made available for the
protection of workers at the response site, consistent with, and to the
extent required by, 29 CFR 1910.120. Contracts relating to a response
action under the NCP should contain assurances that the contractor at
the response site will comply with this program and with any applicable
provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C.
651 et seq.) (OSH Act) and state laws with plans approved under section
18 of the OSH Act.
(d) When a state, or political subdivision of a state, without an
OSHA-approved state plan is the lead agency for response, the state or
political subdivision must comply with standards in 40 CFR part 311,
promulgated by EPA pursuant to section 126(f) of SARA.
(e) Requirements, standards, and regulations of the OSH Act and of
state OSH laws not directly referenced in paragraphs (a) through (d) of
this section, must be complied with where applicable. Federal OSH Act
requirements include, among other things, Construction Standards (29 CFR
part 1926), General Industry Standards (29 CFR part 1910), and the
general duty requirement of section 5(a)(1) of the OSH Act (29 U.S.C.
654(a)(1)). No action by the lead agency with respect to response
activities under the NCP constitutes an exercise of statutory authority
within the meaning of section 4(b)(1) of the OSH Act. All governmental
agencies and private employers are directly responsible for the health
and safety of their own employees.
Sec. 300.155 Public information and community relations.
(a) When an incident occurs, it is imperative to give the public
prompt, accurate information on the nature of the incident and the
actions underway to mitigate the damage. OSCs/RPMs and community
relations personnel should ensure that all appropriate public and
private interests are kept informed and that their concerns are
considered throughout a response. They should coordinate with available
public affairs/community relations resources to carry out this
responsibility by establishing, as appropriate, a Joint Information
Center bringing together resources from federal and state agencies and
the responsible party.
(b) An on-scene news office may be established to coordinate media
relations and to issue official federal information on an incident.
Whenever possible, it will be headed by a representative of the lead
agency. The OSC/RPM determines the location of the on-scene news office,
but every effort should be made to locate it near the scene of the
incident. If a participating agency believes public interest warrants
the issuance of statements and an on-scene news office has not been
established, the affected agency should recommend its establishment. All
federal news releases or statements by participating agencies should be
cleared through the OSC/RPM. Information dissemination relating to
natural resource damage assessment activities shall be coordinated
through the lead administrative trustee. The designated lead
administrative trustee may assist the OSC/RPM by disseminating
information on issues relating to damage assessment activities.
Following termination of removal activity, information dissemination on
damage assessment activities shall be through the lead administrative
trustee.
(c) The community relations requirements specified in Secs. 300.415,
300.430, and 300.435 apply to removal, remedial, and enforcement actions
and are intended to promote active communication between communities
affected by discharges or releases and the lead agency responsible for
response actions. Community Relations Plans (CRPs) are required by EPA
for certain response actions. The OSC/RPM should ensure coordination
with such plans which may be in effect at the scene of a discharge or
release or which may need to be developed during follow-up activities.
[[Page 37]]
Sec. 300.160 Documentation and cost recovery.
(a) For releases of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or
contaminant, the following provisions apply:
(1) During all phases of response, the lead agency shall complete
and maintain documentation to support all actions taken under the NCP
and to form the basis for cost recovery. In general, documentation shall
be sufficient to provide the source and circumstances of the release,
the identity of responsible parties, the response action taken, accurate
accounting of federal, state, or private party costs incurred for
response actions, and impacts and potential impacts to the public health
and welfare and the environment. Where applicable, documentation shall
state when the NRC received notification of a release of a reportable
quantity.
(2) The information and reports obtained by the lead agency for
Fund-financed response actions shall, as appropriate, be transmitted to
the chair of the RRT. Copies can then be forwarded to the NRT, members
of the RRT, and others as appropriate.
(3) The lead agency shall make available to the trustees of affected
natural resources information and documentation that can assist the
trustees in the determination of actual or potential natural resource
injuries.
(b) For discharges of oil, documentation and cost recovery
provisions are described in Sec. 300.315.
(c) Response actions undertaken by the participating agencies shall
be carried out under existing programs and authorities when available.
Federal agencies are to make resources available, expend funds, or
participate in response to discharges and releases under their existing
authority. Interagency agreements may be signed when necessary to ensure
that the federal resources will be available for a timely response to a
discharge or release. The ultimate decision as to the appropriateness of
expending funds rests with the agency that is held accountable for such
expenditures. Further funding provisions for discharges of oil are
described in Sec. 300.335.
(d) The Administrator of EPA and the Administrator of the Agency for
Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) shall assure that the
costs of health assessment or health effect studies conducted under the
authority of CERCLA section 104(i) are documented in accordance with
standard EPA procedures for cost recovery. Documentation shall include
information on the nature of the hazardous substances addressed by the
research, information concerning the locations where these substances
have been found, and any available information on response actions taken
concerning these substances at the location.
Sec. 300.165 OSC reports.
(a) As requested by the NRT or RRT, the OSC/RPM shall submit to the
NRT or RRT a complete report on the removal operation and the actions
taken. The RRT shall review the OSC report and send to the NRT a copy of
the OSC report with its comments or recommendations within 30 days after
the RRT has received the OSC report.
(b) The OSC report shall record the situation as it developed, the
actions taken, the resources committed, and the problems encountered.
Sec. 300.170 Federal agency participation.
Federal agencies listed in Sec. 300.175 have duties established by
statute, executive order, or Presidential directive which may apply to
federal response actions following, or in prevention of, the discharge
of oil or release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant.
Some of these agencies also have duties relating to the restoration,
rehabilitation, replacement, or acquisition of equivalent natural
resources injured or lost as a result of such discharge or release as
described in subpart G of this part. The NRT, RRT, and Area Committee
organizational structure, and the NCP, RCPs and ACPs, described in
Sec. 300.210, provide for agencies to coordinate with each other in
carrying out these duties.
(a) Federal agencies may be called upon by an OSC/RPM during
response planning and implementation to provide assistance in their
respective areas of expertise, as described in Sec. 300.175, consistent
with the agencies' capabilities and authorities.
[[Page 38]]
(b) In addition to their general responsibilities, federal agencies
should:
(1) Make necessary information available to the Secretary of the
NRT, RRTs, Area Committees, and OSCs/RPMs.
(2) Provide representatives to the NRT and RRTs and otherwise assist
RRTs and OSCs, as necessary, in formulating RCPs and ACPs.
(3) Inform the NRT, RRTs, and Area Committees, consistent with
national security considerations, of changes in the availability of
resources that would affect the operations implemented under the NCP.
(c) All federal agencies are responsible for reporting releases of
hazardous substances from facilities or vessels under their jurisdiction
or control in accordance with section 103 of CERCLA.
(d) All federal agencies are encouraged to report releases of
pollutants or contaminants and must report discharges of oil, as
required in 40 CFR part 110, from facilities or vessels under their
jurisdiction or control to the NRC.
Sec. 300.175 Federal agencies: additional responsibilities and assistance.
(a) During preparedness planning or in an actual response, various
federal agencies may be called upon to provide assistance in their
respective areas of expertise, as indicated in paragraph (b) of this
section, consistent with agency legal authorities and capabilities.
(b) The federal agencies include:
(1) USCG, as provided in 14 U.S.C. 1-3, is an agency in DOT, except
when operating as an agency in the United States Navy (USN) in time of
war. The USCG provides the NRT vice chair, co-chairs for the standing
RRTs, and predesignated OSCs for the coastal zone, as described in
Sec. 300.120(a)(1). The USCG maintains continuously manned facilities
which can be used for command, control, and surveillance of oil
discharges and hazardous substance releases occurring in the coastal
zone. The USCG also offers expertise in domestic and international
fields of port safety and security, maritime law enforcement, ship
navigation and construction, and the manning, operation, and safety of
vessels and marine facilities. The USCG may enter into a contract or
cooperative agreement with the appropriate state in order to implement a
response action.
(2) EPA chairs the NRT and co-chairs, with the USCG, the standing
RRTs; provides predesignated OSCs for all inland areas for which an ACP
is required under CWA section 311(j) and for discharges and releases
occurring in the inland zone and RPMs for remedial actions except as
otherwise provided; and generally provides the SSC for responses in the
inland zone. EPA provides expertise on human health and ecological
effects of oil discharges or releases of hazardous substances,
pollutants, or contaminants; ecological and human health risk assessment
methods; and environmental pollution control techniques. Access to EPA's
scientific expertise can be facilitated through the EPA representative
to the Research and Development Committee of the National Response Team;
the EPA Office of Research and Development's Superfund Technical
Liaisons or Regional Scientists located in EPA Regional offices; or
through EPA's Office of Science Planning and Regulatory Evaluation. EPA
also provides legal expertise on the interpretation of CERCLA and other
environmental statutes. EPA may enter into a contract or cooperative
agreement with the appropriate state in order to implement a response
action.
(3) FEMA provides guidance, policy and program advice, and technical
assistance in hazardous materials, chemical, and radiological emergency
preparedness activities (including planning, training, and exercising).
FEMA's primary point of contact for administering financial and
technical assistance to state and local governments to support their
efforts to develop and maintain an effective emergency management and
response capability is the Preparedness, Training, and Exercises
Directorate.
(4) DOD has responsibility to take all action necessary with respect
to releases where either the release is on, or the sole source of the
release is from, any facility or vessel under the jurisdiction, custody,
or control of DOD. In addition to those capabilities provided
[[Page 39]]
by SUPSALV, DOD may also, consistent with its operational requirements
and upon request of the OSC, provide locally deployed USN oil spill
equipment and provide assistance to other federal agencies on request.
The following two branches of DOD have particularly relevant expertise:
(i) The United States Army Corps of Engineers has specialized
equipment and personnel for maintaining navigation channels, for
removing navigation obstructions, for accomplishing structural repairs,
and for performing maintenance to hydropower electric generating
equipment. The Corps can also provide design services, perform
construction, and provide contract writing and contract administrative
services for other federal agencies.
(ii) The U.S. Navy Supervisor of Salvage (SUPSALV) is the branch of
service within DOD most knowledgeable and experienced in ship salvage,
shipboard damage control, and diving. The USN has an extensive array of
specialized equipment and personnel available for use in these areas as
well as specialized containment, collection, and removal equipment
specifically designed for salvage-related and open-sea pollution
incidents.
(5) DOE generally provides designated OSCs/RPMs that are responsible
for taking all response actions with respect to releases where either
the release is on, or the sole source of the release is from, any
facility or vessel under its jurisdiction, custody, or control,
including vessels bareboat-chartered and operated. In addition, under
the FRERP, DOE provides advice and assistance to other OSCs/RPMs for
emergency actions essential for the control of immediate radiological
hazards. Incidents that qualify for DOE radiological advice and
assistance are those believed to involve source, by-product, or special
nuclear material or other ionizing radiation sources, including radium,
and other naturally occurring radionuclides, as well as particle
accelerators. Assistance is available through direct contact with the
appropriate DOE Radiological Assistance Program Regional Office.
(6) The Department of Agriculture (USDA) has scientific and
technical capability to measure, evaluate, and monitor, either on the
ground or by use of aircraft, situations where natural resources
including soil, water, wildlife, and vegetation have been impacted by
fire, insects and diseases, floods, hazardous substances, and other
natural or man-caused emergencies. The USDA may be contacted through
Forest Service emergency staff officers who are the designated members
of the RRT. Agencies within USDA have relevant capabilities and
expertise as follows:
(i) The Forest Service has responsibility for protection and
management of national forests and national grasslands. The Forest
Service has personnel, laboratory, and field capability to measure,
evaluate, monitor, and control as needed, releases of pesticides and
other hazardous substances on lands under its jurisdiction.
(ii) The Agriculture Research Service (ARS) administers an applied
and developmental research program in animal and plant protection and
production; the use and improvement of soil, water, and air; the
processing, storage, and distribution of farm products; and human
nutrition. The ARS has the capabilities to provide regulation of, and
evaluation and training for, employees exposed to biological, chemical,
radiological, and industrial hazards. In emergency situations, the ARS
can identify, control, and abate pollution in the areas of air, soil,
wastes, pesticides, radiation, and toxic substances for ARS facilities.
(iii) The Soil Conservation Service (SCS) has personnel in nearly
every county in the nation who are knowledgeable in soil, agronomy,
engineering, and biology. These personnel can help to predict the
effects of pollutants on soil and their movements over and through
soils. Technical specialists can assist in identifying potential
hazardous waste sites and provide review and advice on plans for
remedial measures.
(iv) The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) can
respond in an emergency to regulate movement of diseased or infected
organisms to prevent the spread and contamination of nonaffected areas.
(v) The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) has responsibility
to prevent meat and poultry products
[[Page 40]]
contaminated with harmful substances from entering human food channels.
In emergencies, the FSIS works with other federal and state agencies to
establish acceptability for slaughter of exposed or potentially exposed
animals and their products. In addition they are charged with managing
the Federal Radiological Emergency Response Program for the USDA.
(7) DOC, through NOAA, provides scientific support for response and
contingency planning in coastal and marine areas, including assessments
of the hazards that may be involved, predictions of movement and
dispersion of oil and hazardous substances through trajectory modeling,
and information on the sensitivity of coastal environments to oil and
hazardous substances and associated clean-up and mitigation methods;
provides expertise on living marine resources and their habitats,
including endangered species, marine mammals and National Marine
Sanctuary ecosystems; provides information on actual and predicted
meteorological, hydrological, ice, and oceanographic conditions for
marine, coastal, and inland waters, and tide and circulation data for
coastal and territorial waters and for the Great Lakes.
(8) HHS assists with the assessment, preservation, and protection of
human health and helps ensure the availability of essential human
services. HHS provides technical and nontechnical assistance in the form
of advice, guidance, and resources to other federal agencies as well as
state and local governments.
(i) The principal HHS response comes from the U.S. Public Health
Service and is coordinated from the Office of the Assistant Secretary
for Health, and various Public Health Service regional offices. Within
the Public Health Service, the primary response to a hazardous materials
emergency comes from Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
(ATSDR) and the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). Both ATSDR and CDC
have a 24-hour emergency response capability wherein scientific and
technical personnel are available to provide technical assistance to the
lead federal agency and state and local response agencies on human
health threat assessment and analysis, and exposure prevention and
mitigation. Such assistance is used for situations requiring evacuation
of affected areas, human exposure to hazardous materials, and technical
advice on mitigation and prevention. CDC takes the lead during petroleum
releases regulated under the CWA and OPA while ATSDR takes the lead
during chemical releases under CERCLA. Both agencies are mutually
supportive.
(ii) Other Public Health Service agencies involved in support during
hazardous materials incidents either directly or through ATSDR/CDC
include the Food and Drug Administration, the Health Resources and
Services Administration, the Indian Health Service, and the National
Institutes of Health.
(iii) Statutory authority for HHS/National Institutes for
Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) involvement in hazardous materials
accident prevention is non-regulatory in nature and focused on two
primary areas for preventing community and worker exposure to hazardous
materials releases: Worker safety training and basic research
activities. Under section 126 of SARA, NIEHS is given statutory
authority for supporting development of curricula and model training
programs for waste workers and chemical emergency responders.
Under section 118(b) of the Hazardous Materials Transportation and
Uniform Safety Act (HMTUSA) (49 U.S.C. 1802 et seq.), NIEHS also
administers the Hazmat Employee Training Program to prepare curricula
and training for hazardous materials transportation workers. In the
basic research arena, NIEHS is authorized under section 311 of SARA to
conduct a hazardous substance basic research and training program to
evaluate toxic effects and assess human health risks from accidental
releases of hazardous materials. Under Title IX, section 901(h) of the
Clean Air Act Amendments, NIEHS also is authorized to conduct basic
research on air pollutants, as well as train physicians in environmental
health. Federal research and training in hazardous materials release
prevention represents an important non-regulatory activity and
supplements ongoing private sector programs.
[[Page 41]]
(9) DOI may be contacted through Regional Environmental Officers
(REOs), who are the designated members of RRTs. Department land managers
have jurisdiction over the national park system, national wildlife
refuges and fish hatcheries, the public lands, and certain water
projects in western states. In addition, bureaus and offices have
relevant expertise as follows:
(i) United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and other
Bureaus: Anadromous and certain other fishes and wildlife, including
endangered and threatened species, migratory birds, and certain marine
mammals; waters and wetlands; and effects on natural resources.
(ii) The National Biological Survey performs research in support of
biological resource management; inventories, monitors, and reports on
the status and trends in the Nation's biotic resources; and transfers
the information gained in research and monitoring to resource managers
and others concerned with the care, use, and conservation of the
Nation's natural resources. The National Biological Survey has
laboratory/research facilities.
(iii) Geological Survey: Geology, hydrology (ground water and
surface water), and natural hazards.
(iv) Bureau of Land Management: Minerals, soils, vegetation,
wildlife, habitat, archaeology, and wilderness; and hazardous materials.
(v) Minerals Management Service: Oversight of offshore oil and gas
exploration and production facilities and associated pipelines and
pipeline facilities under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act and the
CWA; oil spill response technology research; and establishing oil
discharge contingency planning requirements for offshore facilities.
(vi) Bureau of Mines: Analysis and identification of inorganic
hazardous substances and technical expertise in metals and metallurgy
relevant to site cleanup.
(vii) Office of Surface Mining: Coal mine wastes and land
reclamation.
(viii) National Park Service: General biological, natural, and
cultural resource managers to evaluate, measure, monitor, and contain
threats to park system lands and resources; archaeological and
historical expertise in protection, preservation, evaluation, impact
mitigation, and restoration of cultural resources; emergency personnel.
(ix) Bureau of Reclamation: Operation and maintenance of water
projects in the West; engineering and hydrology; and reservoirs.
(x) Bureau of Indian Affairs: Coordination of activities affecting
Indian lands; assistance in identifying Indian tribal government
officials.
(xi) Office of Territorial Affairs: Assistance in implementing the
NCP in American Samoa, Guam, the Pacific Island Governments, the
Northern Mariana Islands, and the Virgin Islands.
(10) The Department of Justice (DOJ) can provide expert advice on
complicated legal questions arising from discharges or releases, and
federal agency responses. In addition, the DOJ represents the federal
government, including its agencies, in litigation relating to such
discharges or releases. Other legal issues or questions shall be
directed to the federal agency counsel for the agency providing the OSC/
RPM for the response.
(11) The Department of Labor (DOL), through OSHA and the states
operating plans approved under section 18 of the OSH Act, has authority
to conduct safety and health inspections of hazardous waste sites to
assure that employees are being protected and to determine if the site
is in compliance with:
(i) Safety and health standards and regulations promulgated by OSHA
(or the states) in accordance with section 126 of SARA and all other
applicable standards; and
(ii) Regulations promulgated under the OSH Act and its general duty
clause. OSHA inspections may be self-generated, consistent with its
program operations and objectives, or may be conducted in response to
requests from EPA or another lead agency, or in response to accidents or
employee complaints. OSHA may also conduct inspections at hazardous
waste sites in those states with approved plans that choose not to
exercise their jurisdiction to inspect such sites. On request,
[[Page 42]]
OSHA will provide advice and consultation to EPA and other NRT/RRT
agencies as well as to the OSC/RPM regarding hazards to persons engaged
in response activities. OSHA may also take any other action necessary to
assure that employees are properly protected at such response
activities. Any questions about occupational safety and health at these
sites may be referred to the OSHA Regional Office.
(12) DOT provides response expertise pertaining to transportation of
oil or hazardous substances by all modes of transportation. Through the
Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA), DOT offers
expertise in the requirements for packaging, handling, and transporting
regulated hazardous materials. DOT, through RSPA, establishes oil
discharge contingency planning requirements for pipelines, transport by
rail and containers or bulk transport of oil.
(13) The Department of State (DOS) will lead in the development of
international joint contingency plans. It will also help to coordinate
an international response when discharges or releases cross
international boundaries or involve foreign flag vessels. Additionally,
DOS will coordinate requests for assistance from foreign governments and
U.S. proposals for conducting research at incidents that occur in waters
of other countries.
(14) The Nuclear Regulatory Commission will respond, as appropriate,
to releases of radioactive materials by its licensees, in accordance
with the NRC Incident Response Plan (NUREG-0728) to monitor the actions
of those licensees and assure that the public health and environment are
protected and adequate recovery operations are instituted. The Nuclear
Regulatory Commission will keep EPA informed of any significant actual
or potential releases in accordance with procedural agreements. In
addition, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission will provide advice to the
OSC/RPM when assistance is required in identifying the source and
character of other hazardous substance releases where the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission has licensing authority for activities utilizing
radioactive materials.
(15) The General Services Administration (GSA) provides logistic and
telecommunications support to federal agencies. During an emergency
situation, GSA quickly responds to aid state and local governments as
directed by other federal agencies. The type of support provided might
include leasing and furnishing office space, setting up
telecommunications and transportation services, and advisory assistance.
Sec. 300.180 State and local participation in response.
(a) Each state governor is requested to designate one state office/
representative to represent the state on the appropriate RRT. The
state's office/representative may participate fully in all activities of
the appropriate RRT. Each state governor is also requested to designate
a lead state agency that will direct state-lead response operations.
This agency is responsible for designating the lead state response
official for federal and/or state-lead response actions, and
coordinating/communicating with any other state agencies, as
appropriate. Local governments are invited to participate in activities
on the appropriate RRT as may be provided by state law or arranged by
the state's representative. Indian tribes wishing to participate should
assign one person or office to represent the tribal government on the
appropriate RRT.
(b) Appropriate local and state officials (including Indian tribes)
will participate as part of the response structure as provided in the
ACP.
(c) In addition to meeting the requirements for local emergency
plans under SARA section 303, state and local government agencies are
encouraged to include contingency planning for responses, consistent
with the NCP, RCP, and ACP in all emergency and disaster planning.
(d) For facilities not addressed under CERCLA or the CWA, states are
encouraged to undertake response actions themselves or to use their
authorities to compel potentially responsible parties to undertake
response actions.
(e) States are encouraged to enter into cooperative agreements
pursuant to sections 104 (c)(3) and (d) of CERCLA
[[Page 43]]
to enable them to undertake actions authorized under subpart E of the
NCP. Requirements for entering into these agreements are included in
subpart F of the NCP. A state agency that acts pursuant to such
agreements is referred to as the lead agency. In the event there is no
cooperative agreement, the lead agency can be designated in a SMOA or
other agreement.
(f) Because state and local public safety organizations would
normally be the first government representatives at the scene of a
discharge or release, they are expected to initiate public safety
measures that are necessary to protect public health and welfare and
that are consistent with containment and cleanup requirements in the
NCP, and are responsible for directing evacuations pursuant to existing
state or local procedures.
Sec. 300.185 Nongovernmental participation.
(a) Industry groups, academic organizations, and others are
encouraged to commit resources for response operations. Specific
commitments should be listed in the RCP and ACP. Those entities required
to develop tank vessel and facility response plans under CWA section
311(j) must be able to respond to a worst case discharge to the maximum
extent practicable, and shall commit sufficient resources to implement
other aspects of those plans in accordance with the requirements of 30
CFR part 254, 33 CFR parts 150, 154, and 155; 40 CFR part 112; and 49
CFR parts 171 and 194.
(b) The technical and scientific information generated by the local
community, along with information from federal, state, and local
governments, should be used to assist the OSC/RPM in devising response
strategies where effective standard techniques are unavailable. Such
information and strategies will be incorporated into the ACP, as
appropriate. The SSC may act as liaison between the OSC/RPM and such
interested organizations.
(c) ACPs shall establish procedures to allow for well organized,
worthwhile, and safe use of volunteers, including compliance with
Sec. 300.150 regarding worker health and safety. ACPs should provide for
the direction of volunteers by the OSC/RPM or by other federal, state,
or local officials knowledgeable in contingency operations and capable
of providing leadership. ACPs also should identify specific areas in
which volunteers can be used, such as beach surveillance, logistical
support, and bird and wildlife treatment. Unless specifically requested
by the OSC/RPM, volunteers generally should not be used for physical
removal or remedial activities. If, in the judgment of the OSC/RPM,
dangerous conditions exist, volunteers shall be restricted from on-scene
operations.
(d) Nongovernmental participation must be in compliance with the
requirements of subpart H of this part if any recovery of costs will be
sought.
Subpart C--Planning and Preparedness
Source: 59 FR 47440, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.200 General.
This subpart summarizes emergency preparedness activities relating
to discharges of oil and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants,
or contaminants; describes the three levels of contingency planning
under the national response system; and cross-references state and local
emergency preparedness activities under SARA Title III, also known as
the ``Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986'' but
referred to herein as ``Title III.'' Regulations implementing Title III
are codified at 40 CFR subchapter J.
Sec. 300.205 Planning and coordination structure.
(a) National. As described in Sec. 300.110, the NRT is responsible
for national planning and coordination.
(b) Regional. As described in Sec. 300.115, the RRTs are responsible
for regional planning and coordination.
(c) Area. As required by section 311(j) of the CWA, under the
direction of the federal OSC for its area, Area Committees comprising
qualified personnel of federal, state, and local agencies shall be
responsible for:
(1) Preparing an ACP for their areas (as described in
Sec. 300.210(c));
[[Page 44]]
(2) Working with appropriate federal, state, and local officials to
enhance the contingency planning of those officials and to assure pre-
planning of joint response efforts, including appropriate procedures for
mechanical recovery, dispersal, shoreline cleanup, protection of
sensitive environmental areas, and protection, rescue, and
rehabilitation of fisheries and wildlife; and
(3) Working with appropriate federal, state, and local officials to
expedite decisions for the use of dispersants and other mitigating
substances and devices.
(d) State. As provided by sections 301 and 303 of Title III, the
SERC of each state, appointed by the Governor, is to designate emergency
planning districts, appoint Local Emergency Planning Committees (LEPCs),
supervise and coordinate their activities, and review local emergency
response plans, which are described in Sec. 300.215. The SERC also is to
establish procedures for receiving and processing requests from the
public for information generated by Title III reporting requirements and
to designate an official to serve as coordinator for information.
(e) Local. As provided by sections 301 and 303 of Title III,
emergency planning districts are designated by the SERC in order to
facilitate the preparation and implementation of emergency plans. Each
LEPC is to prepare a local emergency response plan for the emergency
planning district and establish procedures for receiving and processing
requests from the public for information generated by Title III
reporting requirements. The LEPC is to appoint a chair and establish
rules for the LEPC. The LEPC is to designate an official to serve as
coordinator for information and designate in its plan a community
emergency coordinator.
(f) As required by section 311(j)(5) of the CWA, a tank vessel, as
defined under section 2101 of title 46, U.S. Code, an offshore facility,
and an onshore facility that, because of its location, could reasonably
be expected to cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging
into or on the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or exclusive
economic zone must prepare and submit a plan for responding, to the
maximum extent practicable, to a worst case discharge, and to a
substantial threat of such a discharge, of oil or a hazardous substance.
(g) The relationship of these plans is described in Figure 4.
[[Page 45]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.004
Sec. 300.210 Federal contingency plans.
There are three levels of contingency plans under the national
response system: The National Contingency Plan, RCPs, and ACPs. These
plans are available for inspection at EPA regional offices or USCG
district offices. Addresses and telephone numbers for these offices may
be found in the United States Government Manual, issued annually, or in
local telephone directories.
(a) The National Contingency Plan. The purpose and objectives,
authority, and scope of the NCP are described in Secs. 300.1 through
300.3.
(b) Regional Contingency Plans. The RRTs, working with the states,
shall develop federal RCPs for each standard federal region, Alaska,
Oceania in the
[[Page 46]]
Pacific, and the Caribbean to coordinate timely, effective response by
various federal agencies and other organizations to discharges of oil or
releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants. RCPs
shall, as appropriate, include information on all useful facilities and
resources in the region, from government, commercial, academic, and
other sources. To the greatest extent possible, RCPs shall follow the
format of the NCP and be coordinated with state emergency response
plans, ACPs, which are described in Sec. 300.210(c), and Title III local
emergency response plans, which are described in Sec. 300.215. Such
coordination should be accomplished by working with the SERCs in the
region covered by the RCP. RCPs shall contain lines of demarcation
between the inland and coastal zones, as mutually agreed upon by USCG
and EPA.
(c) Area Contingency Plans. (1) Under the direction of an OSC and
subject to approval by the lead agency, each Area Committee, in
consultation with the appropriate RRTs, Coast Guard DRGs, the NSFCC,
SSCs, LEPCs, and SERCs, shall develop an ACP for its designated area.
This plan, when implemented in conjunction with other provisions of the
NCP, shall be adequate to remove a worst case discharge under
Sec. 300.324, and to mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of such a
discharge, from a vessel, offshore facility, or onshore facility
operating in or near the area.
(2) The areas of responsibility may include several Title III local
planning districts, or parts of such districts. In developing the ACP,
the OSC shall coordinate with affected SERCs and LEPCs. The ACP shall
provide for a well coordinated response that is integrated and
compatible, to the greatest extent possible, with all appropriate
response plans of state, local, and non-federal entities, and especially
with Title III local emergency response plans.
(3) The ACP shall include the following:
(i) A description of the area covered by the plan, including the
areas of special economic or environmental importance that might be
damaged by a discharge;
(ii) A description in detail of the responsibilities of an owner or
operator and of federal, state, and local agencies in removing a
discharge, and in mitigating or preventing a substantial threat of a
discharge;
(iii) A list of equipment (including firefighting equipment),
dispersants, or other mitigating substances and devices, and personnel
available to an owner or operator and federal, state, and local
agencies, to ensure an effective and immediate removal of a discharge,
and to ensure mitigation or prevention of a substantial threat of a
discharge (this may be provided in an appendix or by reference to other
relevant emergency plans (e.g., state or LEPC plans), which may include
such equipment lists);
(iv) A description of procedures to be followed for obtaining an
expedited decision regarding the use of dispersants; and
(v) A detailed description of how the plan is integrated into other
ACPs and tank vessel, offshore facility, and onshore facility response
plans approved by the President, and into operating procedures of the
NSFCC.
(4)(i) In order to provide for coordinated, immediate and effective
protection, rescue, and rehabilitation of, and minimization of risk of
injury to, fish and wildlife resources and habitat, Area Committees
shall incorporate into each ACP a detailed annex containing a Fish and
Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan that is consistent with the RCP
and NCP. The annex shall be prepared in consultation with the USFWS and
NOAA and other interested natural resource management agencies and
parties. It shall address fish and wildlife resources and their habitat,
and shall include other areas considered sensitive environments in a
separate section of the annex, based upon Area Committee
recommendations. The annex will provide the necessary information and
procedures to immediately and effectively respond to discharges that may
adversely affect fish and wildlife and their habitat and sensitive
environments, including provisions for a response to a worst case
discharge. Such information shall include the identification of
appropriate agencies and
[[Page 47]]
their responsibilities, procedures to notify these agencies following a
discharge or threat of a discharge, protocols for obtaining required
fish and wildlife permits and other necessary permits, and provisions to
ensure compatibility of annex-related activities with removal
operations.
(ii) The annex shall:
(A) Identify and establish priorities for fish and wildlife
resources and their habitats and other important sensitive areas
requiring protection from any direct or indirect effects from discharges
that may occur. These effects include, but are not limited to, any
seasonal or historical use, as well as all critical, special,
significant, or otherwise designated protected areas.
(B) Provide a mechanism to be used during a spill response for
timely identification of protection priorities of those fish and
wildlife resources and habitats and sensitive environmental areas that
may be threatened or injured by a discharge. These include as
appropriate, not only marine and freshwater species, habitats, and their
food sources, but also terrestrial wildlife and their habitats that may
be affected directly by onshore oil or indirectly by oil-related
factors, such as loss or contamination of forage. The mechanism shall
also provide for expeditious evaluation and appropriate consultations on
the effects to fish and wildlife, their habitat, and other sensitive
environments from the application of chemical countermeasures or other
countermeasures not addressed under paragraph (e)(4)(iii).
(C) Identify potential environmental effects on fish and wildlife,
their habitat, and other sensitive environments resulting from removal
actions or countermeasures, including the option of no removal. Based on
this evaluation of potential environmental effects, the annex should
establish priorities for application of countermeasure and removal
actions to habitats within the geographic region of the ACP. The annex
should establish methods to minimize the identified effects on fish and
wildlife because of response activities, including, but not limited to:
Disturbance of sensitive areas and habitats; illegal or inadvertent
taking or disturbance of fish and wildlife or specimens by response
personnel; and fish and wildlife, their habitat, and environmentally
sensitive areas coming in contact with various cleaning or
bioremediation agents. Furthermore, the annex should identify the areas
where the movement of oiled debris may pose a risk to resident,
transient, or migratory fish and wildlife, and other sensitive
environments and should discuss measures to be considered for removing
such oiled debris in a timely fashion to reduce such risk.
(D) Provide for pre-approval of application of specific
countermeasures or removal actions that, if expeditiously applied, will
minimize adverse spill-induced impacts to fish and wildlife resources,
their habitat, and other sensitive environments. Such pre-approval plans
must be consistent with paragraphs (c)(4)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section
and subpart J requirements, and must have the concurrence of the natural
resource trustees.
(E) Provide monitoring plan(s) to evaluate the effectiveness of
different countermeasures or removal actions in protecting the
environment. Monitoring should include ``set-aside'' or ``control''
areas, where no mitigative actions are taken.
(F) Identify and plan for the acquisition and utilization of
necessary response capabilities for protection, rescue, and
rehabilitation of fish and wildlife resources and habitat. This may
include appropriately permitted private organizations and individuals
with appropriate expertise and experience. The suitable organizations
should be identified in cooperation with natural resource law
enforcement agencies. Such capabilities shall include, but not be
limited to, identification of facilities and equipment necessary for
deterring sensitive fish and wildlife from entering oiled areas, and for
capturing, holding, cleaning, and releasing injured wildlife. Plans for
the provision of such capabilities shall ensure that there is no
interference with other OSC removal operations.
(G) Identify appropriate federal and state agency contacts and
alternates responsible for coordination of fish and wildlife rescue and
rehabilitation and protection of sensitive environments; identify and
provide for required fish
[[Page 48]]
and wildlife handling and rehabilitation permits necessary under federal
and state laws; and provide guidance on the implementation of law
enforcement requirements included under current federal and state laws
and corresponding regulations. Requirements include, but are not limited
to procedures regarding the capture, transport, rehabilitation, and
release of wildlife exposed to or threatened by oil, and disposal of
contaminated carcasses of wildlife.
(H) Identify and secure the means for providing, if needed, the
minimum required OSHA and EPA training for volunteers, including those
who assist with injured wildlife.
(I) Define the requirements for evaluating the compatibility between
this annex and non-federal response plans (including those of vessels,
facilities, and pipelines) on issues affecting fish and wildlife, their
habitat, and sensitive environments.
Sec. 300.211 OPA facility and vessel response plans.
This section describes and cross-references the regulations that
implement section 311(j)(5) of the CWA. A tank vessel, as defined under
section 2101 of title 46, U.S. Code, an offshore facility, and an
onshore facility that, because of its location, could reasonably expect
to cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging into or on
the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or exclusive economic zone
must prepare and submit a plan for responding, to the maximum extent
practicable, to a worst case discharge, and to a substantial threat of
such a discharge, of oil or a hazardous substance. These response plans
are required to be consistent with applicable Area Contingency Plans.
These regulations are codified as follows:
(a) For tank vessels, these regulations are codified in 33 CFR part
155;
(b) For offshore facilities, these regulations are codified in 30
CFR part 254;
(c) For non-transportation related onshore facilities, these
regulations are codified in 40 CFR 112.20;
(d) For transportation-related onshore facilities, these regulations
are codified in 33 CFR part 154;
(e) For pipeline facilities, these regulations are codified in 49
CFR part 194; and
(f) For rolling stock, these regulations are codified in 49 CFR part
106 et al.
Sec. 300.212 Area response drills.
The OSC periodically shall conduct drills of removal capability
(including fish and wildlife response capability), without prior notice,
in areas for which ACPs are required by Sec. 300.210(c) and under
relevant tank vessel and facility response plans.
Sec. 300.215 Title III local emergency response plans.
This section describes and cross-references the regulations that
implement Title III. These regulations are codified at 40 CFR part 355.
(a) Each LEPC is to prepare an emergency response plan in accordance
with section 303 of Title III and review the plan once a year, or more
frequently as changed circumstances in the community or at any facility
may require. Such Title III local emergency response plans should be
closely coordinated with applicable federal ACPs and state emergency
response plans.
(b) [Reserved]
Sec. 300.220 Related Title III issues.
Other related Title III requirements are found in 40 CFR part 355.
Subpart D--Operational Response Phases for Oil Removal
Source: 59 FR 47444, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.300 Phase I--Discovery or notification.
(a) A discharge of oil may be discovered through:
(1) A report submitted by the person in charge of a vessel or
facility, in accordance with statutory requirements;
(2) Deliberate search by patrols;
(3) Random or incidental observation by government agencies or the
public; or
(4) Other sources.
(b) Any person in charge of a vessel or a facility shall, as soon as
he or she has knowledge of any discharge from
[[Page 49]]
such vessel or facility in violation of section 311(b)(3) of the CWA,
immediately notify the NRC. If direct reporting to the NRC is not
practicable, reports may be made to the USCG or EPA predesignated OSC
for the geographic area where the discharge occurs. The EPA
predesignated OSC may also be contacted through the regional 24-hour
emergency response telephone number. All such reports shall be promptly
relayed to the NRC. If it is not possible to notify the NRC or
predesignated OSC immediately, reports may be made immediately to the
nearest Coast Guard unit. In any event such person in charge of the
vessel or facility shall notify the NRC as soon as possible.
(c) Any other person shall, as appropriate, notify the NRC of a
discharge of oil.
(d) Upon receipt of a notification of discharge, the NRC shall
promptly notify the OSC. The OSC shall ensure notification of the
appropriate state agency of any state which is, or may reasonably be
expected to be, affected by the discharge. The OSC shall then proceed
with the following phases as outlined in the RCP and ACP.
Sec. 300.305 Phase II--Preliminary assessment and initiation of action.
(a) The OSC is responsible for promptly initiating a preliminary
assessment.
(b) The preliminary assessment shall be conducted using available
information, supplemented where necessary and possible by an on-scene
inspection. The OSC shall undertake actions to:
(1) Evaluate the magnitude and severity of the discharge or threat
to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment;
(2) Assess the feasibility of removal; and
(3) To the extent practicable, identify potentially responsible
parties.
(c) Where practicable, the framework for the response management
structure is a system (e.g., a unified command system), that brings
together the functions of the federal government, the state government,
and the responsible party to achieve an effective and efficient
response, where the OSC maintains authority.
(d) Except in a case when the OSC is required to direct the response
to a discharge that may pose a substantial threat to the public health
or welfare of the United States (including but not limited to fish,
shellfish, wildlife, other natural resources, and the public and private
beaches and shorelines of the United States), the OSC may allow the
responsible party to voluntarily and promptly perform removal actions,
provided the OSC determines such actions will ensure an effective and
immediate removal of the discharge or mitigation or prevention of a
substantial threat of a discharge. If the responsible party does conduct
the removal, the OSC shall ensure adequate surveillance over whatever
actions are initiated. If effective actions are not being taken to
eliminate the threat, or if removal is not being properly done, the OSC
should, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, so advise the
responsible party. If the responsible party does not respond properly
the OSC shall take appropriate response actions and should notify the
responsible party of the potential liability for federal response costs
incurred by the OSC pursuant to the OPA and CWA. Where practicable,
continuing efforts should be made to encourage response by responsible
parties.
(1) In carrying out a response under this section, the OSC may:
(i) Remove or arrange for the removal of a discharge, and mitigate
or prevent a substantial threat of a discharge, at any time;
(ii) Direct or monitor all federal, state, and private actions to
remove a discharge; and
(iii) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel discharging, or
threatening to discharge, by whatever means are available.
(2) If the discharge results in a substantial threat to the public
health or welfare of the United States (including, but not limited to
fish, shellfish, wildlife, other natural resources, and the public and
private beaches and shorelines of the United States), the OSC must
direct all response efforts, as provided in Sec. 300.322(b) of this
part. The OSC should declare as expeditiously as practicable to spill
response participants that the federal government will
[[Page 50]]
direct the response. The OSC may act without regard to any other
provision of the law governing contracting procedures or employment of
personnel by the federal government in removing or arranging for the
removal of such a discharge.
(e) The OSC shall ensure that the natural resource trustees are
promptly notified in the event of any discharge of oil, to the maximum
extent practicable as provided in the Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive
Environments Plan annex to the ACP for the area in which the discharge
occurs. The OSC and the trustees shall coordinate assessments,
evaluations, investigations, and planning with respect to appropriate
removal actions. The OSC shall consult with the affected trustees on the
appropriate removal action to be taken. The trustees will provide timely
advice concerning recommended actions with regard to trustee resources
potentially affected. The trustees also will assure that the OSC is
informed of their activities in natural resource damage assessment that
may affect response operations. The trustees shall assure, through the
lead administrative trustee, that all data from the natural resource
damage assessment activities that may support more effective operational
decisions are provided in a timely manner to the OSC. When circumstances
permit, the OSC shall share the use of non-monetary response resources
(i.e., personnel and equipment) with the trustees, provided trustee
activities do not interfere with response actions. The lead
administrative trustee facilitates effective and efficient communication
between the OSC and the other trustees during response operations and is
responsible for applying to the OSC for non-monetary federal response
resources on behalf of all trustees. The lead administrative trustee is
also responsible for applying to the NPFC for funding for initiation of
damage assessment for injuries to natural resources.
Sec. 300.310 Phase III--Containment, countermeasures, cleanup, and disposal.
(a) Defensive actions shall begin as soon as possible to prevent,
minimize, or mitigate threat(s) to the public health or welfare of the
United States or the environment. Actions may include but are not
limited to: Analyzing water samples to determine the source and spread
of the oil; controlling the source of discharge; measuring and sampling;
source and spread control or salvage operations; placement of physical
barriers to deter the spread of the oil and to protect natural resources
and sensitive ecosystems; control of the water discharged from upstream
impoundment; and the use of chemicals and other materials in accordance
with subpart J of this part to restrain the spread of the oil and
mitigate its effects. The ACP prepared under Sec. 300.210(c) should be
consulted for procedures to be followed for obtaining an expedited
decision regarding the use of dispersants and other products listed on
the NCP Product Schedule.
(b) As appropriate, actions shall be taken to recover the oil or
mitigate its effects. Of the numerous chemical or physical methods that
may be used, the chosen methods shall be the most consistent with
protecting public health and welfare and the environment. Sinking agents
shall not be used.
(c) Oil and contaminated materials recovered in cleanup operations
shall be disposed of in accordance with the RCP, ACP, and any applicable
laws, regulations, or requirements. RRT and Area Committee guidelines
may identify the disposal options available during an oil spill response
and may describe what disposal requirements are mandatory or may not be
waived by the OSC. ACP guidelines should address: the sampling, testing,
and classifying of recovered oil and oiled debris; the segregation,
temporary storage, and stockpiling of recovered oil and oiled debris;
prior state disposal approvals and permits; and the routes; methods
(e.g. recycle/reuse, on-site burning, incineration, landfilling, etc.);
and sites for the disposal of collected oil, oiled debris, and animal
carcasses; and procedures for obtaining waivers, exemptions, or
authorizations associated with handling or transporting waste materials.
The ACPs may identify a hierarchy of preferences for disposal
alternatives, with recycling (reprocessing) being the most preferred,
and other alternatives preferred based
[[Page 51]]
on priorities for health or the environment.
Sec. 300.315 Phase IV--Documentation and cost recovery.
(a) All OSLTF users need to collect and maintain documentation to
support all actions taken under the CWA. In general, documentation shall
be sufficient to support full cost recovery for resources utilized and
shall identify the source and circumstances of the incident, the
responsible party or parties, and impacts and potential impacts to
public health and welfare and the environment. Documentation procedures
are contained in 33 CFR part 136.
(b) When appropriate, documentation shall also be collected for
scientific understanding of the environment and for research and
development of improved response methods and technology. Funding for
these actions is restricted by section 6002 of the OPA.
(c) OSCs shall submit OSC reports to the NRT or RRT, only if
requested, as provided by Sec. 300.165.
(d) OSCs shall ensure the necessary collection and safeguarding of
information, samples, and reports. Samples and information shall be
gathered expeditiously during the response to ensure an accurate record
of the impacts incurred. Documentation materials shall be made available
to the trustees of affected natural resources. The OSC shall make
available to trustees of the affected natural resources information and
documentation in the OSC's possession that can assist the trustees in
the determination of actual or potential natural resource injuries.
(e) Information and reports obtained by the EPA or USCG OSC shall be
transmitted to the appropriate offices responsible for follow-up
actions.
Sec. 300.317 National response priorities.
(a) Safety of human life must be given the top priority during every
response action. This includes any search and rescue efforts in the
general proximity of the discharge and the insurance of safety of
response personnel.
(b) Stabilizing the situation to preclude the event from worsening
is the next priority. All efforts must be focused on saving a vessel
that has been involved in a grounding, collision, fire, or explosion, so
that it does not compound the problem. Comparable measures should be
taken to stabilize a situation involving a facility, pipeline, or other
source of pollution. Stabilizing the situation includes securing the
source of the spill and/or removing the remaining oil from the container
(vessel, tank, or pipeline) to prevent additional oil spillage, to
reduce the need for follow-up response action, and to minimize adverse
impact to the environment.
(c) The response must use all necessary containment and removal
tactics in a coordinated manner to ensure a timely, effective response
that minimizes adverse impact to the environment.
(d) All parts of this national response strategy should be addressed
concurrently, but safety and stabilization are the highest priorities.
The OSC should not delay containment and removal decisions unnecessarily
and should take actions to minimize adverse impact to the environment
that begins as soon as a discharge occurs, as well as actions to
minimize further adverse environmental impact from additional
discharges.
(e) The priorities set forth in this section are broad in nature,
and should not be interpreted to preclude the consideration of other
priorities that may arise on a site-specific basis.
Sec. 300.320 General pattern of response.
(a) When the OSC receives a report of a discharge, actions normally
should be taken in the following sequence:
(1) Investigate the report to determine pertinent information such
as the threat posed to public health or welfare of the United States or
the environment, the type and quantity of polluting material, and the
source of the discharge.
(2) Officially classify the size (i.e., minor, medium, major) and
type (i.e., substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the
United States, worst case discharge) of the discharge and determine the
course of action to be followed to ensure effective and immediate
removal, mitigation, or prevention of the discharge. Some discharges
that are classified as a substantial threat to the public health or
welfare
[[Page 52]]
of the United States may be further classified as a spill of national
significance by the Administrator of EPA or the Commandant of the USCG.
The appropriate course of action may be prescribed in Secs. 300.322,
300.323, and 300.324.
(i) When the reported discharge is an actual or potential major
discharge, the OSC shall immediately notify the RRT and the NRC.
(ii) When the investigation shows that an actual or potential medium
discharge exists, the OSC shall recommend activation of the RRT, if
appropriate.
(iii) When the investigation shows that an actual or potential minor
discharge exists, the OSC shall monitor the situation to ensure that
proper removal action is being taken.
(3) If the OSC determines that effective and immediate removal,
mitigation, or prevention of a discharge can be achieved by private
party efforts, and where the discharge does not pose a substantial
threat to the public health or welfare of the United States, determine
whether the responsible party or other person is properly carrying out
removal. Removal is being done properly when:
(i) The responsible party is applying the resources called for in
its response plan to effectively and immediately remove, minimize, or
mitigate threat(s) to public health and welfare and the environment; and
(ii) The removal efforts are in accordance with applicable
regulations, including the NCP. Even if the OSC supplements responsible
party resources with government resources, the spill response will not
be considered improper, unless specifically determined by the OSC.
(4) Where appropriate, determine whether a state or political
subdivision thereof has the capability to carry out any or all removal
actions. If so, the OSC may arrange funding to support these actions.
(5) Ensure prompt notification of the trustees of affected natural
resources in accordance with the applicable RCP and ACP.
(b) Removal shall be considered complete when so determined by the
OSC in consultation with the Governor or Governors of the affected
states. When the OSC considers removal complete, OSLTF removal funding
shall end. This determination shall not preclude additional removal
actions under applicable state law.
Sec. 300.322 Response to substantial threats to public health or welfare of the United States.
(a) As part of the investigation described in Sec. 300.320, the OSC
shall determine whether a discharge results in a substantial threat to
public health or welfare of the United States (including, but not
limited to, fish, shellfish, wildlife, other natural resources, and the
public and private beaches and shorelines of the United States). Factors
to be considered by the OSC in making this determination include, but
are not limited to, the size of the discharge, the character of the
discharge, and the nature of the threat to public health or welfare of
the United States. Upon obtaining such information, the OSC shall
conduct an evaluation of the threat posed, based on the OSC's experience
in assessing other discharges, and consultation with senior lead agency
officials and readily available authorities on issues outside the OSC's
technical expertise.
(b) If the investigation by the OSC shows that the discharge poses
or may present a substantial threat to public health or welfare of the
United States, the OSC shall direct all federal, state, or private
actions to remove the discharge or to mitigate or prevent the threat of
such a discharge, as appropriate. In directing the response in such
cases, the OSC may act without regard to any other provision of law
governing contracting procedures or employment of personnel by the
federal government to:
(1) Remove or arrange for the removal of the discharge;
(2) Mitigate or prevent the substantial threat of the discharge; and
(3) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel discharging, or
threatening to discharge, by whatever means are available.
(c) In the case of a substantial threat to public health or welfare
of the United States, the OSC shall:
[[Page 53]]
(1) Assess opportunities for the use of various special teams and
other assistance described in Sec. 300.145, including the use of the
services of the NSFCC, as appropriate;
(2) Request immediate activation of the RRT; and
(3) Take whatever additional response actions are deemed
appropriate, including, but not limited to, implementation of the ACP as
required by section 311(j)(4) of the CWA or relevant tank vessel or
facility response plan required by section 311(j)(5) of the CWA. When
requested by the OSC, the lead agency or RRT shall dispatch appropriate
personnel to the scene of the discharge to assist the OSC. This
assistance may include technical support in the agency's areas of
expertise and disseminating information to the public. The lead agency
shall ensure that a contracting officer is available on scene, at the
request of the OSC.
Sec. 300.323 Spills of national significance.
(a) A discharge may be classified as a spill of national
significance (SONS) by the Administrator of EPA for discharges occurring
in the inland zone and the Commandant of the USCG for discharges
occurring in the coastal zone.
(b) For a SONS in the inland zone, the EPA Administrator may name a
senior Agency official to assist the OSC in communicating with affected
parties and the public and coordinating federal, state, local, and
international resources at the national level. This strategic
coordination will involve, as appropriate, the NRT, RRT(s), the
Governor(s) of affected state(s), and the mayor(s) or other chief
executive(s) of local government(s).
(c) For a SONS in the coastal zone, the USCG Commandant may name a
National Incident Commander (NIC) who will assume the role of the OSC in
communicating with affected parties and the public, and coordinating
federal, state, local, and international resources at the national
level. This strategic coordination will involve, as appropriate, the
NRT, RRT(s), the Governor(s) of affected state(s), and the mayor(s) or
other chief executive(s) of local government(s).
Sec. 300.324 Response to worst case discharges.
(a) If the investigation by the OSC shows that a discharge is a
worst case discharge as defined in the ACP, or there is a substantial
threat of such a discharge, the OSC shall:
(1) Notify the NSFCC;
(2) Require, where applicable, implementation of the worst case
portion of an approved tank vessel or facility response plan required by
section 311(j)(5) of the CWA;
(3) Implement the worst case portion of the ACP required by section
311(j)(4) of the CWA; and
(4) Take whatever additional response actions are deemed
appropriate.
(b) Under the direction of the OSC, the NSFCC shall coordinate use
of private and public personnel and equipment, including strike teams,
to remove a worst case discharge and mitigate or prevent a substantial
threat of such a discharge.
Sec. 300.335 Funding.
(a) The OSLTF is available under certain circumstances to fund
removal of oil performed under section 311 of the CWA. Those
circumstances and the procedures for accessing the OSLTF are described
in 33 CFR part 136. The responsible party is liable for costs of federal
removal and damages in accordance with section 311(f) of the CWA,
section 1002 of the OPA, and other federal laws.
(b) Where the OSC requests assistance from a federal agency, that
agency may be reimbursed in accordance with the provisions of 33 CFR
part 136. Specific interagency reimbursement agreements may be used when
necessary to ensure that the federal resources will be available for a
timely response to a discharge of oil.
(c) Procedures for funding the initiation of natural resource damage
assessment are covered in 33 CFR part 136.
(d) Response actions other than removal, such as scientific
investigations not in support of removal actions or law enforcement,
shall be provided by the agency with legal responsibility for those
specific actions.
[[Page 54]]
(e) The funding of a response to a discharge from a federally owned,
operated, or supervised facility or vessel is the responsibility of the
owning, operating, or supervising agency if it is a responsible party.
(f) The following agencies have funds available for certain
discharge removal actions:
(1) DOD has two specific sources of funds that may be applicable to
an oil discharge under appropriate circumstances. This does not consider
military resources that might be made available under specific
conditions.
(i) Funds required for removal of a sunken vessel or similar
obstruction of navigation are available to the Corps of Engineers
through Civil Works Appropriations, Operations and Maintenance, General.
(ii) USN may conduct salvage operations contingent on defense
operational commitments, when funded by the requesting agency. Such
funding may be requested on a direct cite basis.
(2) Pursuant to Title I of the OPA, the state or states affected by
a discharge of oil may act where necessary to remove such discharge.
Pursuant to 33 CFR part 136 states may be reimbursed from the OSLTF for
the reasonable costs incurred in such a removal.
Subpart E--Hazardous Substance Response
Source: 55 FR 8839, Mar. 8, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.400 General.
(a) This subpart establishes methods and criteria for determining
the appropriate extent of response authorized by CERCLA and CWA section
311(c):
(1) When there is a release of a hazardous substance into the
environment; or
(2) When there is a release into the environment of any pollutant or
contaminant that may present an imminent and substantial danger to the
public health or welfare of the United States.
(b) Limitations on response. Unless the lead agency determines that
a release constitutes a public health or environmental emergency and no
other person with the authority and capability to respond will do so in
a timely manner, a removal or remedial action under section 104 of
CERCLA shall not be undertaken in response to a release:
(1) Of a naturally occurring substance in its unaltered form, or
altered solely through naturally occurring processes or phenomena, from
a location where it is naturally found;
(2) From products that are part of the structure of, and result in
exposure within, residential buildings or business or community
structures; or
(3) Into public or private drinking water supplies due to
deterioration of the system through ordinary use.
(c) Fund-financed action. In determining the need for and in
planning or undertaking Fund-financed action, the lead agency shall, to
the extent practicable:
(1) Engage in prompt response;
(2) Provide for state participation in response actions, as
described in subpart F of this part;
(3) Conserve Fund monies by encouraging private party response;
(4) Be sensitive to local community concerns;
(5) Consider using treatment technologies;
(6) Involve the Regional Response Team (RRT) in both removal and
remedial response actions at appropriate decision-making stages;
(7) Encourage the involvement and sharing of technology by industry
and other experts; and
(8) Encourage the involvement of organizations to coordinate
responsible party actions, foster site response, and provide technical
advice to the public, federal and state governments, and industry.
(d) Entry and access. (1) For purposes of determining the need for
response, or choosing or taking a response action, or otherwise
enforcing the provisions of CERCLA, EPA, or the appropriate federal
agency, and a state or political subdivision operating pursuant to a
contract or cooperative agreement under CERCLA section 104(d)(1), has
the authority to enter any vessel, facility, establishment or other
place, property, or location described in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section and conduct, complete, operate, and maintain any
[[Page 55]]
response actions authorized by CERCLA or these regulations.
(2)(i) Under the authorities described in paragraph (d)(1) of this
section, EPA, or the appropriate federal agency, and a state or
political subdivision operating pursuant to a contract or cooperative
agreement under CERCLA section 104(d)(1), may enter:
(A) Any vessel, facility, establishment, or other place or property
where any hazardous substance or pollutant or contaminant may be or has
been generated, stored, treated, disposed of, or transported from;
(B) Any vessel, facility, establishment, or other place or property
from which, or to which, a hazardous substance or pollutant or
contaminant has been, or may have been, released or where such release
is or may be threatened;
(C) Any vessel, facility, establishment, or other place or property
where entry is necessary to determine the need for response or the
appropriate response or to effectuate a response action; or
(D) Any vessel, facility, establishment, or other place, property,
or location adjacent to those vessels, facilities, establishments,
places, or properties described in paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A), (B), or (C)
of this section.
(ii) Once a determination has been made that there is a reasonable
basis to believe that there has been or may be a release, EPA, or the
appropriate federal agency, and a state or political subdivision
operating pursuant to a contract or cooperative agreement under CERCLA
section 104(d)(1), is authorized to enter all vessels, facilities,
establishments, places, properties, or locations specified in paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section, at which the release is believed to be, and
all other vessels, facilities, establishments, places, properties, or
locations identified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section that are
related to the response or are necessary to enter in responding to that
release.
(3) The lead agency may designate as its representative solely for
the purpose of access, among others, one or more potentially responsible
parties, including representatives, employees, agents, and contractors
of such parties. EPA, or the appropriate federal agency, may exercise
the authority contained in section 104(e) of CERCLA to obtain access for
its designated representative. A potentially responsible party may only
be designated as a representative of the lead agency where that
potentially responsible party has agreed to conduct response activities
pursuant to an administrative order or consent decree.
(4)(i) If consent is not granted under the authorities described in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, or if consent is conditioned in any
manner, EPA, or the appropriate federal agency, may issue an order
pursuant to section 104(e)(5) of CERCLA directing compliance with the
request for access made under Sec. 300.400(d)(1). EPA or the appropriate
federal agency may ask the Attorney General to commence a civil action
to compel compliance with either a request for access or an order
directing compliance.
(ii) EPA reserves the right to proceed, where appropriate, under
applicable authority other than CERCLA section 104(e).
(iii) The administrative order may direct compliance with a request
to enter or inspect any vessel, facility, establishment, place,
property, or location described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(iv) Each order shall contain:
(A) A determination by EPA, or the appropriate federal agency, that
it is reasonable to believe that there may be or has been a release or
threat of a release of a hazardous substance or pollutant or contaminant
and a statement of the facts upon which the determination is based;
(B) A description, in light of CERCLA response authorities, of the
purpose and estimated scope and duration of the entry, including a
description of the specific anticipated activities to be conducted
pursuant to the order;
(C) A provision advising the person who failed to consent that an
officer or employee of the agency that issued the order will be
available to confer with respondent prior to effective date of the
order; and
(D) A provision advising the person who failed to consent that a
court may impose a penalty of up to $25,000 per
[[Page 56]]
day for unreasonable failure to comply with the order.
(v) Orders shall be served upon the person or responsible party who
failed to consent prior to their effective date. Force shall not be used
to compel compliance with an order.
(vi) Orders may not be issued for any criminal investigations.
(e) Permit requirements. (1) No federal, state, or local permits are
required for on-site response actions conducted pursuant to CERCLA
sections 104, 106, 120, 121, or 122. The term on-site means the areal
extent of contamination and all suitable areas in very close proximity
to the contamination necessary for implementation of the response
action.
(2) Permits, if required, shall be obtained for all response
activities conducted off-site.
(f) Health assessments. Health assessments shall be performed by
ATSDR at facilities on or proposed to be listed on the NPL and may be
performed at other releases or facilities in response to petitions made
to ATSDR. Where available, these health assessments may be used by the
lead agency to assist in determining whether response actions should be
taken and/or to identify the need for additional studies to assist in
the assessment of potential human health effects associated with
releases or potential releases of hazardous substances.
(g) Identification of applicable or relevant and appropriate
requirements. (1) The lead and support agencies shall identify
requirements applicable to the release or remedial action contemplated
based upon an objective determination of whether the requirement
specifically addresses a hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant,
remedial action, location, or other circumstance found at a CERCLA site.
(2) If, based upon paragraph (g)(1) of this section, it is
determined that a requirement is not applicable to a specific release,
the requirement may still be relevant and appropriate to the
circumstances of the release. In evaluating relevance and
appropriateness, the factors in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (viii) of
this section shall be examined, where pertinent, to determine whether a
requirement addresses problems or situations sufficiently similar to the
circumstances of the release or remedial action contemplated, and
whether the requirement is well-suited to the site, and therefore is
both relevant and appropriate. The pertinence of each of the following
factors will depend, in part, on whether a requirement addresses a
chemical, location, or action. The following comparisons shall be made,
where pertinent, to determine relevance and appropriateness:
(i) The purpose of the requirement and the purpose of the CERCLA
action;
(ii) The medium regulated or affected by the requirement and the
medium contaminated or affected at the CERCLA site;
(iii) The substances regulated by the requirement and the substances
found at the CERCLA site;
(iv) The actions or activities regulated by the requirement and the
remedial action contemplated at the CERCLA site;
(v) Any variances, waivers, or exemptions of the requirement and
their availability for the circumstances at the CERCLA site;
(vi) The type of place regulated and the type of place affected by
the release or CERCLA action;
(vii) The type and size of structure or facility regulated and the
type and size of structure or facility affected by the release or
contemplated by the CERCLA action;
(viii) Any consideration of use or potential use of affected
resources in the requirement and the use or potential use of the
affected resource at the CERCLA site.
(3) In addition to applicable or relevant and appropriate
requirements, the lead and support agencies may, as appropriate,
identify other advisories, criteria, or guidance to be considered for a
particular release. The ``to be considered'' (TBC) category consists of
advisories, criteria, or guidance that were developed by EPA, other
federal agencies, or states that may be useful in developing CERCLA
remedies.
(4) Only those state standards that are promulgated, are identified
by the state in a timely manner, and are more stringent than federal
requirements
[[Page 57]]
may be applicable or relevant and appropriate. For purposes of
identification and notification of promulgated state standards, the term
promulgated means that the standards are of general applicability and
are legally enforceable.
(5) The lead agency and support agency shall identify their specific
requirements that are applicable or relevant and appropriate for a
particular site. These agencies shall notify each other, in a timely
manner as described in Sec. 300.515(d), of the requirements they have
determined to be applicable or relevant and appropriate. When
identifying a requirement as an ARAR, the lead agency and support agency
shall include a citation to the statute or regulation from which the
requirement is derived.
(6) Notification of ARARs shall be according to procedures and
timeframes specified in Sec. 300.515 (d)(2) and (h)(2).
(h) Oversight. The lead agency may provide oversight for actions
taken by potentially responsible parties to ensure that a response is
conducted consistent with this part. The lead agency may also monitor
the actions of third parties preauthorized under subpart H of this part.
EPA will provide oversight when the response is pursuant to an EPA order
or federal consent decree.
(i) Other. (1) This subpart does not establish any preconditions to
enforcement action by either the federal or state governments to compel
response actions by potentially responsible parties.
(2) While much of this subpart is oriented toward federally funded
response actions, this subpart may be used as guidance concerning
methods and criteria for response actions by other parties under other
funding mechanisms. Except as provided in subpart H of this part,
nothing in this part is intended to limit the rights of any person to
seek recovery of response costs from responsible parties pursuant to
CERCLA section 107.
(3) Activities by the federal and state governments in implementing
this subpart are discretionary governmental functions. This subpart does
not create in any private party a right to federal response or
enforcement action. This subpart does not create any duty of the federal
government to take any response action at any particular time.
[55 FR 8839, Mar. 8, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 47447, Sept. 15, 1994]
Sec. 300.405 Discovery or notification.
(a) A release may be discovered through:
(1) A report submitted in accordance with section 103(a) of CERCLA,
i.e., reportable quantities codified at 40 CFR part 302;
(2) A report submitted to EPA in accordance with section 103(c) of
CERCLA;
(3) Investigation by government authorities conducted in accordance
with section 104(e) of CERCLA or other statutory authority;
(4) Notification of a release by a federal or state permit holder
when required by its permit;
(5) Inventory or survey efforts or random or incidental observation
reported by government agencies or the public;
(6) Submission of a citizen petition to EPA or the appropriate
federal facility requesting a preliminary assessment, in accordance with
section 105(d) of CERCLA;
(7) A report submitted in accordance with section 311(b)(5) of the
CWA; and
(8) Other sources.
(b) Any person in charge of a vessel or a facility shall report
releases as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to the
National Response Center (NRC). If direct reporting to the NRC is not
practicable, reports may be made to the United States Coast Guard (USCG)
on-scene coordinator (OSC) for the geographic area where the release
occurs. The EPA predesignated OSC may also be contacted through the
regional 24-hour emergency response telephone number. All such reports
shall be promptly relayed to the NRC. If it is not possible to notify
the NRC or predesignated OSC immediately, reports may be made
immediately to the nearest USCG unit. In any event, such person in
charge of the vessel or facility shall notify the NRC as soon as
possible.
(c) All other reports of releases described under paragraph (a) of
this section, except releases reported under paragraphs (a)(2) and (6)
of this section,
[[Page 58]]
shall, as appropriate, be made to the NRC.
(d) The NRC will generally need information that will help to
characterize the release. This will include, but not be limited to:
Location of the release; type(s) of material(s) released; an estimate of
the quantity of material released; possible source of the release; and
date and time of the release. Reporting under paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section shall not be delayed due to incomplete notification
information.
(e) Upon receipt of a notification of a release, the NRC shall
promptly notify the appropriate OSC. The OSC shall notify the Governor,
or designee, of the state affected by the release.
(f)(1) When the OSC is notified of a release that may require
response pursuant to Sec. 300.415(b), a removal site evaluation shall,
as appropriate, be promptly undertaken pursuant to Sec. 300.410.
(2) When notification indicates that removal action pursuant to
Sec. 300.415(b) is not required, a remedial site evaluation shall, if
appropriate, be undertaken by the lead agency pursuant to Sec. 300.420,
if one has not already been performed.
(3) If radioactive substances are present in a release, the EPA
Radiological Response Coordinator should be notified for evaluation and
assistance either directly or via the NRC, consistent with
Secs. 300.130(e) and 300.145(f).
(g) Release notification made to the NRC under this section does not
relieve the owner/operator of a facility from any obligations to which
it is subject under SARA Title III or state law. In particular, it does
not relieve the owner/operator from the requirements of section 304 of
SARA Title III and 40 CFR part 355 and Sec. 300.215(f) of this part for
notifying the community emergency coordinator for the appropriate local
emergency planning committee of all affected areas and the state
emergency response commission of any state affected that there has been
a release. Federal agencies are not legally obligated to comply with the
requirements of Title III of SARA.
[55 FR 8839, Mar. 8, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 47447, Sept. 15, 1994]
Sec. 300.410 Removal site evaluation.
(a) A removal site evaluation includes a removal preliminary
assessment and, if warranted, a removal site inspection.
(b) A removal site evaluation of a release identified for possible
CERCLA response pursuant to Sec. 300.415 shall, as appropriate, be
undertaken by the lead agency as promptly as possible. The lead agency
may perform a removal preliminary assessment in response to petitions
submitted by a person who is, or may be, affected by a release of a
hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant pursuant to
Sec. 300.420(b)(5).
(c)(1) The lead agency shall, as appropriate, base the removal
preliminary assessment on readily available information. A removal
preliminary assessment may include, but is not limited to:
(i) Identification of the source and nature of the release or threat
of release;
(ii) Evaluation by ATSDR or by other sources, for example, state
public health agencies, of the threat to public health;
(iii) Evaluation of the magnitude of the threat;
(iv) Evaluation of factors necessary to make the determination of
whether a removal is necessary; and
(v) Determination of whether a nonfederal party is undertaking
proper response.
(2) A removal preliminary assessment of releases from hazardous
waste management facilities may include collection or review of data
such as site management practices, information from generators,
photographs, analysis of historical photographs, literature searches,
and personal interviews conducted, as appropriate.
(d) A removal site inspection may be performed if more information
is needed. Such inspection may include a perimeter (i.e., off-site) or
on-site inspection, taking into consideration whether such inspection
can be performed safely.
(e)(1) As part of the evaluation under this section, the OSC shall
determine whether a release governed by CWA section 311(c)(1), as
amended by OPA section 4201(a), has occurred.
[[Page 59]]
(2) If such a release of a CWA hazardous substance has occurred, the
OSC shall determine whether the release results in a substantial threat
to the public health or welfare of the United States. Factors to be
considered by the OSC in making this determination include, but are not
limited to, the size of the release, the character of the release, and
the nature of the threat to public health or welfare of the United
States. Upon obtaining relevant elements of such information, the OSC
shall conduct an evaluation of the threat posed, based on the OSC's
experience in assessing other releases, and consultation with senior
lead agency officials and readily available authorities on issues
outside the OSC's technical expertise.
(f) A removal site evaluation shall be terminated when the OSC or
lead agency determines:
(1) There is no release;
(2) The source is neither a vessel nor a facility as defined in
Sec. 300.5 of the NCP;
(3) The release involves neither a hazardous substance, nor a
pollutant or contaminant that may present an imminent and substantial
danger to public health or welfare of the United States;
(4) The release consists of a situation specified in
Sec. 300.400(b)(1) through (3) subject to limitations on response;
(5) The amount, quantity, or concentration released does not warrant
federal response;
(6) A party responsible for the release, or any other person, is
providing appropriate response, and on-scene monitoring by the
government is not required; or
(7) The removal site evaluation is completed.
(g) The results of the removal site evaluation shall be documented.
(h) The OSC or lead agency shall ensure that natural resource
trustees are promptly notified in order that they may initiate
appropriate actions, including those identified in subpart G of this
part. The OSC or lead agency shall coordinate all response activities
with such affected trustees.
(i) If the removal site evaluation indicates that removal action
under Sec. 300.415 is not required, but that remedial action under
Sec. 300.430 may be necessary, the lead agency shall, as appropriate,
initiate a remedial site evaluation pursuant to Sec. 300.420.
[59 FR 47448, Sept. 15, 1994]
Sec. 300.415 Removal action.
(a)(1) In determining the appropriate extent of action to be taken
in response to a given release, the lead agency shall first review the
removal site evaluation, any information produced through a remedial
site evaluation, if any has been done previously, and the current site
conditions, to determine if removal action is appropriate.
(2) Where the responsible parties are known, an effort initially
shall be made, to the extent practicable, to determine whether they can
and will perform the necessary removal action promptly and properly.
(3) This section does not apply to removal actions taken pursuant to
section 104(b) of CERCLA. The criteria for such actions are set forth in
section 104(b) of CERCLA.
(b)(1) At any release, regardless of whether the site is included on
the National Priorities List (NPL), where the lead agency makes the
determination, based on the factors in paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
that there is a threat to public health or welfare of the United States
or the environment, the lead agency may take any appropriate removal
action to abate, prevent, minimize, stabilize, mitigate, or eliminate
the release or the threat of release.
(2) The following factors shall be considered in determining the
appropriateness of a removal action pursuant to this section:
(i) Actual or potential exposure to nearby human populations,
animals, or the food chain from hazardous substances or pollutants or
contaminants;
(ii) Actual or potential contamination of drinking water supplies or
sensitive ecosystems;
(iii) Hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants in drums,
barrels, tanks, or other bulk storage containers, that may pose a threat
of release;
(iv) High levels of hazardous substances or pollutants or
contaminants
[[Page 60]]
in soils largely at or near the surface, that may migrate;
(v) Weather conditions that may cause hazardous substances or
pollutants or contaminants to migrate or be released;
(vi) Threat of fire or explosion;
(vii) The availability of other appropriate federal or state
response mechanisms to respond to the release; and
(viii) Other situations or factors that may pose threats to public
health or welfare of the United States or the environment.
(3) If the lead agency determines that a removal action is
appropriate, actions shall, as appropriate, begin as soon as possible to
abate, prevent, minimize, stabilize, mitigate, or eliminate the threat
to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment. The
lead agency shall, at the earliest possible time, also make any
necessary determinations pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(4) Whenever a planning period of at least six months exists before
on-site activities must be initiated, and the lead agency determines,
based on a site evaluation, that a removal action is appropriate:
(i) The lead agency shall conduct an engineering evaluation/cost
analysis (EE/CA) or its equivalent. The EE/CA is an analysis of removal
alternatives for a site.
(ii) If environmental samples are to be collected, the lead agency
shall develop sampling and analysis plans that shall provide a process
for obtaining data of sufficient quality and quantity to satisfy data
needs. Sampling and analysis plans shall be reviewed and approved by
EPA. The sampling and analysis plans shall consist of two parts:
(A) The field sampling plan, which describes the number, type, and
location of samples and the type of analyses; and
(B) The quality assurance project plan, which describes policy,
organization, and functional activities and the data quality objectives
and measures necessary to achieve adequate data for use in planning and
documenting the removal action.
(5) CERCLA fund-financed removal actions, other than those
authorized under section 104(b) of CERCLA, shall be terminated after $2
million has been obligated for the action or 12 months have elapsed from
the date that removal activities begin on-site, unless the lead agency
determines that:
(i) There is an immediate risk to public health or welfare of the
United States or the environment; continued response actions are
immediately required to prevent, limit, or mitigate an emergency; and
such assistance will not otherwise be provided on a timely basis; or
(ii) Continued response action is otherwise appropriate and
consistent with the remedial action to be taken.
(c)(1) In carrying out a response to a release of a CWA hazardous
substance, as described in CWA section 311(c)(1), as amended by OPA
section 4201(a), the OSC may:
(i) Remove or arrange for the removal of a release, and mitigate or
prevent a substantial threat of a release, at any time;
(ii) Direct or monitor all federal, state, and private actions to
remove a release; and
(iii) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel releasing or
threatening to release CWA hazardous substances, by whatever means are
available.
(2) If the investigation by the OSC under Sec. 300.410 shows that
the release of a CWA hazardous substance results in a substantial threat
to public health or welfare of the United States, the OSC shall direct
all federal, state, or private actions to remove the release or to
mitigate or prevent the threat of such a release, as appropriate. In
directing the response, the OSC may act without regard to any other
provision of law governing contracting procedures or employment of
personnel by the federal government to:
(i) Remove or arrange for the removal of the release;
(ii) Mitigate or prevent the substantial threat of the release; and
(iii) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel releasing, or
threatening to release, by whatever means are available.
(3) In the case of a release of a CWA hazardous substance posing a
substantial threat to public health or welfare of the United States, the
OSC shall:
[[Page 61]]
(i) Assess opportunities for the use of various special teams and
other assistance described in Sec. 300.145, as appropriate;
(ii) Request immediate activation of the RRT; and
(iii) Take whatever additional response actions are deemed
appropriate. When requested by the OSC, the lead agency or RRT shall
dispatch appropriate personnel to the scene of the release to assist the
OSC. This assistance may include technical support in the agency's areas
of expertise and disseminating information to the public in accordance
with Sec. 300.155. The lead agency shall ensure that a contracting
officer is available on-scene, at the request of the OSC.
(d) Removal actions shall, to the extent practicable, contribute to
the efficient performance of any anticipated long-term remedial action
with respect to the release concerned.
(e) The following removal actions are, as a general rule,
appropriate in the types of situations shown; however, this list is not
exhaustive and is not intended to prevent the lead agency from taking
any other actions deemed necessary under CERCLA, CWA section 311, or
other appropriate federal or state enforcement or response authorities,
and the list does not create a duty on the lead agency to take action at
any particular time:
(1) Fences, warning signs, or other security or site control
precautions--where humans or animals have access to the release;
(2) Drainage controls, for example, run-off or run-on diversion--
where needed to reduce migration of hazardous substances or pollutants
or contaminants off-site or to prevent precipitation or run-off from
other sources, for example, flooding, from entering the release area
from other areas;
(3) Stabilization of berms, dikes, or impoundments or drainage or
closing of lagoons--where needed to maintain the integrity of the
structures;
(4) Capping of contaminated soils or sludges--where needed to reduce
migration of hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants into
soil, ground or surface water, or air;
(5) Using chemicals and other materials to retard the spread of the
release or to mitigate its effects--where the use of such chemicals will
reduce the spread of the release;
(6) Excavation, consolidation, or removal of highly contaminated
soils from drainage or other areas--where such actions will reduce the
spread of, or direct contact with, the contamination;
(7) Removal of drums, barrels, tanks, or other bulk containers that
contain or may contain hazardous substances or pollutants or
contaminants--where it will reduce the likelihood of spillage; leakage;
exposure to humans, animals, or food chain; or fire or explosion;
(8) Containment, treatment, disposal, or incineration of hazardous
materials--where needed to reduce the likelihood of human, animal, or
food chain exposure; or
(9) Provision of alternative water supply--where necessary
immediately to reduce exposure to contaminated household water and
continuing until such time as local authorities can satisfy the need for
a permanent remedy.
(f) Where necessary to protect public health or welfare, the lead
agency shall request that FEMA conduct a temporary relocation or that
state/local officials conduct an evacuation.
(g) If the lead agency determines that the removal action will not
fully address the threat posed by the release and the release may
require remedial action, the lead agency shall ensure an orderly
transition from removal to remedial response activities.
(h) CERCLA removal actions conducted by states under cooperative
agreements, described in subpart F of this part, shall comply with all
requirements of this section.
(i) Facilities operated by a state or political subdivision at the
time of disposal require a state cost share of at least 50 percent of
Fund-financed response costs if a Fund-financed remedial action is
conducted.
(j) Fund-financed removal actions under CERCLA section 104 and
removal actions pursuant to CERCLA section 106 shall, to the extent
practicable considering the exigencies of the situation, attain
applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs) under
[[Page 62]]
federal environmental or state environmental or facility siting laws.
Waivers described in Sec. 300.430(f)(1)(ii)(C) may be used for removal
actions. Other federal and state advisories, criteria, or guidance may,
as appropriate, be considered in formulating the removal action (see
Sec. 300.400(g)(3)). In determining whether compliance with ARARs is
practicable, the lead agency may consider appropriate factors,
including:
(1) The urgency of the situation; and
(2) The scope of the removal action to be conducted.
(k) Removal actions pursuant to section 106 or 122 of CERCLA are not
subject to the following requirements of this section:
(1) Section 300.415(a)(2) requirement to locate responsible parties
and have them undertake the response;
(2) Section 300.415(b)(2)(vii) requirement to consider the
availability of other appropriate federal or state response and
enforcement mechanisms to respond to the release;
(3) Section 300.415(b)(5) requirement to terminate response after $2
million has been obligated or 12 months have elapsed from the date of
the initial response; and
(4) Section 300.415(g) requirement to assure an orderly transition
from removal to remedial action.
(l) To the extent practicable, provision for post-removal site
control following a CERCLA Fund-financed removal action at both NPL and
non-NPL sites is encouraged to be made prior to the initiation of the
removal action. Such post-removal site control includes actions
necessary to ensure the effectiveness and integrity of the removal
action after the completion of the on-site removal action or after the
$2 million or 12-month statutory limits are reached for sites that do
not meet the exemption criteria in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
Post-removal site control may be conducted by:
(1) The affected state or political subdivision thereof or local
units of government for any removal;
(2) Potentially responsible parties; or
(3) EPA's remedial program for some federal-lead Fund-financed
responses at NPL sites.
(m) OSCs/RPMs conducting removal actions shall submit OSC reports to
the RRT as required by Sec. 300.165.
(n) Community relations in removal actions. (1) In the case of all
CERCLA removal actions taken pursuant to Sec. 300.415 or CERCLA
enforcement actions to compel removal response, a spokesperson shall be
designated by the lead agency. The spokesperson shall inform the
community of actions taken, respond to inquiries, and provide
information concerning the release. All news releases or statements made
by participating agencies shall be coordinated with the OSC/RPM. The
spokesperson shall notify, at a minimum, immediately affected citizens,
state and local officials, and, when appropriate, civil defense or
emergency management agencies.
(2) For CERCLA actions where, based on the site evaluation, the lead
agency determines that a removal is appropriate, and that less than six
months exists before on-site removal activity must begin, the lead
agency shall:
(i) Publish a notice of availability of the administrative record
file established pursuant to Sec. 300.820 in a major local newspaper of
general circulation within 60 days of initiation of on-site removal
activity;
(ii) Provide a public comment period, as appropriate, of not less
than 30 days from the time the administrative record file is made
available for public inspection, pursuant to Sec. 300.820(b)(2); and
(iii) Prepare a written response to significant comments pursuant to
Sec. 300.820(b)(3).
(3) For CERCLA removal actions where on-site action is expected to
extend beyond 120 days from the initiation of on-site removal
activities, the lead agency shall by the end of the 120-day period:
(i) Conduct interviews with local officials, community residents,
public interest groups, or other interested or affected parties, as
appropriate, to solicit their concerns, information needs, and how or
when citizens would like to be involved in the Superfund process;
(ii) Prepare a formal community relations plan (CRP) based on the
community interviews and other relevant information, specifying the
community
[[Page 63]]
relations activities that the lead agency expects to undertake during
the response; and
(iii) Establish at least one local information repository at or near
the location of the response action. The information repository should
contain items made available for public information. Further, an
administrative record file established pursuant to subpart I for all
removal actions shall be available for public inspection in at least one
of the repositories. The lead agency shall inform the public of the
establishment of the information repository and provide notice of
availability of the administrative record file for public review. All
items in the repository shall be available for public inspection and
copying.
(4) Where, based on the site evaluation, the lead agency determines
that a CERCLA removal action is appropriate and that a planning period
of at least six months exists prior to initiation of the on-site removal
activities, the lead agency shall at a minimum:
(i) Comply with the requirements set forth in paragraphs (n)(3)(i),
(ii), and (iii) of this section, prior to the completion of the EE/CA,
or its equivalent, except that the information repository and the
administrative record file will be established no later than when the
EE/CA approval memorandum is signed;
(ii) Publish a notice of availability and brief description of the
EE/CA in a major local newspaper of general circulation pursuant to
Sec. 300.820;
(iii) Provide a reasonable opportunity, not less than 30 calendar
days, for submission of written and oral comments after completion of
the EE/CA pursuant to Sec. 300.820(a). Upon timely request, the lead
agency will extend the public comment period by a minimum of 15 days;
and
(iv) Prepare a written response to significant comments pursuant to
Sec. 300.820(a).
[59 FR 47448, Sept. 15, 1994]
Sec. 300.420 Remedial site evaluation.
(a) General. The purpose of this section is to describe the methods,
procedures, and criteria the lead agency shall use to collect data, as
required, and evaluate releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or
contaminants. The evaluation may consist of two steps: a remedial
preliminary assessment (PA) and a remedial site inspection (SI).
(b) Remedial preliminary assessment. (1) The lead agency shall
perform a remedial PA on all sites in CERCLIS as defined in Sec. 300.5
to:
(i) Eliminate from further consideration those sites that pose no
threat to public health or the environment;
(ii) Determine if there is any potential need for removal action;
(iii) Set priorities for site inspections; and
(iv) Gather existing data to facilitate later evaluation of the
release pursuant to the Hazard Ranking System (HRS) if warranted.
(2) A remedial PA shall consist of a review of existing information
about a release such as information on the pathways of exposure,
exposure targets, and source and nature of release. A remedial PA shall
also include an off-site reconnaissance as appropriate. A remedial PA
may include an on-site reconnaissance where appropriate.
(3) If the remedial PA indicates that a removal action may be
warranted, the lead agency shall initiate removal evaluation pursuant to
Sec. 300.410.
(4) In performing a remedial PA, the lead agency may complete the
EPA Preliminary Assessment form, available from EPA regional offices, or
its equivalent, and shall prepare a PA report, which shall include:
(i) A description of the release;
(ii) A description of the probable nature of the release; and
(iii) A recommendation on whether further action is warranted, which
lead agency should conduct further action, and whether an SI or removal
action or both should be undertaken.
(5) Any person may petition the lead federal agency (EPA or the
appropriate federal agency in the case of a release or suspected release
from a federal facility), to perform a PA of a release when such person
is, or may be, affected by a release of a hazardous substance,
pollutant, or contaminant. Such petitions shall be addressed to the EPA
Regional Administrator for
[[Page 64]]
the region in which the release is located, except that petitions for
PAs involving federal facilities should be addressed to the head of the
appropriate federal agency.
(i) Petitions shall be signed by the petitioner and shall contain
the following:
(A) The full name, address, and phone number of petitioner;
(B) A description, as precisely as possible, of the location of the
release; and
(C) How the petitioner is or may be affected by the release.
(ii) Petitions should also contain the following information to the
extent available:
(A) What type of substances were or may be released;
(B) The nature of activities that have occurred where the release is
located; and
(C) Whether local and state authorities have been contacted about
the release.
(iii) The lead federal agency shall complete a remedial or removal
PA within one year of the date of receipt of a complete petition
pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of this section, if one has not been
performed previously, unless the lead federal agency determines that a
PA is not appropriate. Where such a determination is made, the lead
federal agency shall notify the petitioner and will provide a reason for
the determination.
(iv) When determining if performance of a PA is appropriate, the
lead federal agency shall take into consideration:
(A) Whether there is information indicating that a release has
occurred or there is a threat of a release of a hazardous substance,
pollutant, or contaminant; and
(B) Whether the release is eligible for response under CERCLA.
(c) Remedial site inspection. (1) The lead agency shall perform a
remedial SI as appropriate to:
(i) Eliminate from further consideration those releases that pose no
significant threat to public health or the environment;
(ii) Determine the potential need for removal action;
(iii) Collect or develop additional data, as appropriate, to
evaluate the release pursuant to the HRS; and
(iv) Collect data in addition to that required to score the release
pursuant to the HRS, as appropriate, to better characterize the release
for more effective and rapid initiation of the RI/FS or response under
other authorities.
(2) The remedial SI shall build upon the information collected in
the remedial PA. The remedial SI shall involve, as appropriate, both on-
and off-site field investigatory efforts, and sampling.
(3) If the remedial SI indicates that removal action may be
appropriate, the lead agency shall initiate removal site evaluation
pursuant to Sec. 300.410.
(4) Prior to conducting field sampling as part of site inspections,
the lead agency shall develop sampling and analysis plans that shall
provide a process for obtaining data of sufficient quality and quantity
to satisfy data needs. The sampling and analysis plans shall consist of
two parts:
(i) The field sampling plan, which describes the number, type, and
location of samples, and the type of analyses, and
(ii) The quality assurance project plan (QAPP), which describes
policy, organization, and functional activities, and the data quality
objectives and measures necessary to achieve adequate data for use in
site evaluation and hazard ranking system activities.
(5) Upon completion of a remedial SI, the lead agency shall prepare
a report that includes the following:
(i) A description/history/nature of waste handling;
(ii) A description of known contaminants;
(iii) A description of pathways of migration of contaminants;
(iv) An identification and description of human and environmental
targets; and
(v) A recommendation on whether further action is warranted.
Sec. 300.425 Establishing remedial priorities.
(a) General. The purpose of this section is to identify the criteria
as well as the methods and procedures EPA uses to establish its
priorities for remedial actions.
[[Page 65]]
(b) National Priorities List. The NPL is the list of priority
releases for long-term remedial evaluation and response.
(1) Only those releases included on the NPL shall be considered
eligible for Fund-financed remedial action. Removal actions (including
remedial planning activities, RI/FSs, and other actions taken pursuant
to CERCLA section 104(b)) are not limited to NPL sites.
(2) Inclusion of a release on the NPL does not imply that monies
will be expended, nor does the rank of a release on the NPL establish
the precise priorities for the allocation of Fund resources. EPA may
also pursue other appropriate authorities to remedy the release,
including enforcement actions under CERCLA and other laws. A site's rank
on the NPL serves, along with other factors, including enforcement
actions, as a basis to guide the allocation of Fund resources among
releases.
(3) Federal facilities that meet the criteria identified in
paragraph (c) of this section are eligible for inclusion on the NPL.
Except as provided by CERCLA sections 111(e)(3) and 111(c), federal
facilities are not eligible for Fund-financed remedial actions.
(4) Inclusion on the NPL is not a precondition to action by the lead
agency under CERCLA sections 106 or 122 or to action under CERCLA
section 107 for recovery of non-Fund-financed costs or Fund-financed
costs other than Fund-financed remedial construction costs.
(c) Methods for determining eligibility for NPL. A release may be
included on the NPL if the release meets one of the following criteria:
(1) The release scores sufficiently high pursuant to the Hazard
Ranking System described in appendix A to this part.
(2) A state (not including Indian tribes) has designated a release
as its highest priority. States may make only one such designation; or
(3) The release satisfies all of the following criteria:
(i) The Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry has issued
a health advisory that recommends dissociation of individuals from the
release;
(ii) EPA determines that the release poses a significant threat to
public health; and
(iii) EPA anticipates that it will be more cost-effective to use its
remedial authority than to use removal authority to respond to the
release.
(d) Procedures for placing sites on the NPL. Lead agencies may
submit candidates to EPA by scoring the release using the HRS and
providing the appropriate backup documentation.
(1) Lead agencies may submit HRS scoring packages to EPA anytime
throughout the year.
(2) EPA shall review lead agencies' HRS scoring packages and revise
them as appropriate. EPA shall develop any additional HRS scoring
packages on releases known to EPA.
(3) EPA shall compile the NPL based on the methods identified in
paragraph (c) of this section.
(4) EPA shall update the NPL at least once a year.
(5) To ensure public involvement during the proposal to add a
release to the NPL, EPA shall:
(i) Publish the proposed rule in the Federal Register and solicit
comments through a public comment period; and
(ii) Publish the final rule in the Federal Register, and make
available a response to each significant comment and any significant new
data submitted during the comment period.
(6) Releases may be categorized on the NPL when deemed appropriate
by EPA.
(e) Deletion from the NPL. Releases may be deleted from or
recategorized on the NPL where no further response is appropriate.
(1) EPA shall consult with the state on proposed deletions from the
NPL prior to developing the notice of intent to delete. In making a
determination to delete a release from the NPL, EPA shall consider, in
consultation with the state, whether any of the following criteria has
been met:
(i) Responsible parties or other persons have implemented all
appropriate response actions required;
(ii) All appropriate Fund-financed response under CERCLA has been
implemented, and no further response action
[[Page 66]]
by responsible parties is appropriate; or
(iii) The remedial investigation has shown that the release poses no
significant threat to public health or the environment and, therefore,
taking of remedial measures is not appropriate.
(2) Releases shall not be deleted from the NPL until the state in
which the release was located has concurred on the proposed deletion.
EPA shall provide the state 30 working days for review of the deletion
notice prior to its publication in the Federal Register.
(3) All releases deleted from the NPL are eligible for further Fund-
financed remedial actions should future conditions warrant such action.
Whenever there is a significant release from a site deleted from the
NPL, the site shall be restored to the NPL without application of the
HRS.
(4) To ensure public involvement during the proposal to delete a
release from the NPL, EPA shall:
(i) Publish a notice of intent to delete in the Federal Register and
solicit comment through a public comment period of a minimum of 30
calendar days;
(ii) In a major local newspaper of general circulation at or near
the release that is proposed for deletion, publish a notice of
availability of the notice of intent to delete;
(iii) Place copies of information supporting the proposed deletion
in the information repository, described in Sec. 300.430(c)(2)(iii), at
or near the release proposed for deletion. These items shall be
available for public inspection and copying; and
(iv) Respond to each significant comment and any significant new
data submitted during the comment period and include this response
document in the final deletion package.
(5) EPA shall place the final deletion package in the local
information repository once the notice of final deletion has been
published in the Federal Register.
Sec. 300.430 Remedial investigation/feasibility study and selection of remedy.
(a) General--(1) Introduction. The purpose of the remedy selection
process is to implement remedies that eliminate, reduce, or control
risks to human health and the environment. Remedial actions are to be
implemented as soon as site data and information make it possible to do
so. Accordingly, EPA has established the following program goal,
expectations, and program management principles to assist in the
identification and implementation of appropriate remedial actions.
(i) Program goal. The national goal of the remedy selection process
is to select remedies that are protective of human health and the
environment, that maintain protection over time, and that minimize
untreated waste.
(ii) Program management principles. EPA generally shall consider the
following general principles of program management during the remedial
process:
(A) Sites should generally be remediated in operable units when
early actions are necessary or appropriate to achieve significant risk
reduction quickly, when phased analysis and response is necessary or
appropriate given the size or complexity of the site, or to expedite the
completion of total site cleanup.
(B) Operable units, including interim action operable units, should
not be inconsistent with nor preclude implementation of the expected
final remedy.
(C) Site-specific data needs, the evaluation of alternatives, and
the documentation of the selected remedy should reflect the scope and
complexity of the site problems being addressed.
(iii) Expectations. EPA generally shall consider the following
expectations in developing appropriate remedial alternatives:
(A) EPA expects to use treatment to address the principal threats
posed by a site, wherever practicable. Principal threats for which
treatment is most likely to be appropriate include liquids, areas
contaminated with high concentrations of toxic compounds, and highly
mobile materials.
(B) EPA expects to use engineering controls, such as containment,
for waste that poses a relatively low long-term threat or where
treatment is impracticable.
[[Page 67]]
(C) EPA expects to use a combination of methods, as appropriate, to
achieve protection of human health and the environment. In appropriate
site situations, treatment of the principal threats posed by a site,
with priority placed on treating waste that is liquid, highly toxic or
highly mobile, will be combined with engineering controls (such as
containment) and institutional controls, as appropriate, for treatment
residuals and untreated waste.
(D) EPA expects to use institutional controls such as water use and
deed restrictions to supplement engineering controls as appropriate for
short- and long-term management to prevent or limit exposure to
hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants. Institutional
controls may be used during the conduct of the remedial investigation/
feasibility study (RI/FS) and implementation of the remedial action and,
where necessary, as a component of the completed remedy. The use of
institutional controls shall not substitute for active response measures
(e.g., treatment and/or containment of source material, restoration of
ground waters to their beneficial uses) as the sole remedy unless such
active measures are determined not to be practicable, based on the
balancing of trade-offs among alternatives that is conducted during the
selection of remedy.
(E) EPA expects to consider using innovative technology when such
technology offers the potential for comparable or superior treatment
performance or implementability, fewer or lesser adverse impacts than
other available approaches, or lower costs for similar levels of
performance than demonstrated technologies.
(F) EPA expects to return usable ground waters to their beneficial
uses wherever practicable, within a timeframe that is reasonable given
the particular circumstances of the site. When restoration of ground
water to beneficial uses is not practicable, EPA expects to prevent
further migration of the plume, prevent exposure to the contaminated
ground water, and evaluate further risk reduction.
(2) Remedial investigation/feasibility study. The purpose of the
remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS) is to assess site
conditions and evaluate alternatives to the extent necessary to select a
remedy. Developing and conducting an RI/FS generally includes the
following activities: project scoping, data collection, risk assessment,
treatability studies, and analysis of alternatives. The scope and timing
of these activities should be tailored to the nature and complexity of
the problem and the response alternatives being considered.
(b) Scoping. In implementing this section, the lead agency should
consider the program goal, program management principles, and
expectations contained in this rule. The investigative and analytical
studies should be tailored to site circumstances so that the scope and
detail of the analysis is appropriate to the complexity of site problems
being addressed. During scoping, the lead and support agencies shall
confer to identify the optimal set and sequence of actions necessary to
address site problems. Specifically, the lead agency shall:
(1) Assemble and evaluate existing data on the site, including the
results of any removal actions, remedial preliminary assessment and site
inspections, and the NPL listing process.
(2) Develop a conceptual understanding of the site based on the
evaluation of existing data described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(3) Identify likely response scenarios and potentially applicable
technologies and operable units that may address site problems.
(4) Undertake limited data collection efforts or studies where this
information will assist in scoping the RI/FS or accelerate response
actions, and begin to identify the need for treatability studies, as
appropriate.
(5) Identify the type, quality, and quantity of the data that will
be collected during the RI/FS to support decisions regarding remedial
response activities.
(6) Prepare site-specific health and safety plans that shall
specify, at a minimum, employee training and protective equipment,
medical surveillance requirements, standard operating procedures, and a
contingency plan
[[Page 68]]
that conforms with 29 CFR 1910.120 (l)(1) and (l)(2).
(7) If natural resources are or may be injured by the release,
ensure that state and federal trustees of the affected natural resources
have been notified in order that the trustees may initiate appropriate
actions, including those identified in subpart G of this part. The lead
agency shall seek to coordinate necessary assessments, evaluations,
investigations, and planning with such state and federal trustees.
(8) Develop sampling and analysis plans that shall provide a process
for obtaining data of sufficient quality and quantity to satisfy data
needs. Sampling and analysis plans shall be reviewed and approved by
EPA. The sampling and analysis plans shall consist of two parts:
(i) The field sampling plan, which describes the number, type, and
location of samples and the type of analyses; and
(ii) The quality assurance project plan, which describes policy,
organization, and functional activities and the data quality objectives
and measures necessary to achieve adequate data for use in selecting the
appropriate remedy.
(9) Initiate the identification of potential federal and state ARARs
and, as appropriate, other criteria, advisories, or guidance to be
considered.
(c) Community relations. (1) The community relations requirements
described in this section apply to all remedial activities undertaken
pursuant to CERCLA section 104 and to section 106 or section 122 consent
orders or decrees, or section 106 administrative orders.
(2) The lead agency shall provide for the conduct of the following
community relations activities, to the extent practicable, prior to
commencing field work for the remedial investigation:
(i) Conducting interviews with local officials, community residents,
public interest groups, or other interested or affected parties, as
appropriate, to solicit their concerns and information needs, and to
learn how and when citizens would like to be involved in the Superfund
process.
(ii) Preparing a formal community relations plan (CRP), based on the
community interviews and other relevant information, specifying the
community relations activities that the lead agency expects to undertake
during the remedial response. The purpose of the CRP is to:
(A) Ensure the public appropriate opportunities for involvement in a
wide variety of site-related decisions, including site analysis and
characterization, alternatives analysis, and selection of remedy;
(B) Determine, based on community interviews, appropriate activities
to ensure such public involvement, and
(C) Provide appropriate opportunities for the community to learn
about the site.
(iii) Establishing at least one local information repository at or
near the location of the response action. Each information repository
should contain a copy of items made available to the public, including
information that describes the technical assistance grants application
process. The lead agency shall inform interested parties of the
establishment of the information repository.
(iv) Informing the community of the availability of technical
assistance grants.
(3) For PRP actions, the lead agency shall plan and implement the
community relations program at a site. PRPs may participate in aspects
of the community relations program at the discretion of and with
oversight by the lead agency.
(4) The lead agency may conduct technical discussions involving PRPs
and the public. These technical discussions may be held separately from,
but contemporaneously with, the negotiations/settlement discussions.
(5) In addition, the following provisions specifically apply to
enforcement actions:
(i) Lead agencies entering into an enforcement agreement with de
minimis parties under CERCLA section 122(g) or cost recovery settlements
under section 122(h) shall publish a notice of the proposed agreement in
the Federal Register at least 30 days before the agreement becomes
final, as required
[[Page 69]]
by section 122(i). The notice must identify the name of the facility and
the parties to the proposed agreement and must allow an opportunity for
comment and consideration of comments; and
(ii) Where the enforcement agreement is embodied in a consent
decree, public notice and opportunity for public comment shall be
provided in accordance with 28 CFR 50.7.
(d) Remedial investigation. (1) The purpose of the remedial
investigation (RI) is to collect data necessary to adequately
characterize the site for the purpose of developing and evaluating
effective remedial alternatives. To characterize the site, the lead
agency shall, as appropriate, conduct field investigations, including
treatability studies, and conduct a baseline risk assessment. The RI
provides information to assess the risks to human health and the
environment and to support the development, evaluation, and selection of
appropriate response alternatives. Site characterization may be
conducted in one or more phases to focus sampling efforts and increase
the efficiency of the investigation. Because estimates of actual or
potential exposures and associated impacts on human and environmental
receptors may be refined throughout the phases of the RI as new
information is obtained, site characterization activities should be
fully integrated with the development and evaluation of alternatives in
the feasibility study. Bench- or pilot-scale treatability studies shall
be conducted, when appropriate and practicable, to provide additional
data for the detailed analysis and to support engineering design of
remedial alternatives.
(2) The lead agency shall characterize the nature of and threat
posed by the hazardous substances and hazardous materials and gather
data necessary to assess the extent to which the release poses a threat
to human health or the environment or to support the analysis and design
of potential response actions by conducting, as appropriate, field
investigations to assess the following factors:
(i) Physical characteristics of the site, including important
surface features, soils, geology, hydrogeology, meteorology, and
ecology;
(ii) Characteristics or classifications of air, surface water, and
ground water;
(iii) The general characteristics of the waste, including
quantities, state, concentration, toxicity, propensity to bioaccumulate,
persistence, and mobility;
(iv) The extent to which the source can be adequately identified and
characterized;
(v) Actual and potential exposure pathways through environmental
media;
(vi) Actual and potential exposure routes, for example, inhalation
and ingestion; and
(vii) Other factors, such as sensitive populations, that pertain to
the characterization of the site or support the analysis of potential
remedial action alternatives.
(3) The lead and support agency shall identify their respective
potential ARARs related to the location of and contaminants at the site
in a timely manner. The lead and support agencies may also, as
appropriate, identify other pertinent advisories, criteria, or guidance
in a timely manner (see Sec. 300.400(g)(3)).
(4) Using the data developed under paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this
section, the lead agency shall conduct a site-specific baseline risk
assessment to characterize the current and potential threats to human
health and the environment that may be posed by contaminants migrating
to ground water or surface water, releasing to air, leaching through
soil, remaining in the soil, and bioaccumulating in the food chain. The
results of the baseline risk assessment will help establish acceptable
exposure levels for use in developing remedial alternatives in the FS,
as described in paragraph (e) of this section.
(e) Feasibility study. (1) The primary objective of the feasibility
study (FS) is to ensure that appropriate remedial alternatives are
developed and evaluated such that relevant information concerning the
remedial action options can be presented to a decision-maker and an
appropriate remedy selected. The lead agency may develop a feasibility
study to address a specific site problem or the entire site. The
development and evaluation of alternatives
[[Page 70]]
shall reflect the scope and complexity of the remedial action under
consideration and the site problems being addressed. Development of
alternatives shall be fully integrated with the site characterization
activities of the remedial investigation described in paragraph (d) of
this section. The lead agency shall include an alternatives screening
step, when needed, to select a reasonable number of alternatives for
detailed analysis.
(2) Alternatives shall be developed that protect human health and
the environment by recycling waste or by eliminating, reducing, and/or
controlling risks posed through each pathway by a site. The number and
type of alternatives to be analyzed shall be determined at each site,
taking into account the scope, characteristics, and complexity of the
site problem that is being addressed. In developing and, as appropriate,
screening the alternatives, the lead agency shall:
(i) Establish remedial action objectives specifying contaminants and
media of concern, potential exposure pathways, and remediation goals.
Initially, preliminary remediation goals are developed based on readily
available information, such as chemical-specific ARARs or other reliable
information. Preliminary remediation goals should be modified, as
necessary, as more information becomes available during the RI/FS. Final
remediation goals will be determined when the remedy is selected.
Remediation goals shall establish acceptable exposure levels that are
protective of human health and the environment and shall be developed by
considering the following:
(A) Applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements under
federal environmental or state environmental or facility siting laws, if
available, and the following factors:
(1) For systemic toxicants, acceptable exposure levels shall
represent concentration levels to which the human population, including
sensitive subgroups, may be exposed without adverse effect during a
lifetime or part of a lifetime, incorporating an adequate margin of
safety;
(2) For known or suspected carcinogens, acceptable exposure levels
are generally concentration levels that represent an excess upper bound
lifetime cancer risk to an individual of between 10-4 and
10-6 using information on the relationship between dose and
response. The 10-6 risk level shall be used as the point of
departure for determining remediation goals for alternatives when ARARs
are not available or are not sufficiently protective because of the
presence of multiple contaminants at a site or multiple pathways of
exposure;
(3) Factors related to technical limitations such as detection/
quantification limits for contaminants;
(4) Factors related to uncertainty; and
(5) Other pertinent information.
(B) Maximum contaminant level goals (MCLGs), established under the
Safe Drinking Water Act, that are set at levels above zero, shall be
attained by remedial actions for ground or surface waters that are
current or potential sources of drinking water, where the MCLGs are
relevant and appropriate under the circumstances of the release based on
the factors in Sec. 300.400(g)(2). If an MCLG is determined not to be
relevant and appropriate, the corresponding maximum contaminant level
(MCL) shall be attained where relevant and appropriate to the
circumstances of the release.
(C) Where the MCLG for a contaminant has been set at a level of
zero, the MCL promulgated for that contaminant under the Safe Drinking
Water Act shall be attained by remedial actions for ground or surface
waters that are current or potential sources of drinking water, where
the MCL is relevant and appropriate under the circumstances of the
release based on the factors in Sec. 300.400(g)(2).
(D) In cases involving multiple contaminants or pathways where
attainment of chemical-specific ARARs will result in cumulative risk in
excess of 10-4, criteria in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A) of this
section may also be considered when determining the cleanup level to be
attained.
(E) Water quality criteria established under sections 303 or 304 of
the Clean Water Act shall be attained where relevant and appropriate
under the circumstances of the release.
[[Page 71]]
(F) An alternate concentration limit (ACL) may be established in
accordance with CERCLA section 121(d)(2)(B)(ii).
(G) Environmental evaluations shall be performed to assess threats
to the environment, especially sensitive habitats and critical habitats
of species protected under the Endangered Species Act.
(ii) Identify and evaluate potentially suitable technologies,
including innovative technologies;
(iii) Assemble suitable technologies into alternative remedial
actions.
(3) For source control actions, the lead agency shall develop, as
appropriate:
(i) A range of alternatives in which treatment that reduces the
toxicity, mobility, or volume of the hazardous substances, pollutants,
or contaminants is a principal element. As appropriate, this range shall
include an alternative that removes or destroys hazardous substances,
pollutants, or contaminants to the maximum extent feasible, eliminating
or minimizing, to the degree possible, the need for long-term
management. The lead agency also shall develop, as appropriate, other
alternatives which, at a minimum, treat the principal threats posed by
the site but vary in the degree of treatment employed and the quantities
and characteristics of the treatment residuals and untreated waste that
must be managed; and
(ii) One or more alternatives that involve little or no treatment,
but provide protection of human health and the environment primarily by
preventing or controlling exposure to hazardous substances, pollutants,
or contaminants, through engineering controls, for example, containment,
and, as necessary, institutional controls to protect human health and
the environment and to assure continued effectiveness of the response
action.
(4) For ground-water response actions, the lead agency shall develop
a limited number of remedial alternatives that attain site-specific
remediation levels within different restoration time periods utilizing
one or more different technologies.
(5) The lead agency shall develop one or more innovative treatment
technologies for further consideration if those technologies offer the
potential for comparable or superior performance or implementability;
fewer or lesser adverse impacts than other available approaches; or
lower costs for similar levels of performance than demonstrated
treatment technologies.
(6) The no-action alternative, which may be no further action if
some removal or remedial action has already occurred at the site, shall
be developed.
(7) As appropriate, and to the extent sufficient information is
available, the short- and long-term aspects of the following three
criteria shall be used to guide the development and screening of
remedial alternatives:
(i) Effectiveness. This criterion focuses on the degree to which an
alternative reduces toxicity, mobility, or volume through treatment,
minimizes residual risks and affords long-term protection, complies with
ARARs, minimizes short-term impacts, and how quickly it achieves
protection. Alternatives providing significantly less effectiveness than
other, more promising alternatives may be eliminated. Alternatives that
do not provide adequate protection of human health and the environment
shall be eliminated from further consideration.
(ii) Implementability. This criterion focuses on the technical
feasibility and availability of the technologies each alternative would
employ and the administrative feasibility of implementing the
alternative. Alternatives that are technically or administratively
infeasible or that would require equipment, specialists, or facilities
that are not available within a reasonable period of time may be
eliminated from further consideration.
(iii) Cost. The costs of construction and any long-term costs to
operate and maintain the alternatives shall be considered. Costs that
are grossly excessive compared to the overall effectiveness of
alternatives may be considered as one of several factors used to
eliminate alternatives. Alternatives providing effectiveness and
implementability similar to that of another alternative by employing a
similar method of treatment or engineering control, but at greater cost,
may be eliminated.
[[Page 72]]
(8) The lead agency shall notify the support agency of the
alternatives that will be evaluated in detail to facilitate the
identification of ARARs and, as appropriate, pertinent advisories,
criteria, or guidance to be considered.
(9) Detailed analysis of alternatives. (i) A detailed analysis shall
be conducted on the limited number of alternatives that represent viable
approaches to remedial action after evaluation in the screening stage.
The lead and support agencies must identify their ARARs related to
specific actions in a timely manner and no later than the early stages
of the comparative analysis. The lead and support agencies may also, as
appropriate, identify other pertinent advisories, criteria, or guidance
in a timely manner.
(ii) The detailed analysis consists of an assessment of individual
alternatives against each of nine evaluation criteria and a comparative
analysis that focuses upon the relative performance of each alternative
against those criteria.
(iii) Nine criteria for evaluation. The analysis of alternatives
under review shall reflect the scope and complexity of site problems and
alternatives being evaluated and consider the relative significance of
the factors within each criteria. The nine evaluation criteria are as
follows:
(A) Overall protection of human health and the environment.
Alternatives shall be assessed to determine whether they can adequately
protect human health and the environment, in both the short- and long-
term, from unacceptable risks posed by hazardous substances, pollutants,
or contaminants present at the site by eliminating, reducing, or
controlling exposures to levels established during development of
remediation goals consistent with Sec. 300.430(e)(2)(i). Overall
protection of human health and the environment draws on the assessments
of other evaluation criteria, especially long-term effectiveness and
permanence, short-term effectiveness, and compliance with ARARs.
(B) Compliance with ARARs. The alternatives shall be assessed to
determine whether they attain applicable or relevant and appropriate
requirements under federal environmental laws and state environmental or
facility siting laws or provide grounds for invoking one of the waivers
under paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(C) of this section.
(C) Long-term effectiveness and permanence. Alternatives shall be
assessed for the long-term effectiveness and permanence they afford,
along with the degree of certainty that the alternative will prove
successful. Factors that shall be considered, as appropriate, include
the following:
(1) Magnitude of residual risk remaining from untreated waste or
treatment residuals remaining at the conclusion of the remedial
activities. The characteristics of the residuals should be considered to
the degree that they remain hazardous, taking into account their volume,
toxicity, mobility, and propensity to bioaccumulate.
(2) Adequacy and reliability of controls such as containment systems
and institutional controls that are necessary to manage treatment
residuals and untreated waste. This factor addresses in particular the
uncertainties associated with land disposal for providing long-term
protection from residuals; the assessment of the potential need to
replace technical components of the alternative, such as a cap, a slurry
wall, or a treatment system; and the potential exposure pathways and
risks posed should the remedial action need replacement.
(D) Reduction of toxicity, mobility, or volume through treatment.
The degree to which alternatives employ recycling or treatment that
reduces toxicity, mobility, or volume shall be assessed, including how
treatment is used to address the principal threats posed by the site.
Factors that shall be considered, as appropriate, include the following:
(1) The treatment or recycling processes the alternatives employ and
materials they will treat;
(2) The amount of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants
that will be destroyed, treated, or recycled;
(3) The degree of expected reduction in toxicity, mobility, or
volume of the waste due to treatment or recycling and the specification
of which reduction(s) are occurring;
(4) The degree to which the treatment is irreversible;
[[Page 73]]
(5) The type and quantity of residuals that will remain following
treatment, considering the persistence, toxicity, mobility, and
propensity to bioaccumulate of such hazardous substances and their
constituents; and
(6) The degree to which treatment reduces the inherent hazards posed
by principal threats at the site.
(E) Short-term effectiveness. The short-term impacts of alternatives
shall be assessed considering the following:
(1) Short-term risks that might be posed to the community during
implementation of an alternative;
(2) Potential impacts on workers during remedial action and the
effectiveness and reliability of protective measures;
(3) Potential environmental impacts of the remedial action and the
effectiveness and reliability of mitigative measures during
implementation; and
(4) Time until protection is achieved.
(F) Implementability. The ease or difficulty of implementing the
alternatives shall be assessed by considering the following types of
factors as appropriate:
(1) Technical feasibility, including technical difficulties and
unknowns associated with the construction and operation of a technology,
the reliability of the technology, ease of undertaking additional
remedial actions, and the ability to monitor the effectiveness of the
remedy.
(2) Administrative feasibility, including activities needed to
coordinate with other offices and agencies and the ability and time
required to obtain any necessary approvals and permits from other
agencies (for off-site actions);
(3) Availability of services and materials, including the
availability of adequate off-site treatment, storage capacity, and
disposal capacity and services; the availability of necessary equipment
and specialists, and provisions to ensure any necessary additional
resources; the availability of services and materials; and availability
of prospective technologies.
(G) Cost. The types of costs that shall be assessed include the
following:
(1) Capital costs, including both direct and indirect costs;
(2) Annual operation and maintenance costs; and
(3) Net present value of capital and O&M costs.
(H) State acceptance. Assessment of state concerns may not be
completed until comments on the RI/FS are received but may be discussed,
to the extent possible, in the proposed plan issued for public comment.
The state concerns that shall be assessed include the following:
(1) The state's position and key concerns related to the preferred
alternative and other alternatives; and
(2) State comments on ARARs or the proposed use of waivers.
(I) Community acceptance. This assessment includes determining which
components of the alternatives interested persons in the community
support, have reservations about, or oppose. This assessment may not be
completed until comments on the proposed plan are received.
(f) Selection of remedy--(1) Remedies selected shall reflect the
scope and purpose of the actions being undertaken and how the action
relates to long-term, comprehensive response at the site.
(i) The criteria noted in paragraph (e)(9)(iii) of this section are
used to select a remedy. These criteria are categorized into three
groups.
(A) Threshold criteria. Overall protection of human health and the
environment and compliance with ARARs (unless a specific ARAR is waived)
are threshold requirements that each alternative must meet in order to
be eligible for selection.
(B) Primary balancing criteria. The five primary balancing criteria
are long-term effectiveness and permanence; reduction of toxicity,
mobility, or volume through treatment; short-term effectiveness;
implementability; and cost.I11(C) Modifying criteria. State and
community acceptance are modifying criteria that shall be considered in
remedy selection.
(ii) The selection of a remedial action is a two-step process and
shall proceed in accordance with Sec. 300.515(e). First, the lead
agency, in conjunction with the support agency, identifies a preferred
alternative and presents it to the public in a proposed plan, for review
and comment. Second, the lead
[[Page 74]]
agency shall review the public comments and consult with the state (or
support agency) in order to determine if the alternative remains the
most appropriate remedial action for the site or site problem. The lead
agency, as specified in Sec. 300.515(e), makes the final remedy
selection decision, which shall be documented in the ROD. Each remedial
alternative selected as a Superfund remedy will employ the criteria as
indicated in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section to make the following
determination:
(A) Each remedial action selected shall be protective of human
health and the environment.
(B) On-site remedial actions selected in a ROD must attain those
ARARs that are identified at the time of ROD signature or provide
grounds for invoking a waiver under Sec. 300.430(f)(1)(ii)(C).
(1) Requirements that are promulgated or modified after ROD
signature must be attained (or waived) only when determined to be
applicable or relevant and appropriate and necessary to ensure that the
remedy is protective of human health and the environment.
(2) Components of the remedy not described in the ROD must attain
(or waive) requirements that are identified as applicable or relevant
and appropriate at the time the amendment to the ROD or the explanation
of significant difference describing the component is signed.
(C) An alternative that does not meet an ARAR under federal
environmental or state environmental or facility siting laws may be
selected under the following circumstances:
(1) The alternative is an interim measure and will become part of a
total remedial action that will attain the applicable or relevant and
appropriate federal or state requirement;
(2) Compliance with the requirement will result in greater risk to
human health and the environment than other alternatives;
(3) Compliance with the requirement is technically impracticable
from an engineering perspective;
(4) The alternative will attain a standard of performance that is
equivalent to that required under the otherwise applicable standard,
requirement, or limitation through use of another method or approach;
(5) With respect to a state requirement, the state has not
consistently applied, or demonstrated the intention to consistently
apply, the promulgated requirement in similar circumstances at other
remedial actions within the state; or
(6) For Fund-financed response actions only, an alternative that
attains the ARAR will not provide a balance between the need for
protection of human health and the environment at the site and the
availability of Fund monies to respond to other sites that may present a
threat to human health and the environment.
(D) Each remedial action selected shall be cost-effective, provided
that it first satisfies the threshold criteria set forth in
Sec. 300.430(f)(1)(ii)(A) and (B). Cost-effectiveness is determined by
evaluating the following three of the five balancing criteria noted in
Sec. 300.430(f)(1)(i)(B) to determine overall effectiveness: long-term
effectiveness and permanence, reduction of toxicity, mobility, or volume
through treatment, and short-term effectiveness. Overall effectiveness
is then compared to cost to ensure that the remedy is cost-effective. A
remedy shall be cost-effective if its costs are proportional to its
overall effectiveness.
(E) Each remedial action shall utilize permanent solutions and
alternative treatment technologies or resource recovery technologies to
the maximum extent practicable. This requirement shall be fulfilled by
selecting the alternative that satisfies paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) and (B)
of this section and provides the best balance of trade-offs among
alternatives in terms of the five primary balancing criteria noted in
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B) of this section. The balancing shall emphasize
long-term effectiveness and reduction of toxicity, mobility, or volume
through treatment. The balancing shall also consider the preference for
treatment as a principal element and the bias against off-site land
disposal of untreated waste. In making the determination under this
paragraph, the modifying criteria of state acceptance and community
acceptance described
[[Page 75]]
in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(C) of this section shall also be considered.
(2) The proposed plan. In the first step in the remedy selection
process, the lead agency shall identify the alternative that best meets
the requirements in Sec. 300.430(f)(1), above, and shall present that
alternative to the public in a proposed plan. The lead agency, in
conjunction with the support agency and consistent with Sec. 300.515(e),
shall prepare a proposed plan that briefly describes the remedial
alternatives analyzed by the lead agency, proposes a preferred remedial
action alternative, and summarizes the information relied upon to select
the preferred alternative. The selection of remedy process for an
operable unit may be initiated at any time during the remedial action
process. The purpose of the proposed plan is to supplement the RI/FS and
provide the public with a reasonable opportunity to comment on the
preferred alternative for remedial action, as well as alternative plans
under consideration, and to participate in the selection of remedial
action at a site. At a minimum, the proposed plan shall:
(i) Provide a brief summary description of the remedial alternatives
evaluated in the detailed analysis established under paragraph (e)(9) of
this section;
(ii) Identify and provide a discussion of the rationale that
supports the preferred alternative;
(iii) Provide a summary of any formal comments received from the
support agency; and
(iv) Provide a summary explanation of any proposed waiver identified
under paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(C) of this section from an ARAR.
(3) Community relations to support the selection of remedy. (i) The
lead agency, after preparation of the proposed plan and review by the
support agency, shall conduct the following activities:
(A) Publish a notice of availability and brief analysis of the
proposed plan in a major local newspaper of general circulation;
(B) Make the proposed plan and supporting analysis and information
available in the administrative record required under subpart I of this
part;
(C) Provide a reasonable opportunity, not less than 30 calendar
days, for submission of written and oral comments on the proposed plan
and the supporting analysis and information located in the information
repository, including the RI/FS. Upon timely request, the lead agency
will extend the public comment period by a minimum of 30 additional
days;
(D) Provide the opportunity for a public meeting to be held during
the public comment period at or near the site at issue regarding the
proposed plan and the supporting analysis and information;
(E) Keep a transcript of the public meeting held during the public
comment period pursuant to CERCLA section 117(a) and make such
transcript available to the public; and
(F) Prepare a written summary of significant comments, criticisms,
and new relevant information submitted during the public comment period
and the lead agency response to each issue. This responsiveness summary
shall be made available with the record of decision.
(ii) After publication of the proposed plan and prior to adoption of
the selected remedy in the record of decision, if new information is
made available that significantly changes the basic features of the
remedy with respect to scope, performance, or cost, such that the remedy
significantly differs from the original proposal in the proposed plan
and the supporting analysis and information, the lead agency shall:
(A) Include a discussion in the record of decision of the
significant changes and reasons for such changes, if the lead agency
determines such changes could be reasonably anticipated by the public
based on the alternatives and other information available in the
proposed plan or the supporting analysis and information in the
administrative record; or
(B) Seek additional public comment on a revised proposed plan, when
the lead agency determines the change could not have been reasonably
anticipated by the public based on the information available in the
proposed plan or the supporting analysis and information in the
administrative record. The lead agency shall, prior to adoption of the
selected remedy in the ROD, issue a revised proposed plan, which
[[Page 76]]
shall include a discussion of the significant changes and the reasons
for such changes, in accordance with the public participation
requirements described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section.
(4) Final remedy selection. (i) In the second and final step in the
remedy selection process, the lead agency shall reassess its initial
determination that the preferred alternative provides the best balance
of trade-offs, now factoring in any new information or points of view
expressed by the state (or support agency) and community during the
public comment period. The lead agency shall consider state (or support
agency) and community comments regarding the lead agency's evaluation of
alternatives with respect to the other criteria. These comments may
prompt the lead agency to modify aspects of the preferred alternative or
decide that another alternative provides a more appropriate balance. The
lead agency, as specified in Sec. 300.515(e), shall make the final
remedy selection decision and document that decision in the ROD.
(ii) If a remedial action is selected that results in hazardous
substances, pollutants, or contaminants remaining at the site above
levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure, the lead
agency shall review such action no less often than every five years
after initiation of the selected remedial action.
(iii) The process for selection of a remedial action at a federal
facility on the NPL, pursuant to CERCLA section 120, shall entail:
(A) Joint selection of remedial action by the head of the relevant
department, agency, or instrumentality and EPA; or
(B) If mutual agreement on the remedy is not reached, selection of
the remedy is made by EPA.
(5) Documenting the decision. (i) To support the selection of a
remedial action, all facts, analyses of facts, and site-specific policy
determinations considered in the course of carrying out activities in
this section shall be documented, as appropriate, in a record of
decision, in a level of detail appropriate to the site situation, for
inclusion in the administrative record required under subpart I of this
part. Documentation shall explain how the evaluation criteria in
paragraph (e)(9)(iii) of this section were used to select the remedy.
(ii) The ROD shall describe the following statutory requirements as
they relate to the scope and objectives of the action:
(A) How the selected remedy is protective of human health and the
environment, explaining how the remedy eliminates, reduces, or controls
exposures to human and environmental receptors;
(B) The federal and state requirements that are applicable or
relevant and appropriate to the site that the remedy will attain;
(C) The applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements of other
federal and state laws that the remedy will not meet, the waiver
invoked, and the justification for invoking the waiver;
(D) How the remedy is cost-effective, i.e., explaining how the
remedy provides overall effectiveness proportional to its costs;
(E) How the remedy utilizes permanent solutions and alternative
treatment technologies or resource recovery technologies to the maximum
extent practicable; and
(F) Whether the preference for remedies employing treatment which
permanently and significantly reduces the toxicity, mobility, or volume
of the hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants as a principal
element is or is not satisfied by the selected remedy. If this
preference is not satisfied, the record of decision must explain why a
remedial action involving such reductions in toxicity, mobility, or
volume was not selected.
(iii) The ROD also shall:
(A) Indicate, as appropriate, the remediation goals, discussed in
paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, that the remedy is expected to
achieve. Performance shall be measured at appropriate locations in the
ground water, surface water, soils, air, and other affected
environmental media. Measurement relating to the performance of the
treatment processes and the engineering controls may also be identified,
as appropriate;
[[Page 77]]
(B) Discuss significant changes and the response to comments
described in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(F) of this section;
(C) Describe whether hazardous substances, pollutants, or
contaminants will remain at the site such that a review of the remedial
action under paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this section no less often than
every five years shall be required; and
(D) When appropriate, provide a commitment for further analysis and
selection of long-term response measures within an appropriate time-
frame.
(6) Community relations when the record of decision is signed. After
the ROD is signed, the lead agency shall:
(i) Publish a notice of the availability of the ROD in a major local
newspaper of general circulation; and
(ii) Make the record of decision available for public inspection and
copying at or near the facility at issue prior to the commencement of
any remedial action.
Sec. 300.435 Remedial design/remedial action, operation and maintenance.
(a) General. The remedial design/remedial action (RD/RA) stage
includes the development of the actual design of the selected remedy and
implementation of the remedy through construction. A period of operation
and maintenance may follow the RA activities.
(b) RD/RA activities. (1) All RD/RA activities shall be in
conformance with the remedy selected and set forth in the ROD or other
decision document for that site. Those portions of RD/RA sampling and
analysis plans describing the QA/QC requirements for chemical and
analytical testing and sampling procedures of samples taken for the
purpose of determining whether cleanup action levels specified in the
ROD are achieved, generally will be consistent with the requirements of
Sec. 300.430(b)(8).
(2) During the course of the RD/RA, the lead agency shall be
responsible for ensuring that all federal and state requirements that
are identified in the ROD as applicable or relevant and appropriate
requirements for the action are met. If waivers from any ARARs are
involved, the lead agency shall be responsible for ensuring that the
conditions of the waivers are met.
(c) Community relations. (1) Prior to the initiation of RD, the lead
agency shall review the CRP to determine whether it should be revised to
describe further public involvement activities during RD/RA that are not
already addressed or provided for in the CRP.
(2) After the adoption of the ROD, if the remedial action or
enforcement action taken, or the settlement or consent decree entered
into, differs significantly from the remedy selected in the ROD with
respect to scope, performance, or cost, the lead agency shall consult
with the support agency, as appropriate, and shall either:
(i) Publish an explanation of significant differences when the
differences in the remedial or enforcement action, settlement, or
consent decree significantly change but do not fundamentally alter the
remedy selected in the ROD with respect to scope, performance, or cost.
To issue an explanation of significant differences, the lead agency
shall:
(A) Make the explanation of significant differences and supporting
information available to the public in the administrative record
established under Sec. 300.815 and the information repository; and
(B) Publish a notice that briefly summarizes the explanation of
significant differences, including the reasons for such differences, in
a major local newspaper of general circulation; or
(ii) Propose an amendment to the ROD if the differences in the
remedial or enforcement action, settlement, or consent decree
fundamentally alter the basic features of the selected remedy with
respect to scope, performance, or cost. To amend the ROD, the lead
agency, in conjunction with the support agency, as provided in
Sec. 300.515(e), shall:
(A) Issue a notice of availability and brief description of the
proposed amendment to the ROD in a major local newspaper of general
circulation;
(B) Make the proposed amendment to the ROD and information
supporting the decision available for public comment;
(C) Provide a reasonable opportunity, not less than 30 calendar
days, for submission of written or oral comments on the amendment to the
ROD. Upon
[[Page 78]]
timely request, the lead agency will extend the public comment period by
a minimum of 30 additional days;
(D) Provide the opportunity for a public meeting to be held during
the public comment period at or near the facility at issue;
(E) Keep a transcript of comments received at the public meeting
held during the public comment period;
(F) Include in the amended ROD a brief explanation of the amendment
and the response to each of the significant comments, criticisms, and
new relevant information submitted during the public comment period;
(G) Publish a notice of the availability of the amended ROD in a
major local newspaper of general circulation; and
(H) Make the amended ROD and supporting information available to the
public in the administrative record and information repository prior to
the commencement of the remedial action affected by the amendment.
(3) After the completion of the final engineering design, the lead
agency shall issue a fact sheet and provide, as appropriate, a public
briefing prior to the initiation of the remedial action.
(d) Contractor conflict of interest. (1) For Fund-financed RD/RA and
O&M activities, the lead agency shall:
(i) Include appropriate language in the solicitation requiring
potential prime contractors to submit information on their status, as
well as the status of their subcontractors, parent companies, and
affiliates, as potentially responsible parties at the site.
(ii) Require potential prime contractors to certify that, to the
best of their knowledge, they and their potential subcontractors, parent
companies, and affiliates have disclosed all information described in
Sec. 300.435(d)(1)(i) or that no such information exists, and that any
such information discovered after submission of their bid or proposal or
contract award will be disclosed immediately.
(2) Prior to contract award, the lead agency shall evaluate the
information provided by the potential prime contractors and:
(i) Determine whether they have conflicts of interest that could
significantly impact the performance of the contract or the liability of
potential prime contractors or subcontractors.
(ii) If a potential prime contractor or subcontractor has a conflict
of interest that cannot be avoided or otherwise resolved, and using that
potential prime contractor or subcontractor to conduct RD/RA or O&M work
under a Fund-financed action would not be in the best interests of the
state or federal government, an offeror or bidder contemplating use of
that prime contractor or subcontractor may be declared nonresponsible or
ineligible for award in accordance with appropriate acquisition
regulations, and the contract may be awarded to the next eligible
offeror or bidder.
(e) Recontracting. (1) If a Fund-financed contract must be
terminated because additional work outside the scope of the contract is
needed, EPA is authorized to take appropriate steps to continue interim
RAs as necessary to reduce risks to public health and the environment.
Appropriate steps may include extending an existing contract for a
federal-lead RA or amending a cooperative agreement for a state-lead RA.
Until the lead agency can reopen the bidding process and recontract to
complete the RA, EPA may take such appropriate steps as described above
to cover interim work to reduce such risks, where:
(i) Additional work is found to be needed as a result of such
unforeseen situations as newly discovered sources, types, or quantities
of hazardous substances at a facility; and
(ii) Performance of the complete RA requires the lead agency to
rebid the contract because the existing contract does not encompass this
newly discovered work.
(2) The cost of such interim actions shall not exceed $2 million.
(f) Operation and maintenance. (1) Operation and maintenance (O&M)
measures are initiated after the remedy has achieved the remedial action
objectives and remediation goals in the ROD, and is determined to be
operational and functional, except for ground- or surface-water
restoration actions covered under Sec. 300.435(f)(4). A state must
provide its assurance to assume responsibility for O&M, including, where
appropriate, requirements for maintaining
[[Page 79]]
institutional controls, under Sec. 300.510(c).
(2) A remedy becomes ``operational and functional'' either one year
after construction is complete, or when the remedy is determined
concurrently by EPA and the state to be functioning properly and is
performing as designed, whichever is earlier. EPA may grant extensions
to the one-year period, as appropriate.
(3) For Fund-financed remedial actions involving treatment or other
measures to restore ground- or surface-water quality to a level that
assures protection of human health and the environment, the operation of
such treatment or other measures for a period of up to 10 years after
the remedy becomes operational and functional will be considered part of
the remedial action. Activities required to maintain the effectiveness
of such treatment or measures following the 10-year period, or after
remedial action is complete, whichever is earlier, shall be considered
O&M. For the purposes of federal funding provided under CERCLA section
104(c)(6), a restoration activity will be considered administratively
``complete'' when:
(i) Measures restore ground- or surface-water quality to a level
that assures protection of human health and the environment;
(ii) Measures restore ground or surface water to such a point that
reductions in contaminant concentrations are no longer significant; or
(iii) Ten years have elapsed, whichever is earliest.
(4) The following shall not be deemed to constitute treatment or
other measures to restore contaminated ground or surface water under
Sec. 300.435(f)(3):
(i) Source control maintenance measures; and
(ii) Ground- or surface-water measures initiated for the primary
purpose of providing a drinking-water supply, not for the purpose of
restoring ground water.
Sec. 300.440 Procedures for planning and implementing off-site response actions.
(a) Applicability. (1) This section applies to any remedial or
removal action involving the off-site transfer of any hazardous
substance, pollutant, or contaminant as defined under CERCLA sections
101 (14) and (33) (``CERCLA waste'') that is conducted by EPA, States,
private parties, or other Federal agencies, that is Fund-financed and/or
is taken pursuant to any CERCLA authority, including cleanups at Federal
facilities under section 120 of CERCLA, and cleanups under section 311
of the Clean Water Act (except for cleanup of petroleum exempt under
CERCLA). Applicability extends to those actions taken jointly under
CERCLA and another authority.
(2) In cases of emergency removal actions under CERCLA, emergency
actions taken during remedial actions, or response actions under section
311 of the Clean Water Act where the release poses an immediate and
significant threat to human health and the environment, the On-Scene
Coordinator (OSC) may determine that it is necessary to transfer CERCLA
waste off-site without following the requirements of this section.
(3) This section applies to CERCLA wastes from cleanup actions based
on CERCLA decision documents signed or consent decrees lodged after
October 17, 1986 (``post-SARA CERCLA wastes'') as well as those based on
CERCLA decision documents signed and consent decrees lodged prior to
October 17, 1986 (``pre-SARA CERCLA wastes''). Pre-SARA and post-SARA
CERCLA wastes are subject to the same acceptability criteria in
Sec. 300.440(b)(1) and (2).
(4) EPA (usually the EPA Regional Office) will determine the
acceptability under this section of any facility selected for the
treatment, storage, or disposal of CERCLA waste. EPA will determine if
there are relevant releases or relevant violations at a facility prior
to the facility's initial receipt of CERCLA waste. A facility which has
previously been evaluated and found acceptable under this rule (or the
preceding policy) is acceptable until the EPA Regional Office notifies
the facility otherwise pursuant to Sec. 300.440(d).
(5) Off-site transfers of those laboratory samples and treatability
study CERCLA wastes from CERCLA sites set out in paragraphs (a)(5)(i)
through (iii) of this section, are not subject to
[[Page 80]]
the requirements of this section. However, those CERCLA wastes may not
be transferred back to the CERCLA site unless the Remedial Project
Manager or OSC assures the proper management of the CERCLA waste samples
or residues and gives permission to the laboratory or treatment facility
for the samples and/or residues to be returned to the site.
(i) Samples of CERCLA wastes sent to a laboratory for
characterization;
(ii) RCRA hazardous wastes that are being transferred from a CERCLA
site for treatability studies and that meet the requirements for an
exemption for RCRA under 40 CFR 261.4(e); and
(iii) Non-RCRA wastes that are being transferred from a CERCLA site
for treatability studies and that are below the quantity threshold
established at 40 CFR 261.4(e)(2).
(b) Acceptability criteria. (1) Facility compliance. (i) A facility
will be deemed in compliance for the purpose of this rule if there are
no relevant violations at or affecting the unit or units receiving
CERCLA waste:
(A) For treatment to standards specified in 40 CFR part 268, subpart
D, including any pre-treatment or storage units used prior to treatment;
(B) For treatment to substantially reduce its mobility, toxicity or
persistence in the absence of a defined treatment standard, including
any pre-treatment or storage units used prior to treatment; or
(C) For storage or ultimate disposal of CERCLA waste not treated to
the previous criteria at the same facility.
(ii) Relevant violations include significant deviations from
regulations, compliance order provisions, or permit conditions designed
to: ensure that CERCLA waste is destined for and delivered to authorized
facilities; prevent releases of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents,
or hazardous substances to the environment; ensure early detection of
such releases; or compel corrective action for releases. Criminal
violations which result in indictment are also relevant violations. In
addition, violations of the following requirements may be considered
relevant:
(A) Applicable subsections of sections 3004 and 3005 of RCRA or,
where applicable, other Federal laws (such as the Toxic Substances
Control Act and subtitle D of RCRA);
(B) Applicable sections of State environmental laws; and
(C) In addition, land disposal units at RCRA subtitle C facilities
receiving RCRA hazardous waste from response actions authorized or
funded under CERCLA must be in compliance with RCRA section 3004(o)
minimum technology requirements. Exceptions may be made only if the unit
has been granted a waiver from these requirements under 40 CFR 264.301.
(2) Releases. (i) Release is defined in Sec. 300.5 of this part.
Releases under this section do not include:
(A) De minimis releases;
(B) Releases permitted under Federal programs or under Federal
programs delegated to the States (Federally permitted releases are
defined in Sec. 300.5), except to the extent that such releases are
found to pose a threat to human health and the environment; or
(C) Releases to the air that do not exceed standards promulgated
pursuant to RCRA section 3004(n), or absent such standards, or where
such standards do not apply, releases to the air that do not present a
threat to human health or the environment.
(ii) Releases from units at a facility designated for off-site
transfer of CERCLA waste must be addressed as follows:
(A) Receiving units at RCRA subtitle C facilities. CERCLA wastes may
be transferred to an off-site unit regulated under subtitle C of RCRA,
including a facility regulated under the permit-by-rule provisions of 40
CFR 270.60 (a), (b) or (c), only if that unit is not releasing any
hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, or hazardous substance into the
ground water, surface water, soil or air.
(B) Other units at RCRA subtitle C land disposal facilities. CERCLA
wastes may not be transferred to any unit at a RCRA subtitle C land
disposal facility where a non-receiving unit is releasing any hazardous
waste, hazardous constituent, or hazardous substance into the ground
water, surface water, soil, or air, unless that release is controlled by
an enforceable agreement for corrective action under subtitle C of RCRA
or other applicable Federal or
[[Page 81]]
State authority. For purposes of this section, a RCRA ``land disposal
facility'' is any RCRA facility at which a land disposal unit is
located, regardless of whether a land disposal unit is the receiving
unit.
(C) Other units at RCRA subtitle C treatment, storage, and permit-
by-rule facilities. CERCLA wastes may not be transferred to any unit at
a RCRA subtitle C treatment, storage or permit-by-rule facility, where a
release of any hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, or hazardous
substance from non-receiving units poses a significant threat to public
health or the environment, unless that release is controlled by an
enforceable agreement for corrective action under subtitle C of RCRA or
other applicable Federal or State authority.
(D) All other facilities. CERCLA wastes should not be transferred to
any unit at an other-than-RCRA subtitle C facility if the EPA Regional
Office has information indicating that an environmentally significant
release of hazardous substances has occurred at that facility, unless
the release is controlled by an enforceable agreement for corrective
action under an applicable Federal or State authority.
(iii) Releases are considered to be ``controlled'' for the purpose
of this section as provided in Sec. 300.440 (f)(3)(iv) and (f)(3)(v). A
release is not considered ``controlled'' for the purpose of this section
during the pendency of administrative or judicial challenges to
corrective action requirements, unless the facility has made the
requisite showing under Sec. 300.440(e).
(c) Basis for determining acceptability. (1) If a State finds that a
facility within its jurisdiction is operating in non-compliance with
state law requirements including the requirements of any Federal program
for which the State has been authorized, EPA will determine, after
consulting with the State as appropriate, if the violation is relevant
under the rule and if so, issue an initial determination of
unacceptability.
(2) If a State finds that releases are occurring at a facility
regulated under State law or a Federal program for which the State is
authorized, EPA will determine, after consulting with the State as
appropriate, if the release is relevant under the rule and if so, issue
an initial determination of unacceptability.
(3) EPA may also issue initial determinations of unacceptability
based on its own findings. EPA can undertake any inspections, data
collection and/or assessments necessary. EPA will then notify with the
State about the results and issue a determination notice if a relevant
violation or release is found.
(d) Determination of unacceptability. (1) Upon initial determination
by the EPA Regional Office that a facility being considered for the off-
site transfer of any CERCLA waste does not meet the criteria for
acceptability stated in Sec. 300.440(b), the EPA Region shall notify the
owner/operator of such facility, and the responsible agency in the State
in which the facility is located, of the unacceptability finding. The
notice will be sent by certified and first-class mail, return receipt
requested. The certified notice, if not acknowledged by the return
receipt card, should be considered to have been received by the
addressee if properly sent by regular mail to the last address known to
the EPA Regional Office.
(2) The notice shall generally: state that based on available
information from a RCRA Facility Assessment (RFA), inspection, or other
data sources, the facility has been found not to meet the requirements
of Sec. 300.440; cite the specific acts, omissions, or conditions which
form the basis of these findings; and inform the owner/operator of the
procedural recourse available under this regulation.
(3) A facility which was previously evaluated and found acceptable
under this rule (or the preceding policy) may continue to receive CERCLA
waste for 60 calendar days after the date of issuance of the notice,
unless otherwise determined in accordance with paragraphs (d)(8) or
(d)(9) of this section.
(4) If the owner or operator of the facility in question submits a
written request for an informal conference with the EPA Regional Office
within 10 calendar days from the issuance of the notice, the EPA
Regional Office shall provide the opportunity for such conference no
later than 30 calendar days after the date of the notice, if possible,
[[Page 82]]
to discuss the basis for the underlying violation or release
determination, and its relevance to the facility's acceptability to
receive CERCLA cleanup wastes. State representatives may attend the
informal conference, submit written comments prior to the informal
conference, and/or request additional meetings with the EPA Region,
relating to the unacceptability issue during the determination process.
If no State representative is present, EPA shall notify the State of the
outcome of the conference. An owner/operator may submit written comments
by the 30th day after issuance of the notice, in addition to or instead
of requesting an informal conference.
(5) If the owner or operator neither requests an informal conference
nor submits written comments, the facility becomes unacceptable to
receive CERCLA waste on the 60th day after the notice is issued (or on
such other date designated under paragraph (d)(9) of this section). The
facility will remain unacceptable until such time as the EPA Regional
Office notifies the owner or operator otherwise.
(6) If an informal conference is held or written comments are
received, the EPA Region shall decide whether or not the information
provided is sufficient to show that the facility is operating in
physical compliance with respect to the relevant violations cited in the
initial notice of unacceptability, and that all relevant releases have
been eliminated or controlled, as required in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, such that a determination of acceptability would be
appropriate. EPA will notify the owner/operator in writing whether or
not the information provided is sufficient to support a determination of
acceptability. Unless EPA determines that information provided by the
owner/operator and the State is sufficient to support a determination of
acceptability, the facility becomes unacceptable on the 60th calendar
day after issuance of the original notice of unacceptability (or other
date established pursuant to paragraphs (d)(8) or (d)(9) of this
section).
(7) Within 10 days of hearing from the EPA Regional Office after the
informal conference or the submittal of written comments, the owner/
operator or the State may request a reconsideration of the
unacceptability determination by the EPA Regional Administrator (RA).
Reconsideration may be by review of the record, by conference, or by
other means deemed appropriate by the Regional Administrator;
reconsideration does not automatically stay the determination beyond the
60-day period. The owner/operator will receive notice in writing of the
decision of the RA.
(8) The EPA Regional Administrator may decide to extend the 60-day
period if more time is required to review a submission. The facility
owner/operator shall be notified in writing if the Regional
Administrator extends the 60 days.
(9) The EPA Regional Office may decide that a facility's
unacceptability is immediately effective (or effective in less than 60
days) in extraordinary situations such as, but not limited to,
emergencies at the facility or egregious violations. The EPA Region
shall notify the facility owner/operator of the date of unacceptability,
and may modify timeframes for comments and other procedures accordingly.
(e) Unacceptability during administrative and judicial challenges of
corrective action decisions. For a facility with releases that are
subject to a corrective action permit, order, or decree, an
administrative or judicial challenge to the corrective action (or a
challenge to a permit modification calling for additional corrective
action) shall not be considered to be part of a corrective action
``program'' controlling those releases and shall not act to stay a
determination of unacceptability under this rule. However, such facility
may remain acceptable to receive CERCLA waste during the pendency of the
appeal or litigation if:
(1) It satisfies the EPA Regional Office that adequate interim
corrective action measures will continue at the facility; or
(2) It demonstrates to the EPA Regional Office the absence of a need
to take corrective action during the short-term, interim period.
Either demonstration may be made during the 60-day review period in the
context of the informal conference and RA reconsideration.
[[Page 83]]
(f) Re-evaluating unacceptability. If, after notification of
unacceptability and the opportunity to confer as described in
Sec. 300.440(d), the facility remains unacceptable, the facility can
regain acceptability. A facility found to be unacceptable to receive
CERCLA wastes based on relevant violations or releases may regain
acceptability if the following conditions are met:
(1) Judgment on the merits. The facility has prevailed on the merits
in an administrative or judicial challenge to the finding of
noncompliance or uncontrolled releases upon which the unacceptability
determination was based.
(2) Relevant violations. The facility has demonstrated to the EPA
Region its return to physical compliance for the relevant violations
cited in the notice.
(3) Releases. The facility has demonstrated to the EPA Region that:
(i) All releases from receiving units at RCRA subtitle C facilities
have been eliminated and prior contamination from such releases is
controlled by a corrective action program approved under subtitle C of
RCRA;
(ii) All releases from other units at RCRA subtitle C land disposal
facilities are controlled by a corrective action program approved under
subtitle C of RCRA;
(iii) All releases from other units at RCRA subtitle C treatment and
storage facilities do not pose a significant threat to human health or
the environment, or are controlled by a corrective action program
approved under subtitle C of RCRA.
(iv) A RCRA subtitle C corrective action program may be incorporated
into a permit, order, or decree, including the following: a corrective
action order under RCRA section 3008(h), section 7003 or section 3013, a
RCRA permit under 40 CFR 264.100 or 264.101, or a permit under an
equivalent authority in a State authorized for corrective action under
RCRA section 3004(u). Releases will be deemed controlled upon issuance
of the order, permit, or decree which initiates and requires completion
of one or more of the following: a RCRA Facility Investigation, a RCRA
Corrective Measures Study, and/or Corrective Measures Implementation.
The release remains controlled as long as the facility is in compliance
with the order, permit, or decree, and enters into subsequent agreements
for implementation of additional corrective action measures when
necessary, except during periods of administrative or judicial
challenges, when the facility must make a demonstration under
Sec. 300.440(e) in order to remain acceptable.
(v) Facilities with releases regulated under other applicable
Federal laws, or State laws under a Federally-delegated program may
regain acceptability under this section if the releases are deemed by
the EPA Regional Office not to pose a threat to human health or the
environment, or if the facility enters into an enforceable agreement
under those laws to conduct corrective action activities to control
releases. Releases will be deemed controlled upon the issuance of an
order, permit, or decree which initiates and requires one or more of the
following: a facility investigation, a corrective action study, and/or
corrective measures implementation. The release remains controlled as
long as the facility is in compliance with the order, permit, or decree,
and enters into subsequent agreements for implementation of additional
corrective measures when necessary, except during periods of
administrative or judicial challenges, when the facility must make a
demonstration under Sec. 300.440(e) in order to remain acceptable.
(4) Prior to the issuance of a determination that a facility has
returned to acceptability, the EPA Region shall notify the State in
which the facility is located, and provide an opportunity for the State
to discuss the facility's acceptability status with EPA.
(5) An unacceptable facility may be reconsidered for acceptability
whenever the EPA Regional Office finds that the facility fulfills the
criteria stated in Sec. 300.440(b). Upon such a finding, the EPA
Regional Office shall notify the facility and the State in writing.
[58 FR 49215, Sept. 22, 1993]
[[Page 84]]
Subpart F--State Involvement in Hazardous Substance Response
Source: 55 FR 8853, Mar. 8, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.500 General.
(a) EPA shall ensure meaningful and substantial state involvement in
hazardous substance response as specified in this subpart. EPA shall
provide an opportunity for state participation in removal, pre-remedial,
remedial, and enforcement response activities. EPA shall encourage
states to enter into an EPA/state Superfund Memorandum of Agreement
(SMOA) under Sec. 300.505 to increase state involvement and strengthen
the EPA/state partnership.
(b) EPA shall encourage states to participate in Fund-financed
response in two ways. Pursuant to Sec. 300.515(a), states may either
assume the lead through a cooperative agreement for the response action
or may be the support agency in EPA-lead remedial response. Section
300.515 sets forth requirements for state involvement in EPA-lead
remedial and enforcement response and also addresses comparable
requirements for EPA involvement in state-lead remedial and enforcement
response. Section 300.520 specifies requirements for state involvement
in EPA-lead enforcement negotiations. Section 300.525 specifies
requirements for state involvement in removal actions. In addition to
the requirements set forth in this subpart, 40 CFR part 35, subpart O,
``Cooperative Agreements and Superfund State Contracts for Superfund
Response Actions,'' contains further requirements for state
participation during response.
Sec. 300.505 EPA/State Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA).
(a) The SMOA may establish the nature and extent of EPA and state
interaction during EPA-lead and state-lead response (Indian tribes
meeting the requirements of Sec. 300.515(b) may be treated as states for
purposes of this section). EPA shall enter into SMOA discussions if
requested by a state. The following may be addressed in a SMOA:
(1) The EPA/state or Indian tribe relationship for removal, pre-
remedial, remedial, and enforcement response, including a description of
the roles and the responsibilities of each.
(2) The general requirements for EPA oversight. Oversight
requirements may be more specifically defined in cooperative agreements.
(3) The general nature of lead and support agency interaction
regarding the review of key documents and/or decision points in removal,
pre-remedial, remedial, and enforcement response. The requirements for
EPA and state review of each other's key documents when each is serving
as the support agency shall be equivalent to the extent practicable.
Review times agreed to in the SMOA must also be documented in site-
specific cooperative agreements or Superfund state contracts in order to
be binding.
(4) Procedures for modification of the SMOA (e.g., if EPA and a
state agree that the lead and support agency roles and responsibilities
have changed, or if modifications are required to achieve desired
goals).
(b) The SMOA and any modifications thereto shall be executed by the
EPA Regional Administrator and the head of the state agency designated
as lead agency for state implementation of CERCLA.
(c) Site-specific agreements entered into pursuant to section
104(d)(1) of CERCLA shall be developed in accordance with 40 CFR part
35, subpart O. The SMOA shall not supersede such agreements.
(d)(1) EPA and the state shall consult annually to determine
priorities and make lead and support agency designations for removal,
pre-remedial, remedial, and enforcement response to be conducted during
the next fiscal year and to discuss future priorities and long-term
requirements for response. These consultations shall include the
exchange of information on both Fund- and non-Fund-financed response
activities. The SMOA may describe the timeframe and process for the EPA/
state consultation.
(2) The following activities shall be discussed in the EPA/state
consultations established in the SMOA, or otherwise initiated and
documented in writing in the absence of a SMOA, on a site-specific basis
with EPA and the
[[Page 85]]
state identifying the lead agency for each response action discussed:
(i) Pre-remedial response actions, including preliminary assessments
and site inspections;
(ii) Hazard Ranking System scoring and NPL listing and deletion
activities;
(iii) Remedial phase activities, including remedial investigation/
feasibility study, identification of potential applicable or relevant
and appropriate requirements (ARARs) under federal and state
environmental laws and, as appropriate, other advisories, criteria, or
guidance to be considered (TBCs), proposed plan, ROD, remedial design,
remedial action, and operation and maintenance;
(iv) Potentially responsible party (PRP) searches, notices to PRPs,
response to information requests, PRP negotiations, oversight of PRPs,
other enforcement actions pursuant to state law, and activities where
the state provides support to EPA;
(v) Compilation and maintenance of the administrative record for
selection of a response action as required by subpart I of this part;
(vi) Related site support activities;
(vii) State ability to share in the cost and timing of payments; and
(viii) General CERCLA implementation activities.
(3) If a state is designated as the lead agency for a non-Fund-
financed action at an NPL site, the SMOA shall be supplemented by site-
specific enforcement agreements between EPA and the state which specify
schedules and EPA involvement.
(4) In the absence of a SMOA, EPA and the state shall comply with
the requirements in Sec. 300.515(h). If the SMOA does not address all of
the requirements specified in Sec. 300.515(h), EPA and the state shall
comply with any unaddressed requirements in that section.
Sec. 300.510 State assurances.
(a) A Fund-financed remedial action undertaken pursuant to CERCLA
section 104(a) cannot proceed unless a state provides its applicable
required assurances. The assurances must be provided by the state prior
to the initiation of remedial action pursuant to a Superfund state
contract for EPA-lead (or political subdivision-lead) remedial action or
pursuant to a cooperative agreement for a state-lead remedial action.
The SMOA may not be used for this purpose. Federally recognized Indian
tribes are not required to provide CERCLA section 104(c)(3) assurances
for Fund-financed response actions. Further requirements pertaining to
state, political subdivision, and federally recognized Indian tribe
involvement in CERCLA response are found in 40 CFR part 35, subpart O.
(b)(1) The state is not required to share in the cost of state- or
EPA-lead Fund-financed removal actions (including remedial planning
activities associated with remedial actions) conducted pursuant to
CERCLA section 104 unless the facility was operated by the state or a
political subdivision thereof at the time of disposal of hazardous
substances therein and a remedial action is ultimately undertaken at the
site. Such remedial planning activities include, but are not limited to,
remedial investigations (RIs), feasibility studies (FSs), and remedial
design (RD). States shall be required to share 50 percent, or greater,
in the cost of all Fund-financed response actions if the facility was
publicly operated at the time of the disposal of hazardous substances.
For other facilities, except federal facilities, the state shall be
required to share 10 percent of the cost of the remedial action.
(2) CERCLA section 104(c)(5) provides that EPA shall grant a state
credit for reasonable, documented, direct, out-of-pocket, non-federal
expenditures subject to the limitations specified in CERCLA section
104(c)(5). For a state to apply credit toward its cost share, it must
enter into a cooperative agreement or Superfund state contract. The
state must submit as soon as possible, but no later than at the time
CERCLA section 104 assurances are provided for a remedial action, its
accounting of eligible credit expenditures for EPA verification.
Additional credit requirements are contained in 40 CFR part 35, subpart
O.
(3) Credit may be applied to a state's future cost share
requirements at NPL sites for response expenditures or obligations
incurred by the state or a political subdivision from January 1, 1978
[[Page 86]]
to December 11, 1980, and for the remedial action expenditures incurred
only by the state after October 17, 1986.
(4) Credit that exceeds the required cost share at the site for
which the credit is granted may be transferred to another site to offset
a state's required remedial action cost share.
(c)(1) Prior to a Fund-financed remedial action, the state must also
provide its assurance in accordance with CERCLA section 104(c)(3)(A) to
assume responsibility for operation and maintenance of implemented
remedial actions for the expected life of such actions. In addition,
when appropriate, as part of the O&M assurance, the state must assure
that any institutional controls implemented as part of the remedial
action at a site are in place, reliable, and will remain in place after
the initiation of O&M. The state and EPA shall consult on a plan for
operation and maintenance prior to the initiation of a remedial action.
(2) After a joint EPA/State inspection of the implemented Fund-
financed remedial action under Sec. 300.515(g), EPA may share, for any
extension period established in Sec. 300.435(f)(2), in the cost of the
operation of the remedy to ensure that the remedy is operational and
functional. In the case of restoration of ground or surface water, EPA
shall share in the cost of the State's operation of ground- or surface-
water restoration remedial actions as specified in Sec. 300.435(f)(3).
(d) In accordance with CERCLA sections 104 (c)(3)(B) and 121(d)(3),
if the remedial action requires off-site storage, destruction,
treatment, or disposal, the state must provide its assurance before the
remedial action begins on the availability of a hazardous waste disposal
facility that is in compliance with CERCLA section 121(d)(3) and is
acceptable to EPA.
(e)(1) In accordance with CERCLA section 104(c)(9), EPA shall not
provide any remedial action pursuant to CERCLA section 104 until the
state in which the release occurs enters into a cooperative agreement or
Superfund state contract with EPA providing assurances deemed adequate
by EPA that the state will assure the availability of hazardous waste
treatment or disposal facilities which:
(i) Have adequate capacity for the destruction, treatment, or secure
disposition of all hazardous wastes that are reasonably expected to be
generated within the state during the 20-year period following the date
of such cooperative agreement or Superfund state contract and to be
destroyed, treated, or disposed;
(ii) Are within the state, or outside the state in accordance with
an interstate agreement or regional agreement or authority;
(iii) Are acceptable to EPA; and
(iv) Are in compliance with the requirements of Subtitle C of the
Solid Waste Disposal Act.
(2) This rule does not address whether or not Indian tribes are
states for purposes of this paragraph (e).
(f) EPA may determine that an interest in real property must be
acquired in order to conduct a response action. However, as provided in
CERCLA section 104(j)(2), EPA may acquire an interest in real estate in
order to conduct a remedial action only if the State in which the
interest to be acquired is located provides assurances, through a
contract, cooperative agreement or otherwise, that the State will accept
transfer of the interest upon completion of the remedial action. For
purposes of this paragraph, ``completion of the remedial action'' is the
point at which operation and maintenance (O&M) measures would be
initiated pursuant to Sec. 300.435(f). The State may accept a transfer
of interest at an earlier point in time if agreed upon in writing by the
State and EPA. Indian tribe assurances are to be provided as set out at
40 CFR part 35, subpart O, Sec. 35.6110(b)(2).
[55 FR 8853, Mar. 8, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 35854, July 14, 1994]
Sec. 300.515 Requirements for state involvement in remedial and enforcement response.
(a) General. (1) States are encouraged to undertake actions
authorized under subpart E. Section 104(d)(1) of CERCLA authorizes EPA
to enter into cooperative agreements or contracts with a state,
political subdivision, or a federally recognized Indian tribe to carry
[[Page 87]]
out Fund-financed response actions authorized under CERCLA, when EPA
determines that the state, the political subdivision, or federally
recognized Indian tribe has the capability to undertake such actions.
EPA will use a cooperative agreement to transfer funds to those entities
to undertake Fund-financed response activities. The requirements for
states, political subdivisions, or Indian tribes to receive funds as a
lead or support agency for response are addressed at 40 CFR part 35,
subpart O.
(2) For EPA-lead Fund-financed remedial planning activities,
including, but not limited to, remedial investigations, feasibility
studies, and remedial designs, the state agency acceptance of the
support agency role during an EPA-lead response shall be documented in a
letter, SMOA, or cooperative agreement. Superfund state contracts are
unnecessary for this purpose.
(3) Cooperative agreements and Superfund state contracts are only
appropriate for non-Fund-financed response actions if a state intends to
seek credit for remedial action expenses under Sec. 300.510.
(b) Indian tribe involvement during response. To be afforded
substantially the same treatment as states under section 104 of CERCLA,
the governing body of the Indian tribe must:
(1) Be federally recognized; and
(2) Have a tribal governing body that is currently performing
governmental functions to promote the health, safety, and welfare of the
affected population or to protect the environment within a defined
geographic area; and
(3) Have jurisdiction over a site at which Fund-financed response,
including pre-remedial activities, is contemplated.
(c) State involvement in PA/SI and National Priorities List process.
EPA shall ensure state involvement in the listing and deletion process
by providing states opportunities for review, consultation, or
concurrence specified in this section.
(1) EPA shall consult with states as appropriate on the information
to be used in developing HRS scores for releases.
(2) EPA shall, to the extent feasible, provide the state 30 working
days to review releases which were scored by EPA and which will be
considered for placement on the National Priorities List (NPL).
(3) EPA shall provide the state 30 working days to review and concur
on the Notice of Intent to Delete a release from the NPL. Section
300.425 describes the EPA/state consultation and concurrence process for
deleting releases from the NPL.
(d) State involvement in RI/FS process. A key component of the EPA/
state partnership shall be the communication of potential federal and
state ARARs and, as appropriate, other pertinent advisories, criteria,
or guidance to be considered (TBCs).
(1) In accordance with Secs. 300.400(g) and 300.430, the lead and
support agencies shall identify their respective potential ARARs and
communicate them to each other in a timely manner, i.e., no later than
the early stages of the comparative analysis described in
Sec. 300.430(e)(9), such that sufficient time is available for the lead
agency to consider and incorporate all potential ARARs without
inordinate delays and duplication of effort. The lead and support
agencies may also identify TBCs and communicate them in a timely manner.
(2) When a state and EPA have entered into a SMOA, the SMOA may
specify a consultation process which requires the lead agency to solicit
potential ARARs at specified points in the remedial planning and remedy
selection processes. At a minimum, the SMOA shall include the points
specified in Sec. 300.515(h)(2). The SMOA shall specify timeframes for
support agency response to lead agency requests to ensure that potential
ARARs are identified and communicated in a timely manner. Such
timeframes must also be documented in site-specific agreements. The SMOA
may also discuss identification and communication of TBCs.
(3) If EPA in its statement of a proposed plan intends to waive any
state-identified ARARs, or does not agree with the state that a certain
state standard is an ARAR, it shall formally notify the state when it
submits the
[[Page 88]]
RI/FS report for state review or responds to the state's submission of
the RI/FS report.
(4) EPA shall respond to state comments on waivers from or
disagreements about state ARARs, as well as the preferred alternative
when making the RI/FS report and proposed plan available for public
comment.
(e) State involvement in selection of remedy. (1) Both EPA and the
state shall be involved in preliminary discussions of the alternatives
addressed in the FS prior to preparation of the proposed plan and ROD.
At the conclusion of the RI/FS, the lead agency, in conjunction with the
support agency, shall develop a proposed plan. The support agency shall
have an opportunity to comment on the plan. The lead agency shall
publish a notice of availability of the RI/FS report and a brief
analysis of the proposed plan pursuant to Sec. 300.430(e) and (f).
Included in the proposed plan shall be a statement that the lead and
support agencies have reached agreement or, where this is not the case,
a statement explaining the concerns of the support agency with the lead
agency's proposed plan. The state may not publish a proposed plan that
EPA has not approved. EPA may assume the lead from the state if
agreement cannot be reached.
(2)(i) EPA and the state shall identify, at least annually, sites
for which RODs will be prepared during the next fiscal year, in
accordance with Sec. 300.515(h)(1). For all EPA-lead sites, EPA shall
prepare the ROD and provide the state an opportunity to concur with the
recommended remedy. For Fund-financed state-lead sites, EPA and the
state shall designate sites, in a site-specific agreement, for which the
state shall prepare the ROD and seek EPA's concurrence and adoption of
the remedy specified therein, and sites for which EPA shall prepare the
ROD and seek the state's concurrence. EPA and the state may designate
sites for which the state shall prepare the ROD for non-Fund-financed
state-lead enforcement response actions (i.e., actions taken under state
law) at an NPL site. The state may seek EPA's concurrence in the remedy
specified therein. Either EPA or the state may choose not to designate a
site as state-lead.
(ii) State concurrence on a ROD is not a prerequisite to EPA's
selecting a remedy, i.e., signing a ROD, nor is EPA's concurrence a
prerequisite to a state's selecting a remedy at a non-Fund-financed
state-lead enforcement site under state law. Unless EPA's Assistant
Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response or Regional
Administrator concurs in writing with a state-prepared ROD, EPA shall
not be deemed to have approved the state decision. A state may not
proceed with a Fund-financed response action unless EPA has first
concurred in and adopted the ROD. Section 300.510(a) specifies
limitations on EPA's proceeding with a remedial action without state
assurances.
(iii) The lead agency shall provide the support agency with a copy
of the signed ROD for remedial actions to be conducted pursuant to
CERCLA.
(iv) On state-lead sites identified for EPA concurrence, the state
generally shall be expected to maintain its lead agency status through
the completion of the remedial action.
(f) Enhancement of remedy. (1) A state may ask EPA to make changes
in or expansions of a remedial action selected under subpart E.
(i) If EPA finds that the proposed change or expansion is necessary
and appropriate to the EPA-selected remedial action, the remedy may be
modified (consistent with Sec. 300.435(c)(2)) and any additional costs
paid as part of the remedial action.
(ii) If EPA finds that the proposed change or expansion is not
necessary to the selected remedial action, but would not conflict or be
inconsistent with the EPA-selected remedy, EPA may agree to integrate
the proposed change or expansion into the planned CERCLA remedial work
if:
(A) The state agrees to fund the entire additional cost associated
with the change or expansion; and
(B) The state agrees to assume the lead for supervising the state-
funded component of the remedy or, if EPA determines that the state-
funded component cannot be conducted as a separate phase or activity,
for supervising the remedial design and construction of the entire
remedy.
[[Page 89]]
(2) Where a state does not concur in a remedial action secured by
EPA under CERCLA section 106, and the state desires to have the remedial
action conform to an ARAR that has been waived under
Sec. 300.430(f)(1)(ii)(C), a state may seek to have that remedial action
so conform, in accordance with the procedures set out in CERCLA section
121(f)(2) .
(g) State involvement in remedial design/remedial action. The extent
and nature of state involvement during remedial design and remedial
action shall be specified in site-specific cooperative agreements or
Superfund state contracts, consistent with 40 CFR part 35, subpart O.
For Fund-financed remedial actions, the lead and support agencies shall
conduct a joint inspection at the conclusion of construction of the
remedial action to determine that the remedy has been constructed in
accordance with the ROD and with the remedial design.
(h) Requirements for state involvement in absence of SMOA. In the
absence of a SMOA, EPA and the state shall comply with the requirements
in Sec. 300.515(h). If the SMOA does not address all of the requirements
specified in Sec. 300.515(h), EPA and the state shall comply with any
unaddressed requirements in that section.
(1) Annual consultations. EPA shall conduct consultations with
states at least annually to establish priorities and identify and
document in writing the lead for remedial and enforcement response for
each NPL site within the state for the upcoming fiscal year. States
shall be given the opportunity to participate in long-term planning
efforts for remedial and enforcement response during these annual
consultations.
(2) Identification of ARARs and TBCs. The lead and support agencies
shall discuss potential ARARs during the scoping of the RI/FS. The lead
agency shall request potential ARARs from the support agency no later
than the time that the site characterization data are available. The
support agency shall communicate in writing those potential ARARs to the
lead agency within 30 working days of receipt of the lead agency request
for these ARARs. The lead and support agencies may also discuss and
communicate other pertinent advisories, criteria, or guidance to be
considered (TBCs). After the initial screening of alternatives has been
completed but prior to initiation of the comparative analysis conducted
during the detailed analysis phase of the FS, the lead agency shall
request that the support agency communicate any additional requirements
that are applicable or relevant and appropriate to the alternatives
contemplated within 30 working days of receipt of this request. The lead
agency shall thereafter consult the support agency to ensure that
identified ARARs and TBCs are updated as appropriate.
(3) Support agency review of lead agency documents. The lead agency
shall provide the support agency an opportunity to review and comment on
the RI/FS, proposed plan, ROD, and remedial design, and any proposed
determinations on potential ARARs and TBCs. The support agency shall
have a minimum of 10 working days and a maximum of 15 working days to
provide comments to the lead agency on the RI/FS, ROD, ARAR/TBC
determinations, and remedial design. The support agency shall have a
minimum of five working days and a maximum of 10 working days to comment
on the proposed plan.
(i) Administrative record requirements. The state, where it is the
lead agency for a Fund-financed site, shall compile and maintain the
administrative record for selection of a response action under subpart I
of this part unless specified otherwise in the SMOA.
Sec. 300.520 State involvement in EPA-lead enforcement negotiations.
(a) EPA shall notify states of response action negotiations to be
conducted by EPA with potentially responsible parties during each fiscal
year.
(b) The state must notify EPA of such negotiations in which it
intends to participate.
(c) The state is not foreclosed from signing a consent decree if it
does not participate substantially in the negotiations.
[[Page 90]]
Sec. 300.525 State involvement in removal actions.
(a) States may undertake Fund-financed removal actions pursuant to a
cooperative agreement with EPA. State-lead removal actions taken
pursuant to cooperative agreements must be conducted in accordance with
Sec. 300.415 on removal actions, and 40 CFR part 35, subpart O.
(b) States are not required under section 104(c)(3) of CERCLA to
share in the cost of a Fund-financed removal action, unless the removal
is conducted at an NPL site that was operated by a state or political
subdivision at the time of disposal of hazardous substances therein and
a Fund-financed remedial action is ultimately undertaken at the site. In
this situation, states are required to share, 50 percent or greater, in
the cost of all removal (including remedial planning) and remedial
action costs at the time of the remedial action.
(c) States are encouraged to provide for post-removal site control
as discussed in Sec. 300.415(k) for all Fund-financed removal actions.
(d) States shall be responsible for identifying potential state
ARARs for all Fund-financed removal actions and for providing such ARARs
to EPA in a timely manner for all EPA-lead removal actions.
(e) EPA shall consult with a state on all removal actions to be
conducted in that state.
Subpart G--Trustees for Natural Resources
Source: 59 FR 47450, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.600 Designation of federal trustees.
(a) The President is required to designate in the NCP those federal
officials who are to act on behalf of the public as trustees for natural
resources. Federal officials so designated will act pursuant to section
107(f) of CERCLA, section 311(f)(5) of the CWA, and section 1006 of the
OPA. Natural resources means land, fish, wildlife, biota, air, water,
ground water, drinking water supplies, and other such resources
belonging to, managed by, held in trust by, appertaining to, or
otherwise controlled (hereinafter referred to as ``managed or
controlled'') by the United States (including the resources of the
exclusive economic zone).
(b) The following individuals shall be the designated trustee(s) for
general categories of natural resources, including their supporting
ecosystems. They are authorized to act pursuant to section 107(f) of
CERCLA, section 311(f)(5) of the CWA, or section 1006 of the OPA when
there is injury to, destruction of, loss of, or threat to natural
resources, including their supporting ecosystems, as a result of a
release of a hazardous substance or a discharge of oil. Notwithstanding
the other designations in this section, the Secretaries of Commerce and
the Interior shall act as trustees of those resources subject to their
respective management or control.
(1) Secretary of Commerce. The Secretary of Commerce shall act as
trustee for natural resources managed or controlled by DOC and for
natural resources managed or controlled by other federal agencies and
that are found in, under, or using waters navigable by deep draft
vessels, tidally influenced waters, or waters of the contiguous zone,
the exclusive economic zone, and the outer continental shelf. However,
before the Secretary takes an action with respect to an affected
resource under the management or control of another federal agency, he
shall, whenever practicable, seek to obtain the concurrence of that
other federal agency. Examples of the Secretary's trusteeship include
the following natural resources and their supporting ecosystems: marine
fishery resources; anadromous fish; endangered species and marine
mammals; and the resources of National Marine Sanctuaries and National
Estuarine Research Reserves.
(2) Secretary of the Interior. The Secretary of the Interior shall
act as trustee for natural resources managed or controlled by the DOI.
Examples of the Secretary's trusteeship include the following natural
resources and their supporting ecosystems: migratory birds; anadromous
fish; endangered species and marine mammals; federally
[[Page 91]]
owned minerals; and certain federally managed water resources. The
Secretary of the Interior shall also be trustee for those natural
resources for which an Indian tribe would otherwise act as trustee in
those cases where the United States acts on behalf of the Indian tribe.
(3) Secretary for the land managing agency. For natural resources
located on, over, or under land administered by the United States, the
trustee shall be the head of the department in which the land managing
agency is found. The trustees for the principal federal land managing
agencies are the Secretaries of DOI, USDA, DOD, and DOE.
(4) Head of authorized agencies. For natural resources located in
the United States but not otherwise described in this section, the
trustee shall be the head of the federal agency or agencies authorized
to manage or control those resources.
Sec. 300.605 State trustees.
State trustees shall act on behalf of the public as trustees for
natural resources, including their supporting ecosystems, within the
boundary of a state or belonging to, managed by, controlled by, or
appertaining to such state. For the purposes of subpart G of this part,
the definition of the term state does not include Indian tribes. The
governor of a state is encouraged to designate a state lead trustee to
coordinate all state trustee responsibilities with other trustee
agencies and with response activities of the RRT and OSC. The state's
lead trustee would designate a representative to serve as contact with
the OSC. This individual should have ready access to appropriate state
officials with environmental protection, emergency response, and natural
resource responsibilities. The EPA Administrator or USCG Commandant or
their designees may appoint the state lead trustee as a member of the
Area Committee. Response strategies should be coordinated between the
state and other trustees and the OSC for specific natural resource
locations in an inland or coastal zone and should be included in the
Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan annex of the ACP.
Sec. 300.610 Indian tribes.
The tribal chairmen (or heads of the governing bodies) of Indian
tribes, as defined in Sec. 300.5, or a person designated by the tribal
officials, shall act on behalf of the Indian tribes as trustees for the
natural resources, including their supporting ecosystems, belonging to,
managed by, controlled by, or appertaining to such Indian tribe, or held
in trust for the benefit of such Indian tribe, or belonging to a member
of such Indian tribe, if such resources are subject to a trust
restriction on alienation. When the tribal chairman or head of the
tribal governing body designates another person as trustee, the tribal
chairman or head of the tribal governing body shall notify the President
of such designation. Such officials are authorized to act when there is
injury to, destruction of, loss of, or threat to natural resources,
including their supporting ecosystems as a result of a release of a
hazardous substance.
Sec. 300.612 Foreign trustees.
Pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA, foreign trustees shall act on
behalf of the head of a foreign government as trustees for natural
resources belonging to, managed by, controlled by, or appertaining to
such foreign government.
Sec. 300.615 Responsibilities of trustees.
(a) Where there are multiple trustees, because of coexisting or
contiguous natural resources or concurrent jurisdictions, they should
coordinate and cooperate in carrying out these responsibilities.
(b) Trustees are responsible for designating to the RRTs and the
Area Committees, for inclusion in the RCP and the ACP, appropriate
contacts to receive notifications from the OSCs/RPMs of discharges or
releases.
(c)(1) Upon notification or discovery of injury to, destruction of,
loss of, or threat to natural resources, trustees may, pursuant to
section 107(f) of CERCLA, or section 311(f)(5) of the CWA, take the
following or other actions as appropriate:
(i) Conduct a preliminary survey of the area affected by the
discharge or release to determine if trust resources
[[Page 92]]
under their jurisdiction are, or potentially may be, affected;
(ii) Cooperate with the OSC/RPM in coordinating assessments,
investigations, and planning;
(iii) Carry out damage assessments; or
(iv) Devise and carry out a plan for restoration, rehabilitation,
replacement, or acquisition of equivalent natural resources. In
assessing damages to natural resources, the federal, state, and Indian
tribe trustees have the option of following the procedures for natural
resource damage assessments located at 43 CFR part 11.
(2) Upon notification or discovery of injury to, destruction of,
loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources, or the potential for
such, resulting from a discharge of oil occurring after August 18, 1990,
the trustees, pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA, are to take the
following actions:
(i) In accordance with OPA section 1006(c), determine the need for
assessment of natural resource damages, collect data necessary for a
potential damage assessment, and, where appropriate, assess damages to
natural resources under their trusteeship; and
(ii) As appropriate, and subject to the public participation
requirements of OPA section 1006(c), develop and implement a plan for
the restoration, rehabilitation, replacement, or acquisition of the
equivalent, of the natural resources under their trusteeship;
(3)(i) The trustees, consistent with procedures specified in the
Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan Annex to the Area
Contingency Plan, shall provide timely advice on recommended actions
concerning trustee resources that are potentially affected by a
discharge of oil. This may include providing assistance to the OSC in
identifying/recommending pre-approved response techniques and in
predesignating shoreline types and areas in ACPs.
(ii) The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative
trustee, that the OSC is informed of their activities regarding natural
resource damage assessment that may affect response operations in order
to assure coordination and minimize any interference with such
operations. The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative
trustee, that all data from the natural resource damage assessment
activities that may support more effective operational decisions are
provided in a timely manner to the OSC.
(iii) When circumstances permit, the OSC shall share the use of
federal response resources (including but not limited to aircraft,
vessels, and booms to contain and remove discharged oil) with the
trustees, providing trustee activities do not interfere with response
actions. The lead administrative trustee facilitates effective and
efficient communication between the OSC and the other trustees during
response operations and is responsible for applying to the OSC for non-
monetary federal response resources on behalf of all trustees. The lead
administrative trustee is also responsible for applying to the NPFC for
funding for initiation of damage assessment for injuries to natural
resources.
(d) The authority of federal trustees includes, but is not limited
to the following actions:
(1) Requesting that the Attorney General seek compensation from the
responsible parties for the damages assessed and for the costs of an
assessment and of restoration planning; and
(2) Participating in negotiations between the United States and
potentially responsible parties to obtain PRP-financed or PRP-conducted
assessments and restorations for injured resources or protection for
threatened resources and to agree to covenants not to sue, where
appropriate.
(3) Requiring, in consultation with the lead agency, any person to
comply with the requirements of CERCLA section 104(e) regarding
information gathering and access.
(4) Initiating damage assessments, as provided in OPA section 6002.
(e) Actions which may be taken by any trustee pursuant to section
107(f) of CERCLA, section 311(f)(5) of the CWA, or section 1006 of the
OPA include, but are not limited to, any of the following:
(1) Requesting that an authorized agency issue an administrative
order or pursue injunctive relief against the
[[Page 93]]
parties responsible for the discharge or release; or
(2) Requesting that the lead agency remove, or arrange for the
removal of, or provide for remedial action with respect to, any oil or
hazardous substances from a contaminated medium pursuant to section 104
of CERCLA or section 311 of CWA.
Subpart H--Participation by Other Persons
Source: 59 FR 47452, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.700 Activities by other persons.
(a) General. Except as provided (e.g., in CWA section 311(c)), any
person may undertake a response action to reduce or eliminate a release
of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant.
(b) Summary of CERCLA authorities. The mechanisms available to
recover the costs of response actions under CERCLA are, in summary:
(1) Section 107(a), wherein any person may receive a court award of
his or her response costs, plus interest, from the party or parties
found to be liable;
(2) Section 111(a)(2), wherein a private party, a PRP pursuant to a
settlement agreement, or certain foreign entities may file a claim
against the Fund for reimbursement of response costs;
(3) Section 106(b), wherein any person who has complied with a
section 106(a) order may petition the Fund for reimbursement of
reasonable costs, plus interest; and
(4) Section 123, wherein a general purpose unit of local government
may apply to the Fund under 40 CFR part 310 for reimbursement of the
costs of temporary emergency measures that are necessary to prevent or
mitigate injury to human health or the environment associated with a
release.
(c) Section 107(a) cost recovery actions. (1) Responsible parties
shall be liable for all response costs incurred by the United States
government or a state or an Indian tribe not inconsistent with the NCP.
(2) Responsible parties shall be liable for necessary costs of
response actions to releases of hazardous substances incurred by any
other person consistent with the NCP.
(3) For the purpose of cost recovery under section 107(a)(4)(B) of
CERCLA:
(i) A private party response action will be considered ``consistent
with the NCP'' if the action, when evaluated as a whole, is in
substantial compliance with the applicable requirements in paragraphs
(5) and (6) of this section, and results in a CERCLA-quality cleanup;
and
(ii) Any response action carried out in compliance with the terms of
an order issued by EPA pursuant to section 106 of CERCLA, or a consent
decree entered into pursuant to section 122 of CERCLA, will be
considered ``consistent with the NCP.''
(4) Actions under Sec. 300.700(c)(1) will not be considered
``inconsistent with the NCP,'' and actions under Sec. 300.700(c)(2) will
not be considered not ``consistent with the NCP,'' based on immaterial
or insubstantial deviations from the provisions of 40 CFR part 300.
(5) The following provisions of this part are potentially applicable
to private party response actions:
(i) Section 300.150 (on worker health and safety);
(ii) Section 300.160 (on documentation and cost recovery);
(iii) Section 300.400(c)(1), (4), (5), and (7) (on determining the
need for a Fund-financed action); (e) (on permit requirements) except
that the permit waiver does not apply to private party response actions;
and (g) (on identification of ARARs) except that applicable requirements
of federal or state law may not be waived by a private party;
(iv) Section 300.405(b), (c), and (d) (on reports of releases to the
NRC);
(v) Section 300.410 (on removal site evaluation) except paragraphs
(f)(5) and (6);
(vi) Section 300.415 (on removal actions) except paragraphs (a)(2),
(b)(2)(vii), (b)(5), and (g); and including Sec. 300.415(j) with regard
to meeting ARARs where practicable except that private party removal
actions must always comply with the requirements of applicable law;
(vii) Section 300.420 (on remedial site evaluation);
(viii) Section 300.430 (on RI/FS and selection of remedy) except
paragraph
[[Page 94]]
(f)(1)(ii)(C)(6) and that applicable requirements of federal or state
law may not be waived by a private party; and
(ix) Section 300.435 (on RD/RA and operation and maintenance).
(6) Private parties undertaking response actions should provide an
opportunity for public comment concerning the selection of the response
action based on the provisions set out below, or based on substantially
equivalent state and local requirements. The following provisions of
this part regarding public participation are potentially applicable to
private party response actions, with the exception of administrative
record and information repository requirements stated therein:
(i) Section 300.155 (on public information and community relations);
(ii) Section 300.415(n) (on community relations during removal
actions);
(iii) Section 300.430(c) (on community relations during RI/FS)
except paragraph (c)(5);
(iv) Section 300.430(f)(2), (3), and (6) (on community relations
during selection of remedy); and
(v) Section 300.435(c) (on community relations during RD/RA and
operation and maintenance).
(7) When selecting the appropriate remedial action, the methods of
remedying releases listed in appendix D of this part may also be
appropriate to a private party response action.
(8) Except for actions taken pursuant to CERCLA sections 104 or 106
or response actions for which reimbursement from the Fund will be
sought, any action to be taken by the lead agency listed in paragraphs
(c)(5) through (c)(7) may be taken by the person carrying out the
response action.
(d) Section 111(a)(2) claims. (1) Persons, other than those listed
in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section, may be able to
receive reimbursement of response costs by means of a claim against the
Fund. The categories of persons excluded from pursuing this claims
authority are:
(i) Federal government;
(ii) State governments, and their political subdivisions, unless
they are potentially responsible parties covered by an order or consent
decree pursuant to section 122 of CERCLA; and
(iii) Persons operating under a procurement contract or an
assistance agreement with the United States with respect to matters
covered by that contract or assistance agreement, unless specifically
provided therein.
(2) In order to be reimbursed by the Fund, an eligible person must
notify the Administrator of EPA or designee prior to taking a response
action and receive prior approval, i.e., ``preauthorization,'' for such
action.
(3) Preauthorization is EPA's prior approval to submit a claim
against the Fund for necessary response costs incurred as a result of
carrying out the NCP. All applications for preauthorization will be
reviewed to determine whether the request should receive priority for
funding. EPA, in its discretion, may grant preauthorization of a claim.
Preauthorization will be considered only for:
(i) Removal actions pursuant to Sec. 300.415;
(ii) CERCLA section 104(b) activities; and
(iii) Remedial actions at National Priorities List sites pursuant to
Sec. 300.435.
(4) To receive EPA's prior approval, the eligible person must:
(i) Demonstrate technical and other capabilities to respond safely
and effectively to releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or
contaminants; and
(ii) Establish that the action will be consistent with the NCP in
accordance with the elements set forth in paragraphs (c)(5) through (8)
of this section.
(5) EPA will grant preauthorization to a claim by a party it
determines to be potentially liable under section 107 of CERCLA only in
accordance with an order issued pursuant to section 106 of CERCLA, or a
settlement with the federal government in accordance with section 122 of
CERCLA.
(6) Preauthorization does not establish an enforceable contractual
relationship between EPA and the claimant.
(7) Preauthorization represents EPA's commitment that if funds are
appropriated for response actions, the
[[Page 95]]
response action is conducted in accordance with the preauthorization
decision document, and costs are reasonable and necessary, reimbursement
will be made from the Superfund, up to the maximum amount provided in
the preauthorization decision document.
(8) For a claim to be awarded under section 111 of CERCLA, EPA must
certify that the costs were necessary and consistent with the
preauthorization decision document.
(e) Section 106(b) petition. Subject to conditions specified in
CERCLA section 106(b), any person who has complied with an order issued
after October 16, 1986 pursuant to section 106(a) of CERCLA, may seek
reimbursement for response costs incurred in complying with that order
unless the person has waived that right.
(f) Section 123 reimbursement to local governments. Any general
purpose unit of local government for a political subdivision that is
affected by a release may receive reimbursement for the costs of
temporary emergency measures necessary to prevent or mitigate injury to
human health or the environment subject to the conditions set forth in
40 CFR part 310. Such reimbursement may not exceed $25,000 for a single
response.
(g) Release From Liability. Implementation of response measures by
potentially responsible parties or by any other person does not release
those parties from liability under section 107(a) of CERCLA, except as
provided in a settlement under section 122 of CERCLA or a federal court
judgment.
(h) Oil Pollution Act Claims. Claims are authorized to be presented
to the OSLTF under section 1013 of the OPA, for certain uncompensated
removal costs or uncompensated damages resulting from the discharge, or
substantial threat of discharge, of oil from a vessel or facility into
or upon the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or exclusive
economic zone of the United States. Anyone desiring to file a claim
against the OSLTF may obtain general information on the procedure for
filing a claim from the Director, National Pollution Funds Center, Suite
1000, 4200 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203-1804, (703) 235-
4756.
Subpart I--Administrative Record for Selection of Response Action
Source: 55 FR 8859, Mar. 8, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.800 Establishment of an administrative record.
(a) General requirement. The lead agency shall establish an
administrative record that contains the documents that form the basis
for the selection of a response action. The lead agency shall compile
and maintain the administrative record in accordance with this subpart.
(b) Administrative records for federal facilities. (1) If a federal
agency other than EPA is the lead agency for a federal facility, the
federal agency shall compile and maintain the administrative record for
the selection of the response action for that facility in accordance
with this subpart. EPA may furnish documents which the federal agency
shall place in the administrative record file to ensure that the
administrative record includes all documents that form the basis for the
selection of the response action.
(2) EPA or the U.S. Coast Guard shall compile and maintain the
administrative record when it is the lead agency for a federal facility.
(3) If EPA is involved in the selection of the response action at a
federal facility on the NPL, the federal agency acting as the lead
agency shall provide EPA with a copy of the index of documents included
in the administrative record file, the RI/FS workplan, the RI/FS
released for public comment, the proposed plan, any public comments
received on the RI/FS and proposed plan, and any other documents EPA may
request on a case-by-case basis.
(c) Administrative record for state-lead sites. If a state is the
lead agency for a site, the state shall compile and maintain the
administrative record for the selection of the response action for that
site in accordance with this subpart. EPA may require the state to place
additional documents in the administrative record file to ensure that
the administrative record includes all documents which form the basis
for the selection of the response action. The state shall provide EPA
with a copy of
[[Page 96]]
the index of documents included in the administrative record file, the
RI/FS workplan, the RI/FS released for public comment, the proposed
plan, any public comments received on the RI/FS and proposed plan, and
any other documents EPA may request on a case-by-case basis.
(d) Applicability. This subpart applies to all response actions
taken under section 104 of CERCLA or sought, secured, or ordered
administratively or judicially under section 106 of CERCLA, as follows:
(1) Remedial actions where the remedial investigation commenced
after the promulgation of these regulations; and
(2) Removal actions where the action memorandum is signed after the
promulgation of these regulations.
(e) For those response actions not included in paragraph (d) of this
section, the lead agency shall comply with this subpart to the extent
practicable.
Sec. 300.805 Location of the administrative record file.
(a) The lead agency shall establish a docket at an office of the
lead agency or other central location at which documents included in the
administrative record file shall be located and a copy of the documents
included in the administrative record file shall also be made available
for public inspection at or near the site at issue, except as provided
below:
(1) Sampling and testing data, quality control and quality assurance
documentation, and chain of custody forms, need not be located at or
near the site at issue or at the central location, provided that the
index to the administrative record file indicates the location and
availability of this information.
(2) Guidance documents not generated specifically for the site at
issue need not be located at or near the site at issue, provided that
they are maintained at the central location and the index to the
administrative record file indicates the location and availability of
these guidance documents.
(3) Publicly available technical literature not generated for the
site at issue, such as engineering textbooks, articles from technical
journals, and toxicological profiles, need not be located at or near the
site at issue or at the central location, provided that the literature
is listed in the index to the administrative record file or the
literature is cited in a document in the record.
(4) Documents included in the confidential portion of the
administrative record file shall be located only in the central
location.
(5) The administrative record for a removal action where the release
or threat of release requires that on-site removal activities be
initiated within hours of the lead agency's determination that a removal
is appropriate and on-site removal activities cease within 30 days of
initiation, need be available for public inspection only at the central
location.
(b) Where documents are placed in the central location but not in
the file located at or near the site, such documents shall be added to
the file located at or near the site upon request, except for documents
included in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
(c) The lead agency may make the administrative record file
available to the public in microform.
Sec. 300.810 Contents of the administrative record file.
(a) Contents. The administrative record file for selection of a
response action typically, but not in all cases, will contain the
following types of documents:
(1) Documents containing factual information, data and analysis of
the factual information, and data that may form a basis for the
selection of a response action. Such documents may include verified
sampling data, quality control and quality assurance documentation,
chain of custody forms, site inspection reports, preliminary assessment
and site evaluation reports, ATSDR health assessments, documents
supporting the lead agency's determination of imminent and substantial
endangerment, public health evaluations, and technical and engineering
evaluations. In addition, for remedial actions, such documents may
include approved workplans for the remedial investigation/feasibility
study, state documentation of applicable or relevant and appropriate
requirements, and the RI/FS;
[[Page 97]]
(2) Guidance documents, technical literature, and site-specific
policy memoranda that may form a basis for the selection of the response
action. Such documents may include guidance on conducting remedial
investigations and feasibility studies, guidance on determining
applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements, guidance on risk/
exposure assessments, engineering handbooks, articles from technical
journals, memoranda on the application of a specific regulation to a
site, and memoranda on off-site disposal capacity;
(3) Documents received, published, or made available to the public
under Sec. 300.815 for remedial actions, or Sec. 300.820 for removal
actions. Such documents may include notice of availability of the
administrative record file, community relations plan, proposed plan for
remedial action, notices of public comment periods, public comments and
information received by the lead agency, and responses to significant
comments;
(4) Decision documents. Such documents may include action memoranda
and records of decision;
(5) Enforcement orders. Such documents may include administrative
orders and consent decrees; and
(6) An index of the documents included in the administrative record
file. If documents are customarily grouped together, as with sampling
data chain of custody documents, they may be listed as a group in the
index to the administrative record file.
(b) Documents not included in the administrative record file. The
lead agency is not required to include documents in the administrative
record file which do not form a basis for the selection of the response
action. Such documents include but are not limited to draft documents,
internal memoranda, and day-to-day notes of staff unless such documents
contain information that forms the basis of selection of the response
action and the information is not included in any other document in the
administrative record file.
(c) Privileged documents. Privileged documents shall not be included
in the record file except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section
or where such privilege is waived. Privileged documents include but are
not limited to documents subject to the attorney-client, attorney work
product, deliberative process, or other applicable privilege.
(d) Confidential file. If information which forms the basis for the
selection of a response action is included only in a document containing
confidential or privileged information and is not otherwise available to
the public, the information, to the extent feasible, shall be summarized
in such a way as to make it disclosable and the summary shall be placed
in the publicly available portion of the administrative record file. The
confidential or privileged document itself shall be placed in the
confidential portion of the administrative record file. If information,
such as confidential business information, cannot be summarized in a
disclosable manner, the information shall be placed only in the
confidential portion of the administrative record file. All documents
contained in the confidential portion of the administrative record file
shall be listed in the index to the file.
Sec. 300.815 Administrative record file for a remedial action.
(a) The administrative record file for the selection of a remedial
action shall be made available for public inspection at the commencement
of the remedial investigation phase. At such time, the lead agency shall
publish in a major local newspaper of general circulation a notice of
the availability of the administrative record file.
(b) The lead agency shall provide a public comment period as
specified in Sec. 300.430(f)(3) so that interested persons may submit
comments on the selection of the remedial action for inclusion in the
administrative record file. The lead agency is encouraged to consider
and respond as appropriate to significant comments that were submitted
prior to the public comment period. A written response to significant
comments submitted during the public comment period shall be included in
the administrative record file.
(c) The lead agency shall comply with the public participation
procedures required in Sec. 300.430(f)(3) and shall
[[Page 98]]
document such compliance in the administrative record.
(d) Documents generated or received after the record of decision is
signed shall be added to the administrative record file only as provided
in Sec. 300.825.
Sec. 300.820 Administrative record file for a removal action.
(a) If, based on the site evaluation, the lead agency determines
that a removal action is appropriate and that a planning period of at
least six months exists before on-site removal activities must be
initiated:
(1) The administrative record file shall be made available for
public inspection when the engineering evaluation/cost analysis (EE/CA)
is made available for public comment. At such time, the lead agency
shall publish in a major local newspaper of general circulation a notice
of the availability of the administrative record file.
(2) The lead agency shall provide a public comment period as
specified in Sec. 300.415 so that interested persons may submit comments
on the selection of the removal action for inclusion in the
administrative record file. The lead agency is encouraged to consider
and respond, as appropriate, to significant comments that were submitted
prior to the public comment period. A written response to significant
comments submitted during the public comment period shall be included in
the administrative record file.
(3) The lead agency shall comply with the public participation
procedures of Sec. 300.415(m) and shall document compliance with
Sec. 300.415(m)(3)(i) through (iii) in the administrative record file.
(4) Documents generated or received after the decision document is
signed shall be added to the administrative record file only as provided
in Sec. 300.825.
(b) For all removal actions not included in paragraph (a) of this
section:
(1) Documents included in the administrative record file shall be
made available for public inspection no later than 60 days after
initiation of on-site removal activity. At such time, the lead agency
shall publish in a major local newspaper of general circulation a notice
of availability of the administrative record file.
(2) The lead agency shall, as appropriate, provide a public comment
period of not less than 30 days beginning at the time the administrative
record file is made available to the public. The lead agency is
encouraged to consider and respond, as appropriate, to significant
comments that were submitted prior to the public comment period. A
written response to significant comments submitted during the public
comment period shall be included in the administrative record file.
(3) Documents generated or received after the decision document is
signed shall be added to the administrative record file only as provided
in Sec. 300.825.
Sec. 300.825 Record requirements after the decision document is signed.
(a) The lead agency may add documents to the administrative record
file after the decision document selecting the response action has been
signed if:
(1) The documents concern a portion of a response action decision
that the decision document does not address or reserves to be decided at
a later date; or
(2) An explanation of significant differences required by
Sec. 300.435(c), or an amended decision document is issued, in which
case, the explanation of significant differences or amended decision
document and all documents that form the basis for the decision to
modify the response action shall be added to the administrative record
file.
(b) The lead agency may hold additional public comment periods or
extend the time for the submission of public comment after a decision
document has been signed on any issues concerning selection of the
response action. Such comment shall be limited to the issues for which
the lead agency has requested additional comment. All additional
comments submitted during such comment periods that are responsive to
the request, and any response to these comments, along with documents
supporting the request and any final decision with respect to the issue,
shall be placed in the administrative record file.
(c) The lead agency is required to consider comments submitted by
interested persons after the close of the public comment period only to
the extent
[[Page 99]]
that the comments contain significant information not contained
elsewhere in the administrative record file which could not have been
submitted during the public comment period and which substantially
support the need to significantly alter the response action. All such
comments and any responses thereto shall be placed in the administrative
record file.
Subpart J--Use of Dispersants and Other Chemicals
Source: 59 FR 47453, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.900 General.
(a) Section 311(d)(2)(G) of the CWA requires that EPA prepare a
schedule of dispersants, other chemicals, and other spill mitigating
devices and substances, if any, that may be used in carrying out the
NCP. This subpart makes provisions for such a schedule.
(b) This subpart applies to the navigable waters of the United
States and adjoining shorelines, the waters of the contiguous zone, and
the high seas beyond the contiguous zone in connection with activities
under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, activities under the
Deepwater Port Act of 1974, or activities that may affect natural
resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive
management authority of the United States, including resources under the
Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976.
(c) This subpart applies to the use of any chemical agents or other
additives as defined in subpart A of this part that may be used to
remove or control oil discharges.
Sec. 300.905 NCP Product Schedule.
(a) Oil Discharges. (1) EPA shall maintain a schedule of dispersants
and other chemical or bioremediation products that may be authorized for
use on oil discharges in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Sec. 300.910. This schedule, called the NCP Product Schedule, may be
obtained from the Emergency Response Division (5202-G), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20460. The telephone number is 703-603-8760.
(2) Products may be added to the NCP Product Schedule by the process
specified in Sec. 300.920.
(b) Hazardous Substance Releases. [Reserved]
[59 FR 47453, Sept. 15, 1994, as amended at 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000]
Sec. 300.910 Authorization of use.
(a) RRTs and Area Committees shall address, as part of their
planning activities, the desirability of using appropriate dispersants,
surface washing agents, surface collecting agents, bioremediation
agents, or miscellaneous oil spill control agents listed on the NCP
Product Schedule, and the desirability of using appropriate burning
agents. RCPs and ACPs shall, as appropriate, include applicable
preauthorization plans and address the specific contexts in which such
products should and should not be used. In meeting the provisions of
this paragraph, preauthorization plans may address factors such as the
potential sources and types of oil that might be spilled, the existence
and location of environmentally sensitive resources that might be
impacted by spilled oil, available product and storage locations,
available equipment and adequately trained operators, and the available
means to monitor product application and effectiveness. The RRT
representatives from EPA and the states with jurisdiction over the
waters of the area to which a preauthorization plan applies and the DOC
and DOI natural resource trustees shall review and either approve,
disapprove, or approve with modification the preauthorization plans
developed by Area Committees, as appropriate. Approved preauthorization
plans shall be included in the appropriate RCPs and ACPs. If the RRT
representatives from EPA and the states with jurisdiction over the
waters of the area to which a preauthorization plan applies and the DOC
and DOI natural resource trustees approve in advance the use of certain
products under specified circumstances as described in the
preauthorization plan, the OSC may authorize the use of the products
without obtaining the specific concurrences described in paragraphs (b)
and (c) of this section.
[[Page 100]]
(b) For spill situations that are not addressed by the
preauthorization plans developed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
section, the OSC, with the concurrence of the EPA representative to the
RRT and, as appropriate, the concurrence of the RRT representatives from
the states with jurisdiction over the navigable waters threatened by the
release or discharge, and in consultation with the DOC and DOI natural
resource trustees, when practicable, may authorize the use of
dispersants, surface washing agents, surface collecting agents,
bioremediation agents, or miscellaneous oil spill control agents on the
oil discharge, provided that the products are listed on the NCP Product
Schedule.
(c) The OSC, with the concurrence of the EPA representative to the
RRT and, as appropriate, the concurrence of the RRT representatives from
the states with jurisdiction over the navigable waters threatened by the
release or discharge, and in consultation with the DOC and DOI natural
resource trustees, when practicable, may authorize the use of burning
agents on a case-by-case basis.
(d) The OSC may authorize the use of any dispersant, surface washing
agent, surface collecting agent, other chemical agent, burning agent,
bioremediation agent, or miscellaneous oil spill control agent,
including products not listed on the NCP Product Schedule, without
obtaining the concurrence of the EPA representative to the RRT and, as
appropriate, the RRT representatives from the states with jurisdiction
over the navigable waters threatened by the release or discharge, when,
in the judgment of the OSC, the use of the product is necessary to
prevent or substantially reduce a hazard to human life. Whenever the OSC
authorizes the use of a product pursuant to this paragraph, the OSC is
to inform the EPA RRT representative and, as appropriate, the RRT
representatives from the affected states and, when practicable, the DOC/
DOI natural resources trustees of the use of a product, including
products not on the Schedule, as soon as possible. Once the threat to
human life has subsided, the continued use of a product shall be in
accordance with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section.
(e) Sinking agents shall not be authorized for application to oil
discharges.
(f) When developing preauthorization plans, RRTs may require the
performance of supplementary toxicity and effectiveness testing of
products, in addition to the test methods specified in Sec. 300.915 and
described in appendix C to part 300, due to existing site-specific or
area-specific concerns.
Sec. 300.915 Data requirements.
(a) Dispersants. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if any, under which
the dispersant is sold.
(2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer,
importer, or vendor.
(3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or
sales outlets.
(4) Special handling and worker precautions for storage and field
application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures, to include
optimum ranges as well as temperatures that will cause phase
separations, chemical changes, or other alterations to the effectiveness
of the product.
(5) Shelf life.
(6) Recommended application procedures, concentrations, and
conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature,
types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application
restrictions.
(7) Effectiveness. Use the Swirling Flask effectiveness test methods
described in appendix C to part 300. Manufacturers shall submit test
results and supporting data, along with a certification signed by
responsible corporate officials of the manufacturer and laboratory
stating that the test was conducted on a representative product sample,
the testing was conducted using generally accepted laboratory practices,
and they believe the results to be accurate. A dispersant must attain an
effectiveness value of 45 percent or greater to be added to the NCP
Product Schedule. Manufacturers are encouraged to provide data on
product performance under conditions other than those captured by these
tests.
[[Page 101]]
(8) Dispersant Toxicity. For those dispersants that meet the
effectiveness threshold described in paragraph (a)(7) above, use the
standard toxicity test methods described in appendix C to part 300.
Manufacturers shall submit test results and supporting data, along with
a certification signed by responsible corporate officials of the
manufacturer and laboratory stating that the test was conducted on a
representative product sample, the testing was conducted using generally
accepted laboratory practices, and they believe the results to be
accurate.
(9) The following data requirements incorporate by reference
standards from the 1991 or 1992 Annual Books of ASTM Standards. American
Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19103. This incorporation by reference was approved by the
Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and
1 CFR part 51. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Copies of these standards may be obtained from the publisher.
Copies may be inspected at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Superfund Docket, located at 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, First Floor,
Arlington, VA 22202 or send mail to Mail Code 5305G, 1200 Pennsylvania
Ave., NW., Washington, DC, or at the Office of the Federal Register,
1100 L Street, NW., Room 8401, Washington, DC 20408.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) Flash Point--Select appropriate method from the following:
(A) ASTM--D 56-87, ``Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag
Closed Tester;''
(B) ASTM--D 92-90, ``Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points
by Cleveland Open Cup;''
(C) ASTM--D 93-90, ``Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by
Pensky-Martens Closed Tester;''
(D) ASTM--D 1310-86, ``Standard Test Method for Flash Point and Fire
Point of Liquids by Tag Open-Cup Apparatus;'' or
(E) ASTM--D 3278-89, ``Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of
Liquids by Setaflash Closed-Cup Apparatus.''
(ii) Pour Point--Use ASTM--D 97-87, ``Standard Test Method for Pour
Point of Petroleum Oils.''
(iii) Viscosity--Use ASTM--D 445-88, ``Standard Test Method for
Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (and the
Calculation of Dynamic Viscosity).''
(iv) Specific Gravity--Use ASTM--D 1298-85(90), ``Standard Test
Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), or API Gravity
of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method.''
(v) pH--Use ASTM--D 1293-84(90), ``Standard Test Methods for pH of
Water.''
(10) Dispersing Agent Components. Itemize by chemical name and
percentage by weight each component of the total formulation. The
percentages will include maximum, minimum, and average weights in order
to reflect quality control variations in manufacture or formulation. In
addition to the chemical information provided in response to the first
two sentences, identify the major components in at least the following
categories: surface active agents, solvents, and additives.
(11) Heavy Metals, Cyanide, and Chlorinated Hydrocarbons. Using
standard test procedures, state the concentrations or upper limits of
the following materials:
(i) Arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, zinc,
plus any other metals that may be reasonably expected to be in the
sample. Atomic absorption methods should be used and the detailed
analytical methods and sample preparation shall be fully described.
(ii) Cyanide. Standard calorimetric procedures should be used.
(iii) Chlorinated hydrocarbons. Gas chromatography should be used
and the detailed analytical methods and sample preparation shall be
fully described. At a minimum, the following test methods shall be used
for chlorinated hydrocarbon analyses: EPA Method 601--Purgeable
halocarbons (Standard Method 6230 B) and EPA Method 608--Organochlorine
pesticides and PCBs (Standard Method 6630 C). \2\
[[Page 102]]
\2\ These test methods may be obtained from: Standard Methods for
the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 17th Edition, American Public
Health Association, 1989; or Method 601--Purgeable halocarbons, 40 CFR
part 136 and Method 608--Organochlorine pesticide and PCBs, 40 CFR part
136. Copies may be inspected at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Superfund Docket, located at 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, First Floor,
Arlington, VA 22202 or send mail to Mail Code 5305G, 1200 Pennsylvania
Ave., NW., Washington, DC, or at the Office of the Federal Register,
1100 L Street, NW., Room 8401, Washington, DC 20408.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(12) The technical product data submission shall include the
identity of the laboratory that performed the required tests, the
qualifications of the laboratory staff, including professional
biographical information for individuals responsible for any tests, and
laboratory experience with similar tests. Laboratories performing
toxicity tests for dispersant toxicity must demonstrate previous
toxicity test experience in order for their results to be accepted. It
is the responsibility of the submitter to select competent analytical
laboratories based on the guidelines contained herein. EPA reserves the
right to refuse to accept a submission of technical product data because
of lack of qualification of the analytical laboratory, significant
variance between submitted data and any laboratory confirmation
performed by EPA, or other circumstances that would result in inadequate
or inaccurate information on the dispersing agent.
(b) Surface washing agents. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if any,
under which the surface washing agent is sold.
(2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer,
importer, or vendor.
(3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or
sales outlets.
(4) Special handling and worker precautions for storage and field
application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures, to include
optimum ranges as well as temperatures that will cause phase
separations, chemical changes, or other alterations to the effectiveness
of the product.
(5) Shelf life.
(6) Recommended application procedures, concentrations, and
conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature,
types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application
restrictions.
(7) Toxicity. Use standard toxicity test methods described in
appendix C to part 300.
(8) Follow the data requirement specifications in paragraph (a)(9)
of this section.
(9) Surface Washing Agent Components. Itemize by chemical name and
percentage by weight each component of the total formulation. The
percentages will include maximum, minimum, and average weights in order
to reflect quality control variations in manufacture or formulation. In
addition to the chemical information provided in response to the first
two sentences, identify the major components in at least the following
categories: surface active agents, solvents, and additives.
(10) Heavy Metals, Cyanide, and Chlorinated Hydrocarbons. Follow
specifications in paragraph (a)(11) of this section.
(11) Analytical Laboratory Requirements for Technical Product Data.
Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(12) of this section.
(c) Surface collecting agents. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if
any, under which the product is sold.
(2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer,
importer, or vendor.
(3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or
sales outlets.
(4) Special handling and worker precautions for storage and field
application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures, to include
optimum ranges as well as temperatures that will cause phase
separations, chemical changes, or other alterations to the effectiveness
of the product.
(5) Shelf life.
(6) Recommended application procedures, concentrations, and
conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature,
types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application
restrictions.
(7) Toxicity. Use standard toxicity test methods described in
appendix C to part 300.
(8) Follow the data requirement specifications in paragraph (a)(9)
of this section.
[[Page 103]]
(9) Test to Distinguish Between Surface Collecting Agents and Other
Chemical Agents.
(i) Method Summary--Five milliliters of the chemical under test are
mixed with 95 milliliters of distilled water and allowed to stand
undisturbed for one hour. Then the volume of the upper phase is
determined to the nearest one milliliter.
(ii) Apparatus.
(A) Mixing Cylinder: 100 milliliter subdivisions and fitted with a
glass stopper.
(B) Pipettes: Volumetric pipette, 5.0 milliliter.
(C) Timers.
(iii) Procedure--Add 95 milliliters of distilled water at 22 [deg]C,
plus or minus 3 [deg]C, to a 100 milliliter mixing cylinder. To the
surface of the water in the mixing cylinder, add 5.0 milliliters of the
chemical under test. Insert the stopper and invert the cylinder five
times in ten seconds. Set upright for one hour at 22 [deg]C, plus or
minus 3 [deg]C, and then measure the chemical layer at the surface of
the water. If the major portion of the chemical added (75 percent) is at
the water surface as a separate and easily distinguished layer, the
product is a surface collecting agent.
(10) Surface Collecting Agent Components. Itemize by chemical name
and percentage by weight each component of the total formulation. The
percentages should include maximum, minimum, and average weights in
order to reflect quality control variations in manufacture or
formulation. In addition to the chemical information provided in
response to the first two sentences, identify the major components in at
least the following categories: surface action agents, solvents, and
additives.
(11) Heavy Metals, Cyanide, and Chlorinated Hydrocarbons. Follow
specifications in paragraph (a)(11) of this section.
(12) Analytical Laboratory Requirements for Technical Product Data.
Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(12) of this section.
(d) Bioremediation Agents. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if any,
under which the agent is sold.
(2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer,
importer, or vendor.
(3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or
sales outlets.
(4) Special handling and worker precautions for storage and field
application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures.
(5) Shelf life.
(6) Recommended application procedures, concentrations, and
conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature,
types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application
restrictions.
(7) Bioremediation Agent Effectiveness. Use bioremediation agent
effectiveness test methods described in appendix C to part 300.
(8) Bioremediation Agent Toxicity [Reserved].
(9) Biological additives.
(i) For microbiological cultures, furnish the following information:
(A) Listing of each component of the total formulation, other than
microorganisms, by chemical name and percentage by weight.
(B) Listing of all microorganisms by species.
(C) Percentage of each species in the composition of the additive.
(D) Optimum pH, temperature, and salinity ranges for use of the
additive, and maximum and minimum pH, temperature, and salinity levels
above or below which the effectiveness of the additive is reduced to
half its optimum capacity.
(E) Special nutrient requirements, if any.
(F) Separate listing of the following, and test methods for such
determinations: Salmonella, fecal coliform, Shigella, Staphylococcus
Coagulase positive, and Beta Hemolytic Streptococci.
(ii) For enzyme additives, furnish the following information:
(A) Listing of each component of the total formulation, other than
enzymes, by chemical name and percentage by weight.
(B) Enzyme name(s).
(C) International Union of Biochemistry (I.U.B.) number(s).
(D) Source of the enzyme.
[[Page 104]]
(E) Units.
(F) Specific Activity.
(G) Optimum pH, temperature, and salinity ranges for use of the
additive, and maximum and minimum pH, temperature, and salinity levels
above or below which the effectiveness of the additive is reduced to
half its optimum capacity.
(H) Enzyme shelf life.
(I) Enzyme optimum storage conditions.
(10) For nutrient additives, furnish the following information:
(i) Listing of each component of the total formulation by chemical
name and percentage by weight.
(ii) Nutrient additive optimum storage conditions.
(11) Analytical Laboratory Requirements for Technical Product Data.
Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(12) of this section.
(e) Burning Agents. EPA does not require technical product data
submissions for burning agents and does not include burning agents on
the NCP Product Schedule.
(f) Miscellaneous Oil Spill Control Agents. (1) Name, brand, or
trademark, if any, under which the miscellaneous oil spill control agent
is sold.
(2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer,
importer, or vendor.
(3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or
sales outlets.
(4) Brief description of recommended uses of the product and how the
product works.
(5) Special handling and worker precautions for storage and field
application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures, to include
optimum ranges as well as temperatures that will cause phase
separations, chemical changes, or other alternatives to the
effectiveness of the product.
(6) Shelf life.
(7) Recommended application procedures, concentrations, and
conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature,
types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application
restrictions.
(8) Toxicity. Use standard toxicity test methods described in
appendix C to part 300.
(9) Follow the data requirement specifications in paragraph (a)(9)
of this section.
(10) Miscellaneous Oil Spill Control Agent Components. Itemize by
chemical name and percentage by weight each component of the total
formulation. The percentages should include maximum, minimum, and
average weights in order to reflect quality control variations in
manufacture or formulation. In addition to the chemical information
provided in response to the first two sentences, identify the major
components in at least the following categories: surface active agents,
solvents, and additives.
(11) Heavy Metals, Cyanide, and Chlorinated Hydrocarbons. Follow
specifications in paragraph (a)(11) of this section.
(12) For any miscellaneous oil spill control agent that contains
microbiological cultures, enzyme additives, or nutrient additives,
furnish the information specified in paragraphs (d)(9) and (d)(10) of
this section, as appropriate.
(13) Analytical Laboratory Requirements for Technical Product Data.
Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(12) of this section.
(g) Sorbents. (1) Sorbent material may consist of, but is not
limited to, the following materials:
(i) Organic products--
(A) Peat moss or straw;
(B) Cellulose fibers or cork;
(C) Corn cobs;
(D) Chicken, duck, or other bird feathers.
(ii) Mineral compounds--
(A) Volcanic ash or perlite;
(B) Vermiculite or zeolite.
(iii) Synthetic products--
(A) Polypropylene;
(B) Polyethylene;
(C) Polyurethane;
(D) Polyester.
(2) EPA does not require technical product data submissions for
sorbents and does not include sorbents on the NCP Product Schedule.
(3) Manufacturers that produce sorbent materials that consist of
materials other than those listed in paragraph (g)(1) of this section
shall submit to EPA the technical product data specified for
miscellaneous oil spill
[[Page 105]]
control agents in paragraph (f) of this section and EPA will consider
listing those products on the NCP Product Schedule under the
miscellaneous oil spill control agent category. EPA will inform the
submitter in writing, within 60 days of the receipt of technical product
data, of its decision on adding the product to the Schedule.
(4) Certification. OSCs may request a written certification from
manufacturers that produce sorbent materials that consist solely of the
materials listed in paragraph (g)(1) of this section prior to making a
decision on the use of a particular sorbent material. The certification
at a minimum shall state that the sorbent consists solely of the
materials listed in Sec. 300.915(g)(1) of the NCP. The following
statement, when completed, dated, and signed by a sorbent manufacturer,
is sufficient to meet the written certification requirement:
[SORBENT NAME] is a sorbent material and consists solely of the
materials listed in Sec. 300.915(g)(1) of the NCP.
(h) Mixed products. Manufacturers of products that consist of
materials that meet the definitions of two or more of the product
categories contained on the NCP Product Schedule shall submit to EPA the
technical product data specified in this section for each of those
product categories. After review of the submitted technical product
data, and the performance of required dispersant effectiveness and
toxicity tests, if appropriate, EPA will make a determination on whether
and under which category the mixed product should be listed on the
Schedule.
[59 FR 47453, Sept. 15, 1994, as amended at 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000]
Sec. 300.920 Addition of products to Schedule.
(a) Dispersants. (1) To add a dispersant to the NCP Product
Schedule, submit the technical product data specified in Sec. 300.915(a)
to the Emergency Response Division (5202-G), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460. A
dispersant must attain an effectiveness value of 45 percent or greater
in order to be added to the Schedule.
(2) EPA reserves the right to request further documentation of the
manufacturers' test results. EPA also reserves the right to verify test
results and consider the results of EPA's verification testing in
determining whether the dispersant meets listing criteria. EPA will,
within 60 days of receiving a complete application as specified in
Sec. 300.915(a) of this part, notify the manufacturer of its decision to
list the product on the Schedule, or request additional information and/
or a sample of the product in order to review and/or conduct validation
sampling. If EPA requests additional information and/or a product
sample, within 60 days of receiving such additional information or
sample, EPA will then notify the manufacturer in writing of its decision
to list or not list the product.
(3) Request for review of decision. (i) A manufacturer whose product
was determined to be ineligible for listing on the NCP Product Schedule
may request EPA's Administrator to review the determination. The request
must be made in writing within 30 days of receiving notification of
EPA's decision to not list the dispersant on the Schedule. The request
shall contain a clear and concise statement with supporting facts and
technical analysis demonstrating that EPA's decision was incorrect.
(ii) The Administrator or his designee may request additional
information from the manufacturer, or from any other person, and may
provide for a conference between EPA and the manufacturer, if
appropriate. The Administrator or his designee shall render a decision
within 60 days of receiving the request, or within 60 days of receiving
requested additional information, if appropriate, and shall notify the
manufacturer of his decision in writing.
(b) Surface washing agents, surface collecting agents,
bioremediation agents, and miscellaneous oil spill control agents. (1)
To add a surface washing agent, surface collecting agent, bioremediation
agent, or miscellaneous oil spill control agent to the NCP Product
Schedule, the technical product data specified in Sec. 300.915 must be
submitted to the Emergency Response Division (5202-G), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20460. If EPA determines that the required data were
[[Page 106]]
submitted, EPA will add the product to the Schedule.
(2) EPA will inform the submitter in writing, within 60 days of the
receipt of technical product data, of its decision on adding the product
to the Schedule.
(c) The submitter may assert that certain information in the
technical product data submissions, including technical product data
submissions for sorbents pursuant to Sec. 300.915(g)(3), is confidential
business information. EPA will handle such claims pursuant to the
provisions in 40 CFR part 2, subpart B. Such information must be
submitted separately from non-confidential information, clearly
identified, and clearly marked ``Confidential Business Information.'' If
the submitter fails to make such a claim at the time of submittal, EPA
may make the information available to the public without further notice.
(d) The submitter must notify EPA of any changes in the composition,
formulation, or application of the dispersant, surface washing agent,
surface collecting agent, bioremediation agent, or miscellaneous oil
spill control agent. On the basis of this data, EPA may require
retesting of the product if the change is likely to affect the
effectiveness or toxicity of the product.
(e) The listing of a product on the NCP Product Schedule does not
constitute approval of the product. To avoid possible misinterpretation
or misrepresentation, any label, advertisement, or technical literature
that refers to the placement of the product on the NCP Product Schedule
must either reproduce in its entirety EPA's written statement that it
will add the product to the NCP Product Schedule under
Sec. 300.920(a)(2) or (b)(2), or include the disclaimer shown below. If
the disclaimer is used, it must be conspicuous and must be fully
reproduced. Failure to comply with these restrictions or any other
improper attempt to demonstrate the approval of the product by any NRT
or other U.S. Government agency shall constitute grounds for removing
the product from the NCP Product Schedule.
DISCLAIMER
[PRODUCT NAME] is on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's NCP
Product Schedule. This listing does NOT mean that EPA approves,
recommends, licenses, certifies, or authorizes the use of [PRODUCT NAME]
on an oil discharge. This listing means only that data have been
submitted to EPA as required by subpart J of the National Contingency
Plan, Sec. 300.915.
Subpart K--Federal Facilities [Reserved]
Subpart L--National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency
Plan; Involuntary Acquisition of Property by the Government
Source: 62 FR 34602, June 26, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 300.1105 Involuntary acquisition of property by the government.
(a) Governmental ownership or control of property by involuntary
acquisitions or involuntary transfers within the meaning of CERCLA
section 101(20)(D) or section 101(35)(A)(ii) includes, but is not
limited to:
(1) Acquisitions by or transfers to the government in its capacity
as a sovereign, including transfers or acquisitions pursuant to
abandonment proceedings, or as the result of tax delinquency, or
escheat, or other circumstances in which the government involuntarily
obtains ownership or control of property by virtue of its function as
sovereign;
(2) Acquisitions by or transfers to a government entity or its agent
(including governmental lending and credit institutions, loan
guarantors, loan insurers, and financial regulatory entities which
acquire security interests or properties of failed private lending or
depository institutions) acting as a conservator or receiver pursuant to
a clear and direct statutory mandate or regulatory authority;
(3) Acquisitions or transfers of assets through foreclosure and its
equivalents (as defined in 40 CFR 300.1100(d)(1)) or other means by a
Federal, state, or local government entity in the course of
administering a governmental loan or loan guarantee or loan insurance
program; and
(4) Acquisitions by or transfers to a government entity pursuant to
seizure or forfeiture authority.
[[Page 107]]
(b) Nothing in this section or in CERCLA section 101(20)(D) or
section 101(35)(A)(ii) affects the applicability of 40 CFR 300.1100 to
any security interest, property, or asset acquired pursuant to an
involuntary acquisition or transfer, as described in this section.
Note to paragraphs (a)(3) and (b) of this section: Reference to 40
CFR 300.1100 is a reference to the provisions regarding secured
creditors in CERCLA sections 101(20)(E)-(G), 42 U.S.C. 9601(20)(E)-(G).
See Section 2504(a) of the Asset Conservation, Lender Liability, and
Deposit Insurance Protection Act, Public Law, 104-208, 110 Stat. 3009-
462, 3009-468 (1996).
Appendix A to Part 300--The Hazard Ranking System
Table of Contents
List of Figures
List of Tables
1.0. Introduction.
1.1 Definitions.
2.0 Evaluations Common to Multiple Pathways.
2.1 Overview.
2.1.1 Calculation of HRS site score.
2.1.2 Calculation of pathway score.
2.1.3 Common evaluations.
2.2 Characterize sources.
2.2.1 Identify sources.
2.2.2 Identify hazardous substances associated with a source.
2.2.3 Identify hazardous substances available to a pathway.
2.3 Likelihood of release.
2.4 Waste characteristics.
2.4.1 Selection of substance potentially posing greatest hazard.
2.4.1.1 Toxicity factor.
2.4.1.2 Hazardous substance selection.
2.4.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
2.4.2.1 Source hazardous waste quantity.
2.4.2.1.1 Hazardous constituent quantity.
2.4.2.1.2 Hazardous wastestream quantity.
2.4.2.1.3 Volume.
2.4.2.1.4 Area.
2.4.2.1.5 Calculation of source hazardous waste quantity value.
2.4.2.2 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor value.
2.4.3 Waste characteristics factor category value.
2.4.3.1 Factor category value.
2.4.3.2 Factor category value, considering bioaccumulation
potential.
2.5 Targets.
2.5.1 Determination of level of actual contamination at a sampling
location.
2.5.2 Comparison to benchmarks.
3.0 Ground Water Migration Pathway.
3.0.1 General considerations.
3.0.1.1 Ground water target distance limit.
3.0.1.2 Aquifer boundaries.
3.0.1.2.1 Aquifer interconnections.
3.0.1.2.2 Aquifer discontinuities.
3.0.1.3 Karst aquifer.
3.1 Likelihood of release.
3.1.1 Observed release.
3.1.2 Potential to release.
3.1.2.1 Containment.
3.1.2.2 Net precipitation.
3.1.2.3 Depth to aquifer.
3.1.2.4 Travel time.
3.1.2.5 Calculation of potential to release factor value.
3.1.3 Calculation of likelihood of release factor category value.
3.2 Waste characteristics.
3.2.1 Toxicity/mobility.
3.2.1.1 Toxicity.
3.2.1.2 Mobility.
3.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/mobility factor value.
3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
3.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value.
3.3 Targets.
3.3.1 Nearest well.
3.3.2 Population.
3.3.2.1 Level of contamination.
3.3.2.2 Level I concentrations.
3.3.2.3 Level II concentrations.
3.3.2.4 Potential contamination.
3.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value.
3.3.3 Resources.
3.3.4 Wellhead Protection Area.
3.3.5 Calculation of targets factor category value.
3.4 Ground water migration score for an aquifer.
3.5 Calculation of ground water migration pathway score.
4.0 Surface Water Migration Pathway.
4.0.1 Migration components.
4.0.2 Surface water categories.
4.1 Overland/flood migration component.
4.1.1 General considerations.
4.1.1.1 Definition of hazardous substance migration path for
overland/flood migration component.
4.1.1.2 Target distance limit.
4.1.1.3 Evaluation of overland/flood migration component.
4.1.2 Drinking water threat.
4.1.2.1 Drinking water threat-likelihood of release.
4.1.2.1.1 Observed release.
4.1.2.1.2 Potential to release.
4.1.2.1.2.1 Potential to release by overland flow.
4.1.2.1.2.1.1 Containment.
4.1.2.1.2.1.2 Runoff.
4.1.2.1.2.1.3 Distance to surface water.
4.1.2.1.2.1.4 Calculation of factor value for potential to release
by overland flow.
4.1.2.1.2.2 Potential to release by flood.
4.1.2.1.2.2.1 Containment (flood).
4.1.2.1.2.2.2 Flood frequency.
[[Page 108]]
4.1.2.1.2.2.3 Calculation of factor value for potential to release
by flood.
4.1.2.1.2.3 Calculation of potential to release factor value.
4.1.2.1.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-likelihood of release
factor category value.
4.1.2.2 Drinking water threat-waste characteristics.
4.1.2.2.1 Toxicity/persistence.
4.1.2.2.1.1 Toxicity.
4.1.2.2.1.2 Persistence.
4.1.2.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/persistence factor value.
4.1.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
4.1.2.2.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-waste characteristics
factor category value.
4.1.2.3 Drinking water threat-targets.
4.1.2.3.1 Nearest intake.
4.1.2.3.2 Population.
4.1.2.3.2.1 Level of contamination.
4.1.2.3.2.2 Level I concentrations.
4.1.2.3.2.3 Level II concentrations.
4.1.2.3.2.4 Potential contamination.
4.1.2.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value.
4.1.2.3.3 Resources.
4.1.2.3.4 Calculation of drinking water threat-targets factor
category value.
4.1.2.4 Calculation of the drinking water threat score for a
watershed.
4.1.3 Human food chain threat.
4.1.3.1 Human food chain threat-likelihood of release.
4.1.3.2 Human food chain threat-waste characteristics.
4.1.3.2.1 Toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation.
4.1.3.2.1.1 Toxicity.
4.1.3.2.1.2 Persistence.
4.1.3.2.1.3 Bioaccumulation potential.
4.1.3.2.1.4 Calculation of toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation
factor value.
4.1.3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
4.1.3.2.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-waste
characteristics factor category value.
4.1.3.3 Human food chain threat-targets.
4.1.3.3.1 Food chain individual.
4.1.3.3.2 Population.
4.1.3.3.2.1 Level I concentrations.
4.1.3.3.2.2 Level II concentrations.
4.1.3.3.2.3 Potential human food chain contamination.
4.1.3.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value.
4.1.3.3.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-targets factor
category value.
4.1.3.4 Calculation of human food chain threat score for a
watershed.
4.1.4 Environmental threat.
4.1.4.1 Environmental threat-likelihood of release.
4.1.4.2 Environmental threat-waste characteristics.
4.1.4.2.1 Ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation.
4.1.4.2.1.1 Ecosystem toxicity.
4.1.4.2.1.2 Persistence.
4.1.4.2.1.3 Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential.
4.1.4.2.1.4 Calculation of ecosystem toxicity/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value.
4.1.4.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
4.1.4.2.3 Calculation of environmental threat-waste characteristics
factor category value.
4.1.4.3 Environmental threat-targets.
4.1.4.3.1 Sensitive environments.
4.1.4.3.1.1 Level I concentrations.
4.1.4.3.1.2 Level II concentrations.
4.1.4.3.1.3 Potential contamination.
4.1.4.3.1.4 Calculation of environmental threat-targets factor
category value.
4.1.4.4 Calculation of environmental threat score for a watershed.
4.1.5 Calculation of overland/flood migration component score for a
watershed.
4.1.6 Calculation of overland/flood migration component score.
4.2 Ground water to surface water migration component.
4.2.1 General Considerations.
4.2.1.1 Eligible surface waters.
4.2.1.2 Definition of hazardous substance migration path for ground
water to surface water migration component.
4.2.1.3 Observed release of a specific hazardous substance to
surface water in-water segment.
4.2.1.4 Target distance limit.
4.2.1.5 Evaluation of ground water to surface water migration
component.
4.2.2 Drinking water threat.
4.2.2.1 Drinking water threat-likelihood of release.
4.2.2.1.1 Observed release.
4.2.2.1.2 Potential to release.
4.2.2.1.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-likelihood of release
factor category value.
4.2.2.2 Drinking water threat-waste characteristics.
4.2.2.2.1 Toxicity/mobility/persistence.
4.2.2.2.1.1 Toxicity.
4.2.2.2.1.2 Mobility.
4.2.2.2.1.3 Persistence.
4.2.2.2.1.4 Calculation of toxicity/mobility/persistence factor
value.
4.2.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
4.2.2.2.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-waste characteristics
factor category value.
4.2.2.3 Drinking water threat-targets.
4.2.2.3.1 Nearest intake.
4.2.2.3.2 Population.
4.2.2.3.2.1 Level I concentrations.
4.2.2.3.2.2 Level II concentrations.
4.2.2.3.2.3 Potential contamination.
4.2.2.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value.
[[Page 109]]
4.2.2.3.3 Resources.
4.2.2.3.4 Calculation of drinking water threat-targets factor
category value.
4.2.2.4 Calculation of drinking water threat score for a watershed.
4.2.3 Human food chain threat.
4.2.3.1 Human food chain threat-likelihood of release.
4.2.3.2 Human food chain threat-waste characteristics.
4.2.3.2.1 Toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation.
4.2.3.2.1.1 Toxicity.
4.2.3.2.1.2 Mobility.
4.2.3.2.1.3 Persistence.
4.2.3.2.1.4 Bioaccumulation potential.
4.2.3.2.1.5 Calculation of toxicity/mobility/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value.
4.2.3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
4.2.3.2.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-waste
characteristics factor category value.
4.2.3.3 Human food chain threat-targets.
4.2.3.3.1 Food chain individual.
4.2.3.3.2 Population.
4.2.3.3.2.1 Level I concentrations.
4.2.3.3.2.2 Level II concentrations.
4.2.3.3.2.3 Potential human food chain contamination.
4.2.3.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value.
4.2.3.3.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-targets factor
category value.
4.2.3.4 Calculation of human food chain threat score for a
watershed.
4.2.4 Environmental threat.
4.2.4.1 Environmental threat-likelihood of release.
4.2.4.2 Environmental threat-waste characteristics.
4.2.4.2.1 Ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation.
4.2.4.2.1.1 Ecosystem toxicity.
4.2.4.2.1.2 Mobility.
4.2.4.2.1.3 Persistence.
4.2.4.2.1.4 Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential.
4.2.4.2.1.5 Calculation of ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value.
4.2.4.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
4.2.4.2.3 Calculation of environmental threat-waste characteristics
factor category value.
4.2.4.3 Environmental threat-targets.
4.2.4.3.1 Sensitive environments.
4.2.4.3.1.1 Level I concentrations.
4.2.4.3.1.2 Level II concentrations.
4.2.4.3.1.3 Potential contamination.
4.2.4.3.1.4 Calculation of environmental threat-targets factor
category value.
4.2.4.4 Calculation of environmental threat score for a watershed.
4.2.5 Calculation of ground water to surface water migration component
score for a watershed.
4.2.6 Calculation of ground water to surface water migration component
score.
4.3 Calculation of surface water migration pathway score.
5.0 Soil Exposure Pathway.
5.0.1 General considerations.
5.1 Resident population threat.
5.1.1 Likelihood of exposure.
5.1.2 Waste characteristics.
5.1.2.1 Toxicity.
5.1.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
5.1.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value.
5.1.3 Targets.
5.1.3.1 Resident individual.
5.1.3.2 Resident population.
5.1.3.2.1 Level I concentrations.
5.1.3.2.2 Level II concentrations.
5.1.3.2.3 Calculation of resident population factor value.
5.1.3.3 Workers.
5.1.3.4 Resources.
5.1.3.5 Terrestrial sensitive environments.
5.1.3.6 Calculation of resident population targets factor category
value.
5.1.4 Calculation of resident population threat score.
5.2 Nearby population threat.
5.2.1 Likelihood of exposure.
5.2.1.1 Attractiveness/accessibility.
5.2.1.2 Area of contamination.
5.2.1.3 Likelihood of exposure factor category value.
5.2.2 Waste characteristics.
5.2.2.1 Toxicity.
5.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
5.2.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value.
5.2.3 Targets.
5.2.3.1 Nearby individual.
5.2.3.2 Population within 1 mile.
5.2.3.3 Calculation of nearby population targets factor category
value.
5.2.4 Calculation of nearby population threat score.
5.3 Calculation of soil exposure pathway score.
6.0 Air Migration Pathway.
6.1 Likelihood of release.
6.1.1 Observed release.
6.1.2 Potential to release.
6.1.2.1 Gas potential to release.
6.1.2.1.1 Gas containment.
6.1.2.1.2 Gas source type.
6.1.2.1.3 Gas migration potential.
6.1.2.1.4 Calculation of gas potential to release value.
6.1.2.2 Particulate potential to release.
6.1.2.2.1 Particulate containment.
6.1.2.2.2 Pariculate source type.
6.1.2.2.3 Particulate migration potential.
6.1.2.2.4 Calculation of particulate potential to release value.
6.1.2.3 Calculation of potential to release factor value for the
site.
6.1.3 Calculation of likelihood of release factor category value.
[[Page 110]]
6.2 Waste characteristics.
6.2.1 Toxicity/mobility.
6.2.1.1 Toxicity.
6.2.1.2 Mobility.
6.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/mobility factor value.
6.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity.
6.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value.
6.3 Targets.
6.3.1 Nearest individual.
6.3.2 Population.
6.3.2.1 Level of contamination.
6.3.2.2 Level I concentrations.
6.3.2.3 Level II concentrations.
6.3.2.4 Potential contamination.
6.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value.
6.3.3 Resources.
6.3.4 Sensitive environments.
6.3.4.1 Actual contamination.
6.3.4.2 Potential contamination.
6.3.4.3 Calculation of sensitive environments factor value.
6.3.5 Calculation of targets factor category value.
6.4 Calculation of air migration pathway score.
7.0 Sites Containing Radioactive Substances.
7.1 Likelihood of release/likelihood of exposure.
7.1.1 Observed release/observed contamination.
7.1.2 Potential to release.
7.2 Waste characteristics.
7.2.1 Human toxicity.
7.2.2 Ecosystem toxicity.
7.2.3 Persistence.
7.2.4 Selection of substance potentially posing greatest hazard.
7.2.5 Hazardous waste quantity.
7.2.5.1 Source hazardous waste quantity for radionuclides.
7.2.5.1.1 Radionuclide constituent quantity (Tier A).
7.2.5.1.2 Radionuclide wastestream quantity (Tier B).
7.2.5.1.3 Calculation of source hazardous waste quantity value for
radionuclides.
7.2.5.2 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor value for
radionuclides.
7.2.5.3 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor value for
sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances.
7.3 Targets.
7.3.1 Level of contamination at a sampling location.
7.3.2 Comparison to benchmarks.
List of Figures
Figure number
3-1 Overview of ground water migration pathway.
3-2 Net precipitation factor values.
4-1 Overview of surface water overland/flood migration component.
4-2 Overview of ground water to surface water migration component.
4-3 Sample determination of ground water to surface water angle.
5-1 Overview of soil exposure pathway.
6-1 Overview of air migration pathway.
6-2 Particulate migration potential factor values.
6-3 Particulate mobility factor values.
List of Tables
Table number
2-1 Sample pathway scoresheet.
2-2 Sample source characterization worksheet.
2-3 Observed release criteria for chemical analysis.
2-4 Toxicity factor evaluation.
2-5 Hazardous waste quantity evaluation equations.
2-6 Hazardous waste quantity factor values.
2-7 Waste characteristics factor category values.
3-1 Ground water migration pathway scoresheet.
3-2 Containment factor values for ground water migration pathway.
3-3 Monthly latitude adjusting values.
3-4 Net precipitation factor values.
3-5 Depth to aquifer factor values.
3-6 Hydraulic conductivity of geologic materials.
3-7 Travel time factor values.
3-8 Ground water mobility factor values.
3-9 Toxicity/mobility factor values.
3-10 Health-based benchmarks for hazardous substances in drinking water.
3-11 Nearest well factor values.
3-12 Distance-weighted population values for potential contamination
factor for ground water migration pathway.
4-1 Surface water overland/flood migration component scoresheet.
4-2 Containment factor values for surface water migration pathway.
4-3 Drainage area values.
4-4 Soil group designations.
4-5 Rainfall/runoff values.
4-6 Runoff factor values.
4-7 Distance to surface water factor values.
4-8 Containment (flood) factor values.
4-9 Flood frequency factor values.
4-10 Persistence factor values--half-life.
4-11 Persistence factor values--log Kow
4-12 Toxicity/persistence factor values.
4-13 Surface water dilution weights.
4-14 Dilution-weighted population values for potential contamination
factor for surface water migration pathway.
4-15 Bioaccumulation potential factor values.
4-16 Toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor values.
[[Page 111]]
4-17 Health-based benchmarks for hazardous substances in human food
chain.
4-18 Human food chain population values.
4-19 Ecosystem toxicity factor values.
4-20 Ecosystem toxicity/persistence factor values.
4-21 Ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor values.
4-22 Ecological-based benchmarks for hazardous substances in surface
water.
4-23 Sensitive environments rating values.
4-24 Wetlands rating values for surface water migration pathway.
4-25 Ground water to surface water migration component scoresheet.
4-26 Toxicity/mobility/persistence factor values.
4-27 Dilution weight adjustments.
4-28 Toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation factor values.
4-29 Ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence factor values.
4-30 Ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation factor
values.
5-1 Soil exposure pathway scoresheet.
5-2 Hazardous waste quantity evaluation equations for soil exposure
pathway.
5-3 Health-based benchmarks for hazardous substances in soils.
5-4 Factor values for workers.
5-5 Terrestrial sensitive environments rating values.
5-6 Attractiveness/accessibility values.
5-7 Area of contamination factor values.
5-8 Nearby population likelihood of exposure factor values.
5-9 Nearby individual factor values.
5-10 Distance-weighted population values for nearby population threat.
6-1 Air migration pathway scoresheet.
6-2 Gas potential to release evaluation.
6-3 Gas containment factor values.
6-4 Source type factor values.
6-5 Values for vapor pressure and Henry's constant.
6-6 Gas migration potential values for a hazardous substance.
6-7 Gas migration potential values for the source.
6-8 Particulate potential to release evaluation.
6-9 Particulate containment factor values.
6-10 Particulate migration potential values.
6-11 Gas mobility factor values.
6-12 Particulate mobility factor values.
6-13 Toxicity/mobility factor values.
6-14 Health-based benchmarks for hazardous substances in air.
6-15 Air migration pathway distance weights.
6-16 Nearest individual factor values.
6-17 Distance-weighted population values for potential contamination
factor for air pathway.
6-18 Wetlands rating values for air migration pathway.
7-1 HRS factors evaluated differently for radionuclides.
7-2 Toxicity factor values for radionuclides.
1.0 Introduction
The Hazard Ranking System (HRS) is the principal mechanism the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) uses to place sites on the
National Priorities List (NPL). The HRS serves as a screening device to
evaluate the potential for releases of uncontrolled hazardous substances
to cause human health or environmental damage. The HRS provides a
measure of relative rather than absolute risk. It is designed so that it
can be consistently applied to a wide variety of sites.
1.1 Definitions
Acute toxicity: Measure of toxicological responses that result from
a single exposure to a substance or from multiple exposures within a
short period of time (typically several days or less). Specific measures
of acute toxicity used within the HRS include lethal dose50
(LD50) and lethal concentration50
(LC50), typically measured within a 24-hour to 96-hour
period.
Ambient Aquatic Life Advisory Concentrations (AALACs): EPA's
advisory concentration limit for acute or chronic toxicity to aquatic
organisms as established under section 304(a)(1) of the Clean Water Act,
as amended.
Ambient Water Quality Criteria (AWQC): EPA's maximum acute or
chronic toxicity concentrations for protection of aquatic life and its
uses as established under section 304(a)(1) of the Clean Water Act, as
amended.
Bioconcentration factor (BCF): Measure of the tendency for a
substance to accumulate in the tissue of an aquatic organism. BCF is
determined by the extent of partitioning of a substance, at equilibrium,
between the tissue of an aquatic organism and water. As the ratio of
concentration of a substance in the organism divided by the
concentration in water, higher BCF values reflect a tendency for
substances to accumulate in the tissue of aquatic organisms. [unitless].
Biodegradation: Chemical reaction of a substance induced by
enzymatic activity of microorganisms.
CERCLA: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended (Pub. L. 96-510, as amended).
Chronic toxicity: Measure of toxicological responses that result
from repeated exposure to a substance over an extended period of time
(typically 3 months or longer). Such responses may persist beyond the
exposure or may not appear until much later in time than the exposure.
HRS measures of chronic toxicity include Reference Dose (RfD) values.
[[Page 112]]
Contract Laboratory Program (CLP): Analytical program developed for
CERCLA waste site samples to fill the need for legally defensible
analytical results supported by a high level of quality assurance and
documentation.
Contract-Required Detection Limit (CRDL): Term equivalent to
contract-required quantitation limit, but used primarily for inorganic
substances.
Contract-Required Quantitation Limit (CRQL): Substance-specific
level that a CLP laboratory must be able to routinely and reliably
detect in specific sample matrices. It is not the lowest detectable
level achievable, but rather the level that a CLP laboratory should
reasonably quantify. The CRQL may or may not be equal to the
quantitation limit of a given substance in a given sample. For HRS
purposes, the term CRQL refers to both the contract-required
quantitation limit and the contract-required detection limit.
Curie (Ci): Measure used to quantify the amount of radioactivity.
One curie equals 37 billion nuclear transformations per second, and one
picocurie (pCi) equals 10-12 Ci.
Decay product: Isotope formed by the radioactive decay of some other
isotope. This newly formed isotope possesses physical and chemical
properties that are different from those of its parent isotope, and may
also be radioactive.
Detection Limit (DL): Lowest amount that can be distinguished from
the normal random ``noise'' of an analytical instrument or method. For
HRS purposes, the detection limit used is the method detection limit
(MDL) or, for real-time field instruments, the detection limit of the
instrument as used in the field.
Dilution weight: Parameter in the HRS surface water migration
pathway that reduces the point value assigned to targets as the flow or
depth of the relevant surface water body increases. [unitless].
Distance weight: Parameter in the HRS air migration, ground water
migration, and soil exposure pathways that reduces the point value
assigned to targets as their distance increases from the site.
[unitless].
Distribution coefficient (Kd): Measure of the extent of
partitioning of a substance between geologic materials (for example,
soil, sediment, rock) and water (also called partition coefficient). The
distribution coefficient is used in the HRS in evaluating the mobility
of a substance for the ground water migration pathway. [ml/g].
ED10 (10 percent effective dose): Estimated dose
associated with a 10 percent increase in response over control groups.
For HRS purposes, the response considered is cancer. [milligrams
toxicant per kilogram body weight per day (mg/kg-day)].
Food and Drug Administration Action Level (FDAAL): Under section 408
of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended, concentration of
a poisonous or deleterious substance in human food or animal feed at or
above which FDA will take legal action to remove adulterated products
from the market. Only FDAALs established for fish and shellfish apply in
the HRS.
Half-life: Length of time required for an initial concentration of a
substance to be halved as a result of loss through decay. The HRS
considers five decay processes: biodegradation, hydrolysis, photolysis,
radioactive decay, and volatilization.
Hazardous substance: CERCLA hazardous substances, pollutants, and
contaminants as defined in CERCLA sections 101(14) and 101(33), except
where otherwise specifically noted in the HRS.
Hazardous wastestream: Material containing CERCLA hazardous
substances (as defined in CERCLA section 101[14]) that was deposited,
stored, disposed, or placed in, or that otherwise migrated to, a source.
HRS ``factor'': Primary rating elements internal to the HRS.
HRS ``factor category'': Set of HRS factors (that is, likelihood of
release [or exposure], waste characteristics, targets).
HRS ``migration pathways'': HRS ground water, surface water, and air
migration pathways.
HRS ``pathway'': Set of HRS factor categories combined to produce a
score to measure relative risks posed by a site in one of four
environmental pathways (that is, ground water, surface water, soil, and
air).
HRS ``site score'': Composite of the four HRS pathway scores.
Henry's law constant: Measure of the volatility of a substance in a
dilute solution of water at equilibrium. It is the ratio of the vapor
pressure exerted by a substance in the gas phase over a dilute aqueous
solution of that substance to its concentration in the solution at a
given temperature. For HRS purposes, use the value reported at or near
25 [deg]C. [atmosphere-cubic meters per mole (atm-m3/mol)].
Hydrolysis: Chemical reaction of a substance with water.
Karst: Terrain with characteristics of relief and drainage arising
from a high degree of rock solubility in natural waters. The majority of
karst occurs in limestones, but karst may also form in dolomite, gypsum,
and salt deposits. Features associated with karst terrains typically
include irregular topography, sinkholes, vertical shafts, abrupt ridges,
caverns, abundant springs, and/or disappearing streams. Karst aquifers
are associated with karst terrain.
LC50 (lethal concentration, 50 percent): Concentration of
a substance in air [typically micrograms per cubic meter ([mu]g/
m3)] or water [typically micrograms per liter ([mu]g/l)]
[[Page 113]]
that kills 50 percent of a group of exposed organisms. The
LC50 is used in the HRS in assessing acute toxicity.
LD50 (lethal dose, 50 percent): Dose of a substance that
kills 50 percent of a group of exposed organisms. The LD50 is
used in the HRS in assessing acute toxicity [milligrams toxicant per
kilogram body weight (mg/kg)].
Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL): Under section 1412 of the Safe
Drinking Water Act, as amended, the maximum permissible concentration of
a substance in water that is delivered to any user of a public water
supply.
Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG): Under section 1412 of the
Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, a nonenforceable concentration for
a substance in drinking water that is protective of adverse human health
effects and allows an adequate margin of safety.
Method Detection Limit (MDL): Lowest concentration of analyte that a
method can detect reliably in either a sample or blank.
Mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances: Material
containing both radioactive hazardous substances and nonradioactive
hazardous substances, regardless of whether these types of substances
are physically separated, combined chemically, or simply mixed together.
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS): Primary standards
for air quality established under sections 108 and 109 of the Clean Air
Act, as amended.
National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs):
Standards established for substances listed under section 112 of the
Clean Air Act, as amended. Only those NESHAPs promulgated in ambient
concentration units apply in the HRS.
Octanol-water partition coefficient (Kow [or P]): Measure
of the extent of partitioning of a substance between water and octanol
at equilibrium. The Kow is determined by the ratio between
the concentration in octanol divided by the concentration in water at
equilibrium. [unitless].
Organic carbon partition coefficient (Koc): Measure of
the extent of partitioning of a substance, at equilibrium, between
organic carbon in geologic materials and water. The higher the
Koc, the more likely a substance is to bind to geologic
materials than to remain in water. [ml/g].
Photolysis: Chemical reaction of a substance caused by direct
absorption of solar energy (direct photolysis) or caused by other
substances that absorb solar energy (indirect photolysis).
Radiation: Particles (alpha, beta, neutrons) or photons (x- and
gamma-rays) emitted by radionuclides.
Radioactive decay: Process of spontaneous nuclear transformation,
whereby an isotope of one element is transformed into an isotope of
another element, releasing excess energy in the form of radiation.
Radioactive half-life: Time required for one-half the atoms in a
given quantity of a specific radionuclide to undergo radioactive decay.
Radioactive substance: Solid, liquid, or gas containing atoms of a
single radionuclide or multiple radionuclides.
Radioactivity: Property of those isotopes of elements that exhibit
radioactive decay and emit radiation.
Radionuclide/radioisotope: Isotope of an element exhibiting
radioactivity. For HRS purposes, ``radionuclide'' and ``radioisotope''
are used synonymously.
Reference dose (RfD): Estimate of a daily exposure level of a
substance to a human population below which adverse noncancer health
effects are not anticipated. [milligrams toxicant per kilogram body
weight per day (mg/kg-day)].
Removal action: Action that removes hazardous substances from the
site for proper disposal or destruction in a facility permitted under
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act or the Toxic Substances
Control Act or by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Roentgen (R): Measure of external exposures to ionizing radiation.
One roentgen equals that amount of x-ray or gamma radiation required to
produce ions carrying a charge of 1 electrostatic unit (esu) in 1 cubic
centimeter of dry air under standard conditions. One microroentgen
([mu]R) equals 10-6 R.
Sample quantitation limit (SQL): Quantity of a substance that can be
reasonably quantified given the limits of detection for the methods of
analysis and sample characteristics that may affect quantitation (for
example, dilution, concentration).
Screening concentration: Media-specific benchmark concentration for
a hazardous substance that is used in the HRS for comparison with the
concentration of that hazardous substance in a sample from that media.
The screening concentration for a specific hazardous substance
corresponds to its reference dose for inhalation exposures or for oral
exposures, as appropriate, and, if the substance is a human carcinogen
with a weight-of-evidence classification of A, B, or C, to that
concentration that corresponds to its 10-6 individual
lifetime excess cancer risk for inhalation exposures or for oral
exposures, as appropriate.
Site: Area(s) where a hazardous substance has been deposited,
stored, disposed, or placed, or has otherwise come to be located. Such
areas may include multiple sources and may include the area between
sources.
Slope factor (also referred to as cancer potency factor): Estimate
of the probability of response (for example, cancer) per unit intake of
a substance over a lifetime. The slope factor is typically used to
estimate upper-
[[Page 114]]
bound probability of an individual developing cancer as a result of
exposure to a particular level of a human carcinogen with a weight-of-
evidence classification of A, B, or C. [(mg/kg-day)-1 for
non-radioactive substances and (pCi)-1 for
radioactive substances].
Source: Any area where a hazardous substance has been deposited,
stored, disposed, or placed, plus those soils that have become
contaminated from migration of a hazardous substance. Sources do not
include those volumes of air, ground water, surface water, or surface
water sediments that have become contaminated by migration, except: in
the case of either a ground water plume with no identified source or
contaminated surface water sediments with no identified source, the
plume or contaminated sediments may be considered a source.
Target distance limit: Maximum distance over which targets for the
site are evaluated. The target distance limit varies by HRS pathway.
Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act (UMTRCA) Standards:
Standards for radionuclides established under sections 102, 104, and 108
of the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act, as amended.
Vapor pressure: Pressure exerted by the vapor of a substance when it
is in equilibrium with its solid or liquid form at a given temperature.
For HRS purposes, use the value reported at or near 25 [deg]C.
[atmosphere or torr].
Volatilization: Physical transfer process through which a substance
undergoes a change of state from a solid or liquid to a gas.
Water solubility: Maximum concentration of a substance in pure water
at a given temperature. For HRS purposes, use the value reported at or
near 25 [deg]C. [milligrams per liter (mg/l)].
Weight-of-evidence: EPA classification system for characterizing the
evidence supporting the designation of a substance as a human
carcinogen. EPA weight-of-evidence groupings include:
Group A: Human carcinogen- -sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity
in humans.
Group B1: Probable human carcinogen- -limited evidence of
carcinogenicity in humans.
Group B2: Probable human carcinogen- -sufficient evidence of
carcinogenicity in animals.
Group C: Possible human carcinogen- -limited evidence of
carcinogenicity in animals.
Group D: Not classifiable as to human carcinogenicity- -applicable
when there is no animal evidence, or when human or animal evidence is
inadequate.
Group E: Evidence of noncarcinogenicity for humans.
2.0 Evaluations Common to Multiple Pathways
2.1 Overview. The HRS site score (S) is the result of an evaluation
of four pathways:
[sbull] Ground Water Migration (Sgw).
[sbull] Surface Water Migration (Ssw).
[sbull] Soil Exposure (Ss).
[sbull] Air Migration (Sa).
The ground water and air migration pathways use single threat
evaluations, while the surface water migration and soil exposure
pathways use multiple threat evaluations. Three threats are evaluated
for the surface water migration pathway: drinking water, human food
chain, and environmental. These threats are evaluated for two separate
migration components- -overland/flood migration and ground water to
surface water migration. Two threats are evaluated for the soil exposure
pathway: resident population and nearby population.
The HRS is structured to provide a parallel evaluation for each of
these pathways and threats. This section focuses on these parallel
evaluations, starting with the calculation of the HRS site score and the
individual pathway scores.
2.1.1 Calculation of HRS site score. Scores are first calculated for
the individual pathways as specified in sections 2 through 7 and then
are combined for the site using the following root-mean-square equation
to determine the overall HRS site score, which ranges from 0 to 100:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU93.056
2.1.2 Calculation of pathway score. Table 2-1, which is based on the
air migration pathway, illustrates the basic parameters used to
calculate a pathway score. As table 2-1 shows, each pathway (or threat)
score is the product of three ``factor categories'': likelihood of
release, waste characteristics, and targets. (The soil exposure pathway
uses likelihood of exposure rather than likelihood of release.) Each of
the three factor categories contains a set of factors that are assigned
numerical values and combined as specified in sections 2 through 7. The
factor values are rounded to the nearest integer, except where otherwise
noted.
2.1.3 Common evaluations. Evaluations common to all four HRS
pathways include:
[sbull] Characterizing sources.
-Identifying sources (and, for the soil exposure pathway, areas of
observed contamination [see section 5.0.1]).
-Identifying hazardous substances associated with each source (or area
of observed contamination).
-Identifying hazardous substances available to a pathway.
[[Page 115]]
Table 2-1--Sample Pathway Scoresheet
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum Value
Factor category value assigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Likelihood of Release
1. Observed Release.................................. 550
2. Potential to Release.............................. 500
3. Likelihood of Release (higher of lines 1 and 2)... 550
Waste Characteristics
4. Toxicity/Mobility................................. (a)
5. Hazardous Waste Quantity.......................... (a)
6. Waste Characteristics............................. 100
Targets
7. Nearest Individual
7a. Level I........................................ 50
7b. Level II....................................... 45
7c. Potential Contamination........................ 20
7d. Nearest Individual (higher of lines 7a, 7b, or 50
7c)...............................................
8. Population
8a. Level I........................................ (b)
8b. Level II....................................... (b)
8c. Potential Contamination........................ (b)
8d. Total Population (lines
8a+8b+8c)......................................... (b)
9. Resources......................................... 5
10. Sensitive Environments........................... (b)
10a. Actual Contamination.......................... (b)
10b. Potential Contamination....................... (b)
10c. Sensitive Environments
(lines 10a+10b)................................... (b)
11. Targets (lines 7d+8d+9+10c)...................... (b)
12. Pathway Score is the product of Likelihood of Release, Waste
Characteristics, and Targets, divided by 82,500. Pathway scores are
limited to a maximum of 100 points.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category. The product
of lines 4 and 5 is used in table 2-7 to derive the value for the
waste characteristics factor category.
b There is no limit to the human population or sensitive environments
factor values. However, the pathway score based solely on sensitive
environments is limited to a maximum of 60 points.
[sbull] Scoring likelihood of release (or likelihood of exposure)
factor category.
-Scoring observed release (or observed contamination).
-Scoring potential to release when there is no observed release.
[sbull] Scoring waste characteristics factor category.
-Evaluating toxicity.
-Combining toxicity with mobility, persistence, and/or bioaccumulation
(or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential, as appropriate to the pathway
(or threat).
-Evaluating hazardous waste quantity.
-Combining hazardous waste quantity with the other waste characteristics
factors.
-Determining waste characteristics factor category value.
[sbull] Scoring targets factor category.
-Determining level of contamination for targets.
These evaluations are essentially identical for the three migration
pathways (ground water, surface water, and air). However, the
evaluations differ in certain respects for the soil exposure pathway.
Section 7 specifies modifications that apply to each pathway when
evaluating sites containing radioactive substances.
Section 2 focuses on evaluations common at the pathway and threat
levels. Note that for the ground water and surface water migration
pathways, separate scores are calculated for each aquifer (see section
3.0) and each watershed (see sections 4.1.1.3 and 4.2.1.5) when
determining the pathway scores for a site. Although the evaluations in
section 2 do not vary when different aquifers or watersheds are scored
at a site, the specific factor values (for example, observed release,
hazardous waste quantity, toxicity/mobility) that result from these
evaluations can vary by aquifer and by watershed at the site. This can
occur through differences both in the specific sources and targets
eligible to be evaluated for each aquifer and watershed and in whether
observed releases can be established for each aquifer and watershed.
Such differences in scoring at the aquifer and watershed level are
addressed in sections 3 and 4, not section 2.
2.2 Characterize sources. Source characterization includes
identification of the following:
[sbull] Sources (and areas of observed contamination) at the site.
[sbull] Hazardous substances associated with these sources (or areas
of observed contamination).
[sbull] Pathways potentially threatened by these hazardous
substances.
Table 2-2 presents a sample worksheet for source characterization.
2.2.1 Identify sources. For the three migration pathways, identify
the sources at the site that contain hazardous substances. Identify the
migration pathway(s) to which each source applies. For the soil exposure
pathway, identify areas of observed contamination at the site (see
section 5.0.1).
Table 2-2--Sample Source Characterization Worksheet
Source: ------------------------------------
A. Source dimensions and hazardous waste quantity.
Hazardous constituent quantity: ------
Hazardous wastestream quantity: ------
Volume: ------
Area: ------
Area of observed contamination: ------
B. Hazardous substances associated with the source.
[[Page 116]]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Available to pathway
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Air Surface water (SW) Soil
Hazardous substance ------------------------- Ground -----------------------------------------------
water (GW) Overland/
Gas Particulate flood GW to SW Resident Nearby
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
.......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
.......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
.......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
.......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
.......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
.......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2.2 Identify hazardous substances associated with a source. For
each of the three migration pathways, consider those hazardous
substances documented in a source (for example, by sampling, labels,
manifests, oral or written statements) to be associated with that source
when evaluating each pathway. In some instances, a hazardous substance
can be documented as being present at a site (for example, by labels,
manifests, oral or written statements), but the specific source(s)
containing that hazardous substance cannot be documented. For the three
migration pathways, in those instances when the specific source(s)
cannot be documented for a hazardous substance, consider the hazardous
substance to be present in each source at the site, except sources for
which definitive information indicates that the hazardous substance was
not or could not be present.
For an area of observed contamination in the soil exposure pathway,
consider only those hazardous substances that meet the criteria for
observed contamination for that area (see section 5.0.1) to be
associated with that area when evaluating the pathway.
2.2.3 Identify hazardous substances available to a pathway. In
evaluating each migration pathway, consider the following hazardous
substances available to migrate from the sources at the site to the
pathway:
[sbull] Ground water migration.
-Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release
(see section 2.3) to ground water.
-All hazardous substances associated with a source with a ground water
containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 3.1.2.1).
[sbull] Surface water migration--overland/flood component.
-Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release to
surface water in the watershed being evaluated.
-All hazardous substances associated with a source with a surface water
containment factor value greater than 0 for the watershed (see sections
4.1.2.1.2.1.1 and 4.1.2.1.2.2.1).
[sbull] Surface water migration--ground water to surface water
component.
-Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release to
ground water.
-All hazardous substances associated with a source with a ground water
containment factor value greater than 0 (see sections 4.2.2.1.2 and
3.1.2.1).
[sbull] Air migration.
-Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release to
the atmosphere.
-All gaseous hazardous substances associated with a source with a gas
containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 6.1.2.1.1).
-All particulate hazardous substances associated with a source with a
particulate containment factor value greater than 0 (see section
6.1.2.2.1).
[sbull] For each migration pathway, in those instances when the
specific source(s) containing the hazardous substance cannot be
documented, consider that hazardous substance to be available to migrate
to the pathway when it can be associated (see section 2.2.2) with at
least one source having a containment factor value greater than 0 for
that pathway.
In evaluating the soil exposure pathway, consider the following
hazardous substances available to the pathway:
[sbull] Soil exposure--resident population threat.
-All hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed
contamination at the site (see section 5.0.1).
[sbull] Soil exposure--nearby population threat.
-All hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed
contamination at areas with an attractiveness/accessibility factor value
greater than 0 (see section 5.2.1.1).
2.3 Likelihood of release. Likelihood of release is a measure of the
likelihood that a waste has been or will be released to the environment.
The likelihood of release factor category is assigned the maximum value
of 550 for a migration pathway whenever the
[[Page 117]]
criteria for an observed release are met for that pathway. If the
criteria for an observed release are met, do not evaluate potential to
release for that pathway. When the criteria for an observed release are
not met, evaluate potential to release for that pathway, with a maximum
value of 500. The evaluation of potential to release varies by migration
pathway (see sections 3, 4 and 6).
Establish an observed release either by direct observation of the
release of a hazardous substance into the media being evaluated (for
example, surface water) or by chemical analysis of samples appropriate
to the pathway being evaluated (see sections 3, 4, and 6). The minimum
standard to establish an observed release by chemical analysis is
analytical evidence of a hazardous substance in the media significantly
above the background level. Further, some portion of the release must be
attributable to the site. Use the criteria in table 2-3 as the standard
for determining analytical significance. (The criteria in table 2-3 are
also used in establishing observed contamination for the soil exposure
pathway, see section 5.0.1.) Separate criteria apply to radionuclides
(see section 7.1.1).
Table 2-3--Observed Release Criteria for Chemical Analysis
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sample Measurement < Sample Quantitation Limit a
No observed release is established.
Sample Measurement [gE] Sample Quantitation Limit a
An observed release is established as follows:
[sb] If the background concentration
is not detected (or is less than the detection limit), an observed
release is established when the sample measurement equals or exceeds
the sample quantitation limit.a
[sb] If the background concentration
equals or exceeds the detection limit, an observed release is
established when the sample measurement is 3 times or more above the
background concentration.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a If the sample quantitation limit (SQL) cannot be established,
determine if there is an observed release as follows:
--If the sample analysis was performed under the EPA Contract
Laboratory Program, use the EPA contract-required quantitation limit
(CRQL) in place of the SQL.
--If the sample analysis is not performed under the EPA Contract
Laboratory Program, use the detection limit (DL) in place of the SQL.
2.4 Waste characteristics. The waste characteristics factor category
includes the following factors: hazardous waste quantity, toxicity, and
as appropriate to the pathway or threat being evaluated, mobility,
persistence, and/or bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation)
potential.
2.4.1 Selection of substance potentially posing greatest hazard. For
all pathways (and threats), select the hazardous substance potentially
posing the greatest hazard for the pathway (or threat) and use that
substance in evaluating the waste characteristics category of the
pathway (or threat). For the three migration pathways (and threats),
base the selection of this hazardous substance on the toxicity factor
value for the substance, combined with its mobility, persistence, and/or
bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factor values,
as applicable to the migration pathway (or threat). For the soil
exposure pathway, base the selection on the toxicity factor alone.
Evaluation of the toxicity factor is specified in section 2.4.1.1.
Use and evaluation of the mobility, persistence, and/or bioaccumulation
(or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factors vary by pathway (or
threat) and are specified under the appropriate pathway (or threat)
section. Section 2.4.1.2 identifies the specific factors that are
combined with toxicity in evaluating each pathway (or threat).
2.4.1.1 Toxicity factor. Evaluate toxicity for those hazardous
substances at the site that are available to the pathway being scored.
For all pathways and threats, except the surface water environmental
threat, evaluate human toxicity as specified below. For the surface
water environmental threat, evaluate ecosystem toxicity as specified in
section 4.1.4.2.1.1.
Establish human toxicity factor values based on quantitative dose-
response parameters for the following three types of toxicity:
[sbull] Cancer- -Use slope factors (also referred to as cancer
potency factors) combined with weight-of-evidence ratings for
carcinogenicity. If a slope factor is not available for a substance, use
its ED10 value to estimate a slope factor as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.142
[sbull] Noncancer toxicological responses of chronic exposure- -use
reference dose (RfD) values.
[sbull] Noncancer toxicological responses of acute exposure- -use
acute toxicity parameters, such as the LD50.
Assign human toxicity factor values to a hazardous substance using
table 2-4, as follows:
[sbull] If RfD and slope factor values are both available for the
hazardous substance, assign the substance a value from table 2-4 for
each. Select the higher of the two values assigned and use it as the
overall toxicity factor value for the hazardous substance.
[sbull] If either an RfD or slope factor value is available, but not
both, assign the hazardous substance an overall toxicity factor value
from table 2-4 based solely on the available value (RfD or slope
factor).
[sbull] If neither an RfD nor slope factor value is available,
assign the hazardous substance an overall toxicity factor value from
table 2-4 based solely on acute toxicity. That is, consider acute
toxicity in table 2-4 only when both RfD and slope factor values are not
available.
[[Page 118]]
[sbull] If neither an RfD, nor slope factor, nor acute toxicity
value is available, assign the hazardous substance an overall toxicity
factor value of 0 and use other hazardous substances for which
information is available in evaluating the pathway.
Table 2-4--Toxicity Factor Evaluation
Chronic Toxicity (Human)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Reference dose (RfD) (mg/kg-day) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
RfD < 0.0005................................................. 10,000
0.0005 [lE] RfD < 0.005...................................... 1,000
0.005 [lE] RfD < 0.05........................................ 100
0.05 [lE] RfD < 0.5.......................................... 10
0.5 [lE] RfD................................................. 1
RfD not available............................................ 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carcinogenicity (Human)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weight-of-evidencea/slope factor (mg/kg-day)-1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Assigned
A B C value
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.5 [lE] SFb 5 [lE] SF 50 [lE] SF 10,000
------------------------------------------
0.05 [lE] SF < 0.5 0.5 [lE] SF < 5 5 [lE] SF < 50 1,000
------------------------------------------
SF < 0.05 0.05 [lE] SF < 0.5 0.5 [lE] SF < 5 100
------------------------------------------
-- -- -- SF < 0.05 SF < 0.5 10
------------------------------------------
Slope factor not available............... Slope factor not available.. Slope factor not available.. 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a A, B, and C refer to weight-of-evidence categories. Assign substances with a weight-of-evidence category of D
(inadequate evidence of carcinogenicity) or E (evidence of lack of carcinogenicity) a value of 0 for
carcinogenicity.
b SF = Slope factor.
Table 2-4--Toxicity Factor Evaluation--Concluded
Acute Toxicity (Human)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dust or mist LC50 Gas or vapor LC50 Assigned
Oral LD50 (mg/kg) Dermal LD50 (mg/kg) (mg/l) (ppm) value
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
LD 50 < 5......................... LD50 < 2............. LC50 < 0.2.......... LC50 < 20........... 1,000
5 [lE] LD50 < 50.................. 2 [lE] LD50 < 20..... 0.2 [lE] LC50 < 2... 20 [lE] LC50 < 200.. 100
50 [lE] LD50 < 500................ 20 [lE] LD50 < 200... 2 [lE] LC50 < 20.... 200 [lE] LC50 < 10
2,000.
500 [lE] LD50..................... 200 [lE] LD50........ 20 [lE] LC50........ 2,000 [lE] LC50..... 1
LD50 not available................ LD50 not available... LC50 not available.. LC50 not available.. 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If a toxicity factor value of 0 is assigned to all hazardous
substances available to a particular pathway (that is, insufficient
toxicity data are available for evaluating all the substances), use a
default value of 100 as the overall human toxicity factor value for all
hazardous substances available to the pathway. For hazardous substances
having usable toxicity data for multiple exposure routes (for example,
inhalation and ingestion), consider all exposure routes and use the
highest assigned value, regardless of exposure route, as the toxicity
factor value.
For HRS purposes, assign both asbestos and lead (and its compounds)
a human toxicity factor value of 10,000.
Separate criteria apply for assigning factor values for human
toxicity and ecosystem toxicity for radionuclides (see sections 7.2.1
and 7.2.2).
2.4.1.2 Hazardous substance selection. For each hazardous substance
evaluated for a migration pathway (or threat), combine the human
toxicity factor value (or ecosystem toxicity factor value) for the
hazardous substance with a mobility, persistence, and/or bioaccumulation
(or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factor value as follows:
[sbull] Ground water migration.
-Determine a combined human toxicity/mobility factor value for the
hazardous substance (see section 3.2.1).
[sbull] Surface water migration-overland/flood migration component.
-Determine a combined human toxicity/persistence factor value for the
hazardous substance for the drinking water threat (see section
4.1.2.2.1).
-Determine a combined human toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor
value for the hazardous substance for the human food chain threat (see
section 4.1.3.2.1).
-Determine a combined ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation
factor value for the hazardous substance for the environmental threat
(see section 4.1.4.2.1).
[sbull] Surface water migration-ground water to surface water
migration component.
-Determine a combined human toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value
for the hazardous substance for the drinking water threat (see section
4.2.2.2.1).
-Determine a combined human toxicity/mobility/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value for the hazardous substance for the human
food chain threat (see section 4.2.3.2.1).
-Determine a combined ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value for the hazardous substance
[[Page 119]]
for the environmental threat (see section 4.2.4.2.1).
[sbull] Air migration.
-Determine a combined human toxicity/mobility factor value for the
hazardous substance (see section 6.2.1).
Determine each combined factor value for a hazardous substance by
multiplying the individual factor values appropriate to the pathway (or
threat). For each migration pathway (or threat) being evaluated, select
the hazardous substance with the highest combined factor value and use
that substance in evaluating the waste characteristics factor category
of the pathway (or threat).
For the soil exposure pathway, select the hazardous substance with
the highest human toxicity factor value from among the substances that
meet the criteria for observed contamination for the threat evaluated
and use that substance in evaluating the waste characteristics factor
category.
2.4.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate the hazardous waste
quantity factor by first assigning each source (or area of observed
contamination) a source hazardous waste quantity value as specified
below. Sum these values to obtain the hazardous waste quantity factor
value for the pathway being evaluated.
In evaluating the hazardous waste quantity factor for the three
migration pathways, allocate hazardous substances and hazardous
wastestreams to specific sources in the manner specified in section
2.2.2, except: consider hazardous substances and hazardous wastestreams
that cannot be allocated to any specific source to constitute a separate
``unallocated source'' for purposes of evaluating only this factor for
the three migration pathways. Do not, however, include a hazardous
substance or hazardous wastestream in the unallocated source for a
migration pathway if there is definitive information indicating that the
substance or wastestream could only have been placed in sources with a
containment factor value of 0 for that migration pathway.
In evaluating the hazardous waste quantity factor for the soil
exposure pathway, allocate to each area of observed contamination only
those hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed
contamination for that area of observed contamination and only those
hazardous wastestreams that contain hazardous substances that meet the
criteria for observed contamination for that area of observed
contamination. Do not consider other hazardous substances or hazardous
wastestreams at the site in evaluating this factor for the soil exposure
pathway.
2.4.2.1 Source hazardous waste quantity. For each of the three
migration pathways, assign a source hazardous waste quantity value to
each source (including the unallocated source) having a containment
factor value greater than 0 for the pathway being evaluated. Consider
the unallocated source to have a containment factor value greater than 0
for each migration pathway.
For the soil exposure pathway, assign a source hazardous waste
quantity value to each area of observed contamination, as applicable to
the threat being evaluated.
For all pathways, evaluate source hazardous waste quantity using the
following four measures in the following hierarchy:
[sbull] Hazardous constituent quantity.
[sbull] Hazardous wastestream quantity.
[sbull] Volume.
[sbull] Area.
For the unallocated source, use only the first two measures.
Separate criteria apply for assigning a source hazardous waste
quantity value for radionuclides (see section 7.2.5).
2.4.2.1.1 Hazardous constituent quantity. Evaluate hazardous
constituent quantity for the source (or area of observed contamination)
based solely on the mass of CERCLA hazardous substances (as defined in
CERCLA section 101(14), as amended) allocated to the source (or area of
observed contamination), except:
[sbull] For a hazardous waste listed pursuant to section 3001 of the
Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq., determine its mass
for the evaluation of this measure as follows:
-If the hazardous waste is listed solely for Hazard Code T (toxic
waste), include only the mass of constituents in the hazardous waste
that are CERCLA hazardous substances and not the mass of the entire
hazardous waste.
-If the hazardous waste is listed for any other Hazard Code (including T
plus any other Hazard Code), include the mass of the entire hazardous
waste.
[sbull] For a RCRA hazardous waste that exhibits the characteristics
identified under section 3001 of RCRA, as amended, determine its mass
for the evaluation of this measure as follows:
-If the hazardous waste exhibits only the characteristic of toxicity (or
only the characteristic of EP toxicity), include only the mass of
constituents in the hazardous waste that are CERCLA hazardous substances
and not the mass of the entire hazardous waste.
-If the hazardous waste exhibits any other characteristic identified
under section 3001 (including any other characteristic plus the
characteristic of toxicity [or the characteristic of EP toxicity]),
include the mass of the entire hazardous waste.
Based on this mass, designated as C, assign a value for hazardous
constituent quantity as follows:
[[Page 120]]
[sbull] For the migration pathways, assign the source a value for
hazardous constituent quantity using the Tier A equation of table 2-5.
[sbull] For the soil exposure pathway, assign the area of observed
contamination a value using the Tier A equation of table 5-2 (section
5.1.2.2).
If the hazardous constituent quantity for the source (or area of
observed contamination) is adequately determined (that is, the total
mass of all CERCLA hazardous substances in the source and releases from
the source [or in the area of observed contamination] is known or is
estimated with reasonable confidence), do not evaluate the other three
measures discussed below. Instead assign these other three measures a
value of 0 for the source (or area of observed contamination) and
proceed to section 2.4.2.1.5.
If the hazardous constituent quantity is not adequately determined,
assign the source (or area of observed contamination) a value for
hazardous constituent quantity based on the available data and proceed
to section 2.4.2.1.2.
Table 2-5--Hazardous Waste Quantity Evaluation Equations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equation for
Tier Measure Units assigning value
a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A Hazardous constituent lb............. C
quantity (C)
B b Hazardous wastestream lb............. W/5,000
quantity (W)
C b Volume (V)
Landfill............. yd\3\.......... V/2,500
Surface impoundment yd\3\.......... V/2.5
Surface impoundment yd\3\.......... V/2.5
(buried/backfilled)
Drums c.............. gallon......... V/500
Tanks and containers yd\3\.......... V/2.5
other than drums
Contaminated soil.... yd\3\.......... V/2,500
Pile................. yd\3\.......... V/2.5
Other................ yd\3\.......... V/2.5
D b Area (A)..............
Landfill............. ft\2\.......... A/3,400
Surface impoundment ft\2\.......... A/13
Surface impoundment ft\2\.......... A/13
(buried/backfilled)
Land treatment....... ft\2\.......... A/270
Pile d............... ft\2\.......... A/13
Contaminated soil.... ft\2\.......... A/34,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
b Convert volume to mass when necessary: 1 ton=2,000 pounds=1 cubic
yard=4 drums=200 gallons.
c If actual volume of drums is unavailable, assume 1 drum=50 gallons.
d Use land surface area under pile, not surface area of pile.
2.4.2.1.2 Hazardous wastestream quantity. Evaluate hazardous
wastestream quantity for the source (or area of observed contamination)
based on the mass of hazardous wastestreams plus the mass of any
additional CERCLA pollutants and contaminants (as defined in CERCLA
section 101[33], as amended) that are allocated to the source (or area
of observed contamination). For a wastestream that consists solely of a
hazardous waste listed pursuant to section 3001 of RCRA, as amended or
that consists solely of a RCRA hazardous waste that exhibits the
characteristics identified under section 3001 of RCRA, as amended,
include the mass of that entire hazardous waste in the evaluation of
this measure.
Based on this mass, designated as W, assign a value for hazardous
wastestream quantity as follows:
[sbull] For the migration pathways, assign the source a value for
hazardous wastestream quantity using the Tier B equation of table 2-5.
[sbull] For the soil exposure pathway, assign the area of observed
contamination a value using the Tier B equation of table 5-2 (section
5.1.2.2).
Do not evaluate the volume and area measures described below if the
source is the unallocated source or if the following condition applies:
[sbull] The hazardous wastestream quantity for the source (or area
of observed contamination) is adequately determined--that is, total mass
of all hazardous wastestreams and CERCLA pollutants and contaminants for
the source and releases from the source (or for the area of observed
contamination) is known or is estimated with reasonable confidence.
If the source is the unallocated source or if this condition
applies, assign the volume and area measures a value of 0 for the source
(or area of observed contamination) and proceed to section 2.4.2.1.5.
Otherwise, assign the source (or area of observed contamination) a value
for hazardous wastestream quantity based on the available data and
proceed to section 2.4.2.1.3.
2.4.2.1.3 Volume. Evaluate the volume measure using the volume of
the source (or the volume of the area of observed contamination). For
the soil exposure pathway, restrict the use of the volume measure to
those areas of observed contamination specified in section 5.1.2.2.
Based on the volume, designated as V, assign a value to the volume
measure as follows:
[sbull] For the migration pathways, assign the source a value for
volume using the appropriate Tier C equation of table 2-5.
[sbull] For the soil exposure pathway, assign the area of observed
contamination a value for volume using the appropriate Tier C equation
of table 5-2 (section 5.1.2.2).
[[Page 121]]
If the volume of the source (or volume of the area of observed
contamination, if applicable) can be determined, do not evaluate the
area measure. Instead, assign the area measure a value of 0 and proceed
to section 2.4.2.1.5. If the volume cannot be determined (or is not
applicable for the soil exposure pathway), assign the source (or area of
observed contamination) a value of 0 for the volume measure and proceed
to section 2.4.2.1.4.
2.4.2.1.4 Area. Evaluate the area measure using the area of the
source (or the area of the area of observed contamination). Based on
this area, designated as A, assign a value to the area measure as
follows:
[sbull] For the migration pathways, assign the source a value for
area using the appropriate Tier D equation of table 2-5.
[sbull] For the soil exposure pathway, assign the area of observed
contamination a value for area using the appropriate Tier D equation of
table 5-2 (section 5.1.2.2).
2.4.2.1.5 Calculation of source hazardous waste quantity value.
Select the highest of the values assigned to the source (or area of
observed contamination) for the hazardous constituent quantity,
hazardous wastestream quantity, volume, and area measures. Assign this
value as the source hazardous waste quantity value. Do not round to the
nearest integer.
2.4.2.2 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor value. Sum
the source hazardous waste quantity values assigned to all sources
(including the unallocated source) or areas of observed contamination
for the pathway being evaluated and round this sum to the nearest
integer, except: if the sum is greater than 0, but less than 1, round it
to 1. Based on this value, select a hazardous waste quantity factor
value for the pathway from table 2-6.
Table 2-6--Hazardous Waste Quantity Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Hazardous waste quantity value value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0........................................................... 0
1a to 100................................................... 1 b
Greater than 100 to 10,000.................................. 100
Greater than 10,000 to 1,000,000............................ 10,000
Greater than 1,000,000...................................... 1,000,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a If the hazardous waste quantity value is greater than 0, but less than
1, round it to 1 as specified in text.
b For the pathway, if hazardous constituent quantity is not adequately
determined, assign a value as specified in the text; do not assign the
value of 1.
For a migration pathway, if the hazardous constituent quantity is
adequately determined (see section 2.4.2.1.1) for all sources (or all
portions of sources and releases remaining after a removal action),
assign the value from table 2-6 as the hazardous waste quantity factor
value for the pathway. If the hazardous constituent quantity is not
adequately determined for one or more sources (or one or more portions
of sources or releases remaining after a removal action) assign a factor
value as follows:
[sbull] If any target for that migration pathway is subject to Level
I or Level II concentrations (see section 2.5), assign either the value
from table 2-6 or a value of 100, whichever is greater, as the hazardous
waste quantity factor value for that pathway.
[sbull] If none of the targets for that pathway is subject to Level
I or Level II concentrations, assign a factor value as follows:
-If there has been no removal action, assign either the value from table
2-6 or a value of 10, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste
quantity factor value for that pathway.
-If there has been a removal action:
-Determine values from table 2-6 with and without consideration of
the removal action.
-If the value that would be assigned from table 2-6 without
consideration of the removal action would be 100 or greater, assign
either the value from table 2-6 with consideration of the removal action
or a value of 100, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity
factor value for the pathway.
-If the value that would be assigned from table 2-6 without
consideration of the removal action would be less than 100, assign a
value of 10 as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the
pathway.
For the soil exposure pathway, if the hazardous constituent quantity
is adequately determined for all areas of observed contamination, assign
the value from table 2-6 as the hazardous waste quantity factor value.
If the hazardous constituent quantity is not adequately determined for
one or more areas of observed contamination, assign either the value
from table 2-6 or a value of 10, whichever is greater, as the hazardous
waste quantity factor value.
2.4.3 Waste characteristics factor category value. Determine the
waste characteristics factor category value as specified in section
2.4.3.1 for all pathways and threats, except the surface water-human
food chain threat and the surface water-environmental threat. Determine
the waste characteristics factor category value for these latter two
threats as specified in section 2.4.3.2.
2.4.3.1 Factor category value. For the pathway (or threat) being
evaluated, multiply the toxicity or combined factor value, as
appropriate, from section 2.4.1.2 and the hazardous waste quantity
factor value from section 2.4.2.2, subject to a maximum product of
1x10\8\. Based on this waste characteristics product, assign a waste
characteristics factor category value to the pathway (or threat) from
table 2-7.
[[Page 122]]
Table 2-7--Waste Characteristics Factor Category Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Waste characteristics product value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0............................................................ 0
Greater than 0 to less than 10............................... 1
10 to less than 1x10\2\...................................... 2
1x10\2\ to less than 1x10\3\................................. 3
1x10\3\ to less than 1x10\4\................................. 6
1x10\4\ to less than 1x10\5\................................. 10
1x10\5\ to less than 1x10\6\................................. 18
1x10\6\ to less than 1x10\7\................................. 32
1x10\7\ to less than 1x10\8\................................. 56
1x10\8\ to less than 1x10\9\................................. 100
1x10\9\ to less than 1x10\10\................................ 180
1x10\10\ to less than 1x10\11\............................... 320
1x10\11\ to less than 1x10\12\............................... 560
1x10\12\..................................................... 1,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.4.3.2 Factor category value, considering bioaccumulation
potential. For the surface water-human food chain threat and the surface
water-environmental threat, multiply the toxicity or combined factor
value, as appropriate, from section 2.4.1.2 and the hazardous waste
quantity factor value from section 2.4.2.2, subject to:
[sbull] A maximum product of 1x10\12\, and
[sbull] A maximum product exclusive of the bioaccumulation (or
ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factor of 1x10\8\.
Based on the total waste characteristics product, assign a waste
characteristics factor category value to these threats from table 2-7.
2.5 Targets.
The types of targets evaluated include the following:
[sbull] Individual (factor name varies by pathway and threat).
[sbull] Human population.
[sbull] Resources (these vary by pathway and threat).
[sbull] Sensitive environments (included for all pathways except
ground water migration).
The factor values that may be assigned to each type of target have
the same range for each pathway for which that type of target is
evaluated. The factor value for most types of targets depends on whether
the target is subject to actual or potential contamination for the
pathway and whether the actual contamination is Level I or Level II:
[sbull] Actual contamination: Target is associated either with a
sampling location that meets the criteria for an observed release (or
observed contamination) for the pathway or with an observed release
based on direct observation for the pathway (additional criteria apply
for establishing actual contamination for the human food chain threat in
the surface water migration pathway, see sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3).
sections 3 through 6 specify how to determine the targets associated
with a sampling location or with an observed release based on direct
observation. Determine whether the actual contamination is Level I or
Level II as follows:
-Level I:
-Media-specific concentrations for the target meet the criteria for
an observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway and are
at or above media-specific benchmark values. These benchmark values (see
section 2.5.2) include both screening concentrations and concentrations
specified in regulatory limits (such as Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL)
values), or
-For the human food chain threat in the surface water migration
pathway, concentrations in tissue samples from aquatic human food chain
organisms are at or above benchmark values. Such tissue samples may be
used in addition to media-specific concentrations only as specified in
sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3.
-Level II:
-Media-specific concentrations for the target meet the criteria for
an observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway, but are
less than media-specific benchmarks. If none of the hazardous substances
eligible to be evaluated for the sampling location has an applicable
benchmark, assign Level II to the actual contamination at the sampling
location, or
-For observed releases based on direct observation, assign Level II
to targets as specified in sections 3, 4, and 6, or
-For the human food chain threat in the surface water migration
pathway, concentrations in tissue samples from aquatic human food chain
organisms, when applicable, are below benchmark values.
-If a target is subject to both Level I and Level II concentrations for
a pathway (or threat), evaluate the target using Level I concentrations
for that pathway (or threat).
[sbull] Potential contamination: Target is subject to a potential
release (that is, target is not associated with actual contamination for
that pathway or threat).
Assign a factor value for individual risk as follows (select the
highest value that applies to the pathway or threat):
[sbull] 50 points if any individual is exposed to Level I
concentrations.
[sbull] 45 points if any individual is exposed to Level II
concentrations.
[sbull] Maximum of 20 points if any individual is subject to
potential contamination. The value assigned is 20 multiplied by the
distance or dilution weight appropriate to the pathway.
Assign factor values for population and sensitive environments as
follows:
[[Page 123]]
[sbull] Sum Level I targets and multiply by 10. (Level I is not used
for sensitive environments in the soil exposure and air migration
pathways.)
[sbull] Sum Level II targets.
[sbull] Multiply potential targets by distance or dilution weights
appropriate to the pathway, sum, and divide by 10. Distance or dilution
weighting accounts for diminishing exposure with increasing distance or
dilution within the different pathways.
[sbull] Sum the values for the three levels.
In addition, resource value points are assigned within all pathways
for welfare-related impacts (for example, impacts to agricultural land),
but do not depend on whether there is actual or potential contamination.
2.5.1 Determination of level of actual contamination at a sampling
location. Determine whether Level I concentrations or Level II
concentrations apply at a sampling location (and thus to the associated
targets) as follows:
[sbull] Select the benchmarks applicable to the pathway (or threat)
being evaluated.
[sbull] Compare the concentrations of hazardous substances in the
sample (or comparable samples) to their benchmark concentrations for the
pathway (or threat), as specified in section 2.5.2.
[sbull] Determine which level applies based on this comparison.
[sbull] If none of the hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated
for the sampling location has an applicable benchmark, assign Level II
to the actual contamination at that sampling location for the pathway
(or threat).
In making the comparison, consider only those samples, and only
those hazardous substances in the sample, that meet the criteria for an
observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway, except:
tissue samples from aquatic human food chain organisms may also be used
as specified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3 of the surface water-human
food chain threat. If any hazardous substance is present in more than
one comparable sample for the sampling location, use the highest
concentration of that hazardous substance from any of the comparable
samples in making the comparisons.
Treat sets of samples that are not comparable separately and make a
separate comparison for each such set.
2.5.2 Comparison to benchmarks. Use the following media-specific
benchmarks for making the comparisons for the indicated pathway (or
threat):
[sbull] Maximum Contaminant Level Goals (MCLGs)--ground water
migration pathway and drinking water threat in surface water migration
pathway. Use only MCLG values greater than 0.
[sbull] Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)--ground water migration
pathway and drinking water threat in surface water migration pathway.
[sbull] Food and Drug Administration Action Level (FDAAL) for fish
or shellfish--human food chain threat in surface water migration
pathway.
[sbull] EPA Ambient Water Quality Criteria (AWQC) for protection of
aquatic life--environmental threat in surface water migration pathway.
[sbull] EPA Ambient Aquatic Life Advisory Concentrations (AALAC)--
environmental threat in surface water migration pathway.
[sbull] National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)--air
migration pathway.
[sbull] National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAPs)--air migration pathway. Use only those NESHAPs promulgated in
ambient concentration units.
[sbull] Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that
concentration that corresponds to the 10-6 individual cancer
risk for inhalation exposures (air migration pathway) or for oral
exposures (ground water migration pathway; drinking water and human food
chain threats in surface water migration pathway; and soil exposure
pathway).
[sbull] Screening concentration for noncancer toxicological
responses corresponding to the RfD for inhalation exposures (air
migration pathway) or for oral exposures (ground water migration
pathway; drinking water and human food chain threats in surface water
migration pathway; and soil exposure pathway).
Select the benchmark(s) applicable to the pathway (or threat) being
evaluated as specified in sections 3 through 6. Compare the
concentration of each hazardous substance from the sampling location to
its benchmark concentration(s) for that pathway (or threat). Use only
those samples and only those hazardous substances in the sample that
meet the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination)
for the pathway, except: tissue samples from aquatic human food chain
organisms may be used as specified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3. If
the concentration of any applicable hazardous substance from any sample
equals or exceeds its benchmark concentration, consider the sampling
location to be subject to Level I concentrations for that pathway (or
threat). If more than one benchmark applies to the hazardous substance,
assign Level I if the concentration of the hazardous substance equals or
exceeds the lowest applicable benchmark concentration.
If no hazardous substance individually equals or exceeds its
benchmark concentration, but more than one hazardous substance either
meets the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination)
for the sample (or comparable samples) or is eligible to be evaluated
for a tissue sample (see sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3), calculate the
indices I and J specified below based on these hazardous substances.
[[Page 124]]
For those hazardous substances that are carcinogens (that is, those
having a carcinogen weight-of-evidence classification of A, B, or C),
calculate an index I for the sample location as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.143
where:
Ci=Concentration of hazardous substance i in sample (or
highest concentration of hazardous substance i from among
comparable samples).
SCi=Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that
concentration that corresponds to its 10-6
individual cancer risk for applicable exposure (inhalation or
oral) for hazardous substance i.
n=Number of applicable hazardous substances in sample (or comparable
samples) that are carcinogens and for which an SCi
is available.
For those hazardous substances for which an RfD is available,
calculate an index J for the sample location as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.144
where:
Cj=Concentration of hazardous substance j in sample (or
highest concentration of hazardous substance j from among
comparable samples).
CRj=Screening concentration for noncancer toxicological
responses corresponding to RfD for applicable exposure
(inhalation or oral) for hazardous substance j.
m=Number of applicable hazardous substances in sample (or comparable
samples) for which a CRj is available.
If either I or J equals or exceeds 1, consider the sampling location
to be subject to Level I concentrations for that pathway (or threat). If
both I and J are less than 1, consider the sampling location to be
subject to Level II concentrations for that pathway (or threat). If, for
the sampling location, there are sets of samples that are not
comparable, calculate I and J separately for each such set, and use the
highest calculated values of I and J to assign Level I and Level II.
See sections 7.3.1 and 7.3.2 for criteria for determining the level
of contamination for radioactive substances.
3.0 Ground Water Migration Pathway
Evaluate the ground water migration pathway based on three factor
categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets.
Figure 3-1 indicates the factors included within each factor category.
Determine the ground water migration pathway score (Sgw)
in terms of the factor category values as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.145
where:
LR=Likelihood of release factor category value.
WC=Waste characteristics factor category value.
T=Targets factor category value.
SF=Scaling factor.
Table 3-1 outlines the specific calculation procedure.
Calculate a separate ground water migration pathway score for each
aquifer, using the factor category values for that aquifer for
likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. In doing so,
include both the targets using water from that aquifer and the targets
using water from all overlying aquifers through which the hazardous
substances would migrate to reach the aquifer being evaluated. Assign
the highest ground water migration pathway score that results for any
aquifer as the ground water migration pathway score for the site.
[[Page 125]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.005
[[Page 126]]
Table 3-1--Ground Water Migration Pathway Scoresheet
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Factor categories and factors Maximum value Value assigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Likelihood of Release to an Aquifer:
1. Observed Release.................. 550 ------
2. Potential to Release:
2a. Containment................. 10 ------
2b. Net Precipitation........... 10 ------
2c. Depth to Aquifer............ 5 ------
2d. Travel Time................. 35 ------
2e. Potential to Release [lines 500 ------
2a(2b+2c+2d)]..................
3. Likelihood of Release (higher of 550 ------
lines 1 and 2e)......................
Waste Characteristics:
4. Toxicity/Mobility................. (a) ------
5. Hazardous Waste Quantity.......... (a) ------
6. Waste Characteristics............. 100 ------
Targets:
7. Nearest Well...................... 50 ------
8. Population:
8a. Level I Concentrations...... (b) ------
8b. Level II Concentrations..... (b) ------
8c. Potential Contamination..... (b) ------
8d. Population (lines 8a+8b+8c). (b) ------
9. Resources......................... 5 ------
10. Wellhead Protection Area.......... 20 ------
11. Targets (lines 7+8d+9+10)......... (b) ------
Ground Water Migration Score for an
Aquifer:
12. Aquifer Score [(lines 3 x 6 x 11)/ 100 ------
82,500] c............................
Ground Water Migration Pathway Score:
13. Pathway Score (Sgw), (highest 100 ------
value from line 12 for all aquifers
evaluated)c..........................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.
b Maximum value not applicable.
c Do not round to nearest integer.
3.0.1 General considerations
3.0.1.1 Ground water target distance limit. The target distance
limit defines the maximum distance from the sources at the site over
which targets are evaluated. Use a target distance limit of 4 miles for
the ground water migration pathway, except when aquifer discontinuities
apply (see section 3.0.1.2.2). Furthermore, consider any well with an
observed release from a source at the site (see section 3.1.1) to lie
within the target distance limit of the site, regardless of the well's
distance from the sources at the site.
For sites that consist solely of a contaminated ground water plume
with no identified source, begin measuring the 4-mile target distance
limit at the center of the area of observed ground water contamination.
Determine the area of observed ground water contamination based on
available samples that meet the criteria for an observed release.
3.0.1.2 Aquifer boundaries. Combine multiple aquifers into a single
hydrologic unit for scoring purposes if aquifer interconnections can be
established for these aquifers. In contrast, restrict aquifer boundaries
if aquifer discontinuities can be established.
3.0.1.2.1 Aquifer interconnections. Evaluate whether aquifer
interconnections occur within 2 miles of the sources at the site. If
they occur within this 2-mile distance, combine the aquifers having
interconnections in scoring the site. In addition, if observed ground
water contamination attributable to the sources at the site extends
beyond 2 miles from the sources, use any locations within the limits of
this observed ground water contamination in evaluating aquifer
interconnections. If data are not adequate to establish aquifer
interconnections, evaluate the aquifers as separate aquifers.
3.0.1.2.2 Aquifer discontinuities. Evaluate whether aquifer
discontinuities occur within the 4-mile target distance limit. An
aquifer discontinuity occurs for scoring purposes only when a geologic,
topographic, or other structure or feature entirely transects an aquifer
within the 4-mile target distance limit, thereby creating a continuous
boundary to ground water flow within this limit. If two or more aquifers
can be combined into a single hydrologic unit for scoring purposes, an
aquifer discontinuity occurs only when the structure or feature entirely
transects the boundaries of this single hydrologic unit.
When an aquifer discontinuity is established within the 4-mile
target distance limit, exclude that portion of the aquifer beyond the
discontinuity in evaluating the ground water migration pathway. However,
if hazardous substances have migrated across an apparent discontinuity
within the 4-mile target distance limit, do not consider this to be a
discontinuity in scoring the site.
3.0.1.3 Karst aquifer. Give a karst aquifer that underlies any
portion of the sources at
[[Page 127]]
the site special consideration in the evaluation of two potential to
release factors (depth to aquifer in section 3.1.2.3 and travel time in
section 3.1.2.4), one waste characteristics factor (mobility in section
3.2.1.2), and two targets factors (nearest well in section 3.3.1 and
potential contamination in section 3.3.2.4).
3.1 Likelihood of release. For an aquifer, evaluate the likelihood
of release factor category in terms of an observed release factor or a
potential to release factor.
3.1.1 Observed release. Establish an observed release to an aquifer
by demonstrating that the site has released a hazardous substance to the
aquifer. Base this demonstration on either:
[sbull] Direct observation--a material that contains one or more
hazardous substances has been deposited into or has been observed
entering the aquifer.
[sbull] Chemical analysis--an analysis of ground water samples from
the aquifer indicates that the concentration of hazardous substance(s)
has increased significantly above the background concentration for the
site (see section 2.3). Some portion of the significant increase must be
attributable to the site to establish the observed release, except: when
the source itself consists of a ground water plume with no identified
source, no separate attribution is required.
If an observed release can be established for the aquifer, assign
the aquifer an observed release factor value of 550, enter this value in
table 3-1, and proceed to section 3.1.3. If an observed release cannot
be established for the aquifer, assign an observed release factor value
of 0, enter this value in table 3-1, and proceed to section 3.1.2.
3.1.2 Potential to release. Evaluate potential to release only if an
observed release cannot be established for the aquifer. Evaluate
potential to release based on four factors: containment, net
precipitation, depth to aquifer, and travel time. For sources overlying
karst terrain, give any karst aquifer that underlies any portion of the
sources at the site special consideration in evaluating depth to aquifer
and travel time, as specified in sections 3.1.2.3 and 3.1.2.4.
3.1.2.1 Containment. Assign a containment factor value from table 3-
2 to each source at the site. Select the highest containment factor
value assigned to those sources with a source hazardous waste quantity
value of 0.5 or more (see section 2.4.2.1.5). (Do not include this
minimum size requirement in evaluating any other factor of this
pathway.) Assign this highest value as the containment factor value for
the aquifer being evaluated. Enter this value in Table 3-1.
If no source at the site meets the minimum size requirement, then
select the highest value assigned to the sources at the site and assign
it as the containment factor value for the aquifer being evaluated.
Enter this value in table 3-1.
3.1.2.2 Net precipitation. Assign a net precipitation factor value
to the site. Figure 3-2 provides computed net precipitation factor
values, based on site location. Where necessary, determine the net
precipitation factor value as follows:
[sbull] Determine monthly precipitation and monthly
evapotranspiration:
-Use local measured monthly averages.
-When local data are not available, use monthly averages from the
nearest National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration weather
station that is in a similar geographic setting.
Table 3-2--Containment Factor Values for Ground Water Migration Pathway
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Assigned value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Sources (Except Surface Impoundments,
Land Treatment, Containers, and Tanks)
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from source area (i.e., source area
includes source and any associated
containment structures).
No liner.................................. 10
No evidence of hazardous substance
migration from source area, a liner, and:
(a) None of the following present: (1) 10
maintained engineered cover, or (2)
functioning and maintained run-on
control system and runoff management
system, or (3) functioning leachate
collection and removal system
immediately above liner.
(b) Any one of the three items in (a) 9
present.
(c) Any two of the items in (a) present. 7
(d) All three items in (a) present plus 5
a functioning ground water monitoring
system.
(e) All items in (d) present, plus no 3
bulk or non-containerized liquids nor
materials containing free liquids
deposited in source area.
No evidence of hazardous substance
migration from source area, double liner
with functioning leachate collection and
removal system above and between liners,
functioning ground water monitoring
system, and:
(f) Only one of the following 3
deficiencies present in containment:
(1) bulk or noncontainerized liquids or
materials containing free liquids
deposited in source area, or (2) no or
nonfunctioning or nonmaintained run-on
control system and runoff management
system, or (3) no or nonmaintained
engineered cover.
(g) None of the deficiencies in (f) 0
present.
Source area inside or under maintained 0
intact structure that provides protection
from precipitation so that neither runoff
nor leachate is generated, liquids or
materials containing free liquids not
deposited in source area, and functioning
and maintained run-on control present.
[[Page 128]]
Surface Impoundment
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from surface impoundment.
No liner.................................. 10
Free liquids present with either no 10
diking, unsound diking, or diking that is
not regularly inspected and maintained.
No evidence of hazardous substance
migration from surface impoundment, free
liquids present, sound diking that is
regularly inspected and maintained,
adequate freeboard, and:
(a) Liner............................... 9
(b) Liner with functioning leachate 5
collection and removal system below
liner, and functioning ground water
monitoring system.
(c) Double liner with functioning 3
leachate collection and removal system
between liners, and functioning ground
water monitoring system.
No evidence of hazardous substance Evaluate using All sources
migration from surface impoundment and criteria (with no bulk or
all free liquids eliminated at closure free liquid deposited).
(either by removal of liquids or
solidification of remaining wastes and
waste residues).
Land Treatment
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from land treatment zone.
No functioning, maintained, run-on control 10
and runoff management system.
No evidence of hazardous substance
migration from land treatment zone and:
(a) Functioning and maintained run-on 7
control and runoff management system.
(b) Functioning and maintained run-on 5
control and runoff management system,
and vegetative cover established over
entire land treatment area.
(c) Land treatment area maintained in 0
compliance with 40 CFR 264.280.
Containers
All containers buried..................... Evaluate using All sources
criteria.
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from container area (i.e., container area
includes containers and any associated
containment structures).
No liner (or no essentially impervious 10
base) under container area..
No diking (or no similar structure) 10
surrounding container area.
Diking surrounding container area unsound 10
or not regularly inspected and maintained.
No evidence of hazardous substance
migration from container area, container
area surrounded by sound diking that is
regularly inspected and maintained, and:
(a) Liner (or essentially impervious 9
base) under container area.
(b) Essentially impervious base under 7
container area with liquids collection
and removal system.
(c) Containment system includes 5
essentially impervious base, liquids
collection system, sufficient capacity
to contain 10 percent of volume of all
containers, and functioning and
maintained run-on control; plus
functioning ground water monitoring
system, and spilled or leaked hazardous
substances and accumulated
precipitation removed in timely manner
to prevent overflow of collection
system, at least weekly inspection of
containers, hazardous substances in
leaking or deteriorating containers
transferred to containers in good
condition, and containers sealed except
when waste is added or removed.
(d) Free liquids present, containment 5
system has sufficient capacity to hold
total volume of all containers and to
provide adequate freeboard, single
liner under container area with
functioning leachate collection and
removal system below liner, and
functioning ground water monitoring
system.
(e) Same as (d) except: double liner 3
under container area with functioning
leachate collection and removal system
between liners.
Containers inside or under maintained 0
intact structure that provides protection
from precipitation so that neither runoff
nor leachate would be generated from any
unsealed or ruptured containers, liquids
or materials containing free liquids not
deposited in any container, and
functioning and maintained run-off
control present.
No evidence of hazardous substance Evaluate using All sources
migration from container area, containers criteria (with no bulk or
leaking, and all free liquids eliminated free liquid deposited).
at closure (either by removal of liquid
or solidification of remaining wastes and
waste residues).
Tank
Below-ground tank......................... Evaluate using All sources
criteria.
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from tank area (i.e., tank area includes
tank, ancillary equipment such as piping,
and any associated containment
structures).
Tank and ancillary equipment not provided 10
with secondary containment (e.g., liner
under tank area, vault system, double
wall).
No diking (or no similar structure) 10
surrounding tank and ancillary equipment.
Diking surrounding tank and ancillary 10
equipment unsound or not regularly
inspected and maintained.
[[Page 129]]
No evidence of hazardous substance
migration from tank area, tank and
ancillary equipment surrounded by sound
diking that is regularly inspected and
maintained, and:
(a) Tank and ancillary equipment 9
provided with secondary containment.
(b) Tank and ancillary equipment 7
provided with secondary containment
with leak detection and collection
system.
(c) Tank and ancillary equipment 5
provided with secondary containment
system that detects and collects
spilled or leaked hazardous substances
and accumulated precipitation and has
sufficient capacity to contain 110
percent of volume of largest tank
within containment area, spilled or
leaked hazardous substances and
accumulated precipitation removed in
timely manner, at least weekly
inspection of tank and secondary
containment system, all leaking or
unfit-for-use tank systems promptly
responded to, and functioning ground
water monitoring system.
(d) Containment system has sufficient 5
capacity to hold volume of all tanks
within tank containment area and to
provide adequate freeboard, single
liner under that containment area with
functioning leachate collection and
removal system below liner, and
functioning ground water monitoring
system.
(e) Same as (d) except: double liner 3
under tank containment area with
functioning leachate collection and
removal system between liners.
Tank is above ground, and inside or under 0
maintained intact structure that provides
protection from precipitation so that
neither runoff nor leachate would be
generated from any material released from
tank, liquids or materials containing
free liquids not deposited in any tank,
and functioning and maintained run-on
control present.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 130]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.006
[[Page 131]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.007
-When measured monthly evapotranspiration is not available, calculate
monthly potential evapotranspiration (Ei) as follows:
Ei = 0.6 Fi (10 Ti/I)a
where:
Ei=Monthly potential evapotranspiration (inches) for
month i.
Fi=Monthly latitude adjusting value for month i.
Ti=Mean monthly temperature ( [deg]C) for month i.
[[Page 132]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.146
a=6.75x10-7 I3-7.71x10-5
I2+
1.79x10-2 I+0.49239
Select the latitude adjusting value for each month from table 3-3.
For latitudes lower than 50[deg] North or 20[deg] South, determine the
monthly latitude adjusting value by interpolation.
[sbull] Calculate monthly net precipitation by subtracting monthly
evapotranspiration (or monthly potential evapotranspiration) from
monthly precipitation. If evapotranspiration (or potential
evapotranspiration) exceeds precipitation for a month, assign that month
a net precipitation value of 0.
[sbull] Calculate the annual net precipitation by summing the
monthly net precipitation values.
[sbull] Based on the annual net precipitation, assign a net
precipitation factor value from table 3-4.
Enter the value assigned from Figure 3-2 or from table 3-4, as
appropriate, in table 3-1.
Table 3-3--Monthly Latitude Adjusting Valuesa
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Month
Latitude b ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(degrees) Jan. Feb. March April May June July August Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[gE]50 N 0.74 0.78 1.02 1.15 1.33 1.36 1.37 1.25 1.06 0.92 0.76 0.70
45 N 0.80 0.81 1.02 1.13 1.28 1.29 1.31 1.21 1.04 0.94 0.79 0.75
40 N 0.84 0.83 1.03 1.11 1.24 1.25 1.27 1.18 1.04 0.96 0.83 0.81
35 N 0.87 0.85 1.03 1.09 1.21 1.21 1.23 1.16 1.03 0.97 0.89 0.85
30 N 0.90 0.87 1.03 1.08 1.18 1.17 1.20 1.14 1.03 0.98 0.89 0.88
20 N 0.95 0.90 1.03 1.05 1.13 1.11 1.14 1.11 1.02 1.00 0.93 0.94
10 N 1.00 0.91 1.03 1.03 1.08 1.06 1.08 1.07 1.02 1.02 0.98 0.99
0 1.04 0.94 1.04 1.01 1.04 1.01 1.04 1.04 1.01 1.04 1.01 1.04
10 S 1.08 0.97 1.05 0.99 1.00 0.96 1.00 1.02 1.00 1.06 1.05 1.09
20 S 1.14 0.99 1.05 0.97 0.96 0.91 0.95 0.99 1.00 1.08 1.09 1.15
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
b For unlisted latitudes lower than 50[deg] North or 20[deg] South, determine the latitude adjusting value by
interpolation.
Table 3-4--Net Precipitation Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Net precipitation (inches) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0........................................................... 0
Greater than 0 to 5......................................... 1
Greater than 5 to 15........................................ 3
Greater than 15 to 30....................................... 6
Greater than 30............................................. 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1.2.3 Depth to aquifer. Evaluate depth to aquifer by determining
the depth from the lowest known point of hazardous substances at a site
to the top of the aquifer being evaluated, considering all layers in
that interval. Measure the depth to an aquifer as the distance from the
surface to the top of the aquifer minus the distance from the surface to
the lowest known point of hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated
for that aquifer. In evaluating depth to aquifer in karst terrain,
assign a thickness of 0 feet to a karst aquifer that underlies any
portion of the sources at the site. Based on the calculated depth,
assign a value from table 3-5 to the depth to aquifer factor.
Determine the depth to aquifer only at locations within 2 miles of
the sources at the site, except: if observed ground water contamination
attributable to sources at the site extends more than 2 miles beyond
these sources, use any location within the limits of this observed
ground water contamination when evaluating the depth to aquifer factor
for any aquifer that does not have an observed release. If the necessary
geologic information is available at multiple locations, calculate the
depth to aquifer at each location. Use the location having the smallest
depth to assign the factor value. Enter this value in table 3-1.
Table 3-5--Depth to Aquifer Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Depth to aquifer a (feet) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than or equal to 25.................................... 5
Greater than 25 to 250...................................... 3
Greater than 250............................................ 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Use depth of all layers between the hazardous substances and aquifer.
Assign a thickness of 0 feet to any karst aquifer that underlies any
portion of the sources at the site.
3.1.2.4 Travel time. Evaluate the travel time factor based on the
geologic materials in the interval between the lowest known point of
hazardous substances at the site and the top of the aquifer being
evaluated. Assign a value to the travel time factor as follows:
[sbull] If the depth to aquifer (see section 3.1.2.3) is 10 feet or
less, assign a value of 35.
[sbull] If, for the interval being evaluated, all layers that
underlie a portion of the sources at the site are karst, assign a value
of 35.
[sbull] Otherwise:
-Select the lowest hydraulic conductivity layer(s) from within the above
interval.
[[Page 133]]
Consider only layers at least 3 feet thick. However, do not consider
layers or portions of layers within the first 10 feet of the depth to
the aquifer.
-Determine hydraulic conductivities for individual layers from table 3-6
or from in-situ or laboratory tests. Use representative, measured,
hydraulic conductivity values whenever available.
-If more than one layer has the same lowest hydraulic conductivity,
include all such layers and sum their thicknesses. Assign a thickness of
0 feet to a karst layer that underlies any portion of the sources at the
site.
-Assign a value from table 3-7 to the travel time factor, based on the
thickness and hydraulic conductivity of the lowest hydraulic
conductivity layer(s).
Table 3-6--Hydraulic Conductivity of Geologic Materials
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
hydraulic
Type of material conductivity a
(cm/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clay; low permeability till (compact unfractured 10-8
till); shale; unfractured metamorphic and igneous
rocks................................................
Silt; loesses; silty clays; sediments that are 10-6
predominantly silts; moderately permeable till (fine-
grained, unconsolidated till, or compact till with
some fractures); low permeability limestones and
dolomites (no karst); low permeability sandstone; low
permeability fractured igneous and metamorphic rocks.
Sands; sandy silts; sediments that are predominantly 10-4
sand; highly permeable till (coarse-grained,
unconsolidated or compact and highly fractured);
peat; moderately permeable limestones and dolomites
(no karst); moderately permeable sandstone;
moderately permeable fractured igneous and
metamorphic rocks....................................
Gravel; clean sand; highly permeable fractured igneous 10-2
and metamorphic rocks; permeable basalt; karst
limestones and dolomites.............................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
Table 3-7--Travel Time Factor Values a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thickness of lowest hydraulic conductivity
layer(s)b (feet)
Hydraulic conductivity (cm/ -------------------------------------------
sec) Greater Greater Greater
than 3 to than 5 to than 100 Greater
5 100 to 500 than 500
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than or equal to 10- 35 35 35 25
3..........................
Less than 10-3 to 10-5...... 35 25 15 15
Less than 10-5 to 10-7...... 15 15 5 5
Less than 10-7.............. 5 5 1 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a If depth to aquifer is 10 feet or less or if, for the interval being
evaluated, all layers that underlie a portion of the sources at the
site are karst, assign a value of 35.
b Consider only layers at least 3 feet thick. Do not consider layers or
portions of layers within the first 10 feet of the depth to the
aquifer.
Determine travel time only at locations within 2 miles of the
sources at the site, except: if observed ground water contamination
attributable to sources at the site extends more than 2 miles beyond
these sources, use any location within the limits of this observed
ground water contamination when evaluating the travel time factor for
any aquifer that does not have an observed release. If the necessary
subsurface geologic information is available at multiple locations,
evaluate the travel time factor at each location. Use the location
having the highest travel time factor value to assign the factor value
for the aquifer. Enter this value in table 3-1.
3.1.2.5 Calculation of potential to release factor value. Sum the
factor values for net precipitation, depth to aquifer, and travel time,
and multiply this sum by the factor value for containment. Assign this
product as the potential to release factor value for the aquifer. Enter
this value in table 3-1.
3.1.3 Calculation of likelihood of release factor category value. If
an observed release is established for an aquifer, assign the observed
release factor value of 550 as the likelihood of release factor category
value for that aquifer. Otherwise, assign the potential to release
factor value for that aquifer as the likelihood of release value. Enter
the value assigned in table 3-1.
3.2 Waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics factor
category for an aquifer based on two factors: toxicity/mobility and
hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate only those hazardous substances
available to migrate from the sources at the site to ground water. Such
hazardous substances include:
[sbull] Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed
release to ground water.
[sbull] All hazardous substances associated with a source that has a
ground water containment factor value greater than 0 (see sections
2.2.2, 2.2.3, and 3.1.2.1).
[[Page 134]]
3.2.1 Toxicity/mobility. For each hazardous substance, assign a
toxicity factor value, a mobility factor value, and a combined toxicity/
mobility factor value as specified in the following sections. Select the
toxicity/mobility factor value for the aquifer being evaluated as
specified in section 3.2.1.3.
3.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous
substance as specified in Section 2.4.1.1.
3.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a mobility factor value to each hazardous
substance for the aquifer being evaluated as follows:
[sbull] For any hazardous substance that meets the criteria for an
observed release by chemical analysis to one or more aquifers underlying
the sources at the site, regardless of the aquifer being evaluated,
assign a mobility factor value of 1.
[sbull] For any hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria
for an observed release by chemical analysis to at least one of the
aquifers, assign that hazardous substance a mobility factor value from
table 3-8 for the aquifer being evaluated, based on its water solubility
and distribution coefficient (Kd).
[sbull] If the hazardous substance cannot be assigned a mobility
factor value because data on its water solubility or distribution
coefficient are not available, use other hazardous substances for which
information is available in evaluating the pathway.
Table 3-8--Ground Water Mobility Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distribution coefficient (Kd) (ml/g)
------------------------------------------------------
Water solubility (mg/l) 10
Karst c [lE]10 to 1,000 1,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present as liquid b...................................... 1 1 0.01 0.0001
Greater than 100......................................... 1 1 0.01 0.0001
Greater than 1 to 100.................................... 0.2 0.2 0.002 2x10-5
Greater than 0.01 to 1................................... 0.002 0.002 2x10-5 2x10-7
Less than or equal to 0.01............................... 2x10-5 2x10-5 2x10-7 2x10-9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
b Use if the hazardous substance is present or deposited as a liquid.
c Use if the entire interval from the source to the aquifer being evaluated is karst.
[sbull] If none of the hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated
can be assigned a mobility factor value, use a default value of 0.002 as
the mobility factor value for all these hazardous substances.
Determine the water solubility to be used in table 3-8 for the
hazardous substance as follows (use this same water solubility for all
aquifers):
[sbull] For any hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria
for an observed release by chemical analysis, if the hazardous substance
is present or deposited as a liquid, use the water solubility category
``Present as Liquid'' in table 3-8 to assign the mobility factor value
to that hazardous substance.
[sbull] Otherwise:
-For any hazardous substance that is a metal (or metalloid) and that
does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis,
establish a water solubility for the hazardous substance as follows:
-Determine the overall range of water solubilities for compounds of
this hazardous substance (consider all compounds for which adequate
water solubility information is available, not just compounds identified
as present at the site).
-Calculate the geometric mean of the highest and the lowest water
solubility in this range.
-Use this geometric mean as the water solubility in assigning the
hazardous substance a mobility factor value from table 3-8.
-For any other hazardous substance (either organic or inorganic) that
does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis,
use the water solubility of that hazardous substance to assign a
mobility factor value from table 3-8 to the hazardous substance.
For the aquifer being evaluated, determine the distribution
coefficient to be used in table 3-8 for the hazardous substance as
follows:
[sbull] For any hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria
for an observed release by chemical analysis, if the entire interval
from a source at the site to the aquifer being evaluated is karst, use
the distribution coefficient category ``Karst'' in table 3-8 in
assigning the mobility factor value for that hazardous substance for
that aquifer.
[sbull] Otherwise:
-For any hazardous substance that is a metal (or metalloid) and that
does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis,
use the distribution coefficient for the metal or (metalloid) to assign
a mobility factor value from table 3-8 for that hazardous substance.
-For any other inorganic hazardous substance that does not meet the
criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis,
[[Page 135]]
use the distribution coefficient for that inorganic hazardous substance,
if available, to assign a mobility factor value from table 3-8. If the
distribution coefficient is not available, use a default value of ``less
than 10'' as the distribution coefficient, except: for asbestos use a
default value of ``greater than 1,000'' as the distribution coefficient.
-For any hazardous substance that is organic and that does not meet the
criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis, establish a
distribution coefficient for that hazardous substance as follows:
-Estimate the Kd range for the hazardous substance using
the following equation:
Kd=(Koc)(fs)
where:
Koc=Soil-water partition coefficient for organic carbon
for the hazardous substance.
fs=Sorbent content (fraction of clays plus organic
carbon) in the subsurface.
-Use fs values of 0.03 and 0.77 in the above equation to
establish the upper and lower values of the Kd range for the
hazardous substance.
-Calculate the geometric mean of the upper and lower Kd
range values. Use this geometric mean as the distribution coefficient in
assigning the hazardous substance a mobility factor value from table 3-
8.
3.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/mobility factor value. Assign each
hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility factor value from table 3-9,
based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for the toxicity
and mobility factors. Use the hazardous substance with the highest
toxicity/mobility factor value for the aquifer being evaluated to assign
the value to the toxicity/mobility factor for that aquifer. Enter this
value in table 3-1.
Table 3-9--Toxicity/Mobility Factor Values a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mobility Toxicity factor value
factor ------------------------------------------------------------
value 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0
0.2 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0
0.01 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0
0.002 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 0
0.0001 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1x10-4 0
2x10-5 0.2 0.02 0.002 2x10-4 2x10-5 0
2x10-7 0.002 2x10-4 2x10-5 2x10-6 2x10-7 0
2x10-9 2x10-5 2x10-6 2x10-7 2x10-8 2x10-9 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a hazardous waste quantity
factor value for the ground water pathway (or aquifer) as specified in
section 2.4.2. Enter this value in table 3-1.
3.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value.
Multiply the toxicity/mobility and hazardous waste quantity factor
values, subject to a maximum product of 1x108. Based on this
product, assign a value from table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the waste
characteristics factor category. Enter this value in table 3-1.
3.3 Targets. Evaluate the targets factor category for an aquifer
based on four factors: nearest well, population, resources, and Wellhead
Protection Area. Evaluate these four factors based on targets within the
target distance limit specified in section 3.0.1.1 and the aquifer
boundaries specified in section 3.0.1.2. Determine the targets to be
included in evaluating these factors for an aquifer as specified in
section 3.0.
3.3.1 Nearest well. In evaluating the nearest well factor, include
both the drinking water wells drawing from the aquifer being evaluated
and those drawing from overlying aquifers as specified in section 3.0.
Include standby wells in evaluating this factor only if they are used
for drinking water supply at least once every year.
If there is an observed release by direct observation for a drinking
water well within the target distance limit, assign Level II
concentrations to that well. However, if one or more samples meet the
criteria for an observed release for that well, determine if that well
is subject to Level I or Level II concentrations as specified in
sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use the health-based benchmarks from table 3-
10 in determining the level of contamination.
Assign a value for the nearest well factor as follows:
[sbull] If one or more drinking water wells is subject to Level I
concentrations, assign a value of 50.
[sbull] If not, but if one or more drinking water wells is subject
to Level II concentrations, assign a value of 45.
[sbull] If none of the drinking water wells is subject to Level I or
Level II concentrations, assign a value as follows:
[[Page 136]]
-If one of the target aquifers is a karst aquifer that underlies any
portion of the sources at the site and any well draws drinking water
from this karst aquifer within the target distance limit, assign a value
of 20.
-If not, determine the shortest distance to any drinking water well, as
measured from any source at the site with a ground water containment
factor value greater than 0. Select a value from table 3-11 based on
this distance. Assign it as the value for the nearest well factor.
Enter the value assigned to the nearest well factor in table 3-1.
Table 3-10--Health-Based Benchmarks for Hazardous Substances in Drinking
Water
[sb] Concentration corresponding to
Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL).
[sb] Concentration corresponding to a
nonzero Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG).
[sb] Screening concentration for cancer
corresponding to that concentration that corresponds to the 10[hyphen]6
individual cancer risk for oral exposures.
[sb] Screening concentration for
noncancer toxicological responses corresponding to the Reference Dose
(RfD) for oral exposures.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3-11--Nearest Well Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Distance from source (miles) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level I concentrationsa..................................... 50
Level II concentrationsa.................................... 45
0 to \1/4\.................................................. 20
Greater than \1/4\ to \1/2\................................. 18
Greater than \1/2\ to 1..................................... 9
Greater than 1 to 2......................................... 5
Greater than 2 to 3......................................... 3
Greater than 3 to 4......................................... 2
Greater than 4.............................................. 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Distance does not apply.
3.3.2 Population. In evaluating the population factor, include those
persons served by drinking water wells within the target distance limit
specified in section 3.0.1.1. For the aquifer being evaluated, count
those persons served by wells in that aquifer and those persons served
by wells in overlying aquifers as specified in section 3.0. Include
residents, students, and workers who regularly use the water. Exclude
transient populations such as customers and travelers passing through
the area. Evaluate the population based on the location of the water
supply wells, not on the location of residences, work places, etc. When
a standby well is maintained on a regular basis so that water can be
withdrawn, include it in evaluating the population factor.
In estimating residential population, when the estimate is based on
the number of residences, multiply each residence by the average number
of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is
located.
In determining the population served by a well, if the water from
the well is blended with other water (for example, water from other
ground water wells or surface water intakes), apportion the total
population regularly served by the blended system to the well based on
the well's relative contribution to the total blended system. In
estimating the well's relative contribution, assume each well and intake
contributes equally and apportion the population accordingly, except: if
the relative contribution of any one well or intake exceeds 40 percent
based on average annual pumpage or capacity, estimate the relative
contribution of the wells and intakes considering the following data, if
available:
[sbull] Average annual pumpage from the ground water wells and
surface water intakes in the blended system.
[sbull] Capacities of the wells and intakes in the blended system.
For systems with standby ground water wells or standby surface water
intakes, apportion the total population regularly served by the blended
system as described above, except:
[sbull] Exclude standby surface water intakes in apportioning the
population.
[sbull] When using pumpage data for a standby ground water well, use
average pumpage for the period during which the standby well is used
rather than average annual pumpage.
[sbull] For that portion of the total population that could be
apportioned to a standby ground water well, assign that portion of the
population either to that standby well or to the other ground water
well(s) and surface water intake(s) that serve that population; do not
assign that portion of the population both to the standby well and to
the other well(s) and intake(s) in the blended system. Use the
apportioning that results in the highest population factor value.
(Either include all standby well(s) or exclude some or all of the
standby well(s) as appropriate to obtain this highest value.) Note that
the specific standby well(s) included or excluded and, thus, the
specific apportioning may vary in evaluating different aquifers and in
evaluating the surface water pathway.
3.3.2.1 Level of contamination. Evaluate the population served by
water from a point of withdrawal based on the level of contamination for
that point of withdrawal. Use the applicable factor: Level I
concentrations, Level II concentrations, or potential contamination.
If no samples meet the criteria for an observed release for a point
of withdrawal and there is no observed release by direct observation for
that point of withdrawal, evaluate that point of withdrawal using the
potential contamination factor in section 3.3.2.4. If
[[Page 137]]
there is an observed release by direct observation, use Level II
concentrations for that point of withdrawal. However, if one or more
samples meet the criteria for an observed release for the point of
withdrawal, determine which factor (Level I or Level II concentrations)
applies to that point of withdrawal as specified in sections 2.5.1 and
2.5.2. Use the health-based benchmarks from table 3-10 in determining
the level of contamination. Evaluate the point of withdrawal using the
Level I concentrations factor in section 3.3.2.2 or the Level II
concentrations factor in section 3.3.2.3, as appropriate.
For the potential contamination factor, use population ranges in
evaluating the factor as specified in section 3.3.2.4. For the Level I
and Level II concentrations factors, use the population estimate, not
population ranges, in evaluating both factors.
3.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. Sum the number of people served by
drinking water from points of withdrawal subject to Level I
concentrations. Multiply this sum by 10. Assign this product as the
value for this factor. Enter this value in table 3-1.
3.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. Sum the number of people served by
drinking water from points of withdrawal subject to Level II
concentrations. Do not include those people already counted under the
Level I concentrations factor. Assign this sum as the value for this
factor. Enter this value in table 3-1.
3.3.2.4 Potential contamination. Determine the number of people
served by drinking water from points of withdrawal subject to potential
contamination. Do not include those people already counted under the
Level I and Level II concentrations factors.
Assign distance-weighted population values from table 3-12 to this
population as follows:
[sbull] Use the ``Karst'' portion of table 3-12 to assign values
only for that portion of the population served by points of withdrawal
that draw drinking water from a karst aquifer that underlies any portion
of the sources at the site.
-For this portion of the population, determine the number of people
included within each ``Karst'' distance category in table 3-12.
[[Page 138]]
Table 3-12--Distance-Weighted Population Values for Potential Contamination Factor for Ground Water Migration Pathway a
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of people within the distance category
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distance category (miles) 1 11 101 1,001 10,001 100,001 300,001 1,000,001
0 to to 31 to to 301 to to 3,001 to to 30,001 to to to to
10 30 100 300 1,000 3,000 10,000 30,000 100,000 300,000 1,000,000 3,000,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Than Karst b:
0 to \1/4\............................... 0 4 17 53 164 522 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,137 163,246 521,360 1,632,455
Greater than \1/4\ to \1/2\.............. 0 2 11 33 102 324 1,013 3,233 10,122 32,325 101,213 323,243 1,012,122
Greater than \1/2\ to 1.................. 0 1 5 17 52 167 523 1,669 5,224 16,684 52,239 166,835 522,385
Greater than 1 to 2...................... 0 0.7 3 10 30 94 294 939 2,939 9,385 29,384 93,845 293,842
Greater than 2 to 3...................... 0 0.5 2 7 21 68 212 678 2,122 6,778 21,222 67,777 212,219
Greater than 3 to 4...................... 0 0.3 1 4 13 42 131 417 1,306 4,171 13,060 41,709 130,596
------------------------------------------
Karst c:
0 to \1/4\............................... 0 4 17 53 164 522 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,137 163,246 521,360 1,632,455
Greater than \1/4\ to \1/2\.............. 0 2 11 33 102 324 1,013 3,233 10,122 32,325 101,213 323,243 1,012,122
Greater than \1/2\ to 1.................. 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227
Greater than 1 to 2...................... 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227
Greater than 2 to 3...................... 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227
Greater than 3 to 4...................... 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Round the number of people present within a distance category to nearest integer. Do not round the assigned distance-weighted population value to
nearest integer.
b Use for all aquifers, except karst aquifers underlying any portion of the sources at the site.
c Use only for karst aquifers underlying any portion of the sources at the site.
[[Page 139]]
-Assign a distance-weighted population value for each distance category
based on the number of people included within the distance category.
[sbull] Use the ``Other Than Karst'' portion of table 3-12 for the
remainder of the population served by points of withdrawal subject to
potential contamination.
-For this portion of the population, determine the number of people
included within each ``Other Than Karst'' distance category in table 3-
12.
-Assign a distance-weighted population value for each distance category
based on the number of people included within the distance category.
Calculate the value for the potential contamination factor (PC) as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.147
where:
Wi=Distance-weighted population from ``Other Than Karst''
portion of table 3-12 for distance category i.
Ki=Distance-weighted population from ``Karst'' portion of
table 3-12 for distance category i.
n=Number of distance categories.
If PC is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PC
is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value in table 3-
1.
3.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor
values for Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and
potential contamination. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer.
Assign this sum as the population factor value for the aquifer. Enter
this value in table 3-1.
3.3.3 Resources. To evaluate the resources factor, select the
highest value specified below that applies for the aquifer being
evaluated. Assign this value as the resources factor value for the
aquifer. Enter this value in table 3-1.
Assign a resources value of 5 if water drawn from any target well
for the aquifer being evaluated or overlying aquifers (as specified in
section 3.0) is used for one or more of the following purposes:
[sbull] Irrigation (5-acre minimum) of commercial food crops or
commercial forage crops.
[sbull] Watering of commercial livestock.
[sbull] Ingredient in commercial food preparation.
[sbull] Supply for commercial aquaculture.
[sbull] Supply for a major or designated water recreation area,
excluding drinking water use.
Assign a resources value of 5 if no drinking water wells are within
the target distance limit, but the water in the aquifer being evaluated
or any overlying aquifers (as specified in section 3.0) is usable for
drinking water purposes.
Assign a resources value of 0 if none of the above applies.
3.3.4 Wellhead Protection Area. Evaluate the Wellhead Protection
Area factor based on Wellhead Protection Areas designated according to
section 1428 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended. Consider only
those Wellhead Protection Areas applicable to the aquifer being
evaluated or overlying aquifers (as specified in section 3.0). Select
the highest value below that applies. Assign it as the value for the
Wellhead Protection Area factor for the aquifer being evaluated. Enter
this value in table 3-1.
Assign a value of 20 if either of the following criteria applies for
the aquifer being evaluated or overlying aquifers:
[sbull] A source with a ground water containment factor value
greater than 0 lies, either partially or fully, within or above the
designated Wellhead Protection Area.
[sbull] Observed ground water contamination attributable to the
sources at the site lies, either partially or fully, within the
designated Wellhead Protection Area.
If neither criterion applies, assign a value of 5, if, within the
target distance limit, there is a designated Wellhead Protection Area
applicable to the aquifer being evaluated or overlying aquifers.
Assign a value of 0 if none of the above applies.
3.3.5 Calculation of targets factor category value. Sum the factor
values for nearest well, population, resources, and Wellhead Protection
Area. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Use this sum as the
targets factor category value for the aquifer. Enter this value in table
3-1.
3.4 Ground water migration score for an aquifer. For the aquifer
being evaluated, multiply the factor category values for likelihood of
release, waste characteristics, and targets, and round the product to
the nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign the resulting value,
subject to a maximum value of 100, as the ground water migration pathway
score for the aquifer. Enter this score in table 3-1.
3.5 Calculation of ground water migration pathway score. Calculate a
ground water migration score for each aquifer underlying the sources at
the site, as appropriate. Assign the highest ground water migration
score for an aquifer as the ground water migration pathway score
(Sgw) for the site. Enter this score in table 3-1.
4.0 Surface Water Migration Pathway.
4.0.1 Migration components. Evaluate the surface water migration
pathway based on two migration components:
[sbull] Overland/flood migration to surface water (see section 4.1).
[sbull] Ground water to surface water migration (see section 4.2).
[[Page 140]]
Evaluate each component based on the same three threats: drinking water
threat, human food chain threat, and environmental threat.
Score one or both components, considering their relative importance.
If only one component is scored, assign its score as the surface water
migration pathway score. If both components are scored, select the
higher of the two scores and assign it as the surface water migration
pathway score.
4.0.2 Surface water categories. For HRS purposes, classify surface
water into four categories: rivers, lakes, oceans, and coastal tidal
waters.
Rivers include:
[sbull] Perennially flowing waters from point of origin to the ocean
or to coastal tidal waters, whichever comes first, and wetlands
contiguous to these flowing waters.
[sbull] Aboveground portions of disappearing rivers.
[sbull] Man-made ditches only insofar as they perennially flow into
other surface water.
[sbull] Intermittently flowing waters and contiguous intermittently
flowing ditches only in arid or semiarid areas with less than 20 inches
of mean annual precipitation.
Lakes include:
[sbull] Natural and man-made lakes (including impoundments) that lie
along rivers, but excluding the Great Lakes.
[sbull] Isolated, but perennial, lakes, ponds, and wetlands.
[sbull] Static water channels or oxbow lakes contiguous to rivers.
[sbull] Small rivers, without diking, that merge into surrounding
perennially inundated wetlands.
[sbull] Wetlands contiguous to water bodies defined here as lakes.
Ocean and ocean-like water bodies include:
[sbull] Ocean areas seaward from the baseline of the Territorial
Sea. (This baseline represents the generalized coastline of the United
States. It is parallel to the seaward limit of the Territorial Sea and
other maritime limits such as the inner boundary of Federal fisheries
jurisdiction and the limit of States jurisdiction under the Submerged
Lands Act, as amended.)
[sbull] The Great Lakes.
[sbull] Wetlands contiguous to the Great Lakes.
Coastal tidal waters include:
[sbull] Embayments, harbors, sounds, estuaries, back bays, lagoons,
wetlands, etc. seaward from mouths of rivers and landward from the
baseline of the Territorial Sea.
4.1 Overland/flood migration component. Use the overland/flood
migration component to evaluate surface water threats that result from
overland migration of hazardous substances from a source at the site to
surface water. Evaluate three types of threats for this component:
drinking water threat, human food chain threat, and environmental
threat.
4.1.1 General considerations.
4.1.1.1 Definition of hazardous substance migration path for
overland/flood migration component. The hazardous substance migration
path includes both the overland segment and the in-water segment that
hazardous substances would take as they migrate away from sources at the
site:
[sbull] Begin the overland segment at a source and proceed
downgradient to the probable point of entry to surface water.
[sbull] Begin the in-water segment at this probable point of entry.
-For rivers, continue the in-water segment in the direction of flow
(including any tidal flows) for the distance established by the target
distance limit (see section 4.1.1.2).
-For lakes, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes, do not
consider flow direction. Instead apply the target distance limit as an
arc.
-If the in-water segment includes both rivers and lakes (or oceans,
coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes), apply the target distance limit
to their combined in-water segments.
For sites that consist of contaminated sediments with no identified
source, the hazardous substance migration path consists solely of the
in-water segment specified in section 4.1.1.2.
Consider a site to be in two or more watersheds for this component
if two or more hazardous substance migration paths from the sources at
the site do not reach a common point within the target distance limit.
If the site is in more than one watershed, define a separate hazardous
substance migration path for each watershed. Evaluate the overland/flood
migration component for each watershed separately as specified in
section 4.1.1.3.
4.1.1.2 Target distance limit. The target distance limit defines the
maximum distance over which targets are considered in evaluating the
site. Determine a separate target distance limit for each watershed as
follows:
[sbull] If there is no observed release to surface water in the
watershed or if there is an observed release only by direct observation
(see section 4.1.2.1.1), begin measuring the target distance limit for
the watershed at the probable point of entry to surface water and extend
it for 15 miles along the surface water from that point.
[sbull] If there is an observed release from the site to the surface
water in the watershed that is based on sampling, begin measuring the
target distance limit for the watershed at the probable point of entry;
extend the target distance limit either for 15 miles along the surface
water or to the most distant sample point that meets the criteria for an
observed release to that watershed, whichever is greater.
[[Page 141]]
In evaluating the site, include only surface water targets (for
example, intakes, fisheries, sensitive environments) that are within or
contiguous to the hazardous substance migration path and located,
partially or wholly, at or between the probable point of entry and the
target distance limit applicable to the watershed:
[sbull] If flow within the hazardous substance migration path is
reversed by tides, evaluate upstream targets only if there is
documentation that the tidal run could carry substances from the site as
far as those upstream targets.
[sbull] Determine whether targets within or contiguous to the
hazardous substance migration path are subject to actual or potential
contamination as follows:
-If a target is located, partially or wholly, either at or between the
probable point of entry and any sampling point that meets the criteria
for an observed release to the watershed or at a point that meets the
criteria for an observed release by direct observation, evaluate that
target as subject to actual contamination, except as otherwise specified
for fisheries in section 4.1.3.3 and for wetlands in section
4.1.4.3.1.1. If the actual contamination is based on direct observation,
assign Level II to the actual contamination. However, if the actual
contamination is based on samples, determine whether the actual
contamination is at Level I or Level II concentrations as specified in
sections 4.1.2.3, 4.1.3.3, and 4.1.4.3.1.
-If a target is located, partially or wholly, within the target distance
limit for the watershed, but not at or between the probable point of
entry and any sampling point that meets the criteria for an observed
release to the watershed, nor at a point that meets the criteria for an
observed release by direct observation, evaluate it as subject to
potential contamination.
For sites consisting solely of contaminated sediments with no
identified source, determine the target distance limit as follows:
[sbull] If there is a clearly defined direction of flow for the
surface water body (or bodies) containing the contaminated sediments,
begin measuring the target distance limit at the point of observed
sediment contamination that is farthest upstream (that is, at the
location of the farthest available upstream sediment sample that meets
the criteria for an observed release); extend the target distance limit
either for 15 miles along the surface water or to the most distant
downstream sample point that meets the criteria for an observed release
to that watershed, whichever is greater.
[sbull] If there is no clearly defined direction of flow, begin
measuring the target distance limit at the center of the area of
observed sediment contamination. Extend the target distance limit as an
arc either for 15 miles along the surface water or to the most distant
sample point that meets the criteria for an observed release to that
watershed, whichever is greater. Determine the area of observed sediment
contamination based on available samples that meet the criteria for an
observed release.
Note that the hazardous substance migration path for these contaminated
sediment sites consists solely of the in-water segment defined by the
target distance limit; there is no overland segment.
For these contaminated sediment sites, include only those targets
(for example, intakes, fisheries, sensitive environments) that are
within or contiguous to the hazardous substance migration path and
located, wholly or partially, within the target distance limit for the
site. Determine whether these targets are subject to actual or potential
contamination as follows:
[sbull] If a target is located, partially or wholly, within the area
of observed sediment contamination, evaluate it as subject to actual
contamination, except as otherwise specified for fisheries in section
4.1.3.3 and wetlands in section 4.1.4.3.1.1.
-If a drinking water target is subject to actual contamination, evaluate
it using Level II concentrations.
-If a human food chain target or environmental target is subject to
actual contamination, evaluate it using Level I or Level II
concentrations, as appropriate (see sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.1.4.3.1).
[sbull] If a target is located, partially or wholly, within the
target distance limit for the watershed, but not within the area of
observed sediment contamination, evaluate it as subject to potential
contamination.
4.1.1.3 Evaluation of overland/flood migration component. Evaluate
the drinking water threat, human food chain threat, and environmental
threat for each watershed for this component based on three factor
categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets.
Figure 4-1 indicates the factors included within each factor category
for each type of threat.
Determine the overland/flood migration component score
(Sof) for a watershed in terms of the factor category values
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.148
where:
LRi=Likelihood of release factor category value for threat i
(that is, drinking water, human food chain, or environmental
threat).
WCi=Waste characteristics factor category value for threat i.
Ti=Targets factor category value for threat i.
SF=Scaling factor.
[[Page 142]]
Table 4-1 outlines the specific calculation procedure.
If the site is in only one watershed, assign the overland/flood
migration score for that watershed as the overland/flood migration
component score for the site.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.008
[[Page 143]]
Table 4-1--Surface Water Overland/Flood Migration Component Scoresheet
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Factor categories and factors Maximum value Value assigned
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drinking Water Threat
Likelihood of Release:
1. Observed Release...................................................... 550 ------
2. Potential to Release by Overland Flow:
2a. Containment....................................................... 10 ------
2b. Runoff............................................................ 25 ------
2c. Distance to Surface Water......................................... 25 ------
2d. Potential to Release by Overland Flow (lines 2a[2b+2c])........... 500 ------
3. Potential to Release by Flood:
3a. Containment (Flood)............................................... 10 ------
3b. Flood Frequency................................................... 50 ------
3c. Potential to Release by Flood (lines 3ax3b)....................... 500 ------
4. Potential to Release (lines 2d+3c, subject to a maximum of 500)....... 500 ------
5. Likelihood of Release (higher of lines 1 and 4)....................... 550 ------
Waste Characteristics:
6. Toxicity/Persistence.................................................. (a) ------
7. Hazardous Waste Quantity.............................................. (a) ------
8. Waste Characteristics................................................. 100 ------
Targets:
9. Nearest Intake........................................................ 50 ------
10. Population............................................................ .............. ................
10a. Level I Concentrations........................................... (b) ------
10b. Level II Concentrations.......................................... (b) ------
10c. Potential Contamination.......................................... (b) ------
10d. Population (lines 10a+10b+10c)................................... (b) ------
11. Resources............................................................. 5 ------
12. Targets (lines 9+10d+11).............................................. (b) ------
Drinking Water Threat Score:
13. Drinking Water Threat Score ([lines 5x8x12]/82,500, subject to a 100 ------
maximum of 100)..........................................................
Human Food Chain Threat
Likelihood of Release:
14. Likelihood of Release (same value as line 5).......................... 550 ------
Waste Characteristics:
15. Toxicity/Persistence/Bioaccumulation.................................. (a) ------
16. Hazardous Waste Quantity.............................................. (a) ------
17. Waste Characteristics................................................. 1,000 ------
Targets:
18. Food Chain Individual................................................. 50 ------
19. Population............................................................ .............. ................
19a. Level I Concentrations........................................... (b) ------
19b. Level II Concentrations.......................................... (b) ------
19c. Potential Human Food Chain Contamination......................... (b) ------
19d. Population (lines 19a+19b+19c)................................... (b) ------
20. Targets (lines 18+19d)................................................ (b) ------
Human Food Chain Threat Score:
21. Human Food Chain Threat Score ([lines 14x17x20]/82,500, subject to a 100 ------
maximum of 100)..........................................................
Environmental Threat
Likelihood of Release:
22. Likelihood of Release (same value as line 5).......................... 550 ------
Waste Characteristics:
23. Ecosystem Toxicity/Persistence/Bioaccumulation........................ (a) ------
24. Hazardous Waste Quantity.............................................. (a) ------
25. Waste Characteristics................................................. 1,000
Targets:
26. Sensitive Environments................................................ .............. ................
26a. Level I Concentrations........................................... (b) ------
26b. Level II Concentrations.......................................... (b) ------
26c. Potential Contamination.......................................... (b) ------
26d. Sensitive Environments (lines 26a+26b+26c)....................... (b) ................
27. Targets (value from line 26d)......................................... (b)
Environmental Threat Score:
28. Environmental Threat Score ([lines 22x25x27]/82,500, subject to a 60 ------
maximum of 60)...........................................................
Surface Water Overland/Flood Migration Component Score for a Watershed
29. Watershed Score c (lines 13+21+28, subject to a maximum of 100)....... 100 ------
Surface Water Overland/Flood Migration Component Score
30. Component Score (Sof) c (highest score from line 29 for all watersheds 100 ------
evaluated, subject to a maximum of 100)..................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.
[[Page 144]]
b Maximum value not applicable.
c Do not round to nearest integer.
If the site is in more than one watershed:
[sbull] Calculate a separate overland/flood migration component
score for each watershed, using likelihood of release, waste
characteristics, and targets applicable to each watershed.
[sbull] Select the highest overland/flood migration component score
from the watersheds evaluated and assign it as the overland/flood
migration component score for the site.
4.1.2 Drinking water threat. Evaluate the drinking water threat for
each watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of release,
waste characteristics, and targets.
4.1.2.1 Drinking water threat--likelihood of release. Evaluate the
likelihood of release factor category for each watershed in terms of an
observed release factor or a potential to release factor.
4.1.2.1.1 Observed release. Establish an observed release to surface
water for a watershed by demonstrating that the site has released a
hazardous substance to the surface water in the watershed. Base this
demonstration on either:
[sbull] Direct observation:
-A material that contains one or more hazardous substances has been seen
entering surface water through migration or is known to have entered
surface water through direct deposition, or
-A source area has been flooded at a time that hazardous substances were
present, and one or more hazardous substances were in contact with the
flood waters, or
-When evidence supports the inference of a release of a material that
contains one or more hazardous substances by the site to surface water,
demonstrated adverse effects associated with that release may also be
used to establish an observed release.
[sbull] Chemical analysis:
-Analysis of surface water, benthic, or sediment samples indicates that
the concentration of hazardous substance(s) has increased significantly
above the background concentration for the site for that type of sample
(see section 2.3).
-Limit comparisons to similar types of samples and background
concentrations--for example, compare surface water samples to surface
water background concentrations.
-For benthic samples, limit comparisons to essentially sessile
organisms.
-Some portion of the significant increase must be attributable to the
site to establish the observed release, except: when the site itself
consists of contaminated sediments with no identified source, no
separate attribution is required.
If an observed release can be established for a watershed, assign an
observed release factor value of 550 to that watershed, enter this value
in table 4-1, and proceed to section 4.1.2.1.3. If no observed release
can be established for the watershed, assign an observed release factor
value of 0 to that watershed, enter this value in table 4-1, and proceed
to section 4.1.2.1.2.
4.1.2.1.2 Potential to release. Evaluate potential to release only
if an observed release cannot be established for the watershed. Evaluate
potential to release based on two components: potential to release by
overland flow (see section 4.1.2.1.2.1) and potential to release by
flood (see section 4.1.2.1.2.2). Sum the values for these two components
to obtain the potential to release factor value for the watershed,
subject to a maximum value of 500.
4.1.2.1.2.1 Potential to release by overland flow. Evaluate
potential to release by overland flow for the watershed based on three
factors: containment, runoff, and distance to surface water.
Assign potential to release by overland flow a value of 0 for the
watershed if:
[sbull] No overland segment of the hazardous substance migration
path can be defined for the watershed, or
[sbull] The overland segment of the hazardous substance migration
path for the watershed exceeds 2 miles before surface water is
encountered.
If either condition applies, enter a value of 0 in table 4-1 and proceed
to section 4.1.2.1.2.2 to evaluate potential to release by flood. If
neither applies, proceed to section 4.1.2.1.2.1.1 to evaluate potential
to release by overland flow.
4.1.2.1.2.1.1 Containment. Determine the containment factor value
for the watershed as follows:
[sbull] If one or more sources is located in surface water in the
watershed (for example, intact sealed drums in surface water), assign
the containment factor a value of 10 for the watershed. Enter this value
in table 4-1.
[sbull] If none of the sources is located in surface water in the
watershed, assign a containment factor value from table 4-2 to each
source at the site that can potentially release hazardous substances to
the hazardous substance migration path for this watershed. Assign the
containment factor value for the watershed as follows:
-Select the highest containment factor value assigned to those sources
that meet the minimum size requirement described below. Assign this
highest value as the containment factor value for the watershed. Enter
this value in table 4-1.
[[Page 145]]
-If, for this watershed, no source at the site meets the minimum size
requirement, then select the highest containment factor value assigned
to the sources at the site eligible to be evaluated for this watershed
and assign it as the containment factor value for the watershed. Enter
this value in table 4-1.
A source meets the minimum size requirement if its source hazardous
waste quantity value (see section 2.4.2.1.5) is 0.5 or more. Do not
include the minimum size requirement in evaluating any other factor of
this surface water migration component, except potential to release by
flood as specified in section 4.1.2.1.2.2.3.
4.1.2.1.2.1.2 Runoff. Evaluate runoff based on three components:
rainfall, drainage area, and soil group.
Table 4-2--Containment Factor Values for Surface Water Migration Pathway
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Assigned value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Sources (Except Surface Impoundments, Land
Treatment, Containers, and Tanks)
Evidence of hazardous substance migration from 10
source area (i.e., source area includes source
and any associated containment structures)..
No evidence of hazardous substance migration
from source area and:
(a) Neither of the following present: (1) 10
maintained engineered cover, or (2)
functioning and maintained run-on control
system and runoff management system.
(b) Any one of the two items in (a) present 9
(c) Any two of the following present: (1) 7
maintained engineered cover, or (2)
functioning and maintained run-on control
system and runoff management system, or
(3) liner with functioning leachate
collection and removal system immediately
above liner.
(d) All items in (c) present............... 5
(e) All items in (c) present, plus no bulk 3
or non-containerized liquids nor materials
containing free liquids deposited in
source area..
No evidence of hazardous substance migration
from source area, double liner with
functioning leachate collection and removal
system above and between liners, and:
(f) Only one of the following deficiencies 3
present in containment: (1) bulk or
noncontainerized liquids or materials
containing free liquids deposited in
source area, or (2) no or nonfunctioning
or nonmaintained run-on control system and
runoff management system, or (3) no or
nonmaintained engineered cover.
(g) None of the deficiencies in (f) 0
present..
Source area inside or under maintained intact
structure that provides protection from
precipitation so that neither runoff nor
leachate is generated, liquids or materials
containing free liquids not deposited in
source area, and functioning and maintained
run-on control present.
Surface Impoundment
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from surface impoundment.
Free liquids present with either no diking, 10
unsound diking, or diking that is not
regularly inspected and maintained.
No evidence of hazardous substance migration
from surface impoundment, free liquids
present, sound diking that is regularly
inspected and maintained, adequate
freeboard, and:
(a) No liner............................... 9
(b) Liner.................................. 7
(c) Liner with functioning leachate 5
collection and removal system below liner.
(d) Double liner with functioning leachate 3
collection and removal system between
liners.
No evidence of hazardous substance migration Evaluate using All
from surface impoundment and all free Sources criteria (with
liquids eliminated at closure (either by no bulk or free
removal of liquids or solidification of liquids deposited).
remaining wastes and waste residues).
Land Treatment
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from land treatment zone.
No functioning and maintained run-on control 10
and runoff management system
No evidence of hazardous substance migration
from land treatment zone and:
(a) Functioning and maintained run-on 7
control and runoff management system.
(b) Functioning and maintained run-on 5
control and runoff management system, and
vegetative cover established over entire
land treatment area.
(c) Land treatment area maintained in 0
compliance with 40 CFR 264.280.
Containers
All containers buried........................ Evaluate using All
Sources criteria.
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from container area (i.e., container area
includes containers and any associated
containment structures).
No diking (or no similar structure) 10
surrounding container area.
Diking surrounding container area unsound or 10
not regularly inspected and maintained.
[[Page 146]]
No evidence of hazardous substance migration 9
from container area and container area
surrounded by sound diking that is regularly
inspected and maintained.
No evidence of hazardous substance migration 9
from container area, container area
surrounded by sound diking that is regularly
inspected and maintained, and:
(a) Essentially impervious base under 7
container area with liquids collection and
removal system.
(b) Containment system includes essentially 5
impervious base, liquids collection
system, sufficient capacity to contain 10
percent of volume of all containers, and
functioning and maintained run-on control;
and spilled or leaked hazardous substances
and accumulated precipitation removed in
timely manner to prevent overflow of
collection system, at least weekly
inspection of containers, hazardous
substances in leaking or deteriorating
containers transferred to containers in
good condition, and containers sealed
except when waste is added or removed.
(c) Free liquids present, containment 5
system has sufficient capacity to hold
total volume of all containers and to
provide adequate freeboard, and single
liner under container area with
functioning leachate collection and
removal system below liner.
(d) Same as (c) except: double liner under 3
container area with functioning leachate
collection and removal system between
liners.
Containers inside or under maintained intact 0
structure that provides protection from
precipitation so that neither runoff nor
leachate would be generated from any
unsealed or ruptured containers, liquids or
materials containing free liquids not
deposited in any container, and functioning
and maintained run-on control present.
No evidence of hazardous substance migration Evaluate using All
from container area, containers leaking, and Sources criteria (with
all free liquids eliminated at closure no bulk or free
(either by removal of liquids or liquids deposited).
solidification of remaining wastes and waste
residues).
Tank
Below-ground tank.............................. Evaluate using All
Sources criteria
Evidence of hazardous substance migration 10
from tank area (i.e., tank area includes
tank, ancillary equipment such as piping,
and any associated containment structures).
No diking (or no similar structure) 10
surrounding tank and ancillary equipment.
Diking surrounding tank and ancillary 10
equipment unsound or not regularly inspected
and maintained.
No evidence of hazardous substance migration 9
from tank area and tank and ancillary
equipment surrounded by sound diking that is
regularly inspected and maintained.
No evidence of hazardous substance migration
from tank area, tank and ancillary equipment
surrounded by sound diking that is regularly
inspected and maintained, and:
(a) Tank and ancillary equipment provided 7
with secondary containment (e.g., liner
under tank area, vault system, double-
wall) with leak detection and collection
system.
(b) Tank and ancillary equipment provided 5
with secondary containment system that
detects and collects spilled or leaked
hazardous substances and accumulated
precipitation and has sufficient capacity
to contain 110 percent of volume of
largest tank within containment area,
spilled or leaked hazardous substances and
accumulated precipitation removed in a
timely manner, at least weekly inspection
of tank and secondary containment system,
and all leaking or unfit-for-use tank
systems promptly responded to.
(c) Containment system has sufficient 5
capacity to hold total volume of all tanks
within the tank containment area and to
provide adequate freeboard, and single
liner under tank containment area with
functioning leachate collection and
removal system below liner.
(d) Same as (c) except: double liner under 3
tank containment area with functioning
leachate collection and removal system
between liners.
Tank is above ground, and inside or under 0
maintained intact structure that provides
protection from precipitation so that
neither runoff nor leachate would be
generated from any material released from
tank, liquids or materials containing free
liquids not deposited in any tank, and
functioning and maintained run-on control
present.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rainfall. Determine the 2-year, 24-hour rainfall for the site. Use
site-specific, 2-year, 24-hour rainfall data if records are available
for at least 20 years. If such site-specific data are not available,
estimate the 2-year, 24-hour rainfall for the site from a rainfall-
frequency map. Do not round the rainfall value to the nearest integer.
Drainage area. Determine the drainage area for the sources at the
site. Include in this drainage area both the source areas and the area
upgradient of the sources, but exclude any portion of this drainage area
for which runoff is diverted from entering the sources by storm sewers
or run-on control and/or runoff management systems. Assign a drainage
area value for the watershed from table 4-3.
Soil group. Based on the predominant soil group within the drainage
area described above, assign a soil group designation for the watershed
from table 4-4 as follows:
[[Page 147]]
[sbull] Select the predominant soil group as that type which
comprises the largest total area within the applicable drainage area.
[sbull] If a predominant soil group cannot be delineated, select
that soil group in the drainage area that yields the highest value for
the runoff factor.
Calculation of runoff factor value. Assign a combined rainfall/
runoff value for the watershed from table 4-5, based on the 2-year, 24-
hour rainfall and the soil group designation. Determine the runoff
factor value for the watershed from table 4-6, based on the rainfall/
runoff and drainage area values. Enter the runoff factor value in table
4-1.
Table 4-3--Drainage Area Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Drainage area (acres) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 50............................................... 1
50 to 250.................................................. 2
Greater than 250 to 1,000.................................. 3
Greater than 1,000......................................... 4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4-4--Soil Group Designations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surface soil description Soil group designation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coarse-textured soils with high A
infiltration rates (for example, sands,
loamy sands).
Medium-textured soils with moderate B
infiltration rates (for example, sandy
loams, loams).
Moderately fine-textured soils with low C
infiltration rates (for example, silty
loams, silts, sandy clay loams).
Fine-textured soils with very low D
infiltration rates (for example, clays,
sandy clays, silty clay loams, clay
loams, silty clays); or impermeable
surfaces (for example, pavement).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4-5--Rainfall/Runoff Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Soil group designation
2-Year, 24-hour rainfall (inches) ---------------------------
A B C D
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 1.0............................... 0 0 2 3
1.0 to less than 1.5........................ 0 1 2 3
1.5 to less than 2.0........................ 0 2 3 4
2.0 to less than 2.5........................ 1 2 3 4
2.5 to less than 3.0........................ 2 3 4 4
3.0 to less than 3.5........................ 2 3 4 5
3.5 or greater.............................. 3 4 5 6
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4-6--Runoff Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rainfall/runoff value
Drainage area value ----------------------------------
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.................................... 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
2.................................... 0 0 1 1 2 3 4
3.................................... 0 0 1 3 7 11 15
4.................................... 0 1 2 7 17 25 25
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.1.2.1.2.1.3 Distance to surface water. Evaluate the distance to
surface water as the shortest distance, along the overland segment, from
any source with a surface water containment factor value greater than 0
to either the mean high water level for tidal waters or the mean water
level for other surface waters. Based on this distance, assign a value
from table 4-7 to the distance to surface water factor for the
watershed. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.2.1.2.1.4 Calculation of factor value for potential to release
by overland flow. Sum the factor values for runoff and distance to
surface water for the watershed and multiply this sum by the factor
value for containment. Assign the resulting product as the factor value
for potential to release by overland flow for the watershed. Enter this
value in table 4-1.
4.1.2.1.2.2 Potential to release by flood. Evaluate potential to
release by flood for each watershed as the product of two factors:
containment (flood) and flood frequency. Evaluate potential to release
by flood separately for each source that is within the watershed.
Furthermore, for each source, evaluate potential to release by flood
separately for each category of floodplain in which the source lies.
(See section 4.1.2.1.2.2.2 for the applicable floodplain categories.)
Calculate the value for the potential to release by flood factor as
specified in 4.1.2.1.2.2.3.
4.1.2.1.2.2.1 Containment (flood). For each source within the
watershed, separately evaluate the containment (flood) factor for each
category of floodplain in which the source is partially or wholly
located. Assign a containment (flood) factor value from table 4-8 to
each floodplain category applicable to that source. Assign a containment
(flood) factor value of 0 to each floodplain category in which the
source does not lie.
4.1.2.1.2.2.2 Flood frequency. For each source within the watershed,
separately evaluate the flood frequency factor for each category of
floodplain in which the source is partially or wholly located. Assign a
flood frequency factor value from table 4-9 to each floodplain category
in which the source is located.
4.1.2.1.2.2.3 Calculation of factor value for potential to release
by flood. For each source within the watershed and for each category of
floodplain in which the source is partially or wholly located, calculate
a separate potential to release by flood factor value. Calculate this
value as the product of the containment (flood) value and the flood
frequency value applicable to the source for the floodplain category.
Select the highest value calculated for those sources that meet the
minimum size requirement specified in section 4.1.2.1.2.1.1 and assign
it as the value for the potential to release by flood factor for the
watershed. However, if, for this watershed, no source at the site meets
the minimum size requirement, select the highest value calculated for
the sources at the site
[[Page 148]]
eligible to be evaluated for this watershed and assign it as the value
for this factor.
Table 4-7--Distance to Surface Water Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Distance value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 100 feet......................................... 25
100 feet to 500 feet....................................... 20
Greater than 500 feet to 1,000 feet........................ 16
Greater than 1,000 feet to 2,500 feet...................... 9
Greater than 2,500 feet to 1.5 miles....................... 6
Greater than 1.5 miles to 2 miles.......................... 3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4-8--Containment (Flood) Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Containment criteria value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Documentation that containment at the source is designed, 0
constructed, operated, and maintained to prevent a washout
of hazardous substances by the flood being evaluated......
Other...................................................... 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4-9--Flood Frequency Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Floodplain category value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source floods annually..................................... 50
Source in 10-year floodplain............................... 50
Source in 100-year floodplain.............................. 25
Source in 500-year floodplain.............................. 7
None of above.............................................. 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter this highest potential to release by flood factor value for
the watershed in table 4-1, as well as the values for containment
(flood) and flood frequency that yield this highest value.
4.1.2.1.2.3 Calculation of potential to release factor value. Sum
the factor values assigned to the watershed for potential to release by
overland flow and potential to release by flood. Assign this sum as the
potential to release factor value for the watershed, subject to a
maximum value of 500. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.2.1.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-likelihood of release
factor category value. If an observed release is established for the
watershed, assign the observed release factor value of 550 as the
likelihood of release factor category value for that watershed.
Otherwise, assign the potential to release factor value for that
watershed as the likelihood of release factor category value for that
watershed. Enter the value assigned in table 4-1.
4.1.2.2 Drinking water threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the
waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two
factors: toxicity/persistence and hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate
only those hazardous substances that are available to migrate from the
sources at the site to surface water in the watershed via the overland/
flood hazardous substance migration path for the watershed (see section
4.1.1.1). Such hazardous substances include:
[sbull] Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed
release to surface water in the watershed.
[sbull] All hazardous substances associated with a source that has a
surface water containment factor value greater than 0 for the watershed
(see sections 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 4.1.2.1.2.1.1, and 4.1.2.1.2.2.1).
4.1.2.2.1 Toxicity/persistence. For each hazardous substance, assign
a toxicity factor value, a persistence factor value, and a combined
toxicity/persistence factor value as specified in sections 4.1.2.2.1.1
through 4.1.2.2.1.3. Select the toxicity/persistence factor value for
the watershed as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.3.
4.1.2.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each
hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1.
4.1.2.2.1.2 Persistence. Assign a persistence factor value to each
hazardous substance. In assigning this value, evaluate persistence based
primarily on the half-life of the hazardous substance in surface water
and secondarily on the sorption of the hazardous substance to sediments.
The half-life in surface water is defined for HRS purposes as the time
required to reduce the initial concentration in surface water by one-
half as a result of the combined decay processes of biodegradation,
hydrolysis, photolysis, and volatilization. Sorption to sediments is
evaluated for the HRS based on the logarithm of the n-octanol-water
partition coefficient (log Kow) of the hazardous substance.
Estimate the half-life (t1[sol]2) of a hazardous
substance as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.149
where:
h=Hydrolysis half-life.
b=Biodegradation half-life.
p=Photolysis half-life.
v=Volatilization half-life.
If one or more of these four component half-lives cannot be
estimated for the hazardous substance from available data, delete that
component half-life from the above equation. If none of these four
component half-lives can be estimated for the hazardous substance from
available data, use the default procedure indicated below. Estimate a
half-life for the hazardous substance for lakes or for rivers, oceans,
coastal tidal waters, and Great Lakes, as appropriate.
If a half-life can be estimated for a hazardous substance:
[[Page 149]]
[sbull] Assign that hazardous substance a persistence factor value
from the appropriate portion of table 4-10 (that is lakes; or rivers,
oceans, coastal tidal waters, and Great Lakes).
[sbull] Select the appropriate portion of table 4-10 as follows:
-If there is one or more drinking water intakes along the hazardous
substance migration path for the watershed, select the nearest drinking
water intake as measured from the probable point of entry. If the in-
water segment between the probable point of entry and this selected
intake includes both lakes and other water bodies, use the lakes portion
of table 4-10 only if more than half the distance to this selected
intake lies in lake(s). Otherwise, use the rivers, oceans, coastal tidal
waters, and Great Lakes portion of table 4-10. For contaminated
sediments with no identified source, use the point where measurement
begins (see section 4.1.1.2) rather than the probable point of entry.
-If there are no drinking water intakes but there are intakes or points
of use for any of the resource types listed in section 4.1.2.3.3, select
the nearest such intake or point of use. Select the portion of table 4-
10 based on this intake or point of use in the manner specified for
drinking water intakes.
-If there are no drinking water intakes and no specified resource
intakes and points of use, but there is another type of resource listed
in section 4.1.2.3.3 (for example, the water is usable for drinking
water purposes even though not used), select the portion of table 4-10
based on the nearest point of this resource in the manner specified for
drinking water intakes.
Table 4-10--Persistence Factor Values--Half-Life
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Surface water category Substance half-life (days) value a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rivers, oceans, coastal Less than or equal to 0.2..... 0.0007
tidal waters, and Great Greater than 0.2 to 0.5....... 0.07
Lakes Greater than 0.5 to 1.5....... 0.4
Greater than 1.5.............. 1
-----------------------------
Lakes Less than or equal to 0.02.... 0.0007
Greater than 0.02 to 2........ 0.07
Greater than 2 to 20.......... 0.4
Greater than 20............... 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
If a half-life cannot be estimated for a hazardous substance from
available data, use the following default procedure to assign a
persistence factor value to that hazardous substance:
[sbull] For those hazardous substances that are metals (or
metalloids), assign a persistence factor value of 1 as a default for all
surface water bodies.
[sbull] For other hazardous substances (both organic and inorganic),
assign a persistence factor value of 0.4 as a default for rivers,
oceans, coastal tidal waters, and Great Lakes, and a persistence factor
value of 0.07 as a default for lakes. Select the appropriate value in
the same manner specified for using table 4-10.
Use the persistence factor value assigned based on half-life or the
default procedure unless the hazardous substance can be assigned a
higher factor value from Table 4-11, based on its Log Kow. If
a higher value can be assigned from table 4-11, assign this higher value
as the persistence factor value for the hazardous substance.
Table 4-11--Persistence Factor Values--Log Kow
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Log Kow value \a\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3.5................................................ 0.0007
3.5 to less than 4.0......................................... 0.07
4.0 to 4.5................................................... 0.4
Greater than 4.5............................................. 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Use for lakes, rivers, oceans, coastal tidal waters, and Great
Lakes. Do not round to nearest integer.
4.1.2.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/persistence factor value. Assign
each hazardous substance a toxicity/persistence factor value from table
4-12, based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for the
toxicity and persistence factors. Use the hazardous substance with the
highest toxicity/persistence factor value for the watershed to assign
the toxicity/persistence factor value for the drinking water threat for
the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a hazardous waste
quantity factor value for the watershed as specified in section 2.4.2.
Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.2.2.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-waste characteristics
factor category
[[Page 150]]
value. Multiply the toxicity/persistence and hazardous waste quantity
factor values for the watershed, subject to a maximum product of 1 x
108. Based on this product, assign a value from table 2-7
(section 2.4.3.1) to the drinking water threat-waste characteristics
factor category for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-1.
Table 4-12--Toxicity/Persistence Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toxicity factor value
Persistence factor value -------------------------------------------------------
10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0..................................................... 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0
0.4..................................................... 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0
0.07.................................................... 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0
0.0007.................................................. 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 0.0007 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
4.1.2.3 Drinking water threat-targets. Evaluate the targets factor
category for each watershed based on three factors: nearest intake,
population, and resources.
To evaluate the nearest intake and population factors, determine
whether the target surface water intakes are subject to actual or
potential contamination as specified in section 4.1.1.2. Use either an
observed release based on direct observation at the intake or the
exposure concentrations from samples (or comparable samples) taken at or
beyond the intake to make this determination (see section 4.1.2.1.1).
The exposure concentrations for a sample (that is, surface water,
benthic, or sediment sample) consist of the concentrations of those
hazardous substances present that are significantly above background
levels and attributable at least in part to the site (that is, those
hazardous substance concentrations that meet the criteria for an
observed release).
When an intake is subject to actual contamination, evaluate it using
Level I concentrations or Level II concentrations. If the actual
contamination is based on an observed release by direct observation, use
Level II concentrations for that intake. However, if the actual
contamination is based on an observed release from samples, determine
which level applies for the intake by comparing the exposure
concentrations from samples (or comparable samples) to health-based
benchmarks as specified in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use the health-
based benchmarks from table 3-10 (section 3.3.1) in determining the
level of contamination from samples. For contaminated sediments with no
identified source, evaluate the actual contamination using Level II
concentrations (see section 4.1.1.2).
4.1.2.3.1 Nearest intake. Evaluate the nearest intake factor based
on the drinking water intakes along the overland/flood hazardous
substance migration path for the watershed. Include standby intakes in
evaluating this factor only if they are used for supply at least once a
year.
Assign the nearest intake factor a value as follows and enter the
value in table 4-1:
[sbull] If one or more of these drinking water intakes is subject to
Level I concentrations as specified in section 4.1.2.3, assign a factor
value of 50.
[sbull] If not, but if one or more of these drinking water intakes
is subject to Level II concentrations, assign a factor value of 45.
[sbull] If none of these drinking water intakes is subject to Level
I or Level II concentrations, determine the nearest of these drinking
water intakes, as measured from the probable point of entry (or from the
point where measurement begins for contaminated sediments with no
identified source). Assign a dilution weight from table 4-13 to this
intake, based on the type of surface water body in which it is located.
Multiply this dilution weight by 20, round the product to the nearest
integer, and assign it as the factor value.
Assign the dilution weight from table 4-13 as follows:
Table 4-13--Surface Water Dilution Weights
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of surface water body&thnsp[gE]a Assigned
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- dilution
Descriptor Flow characteristics weight b
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimal stream................................................... Less than 10 cfs c.............. 1
Small to moderate stream......................................... 10 to 100 cfs................... 0.1
Moderate to large stream......................................... Greater than 100 to 1,000 cfs... 0.01
Large stream to river............................................ Greater than 1,000 to 10,000 cfs 0.001
Large river...................................................... Greater than 10,000 to 100,000 0.0001
cfs.
Very large river................................................. Greater than 100,000 cfs........ 0.00001
Coastal tidal waters d........................................... Flow not applicable, depth not 0.0001
applicable.
Shallow ocean zonee or Great Lake................................ Flow not applicable, depth less 0.0001
than 20 feet.
Moderate depth ocean zone e or Great Lake........................ Flow not applicable, depth 20 to 0.00001
200 feet.
[[Page 151]]
Deep ocean zone e or Great Lake.................................. Flow not applicable, depth 0.000005
greater than 200 feet.
3-mile mixing zone in quiet flowing river........................ 10 cfs or greater............... 0.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Treat each lake as a separate type of water body and assign a dilution weight as specified in text.
b Do not round to nearest integer.
c cfs = cubic feet per second.
d Embayments, harbors, sounds, estuaries, back bays, lagoons, wetlands, etc., seaward from mouths of rivers and
landward from baseline of Territorial Sea.
e Seaward from baseline of Territorial Sea. This baseline represents the generalized U.S. coastline. It is
parallel to the seaward limit of the Territorial Sea and other maritime limits such as the inner boundary of
the Federal fisheries jurisdiction and the limit of States jurisdiction under the Submerged Lands Act, as
amended.
[sbull] For a river (that is, surface water body types specified in
table 4-13 as minimal stream through very large river), assign a
dilution weight based on the average annual flow in the river at the
intake. If available, use the average annual discharge as defined in the
U.S. Geological Survey Water Resources Data Annual Report. Otherwise,
estimate the average annual flow.
[sbull] For a lake, assign a dilution weight as follows:
-For a lake that has surface water flow entering the lake, assign a
dilution weight based on the sum of the average annual flows for the
surface water bodies entering the lake up to the point of the intake.
-For a lake that has no surface water flow entering, but that does have
surface water flow leaving, assign a dilution weight based on the sum of
the average annual flows for the surface water bodies leaving the lake.
-For a closed lake (that is, a lake without surface water flow entering
or leaving), assign a dilution weight based on the average annual ground
water flow into the lake, if available, using the dilution weight for
the corresponding river flow rate in table 4-13. If not available,
assign a default dilution weight of 1.
[sbull] For the ocean and the Great Lakes, assign a dilution weight
based on depth.
[sbull] For coastal tidal waters, assign a dilution weight of
0.0001; do not consider depth or flow.
[sbull] For a quiet-flowing river that has average annual flow of 10
cubic feet per second (cfs) or greater and that contains the probable
point of entry to surface water, apply a zone of mixing in assigning the
dilution weight:
-Start the zone of mixing at the probable point of entry and extend it
for 3 miles from the probable point of entry, except: if the surface
water characteristics change to turbulent within this 3-mile distance,
extend the zone of mixing only to the point at which the change occurs.
-Assign a dilution weight of 0.5 to any intake that lies within this
zone of mixing.
-Beyond this zone of mixing, assign a dilution weight the same as for
any other river (that is, assign the dilution weight based on average
annual flow).
-Treat a quiet-flowing river with an average annual flow of less than 10
cfs the same as any other river (that is, assign it a dilution weight of
1).
In those cases where water flows from a surface water body with a lower
assigned dilution weight (from table 4-13) to a surface water body with
a higher assigned dilution weight (that is, water flows from a surface
water body with more dilution to one with less dilution), use the lower
assigned dilution weight as the dilution weight for the latter surface
water body.
4.1.2.3.2 Population. In evaluating the population factor, include
only persons served by drinking water drawn from intakes that are along
the overland/flood hazardous substance migration path for the watershed
and that are within the target distance limit specified in section
4.1.1.2. Include residents, students, and workers who regularly use the
water. Exclude transient populations such as customers and travelers
passing through the area. When a standby intake is maintained on a
regular basis so that water can be withdrawn, include it in evaluating
the population factor.
In estimating residential population, when the estimate is based on
the number of residences, multiply each residence by the average number
of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is
located.
In estimating the population served by an intake, if the water from
the intake is blended with other water (for example, water from other
surface water intakes or ground water wells), apportion the total
population regularly served by the blended system to the intake based on
the intake's relative contribution to the total blended system. In
estimating the intake's relative contribution, assume each well or
intake contributes equally and apportion the population accordingly,
except: if the relative contribution of any one intake or well exceeds
40 percent based on average annual pumpage or capacity, estimate the
relative contribution of the
[[Page 152]]
wells and intakes considering the following data, if available:
[sbull] Average annual pumpage from the ground water wells and
surface water intakes in the blended system.
[sbull] Capacities of the wells and intakes in the blended system.
For systems with standby surface water intakes or standby ground
water wells, apportion the total population regularly served by the
blended system as described above, except:
[sbull] Exclude standby ground water wells in apportioning the
population.
[sbull] When using pumpage data for a standby surface water intake,
use average pumpage for the period during which the standby intake is
used rather than average annual pumpage.
[sbull] For that portion of the total population that could be
apportioned to a standby surface water intake, assign that portion of
the population either to that standby intake or to the other surface
water intake(s) and ground water well(s) that serve that population; do
not assign that portion of the population both to the standby intake and
to the other intake(s) and well(s) in the blended system. Use the
apportioning that results in the highest population factor value.
(Either include all standby intake(s) or exclude some or all of the
standby intake(s) as appropriate to obtain this highest value.) Note
that the specific standby intake(s) included or excluded and, thus, the
specific apportioning may vary in evaluating different watersheds and in
evaluating the ground water pathway.
4.1.2.3.2.1 Level of contamination. Evaluate the population factor
based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations,
and potential contamination. Determine which factor applies for an
intake as specified in section 4.1.2.3. Evaluate intakes subject to
Level I concentration as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.2, intakes
subject to Level II concentration as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.3,
and intakes subject to potential contamination as specified in section
4.1.2.3.2.4.
For the potential contamination factor, use population ranges in
evaluating the factor as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.4. For the Level
I and Level II concentrations factors, use the population estimate, not
population ranges, in evaluating both factors.
4.1.2.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. Sum the number of people served
by drinking water from intakes subject to Level I concentrations.
Multiply this sum by 10. Assign this product as the value for this
factor. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.2.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. Sum the number of people served
by drinking water from intakes subject to Level II concentrations. Do
not include people already counted under the Level I concentrations
factor. Assign this sum as the value for this factor. Enter this value
in table 4-1.
4.1.2.3.2.4 Potential contamination. For each applicable type of
surface water body in table 4-14, first determine the number of people
served by drinking water from intakes subject to potential contamination
in that type of surface water body. Do not include those people already
counted under the Level I and Level II concentrations factors.
[[Page 153]]
Table 4-14--Dilution-Weighted Population Values for Potential Contamination Factor For Surface Water Migration Pathway a
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of people
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of surface water body&thnsp[gE]b 10,001 30,001 100,001 300,001 1,000,001 3,000,001
0 1 to 10 11 to 30 31 to 101 to 301 to 1,001 to 3,001 to to to to to to to
100 300 1,000 3,000 10,000 30,000 100,000 300,000 1,000,000 3,000,000 10,000,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimal stream (<10 cfs)........................ 0 4 17 53 164 522 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,137 163,246 521,360 1,632,455 5,213,590
Small to moderate stream (10 to 100 cfs)........ 0 0.4 2 5 16 52 163 521 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,136 163,245 521,359
Moderate to large stream (100 to 0 0.04 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52 163 521 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,136
1,000 cfs).....................................
Large stream to river (1,000 to 0 0.004 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52 163 521 1,632 5,214
10,000 cfs)....................................
Large river (10,000 to 100,000 cfs).. 0 0 0.002 0.005 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52 163 521
Very large river (100,000 cfs)....... 0 0 0 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52
Shallow ocean zone or Great Lake (depth <20 0 0 0.002 0.005 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52 163 521
feet)..........................................
Moderate ocean zone or Great Lake (depth 20 to 0 0 0 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52
200 feet)......................................
Deep ocean zone or Great Lakes (depth 200 feet)...................................
3-mile mixing zone in quiet flowing river 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227 2,606,795
([gE]10 cfs)...................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Round the number of people to nearest integer. Do not round the assigned dilution-weighted population value to nearest integer.
b Treat each lake as a separate type of water body and assign it a dilution-weighted population value using the surface water body type with the same dilution-weighted from table 4-13 as the
lake. If drinking water is withdrawn from coastal tidal water or the ocean, assign a dilution-weighted population value to it using the surface water body type with the same dilution weight
from table 4-13 as the coastal tidal water or the ocean zone.
[[Page 154]]
For each type of surface water body, assign a dilution-weighted
population value from table 4-14, based on the number of people included
for that type of surface water body. (Note that the dilution-weighted
population values in table 4-14 incorporate the dilution weights from
table 4-13. Do not multiply the values from table 4-14 by these dilution
weights.)
Calculate the value for the potential contamination factor (PC) for
the watershed as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.150
where:
Wi=Dilution-weighted population from table 4-14 for surface
water body type i.
n=Number of different surface water body types in the watershed.
If PC is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PC
is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value for the
potential contamination factor in table 4-1.
4.1.2.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor
values for Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and
potential contamination. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer.
Assign this sum as the population factor value for the watershed. Enter
this value in table 4-1.
4.1.2.3.3 Resources. To evaluate the resources factor for the
watershed, select the highest value below that applies to the watershed.
Assign this value as the resources factor value for the watershed. Enter
this value in table 4-1.
Assign a value of 5 if, within the in-water segment of the hazardous
substance migration path for the watershed, the surface water is used
for one or more of the following purposes:
[sbull] Irrigation (5 acre minimum) of commercial food crops or
commercial forage crops.
[sbull] Watering of commercial livestock.
[sbull] Ingredient in commercial food preparation.
[sbull] Major or designated water recreation area, excluding
drinking water use.
Assign a value of 5 if, within the in-water segment of the hazardous
substance migration path for the watershed, the surface water is not
used for drinking water, but either of the following applies:
[sbull] Any portion of the surface water is designated by a State
for drinking water use under section 305(a) of the Clean Water Act, as
amended.
[sbull] Any portion of the surface water is usable for drinking
water purposes.
Assign a value of 0 if none of the above applies.
4.1.2.3.4 Calculation of drinking water threat-targets factor
category value. Sum the nearest intake, population, and resources factor
values for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer.
Assign this sum as the drinking water threat-targets factor category
value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.2.4 Calculation of the drinking water threat score for a
watershed. Multiply the drinking water threat factor category values for
likelihood of release, waste char-
acteristics, and targets for the watershed, and round the product to the
nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign the resulting value,
subject to a maximum of 100, as the drinking water threat score for the
watershed. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.3 Human food chain threat. Evaluate the human food chain threat
for each watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of
release, waste characteristics, and targets.
4.1.3.1 Human food chain threat-likelihood of release. Assign the
same likelihood of release factor category value for the human food
chain threat for the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.1.2.1.3
for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.3.2 Human food chain threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the
waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two
factors: toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation and hazardous waste
quantity.
4.1.3.2.1 Toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation. Evaluate all those
hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for toxicity/persistence
in the drinking water threat for the watershed (see section 4.1.2.2).
4.1.3.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each
hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1.
4.1.3.2.1.2 Persistence. Assign a persistence factor value to each
hazardous substance as specified for the drinking water threat (see
section 4.1.2.2.1.2), except: use the predominant water category (that
is, lakes; or rivers, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes)
between the probable point of entry and the nearest fishery (not the
nearest drinking water or resources intake) along the hazardous
substance migration path for the watershed to determine which portion of
table 4-10 to use. Determine the predominant water category based on
distance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2. For contaminated sediments
with no identified source, use the point where measurement begins rather
than the probable point of entry.
4.1.3.2.1.3 Bioaccumulation potential. Use the following data
hierarchy to assign a bioaccumulation potential factor value to each
hazardous substance:
[sbull] Bioconcentration factor (BCF) data.
[sbull] Logarithm of the n-octanol-water partition coefficient (log
Kow) data.
[sbull] Water solubility data.
[[Page 155]]
Assign a bioaccumulation potential factor value to each hazardous
substance from table 4-15.
If BCF data are available for any aquatic human food chain organism
for the substance being evaluated, assign the bioaccumulation potential
factor value to the hazardous substance as follows:
[sbull] If BCF data are available for both fresh water and salt
water for the hazardous substance, use the BCF data that correspond to
the type of water body (that is, fresh water or salt water) in which the
fisheries are located to assign the bioaccumulation potential factor
value to the hazardous substance.
[sbull] If, however, some of the fisheries being evaluated are in
fresh water and some are in salt water, or if any are in brackish water,
use the BCF data that yield the higher factor value to assign the
bioaccumulation potential factor value to the hazardous substance.
[sbull] If BCF data are available for either fresh water or salt
water, but not for both, use the available BCF data to assign the
bioaccumulation potential factor value to the hazardous substance.
If BCF data are not available for the hazardous substance, use log
Kow data to assign a bioaccumulation potential factor value
to organic substances, but not to inorganic substances. If BCF data are
not available, and if either log Kow data are not available,
the log Kow is available but exceeds 6.0, or the substance is
an inorganic substance, use water solubility data to assign a
bioaccumulation potential factor value.
Table 4-15--Bioaccumulation Potential Factor Values a
If bioconcentration factor (BCF) data are available for any aquatic
human food chain organism, assign a value as follows: b
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
BCF value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than or equal to 10,000.............................. 50,000
1,000 to less than 10,000.................................... 5,000
100 to less than 1,000....................................... 500
10 to less than 100.......................................... 50
1 to less than 10............................................ 5
Less than 1.................................................. 0.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
If BCF data are not available, and log Kow data are available
and do not exceed 6.0, assign a value to an organic hazardous substance
as follows (for inorganic hazardous substances, skip this step and
proceed to the next):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Log Kow value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.5 to 6.0................................................... 50,000
4.5 to less than 5.5......................................... 5,000
3.2 to less than 4.5......................................... 500
2.0 to less than 3.2......................................... 50
0.8 to less than 2.0......................................... 5
Less than 0.8................................................ 0.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
If BCF data are not available, and if either Log Kow data are
not available, a log Kow is available but exceeds 6.0, or the
substance is an inorganic substance, assign a value as follows:
Table 4-15--Bioaccumulation Potential Factor Values a--Concluded
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Water solubility (mg/l) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 25................................................. 50,000
25 to 500.................................................... 5,000
Greater than 500 to 1,500.................................... 500
Greater than 1,500........................................... 0.5
--------------------------------------------------------------
If none of these data are available, assign a value of 0.5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
b See text for use of freshwater and saltwater BCF data.
Do not distinguish between fresh water and salt water in assigning the
bioaccumulation potential factor value based on log Kow or
water solubility data.
If none of these data are available, assign the hazardous substance
a bioaccumulation potential factor value of 0.5.
4.1.3.2.1.4 Calculation of toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation
factor value. Assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/persistence
factor value from table 4-12, based on the values assigned to the
hazardous substance for the toxicity and persistence factors. Then
assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation
factor value from table 4-16, based on the values assigned for the
toxicity/persistence and bioaccumulation potential factors. Use the
hazardous substance with the highest toxicity/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value for the watershed to assign the value to
this factor. Enter this value in table 4-1.
Table 4-16--Toxicity/Persistence/Bioaccumulation Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bioaccumulation potential factor value
Toxicity persistence factor value -----------------------------------------------------------------
50,000 5,000 500 50 5 0.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10,000........................................ 5x10\8\ 5x10\7\ 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000
4,000......................................... 2x10\8\ 2x10\7\ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000
1,000......................................... 5x10\7\ 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500
700........................................... 3.5x10\7\ 3.5x10\6\ 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350
400........................................... 2x10\7\ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200
100........................................... 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50
70............................................ 3.5x10\6\ 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35
40............................................ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20
[[Page 156]]
10............................................ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50 5
7............................................. 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35 3.5
4............................................. 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20 2
1............................................. 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50 5 0.5
0.7........................................... 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35
0.4........................................... 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20 2 0.2
0.07.......................................... 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035
0.007......................................... 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035
0.0007........................................ 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 0.00035
0............................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
4.1.3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for
hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned in
section 4.1.2.2.2 for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in
table 4-1.
4.1.3.2.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-waste
characteristics factor category value. For the hazardous substance
selected for the watershed in section 4.1.3.2.1.4, use its toxicity/
persistence factor value and bioaccumulation potential factor value as
follows to assign a value to the waste characteristics factor category.
First, multiply the toxicity/persistence factor value and the hazardous
waste quantity factor value for the watershed, subject to a maximum
product of 1x10 \8\. Then multiply this product by the bioaccumulation
potential factor value for this hazardous substance, subject to a
maximum product of 1x10 \12\. Based on this second product, assign a
value from Table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the human food chain threat-
waste characteristics factor category for the watershed. Enter this
value in table 4-1.
4.1.3.3 Human food chain threat-targets. Evaluate two target factors
for each watershed: food chain individual and population. For both
factors, determine whether the target fisheries are subject to actual or
potential human food chain contamination.
Consider a fishery (or portion of a fishery) within the target
distance limit of the watershed to be subject to actual human food chain
contamination if any of the following apply:
[sbull] A hazardous substance having a bioaccumulation potential
factor value of 500 or greater is present either in an observed release
by direct observation to the watershed or in a surface water or sediment
sample from the watershed at a level that meets the criteria for an
observed release to the watershed from the site, and at least a portion
of the fishery is within the boundaries of the observed release (that
is, it is located either at the point of direct observation or at or
between the probable point of entry and the most distant sampling point
establishing the observed release).
[sbull] The fishery is closed, and a hazardous substance for which
the fishery has been closed has been documented in an observed release
to the watershed from the site, and at least a portion of the fishery is
within the boundaries of the observed release.
[sbull] A hazardous substance is present in a tissue sample from an
essentially sessile, benthic, human food chain organism from the
watershed at a level that meets the criteria for an observed release to
the watershed from the site, and at least a portion of the fishery is
within the boundaries of the observed release.
For a fishery that meets any of these three criteria, but that is
not wholly within the boundaries of the observed release, consider only
the portion of the fishery that is within the boundaries of the observed
release to be subject to actual human food chain contamination. Consider
the remainder of the fishery within the target distance limit to be
subject to potential food chain contamination.
In addition, consider all other fisheries that are partially or
wholly within the target distance limit for the watershed, including
fisheries partially or wholly within the boundaries of an observed
release for the watershed that do not meet any of the three criteria
listed above, to be subject to potential human food chain contamination.
If only a portion of the fishery is within the target distance limit for
the watershed, include only that portion in evaluating the targets
factor category.
When a fishery (or portion of a fishery) is subject to actual food
chain contamination, determine the part of the fishery subject to Level
I concentrations and the part subject to Level II concentrations. If the
actual food chain contamination is based on direct observation, evaluate
it using Level II concentrations. However, if the actual food chain
contamination is based on samples from the watershed, use these samples
and, if available, additional tissue samples from aquatic human food
chain organisms as specified below, to determine the part subject to
[[Page 157]]
Level I concentrations and the part subject to Level II concentrations:
[sbull] Determine the level of actual contamination from samples
(including tissue samples from essentially sessile, benthic organisms)
that meet the criteria for actual food chain contamination by comparing
the exposure concentrations (see section 4.1.2.3) from these samples (or
comparable samples) to the health-based benchmarks from table 4-17, as
described in section 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use only the exposure
concentrations for those hazardous substances in the sample (or
comparable samples) that meet the criteria for actual contamination of
the fishery.
[sbull] In addition, determine the level of actual contamination
from other tissue samples by comparing the concentrations of hazardous
substances in the tissue samples (or comparable tissue samples) to the
health-based benchmarks from table 4-17, as described in sections 2.5.1
and 2.5.2. Use only those additional tissue samples and only those
hazardous substances in the tissue samples that meet all the following
criteria:
-The tissue sample is from a location that is within the boundaries of
the actual food chain contamination for the site (that is, either at the
point of direct observation or at or between the probable point of entry
and the most distant sample point meeting the criteria for actual food
chain contamination).
-The tissue sample is from a species of aquatic human food chain
organism that spends extended periods of time within the boundaries of
the actual food chain contamination for the site and that is not an
essentially sessile, benthic organism.
-The hazardous substance is a substance that is also present in a
surface water, benthic, or sediment sample from within the target
distance limit for the watershed and, for such a sample, meets the
criteria for actual food chain contamination.
Table 4-17--Health-Based Benchmarks for Hazardous Substances in Human
Food Chain
[sbull] Concentration corresponding to Food and Drug Administration
Action Level (FDAAL) for fish or shellfish.
[sbull] Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that
concentration that corresponds to the 10-6 individual cancer
risk for oral exposures.
[sbull] Screening concentration for noncancer toxicological
responses corresponding to the Reference Dose (RfD) for oral exposures.
4.1.3.3.1 Food chain individual. Evaluate the food chain individual
factor based on the fisheries (or portions of fisheries) within the
target distance limit for the watershed. Assign this factor a value as
follows:
[sbull] If any fishery (or portion of a fishery) is subject to Level
I concentrations, assign a value of 50.
[sbull] If not, but if any fishery (or portion of a fishery) is
subject to Level II concentrations, assign a value of 45.
[sbull] If not, but if there is an observed release of a hazardous
substance having a bioaccumulation potential factor value of 500 or
greater to surface water in the watershed and there is a fishery (or
portion of a fishery) present anywhere within the target distance limit,
assign a value of 20.
[sbull] If there is no observed release to surface water in the
watershed or there is no observed release of a hazardous substance
having a bioaccumulation potential factor value of 500 or greater, but
there is a fishery (or portion of a fishery) present anywhere within the
target distance limit, assign a value as follows:
-Using table 4-13, determine the highest dilution weight (that is,
lowest amount of dilution) applicable to the fisheries (or portions of
fisheries) within the target distance limit. Multiply this dilution
weight by 20 and round to the nearest integer.
-Assign this calculated value as the factor value.
[sbull] If there are no fisheries (or portions of fisheries) within
the target distance limit of the watershed, assign a value of 0.
Enter the value assigned in table 4-1.
4.1.3.3.2 Population. Evaluate the population factor for the
watershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II
concentrations, and potential human food chain contamination. Determine
which factor applies for a fishery (or portion of a fishery) as
specified in section 4.1.3.3.
4.1.3.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. Determine those fisheries (or
portions of fisheries) within the watershed that are subject to Level I
concentrations.
Estimate the human food chain population value for each fishery (or
portion of a fishery) as follows:
[sbull] Estimate human food chain production for the fishery based
on the estimated annual production (in pounds) of human food chain
organisms (for example, fish, shellfish) for that fishery, except: if
the fishery is closed and a hazardous substance for which the fishery
has been closed has been documented in an observed release to the
fishery from a source at the site, use the estimated annual production
for the period prior to closure of the fishery or use the estimated
annual production from comparable fisheries that are not closed.
[sbull] Assign the fishery a value for human food chain population
from table 4-18, based on the estimated human food production for the
fishery.
[sbull] Set boundaries between fisheries at those points where human
food chain production
[[Page 158]]
changes or where the surface water dilution weight changes.
Sum the human food chain population value for each fishery (and
portion of a fishery). Multiply this sum by 10. If the product is less
than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if 1 or more, round to
the nearest integer. Assign the resulting value as the Level I
concentrations factor value. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.3.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. Determine those fisheries (or
portions of fisheries) within the watershed that are subject to Level II
concentrations. Do not include any fisheries (or portions of fisheries)
already counted under the Level I concentrations factor.
Assign each fishery (or portion of a fishery) a value for human food
chain population from table 4-18, based on the estimated human food
production for the fishery. Estimate the human food chain production for
the fishery as specified in section 4.1.3.3.2.1.
Sum the human food chain population value for each fishery (and
portion of a fishery). If this sum is less than 1, do not round it to
the nearest integer; if 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Assign
the resulting value as the Level II concentrations factor value. Enter
this value in table 4-1.
Table 4-18--Human Food Chain Population Values a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
human food
Human food chain production (pounds per year) chain
population
value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................................... 0
Greater than 0 to 100...................................... 0.03
Greater than 100 to 1,000.................................. 0.3
Greater than 1,000 to 10,000............................... 3
Greater than 10,000 to 100,000............................. 31
Greater than 100,000 to 1,000,000.......................... 310
Greater than 106 to 107.................................... 3,100
Greater than 107 to 108.................................... 31,000
Greater than 108 to 109.................................... 310,000
Greater than 109........................................... 3,100,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
4.1.3.3.2.3 Potential human food chain contamination. Determine
those fisheries (or portions of fisheries) within the watershed that are
subject to potential human food chain contamination. Do not include
those fisheries (or portion of fisheries) already counted under the
Level I or Level II concentrations factors.
Calculate the value for the potential human food chain contamination
factor (PF) for the watershed as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.151
where:
Pi=Human food chain population value for fishery i.
Di=Dilution weight from table 4-13 for fishery i.
n=Number of fisheries subject to potential human food chain
contamination.
In calculating PF:
[sbull] Estimate the human food chain population value
(Pi) for a fishery (or portion of a fishery) as specified in
section 4.1.3.3.2.1.
[sbull] Assign the fishery (or portion of a fishery) a dilution
weight as indicated in table 4-13 (section 4.1.2.3.1), except: do not
assign a dilution weight of 0.5 for a ``3-mile mixing zone in quiet
flowing river''; instead assign a dilution weight based on the average
annual flow.
If PF is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PF
is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter the value assigned in
table 4-1.
4.1.3.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the values
for the Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potential
human food chain contamination factors for the watershed. Do not round
this sum to the nearest integer. Assign it as the population factor
value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.3.3.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-targets factor
category value. Sum the food chain individual and population factor
values for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer.
Assign it as the human food chain threat-targets factor category value
for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.3.4 Calculation of human food chain threat score for a
watershed. Multiply the human food chain threat factor category values
for likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets for the
watershed, and round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by
82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 100, as the
human food chain threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in
table 4-1.
4.1.4 Environmental threat. Evaluate the environmental threat for
the watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of release,
waste characteristics, and targets.
4.1.4.1 Environmental threat-likelihood of release. Assign the same
likelihood of release factor category value for the environmental threat
for the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.1.2.1.3 for the
drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.4.2 Environmental threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the
waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two
factors: ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation and hazardous
waste quantity.
4.1.4.2.1 Ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation. Evaluate
all those hazardous
[[Page 159]]
substances eligible to be evaluated for toxicity/persistence in the
drinking water threat for the watershed (see
section 4.1.2.2).
4.1.4.2.1.1 Ecosystem toxicity. Assign an ecosystem toxicity factor
value from Table 4-19 to each hazardous substance on the basis of the
following data hierarchy:
[sbull] EPA chronic Ambient Water Quality Criterion (AWQC) for the
substance.
[sbull] EPA chronic Ambient Aquatic Life Advisory Concentrations
(AALAC) for the substance.
[sbull] EPA acute AWQC for the substance.
[sbull] EPA acute AALAC for the substance.
[sbull] Lowest LC50 value for the substance.
In assigning the ecosystem toxicity factor value to the hazardous
substance:
[sbull] If either an EPA chronic AWQC or AALAC is available for the
hazardous substance, use it to assign the ecosystem toxicity factor
value. Use the chronic AWQC in preference to the chronic AALAC when both
are available.
[sbull] If neither is available, use the EPA acute AWQC or AALAC to
assign the ecosystem toxicity factor value. Use the acute AWQC in
preference to the acute AALAC.
[sbull] If none of the chronic and acute AWQCs and AALACs is
available, use the lowest LC50 value to assign the ecosystem
toxicity factor value.
[sbull] If an LC50 value is also not available, assign an
ecosystem toxicity factor value of 0 to the hazardous substance and use
other hazardous substances for which data are available in evaluating
the pathway.
If an ecosystem toxicity factor value of 0 is assigned to all
hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for the watershed (that
is, insufficient data are available for evaluating all the substances),
use a default value of 100 as the ecosystem toxicity factor value for
all these hazardous substances.
With regard to the AWQC, AALAC, or LC50 selected for
assigning the ecosystem toxicity factor value to the hazardous
substance:
[sbull] If values for the selected AWQC, AALAC, or LC50
are available for both fresh water and marine water for the hazardous
substance, use the value that corresponds to the type of water body
(that is, fresh water or salt water) in which the sensitive environments
are located to assign the ecosystem toxicity factor value to the
hazardous substance.
[sbull] If, however, some of the sensitive environments being
evaluated are in fresh water and some are in salt water, or if any are
in brackish water, use the value (fresh water or marine) that yields the
higher factor value to assign the ecosystem toxicity factor value to the
hazardous substance.
[sbull] If a value for the selected AWQC, AALAC, or LC50
is available for either fresh water or marine water, but not for both,
use the available one to assign an ecosystem toxicity factor value to
the hazardous substance.
Table 4-19--Ecosystem Toxicity Factor Values
If an EPA chronic AWQC a or AALAC b is available, assign a value as
follows: c
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
EPA chronic AWQC or AALAC value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 1 [mu] g/l......................................... 10,000
1 to 10 [mu] g/l............................................. 1,000
Greater than 10 to 100 [mu] g/l.............................. 100
Greater than 100 to 1,000 [mu] g/l........................... 10
Greater than 1,000 [mu] g/l.................................. 1
--------------------------------------------------------------
If neither an EPA chronic AWQC nor EPA chronic AALAC is available,
assign a value based on the EPA acute AWQC or AALAC as follows: c
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
EPA acute AWQC or AALAC value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 100 [mu] g/l....................................... 10,000
100 to 1,000 [mu] g/l........................................ 1,000
Greater than 1,000 to 10,000 [mu] g/l........................ 100
Greater than 10,000 to 100,000 [mu] g/l...................... 10
Greater than 100,000 [mu] g/l................................ 1
--------------------------------------------------------------
If neither an EPA chronic or acute AWQC nor EPA chronic or acute AALAC
is available, assign a value from the LC50 as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
LC50 value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 100 [mu] g/l....................................... 10,000
100 to 1,000 [mu] g/l........................................ 1,000
Greater than 1,000 to 10,000 [mu] g/l........................ 100
Greater than 10,000 to 100,000 [mu] g/l...................... 10
Greater than 100,000 [mu] g/l................................ 1
--------------------------------------------------------------
If none of the AWQCs and AALACs nor the LC50 is available, assign a
value of 0.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a AWQC--Ambient Water Quality Criteria.
b AALAC--Ambient Aquatic Life Advisory Concentrations.
c Use the AWQC value in preference to the AALAC when both are available.
See text for use of fresh water and marine values.
4.1.4.2.1.2 Persistence. Assign a persistence factor value to each
hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2, except: use the
predominant water category (that is lakes; or rivers, oceans, coastal
tidal waters, or Great Lakes) between the probable point of entry and
the nearest sensitive environment (not the nearest drinking water or
resources intake) along the hazardous substance migration path for the
watershed to determine which portion of table 4-10 to use. Determine the
predominant water category based on distance as specified in section
4.1.2.2.1.2. For contaminated sediments with no identified source, use
the point where measurement begins rather than the probable point of
entry.
4.1.4.2.1.3 Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential. Assign an ecosystem
bioaccumulation potential factor value to each hazardous substance in
the same manner specified for the bioaccumulation potential factor in
section 4.1.3.2.1.3, except:
[[Page 160]]
[sbull] Use BCF data for all aquatic organisms, not just for aquatic
human food chain organisms.
[sbull] Use the BCF data that corresponds to the type of water body
(that is, fresh water or salt water) in which the sensitive environments
(not fisheries) are located.
4.1.4.2.1.4 Calculation of ecosystem toxicity/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value. Assign each hazardous substance an
ecosystem toxicity/persistence factor value from table 4-20, based on
the values assigned to the hazardous substance for the ecosystem
toxicity and persistence factors. Then assign each hazardous substance
an ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value from
table 4-21, based on the values assigned for the ecosystem toxicity/
persistence and ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factors. Select the
hazardous substance with the highest ecosystem toxicity/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value for the watershed and use it to assign the
value to this factor. Enter this value in table 4-1.
Table 4-20--Ecosystem Toxicity/Persistence Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ecosystem toxicity factor value
Persistence factor value -------------------------------------------------------
10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0..................................................... 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0
0.4..................................................... 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0
0.07.................................................... 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0
0.0007.................................................. 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 0.0007 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
Table 4-21--Ecosystem Toxicity/Persistence/Bioaccumulation Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value
Ecosystem toxicity persistence factor value -----------------------------------------------------------------
50,000 5,000 500 50 5 0.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10,000........................................ 5x10\8\ 5x10\7\ 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000
4,000......................................... 2x10\8\ 2x10\7\ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000
1,000......................................... 5x10\7\ 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500
700........................................... 3.5x10\7\ 3.5x10\6\ 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350
400........................................... 2x10\7\ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200
100........................................... 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50
70............................................ 3.5x10\6\ 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35
40............................................ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20
10............................................ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50 5
7............................................. 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35 3.5
4............................................. 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20 2
1............................................. 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50 5 0.5
0.7........................................... 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35
0.4........................................... 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20 2 0.2
0.07.......................................... 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035
0.007......................................... 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035
0.0007........................................ 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 0.00035
0............................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
4.1.4.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for
hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned in
section 4.1.2.2.2 for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in
table 4-1.
4.1.4.2.3 Calculation of environmental threat-waste characteristics
factor category value. For the hazardous substance selected for the
watershed in section 4.1.4.2.1.4, use its ecosystem toxicity/persistence
factor value and ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value as
follows to assign a value to the waste characteristics factor category.
First, multiply the ecosystem toxicity/persistence factor value and the
hazardous waste quantity factor value for the watershed, subject to a
maximum product of 1x108. Then multiply this product by the
ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value for this hazardous
substance, subject to a maximum product of 1x1012. Based on
this second product, assign a value from Table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1) to
the environmental threat-waste characteristics factor category for the
watershed. Enter this value in table 4-1.
Table 4-22--Ecological-Based Benchmarks for Hazardous Substances in
Surface Water
[sbull] Concentration corresponding to EPA Ambient Water Quality
Criteria (AWQC) for protection of aquatic life (fresh water or marine).
[[Page 161]]
[sbull] Concentration corresponding to EPA Ambient Aquatic Life
Advisory Concentrations (AALAC).
[sbull] Select the appropriate AWQC and AALAC as follows:
-Use chronic value, if available; otherwise use acute value.
-If the sensitive environment being evaluated is in fresh water, use
fresh water value, except: if no fresh water value is available, use
marine value if available.
-If the sensitive environment being evaluated is in salt water, use
marine value, except: if no marine value is available, use fresh water
value if available.
-If the sensitive environment being evaluated is in both fresh water and
salt water, or is in brackish water, use lower of fresh water or marine
values.
Table 4-23--Sensitive Environments Rating Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Sensitive environment value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Critical habitat a for Federal designated endangered or 100
threatened species..........................................
Marine Sanctuary
National Park
Designated Federal Wilderness Area
Areas identified under Coastal Zone Management Act b
Sensitive areas identified under National Estuary Program c
or Near Coastal Waters Program d
Critical areas identified under the Clean Lakes Program e
National Monument f
National Seashore Recreational Area
National Lakeshore Recreational Area
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Habitat known to be used by Federal designated or proposed 75
endangered or threatened species............................
National Preserve
National or State Wildlife Refuge
Unit of Coastal Barrier Resources System
Coastal Barrier (undeveloped)
Federal land designated for protection of natural ecosystems
Administratively Proposed Federal Wilderness Area
Spawning areas critical g for the maintenance of fish/
shellfish species within river, lake, or coastal tidal
waters
Migratory pathways and feeding areas critical for maintenance
of anadromous fish species within river reaches or areas in
lakes or coastal tidal waters in which the fish spend
extended periods of time
Terrestrial areas utilized for breeding by large or dense
aggregations of animals h
National river reach designated as Recreational
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Habitat known to be used by State designated endangered or 50
threatened species..........................................
Habitat known to be used by species under review as to its
Federal endangered or threatened status
Coastal Barrier (partially developed)
Federal designated Scenic or Wild River
------------------------------------------------------------------------
State land designated for wildlife or game management........ 25
State designated Scenic or Wild River
State designated Natural Areas
Particular areas, relatively small in size, important to
maintenance of unique biotic communities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
State designated areas for protection or maintenance of 5
aquatic life i..............................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Critical habitat as defined in 50 CFR 424.02.
b Areas identified in State Coastal Zone Management plans as requiring
protection because of ecological value.
c National Estuary Program study areas (subareas within estuaries)
identified in Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans as
requiring protection because they support critical life stages of key
estuarine species (Section 320 of Clean Water Act, as amended).
d Near Coastal Waters as defined in Sections 104(b)(3), 304(1), 319, and
320 of Clean Water Act, as amended.
e Clean Lakes Program critical areas (subareas within lakes, or in some
cases entire small lakes) identified by State Clean Lake Plans as
critical habitat (Section 314 of Clean Water Act, as amended).
f Use only for air migration pathway.
g Limit to areas described as being used for intense or concentrated
spawning by a given species.
h For the air migration pathway, limit to terrestrial vertebrate
species. For the surface water migration pathway, limit to terrestrial
vertebrate species with aquatic or semiaquatic foraging habits.
i Areas designated under Section 305(a) of Clean Water Act, as amended.
Table 4-24--Wetlands Rating Values for Surface Water Migration Pathway
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Total length of wetlands a (miles) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 0.1................................................ 0
0.1 to 1..................................................... 25
Greater than 1 to 2.......................................... 50
Greater than 2 to 3.......................................... 75
[[Page 162]]
Greater than 3 to 4.......................................... 100
Greater than 4 to 8.......................................... 150
Greater than 8 to 12......................................... 250
Greater than 12 to 16........................................ 350
Greater than 16 to 20........................................ 450
Greater than 20.............................................. 500
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Wetlands as defined in 40 CFR section 230.3.
4.1.4.3 Environmental threat-targets. Evaluate the environmental
threat-targets factor category for a watershed using one factor:
sensitive environments.
4.1.4.3.1 Sensitive environments. Evaluate sensitive environments
along the hazardous substance migration path for the watershed based on
three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and
potential contamination.
Determine which factor applies to each sensitive environment as
specified in section 4.1.2.3, except: use ecological-based benchmarks
(Table 4-22) rather than health-based benchmarks (Table 3-10) in
determining the level of contamination from samples. In determining the
level of actual contamination, use a point of direct observation
anywhere within the sensitive environment or samples (that is, surface
water, benthic, or sediment samples) taken anywhere within or beyond the
sensitive environment (or anywhere adjacent to or beyond the sensitive
environment if it is contiguous to the migration path).
4.1.4.3.1.1 Level I concentrations. Assign value(s) from table 4-23
to each sensitive environment subject to Level I concentrations.
For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an
additional value from table 4-24. In assigning a value from table 4-24,
include only those portions of wetlands located along the hazardous
substance migration path in the area of Level I concentrations. If a
wetland is located partially along the area of Level I concentrations
and partially along the area of Level II concentrations and/or potential
contamination, then solely for purposes of table 4-24, count the
portion(s) along the areas of Level II concentrations or potential
contamination under the Level II concentrations factor (section
4.1.4.3.1.2) or potential contamination factor (section 4.1.4.3.1.3), as
appropriate.
Estimate the total length of wetlands along the hazardous substance
migration path (that is, wetland frontage) in the area of Level I
concentrations and assign a value from table 4-24 based on this total
length. Estimate this length as follows:
[sbull] For an isolated wetland or for a wetland where the probable
point of entry to surface water is in the wetland, use the perimeter of
that portion of the wetland subject to Level I concentrations as the
length.
[sbull] For rivers, use the length of the wetlands contiguous to the
in-water segment of the hazardous substance migration path (that is,
wetland frontage).
[sbull] For lakes, oceans, coastal tidal waters, and Great Lakes,
use the length of the wetlands along the shoreline within the target
distance limit (that is, wetland frontage along the shoreline).
Calculate the Level I concentrations factor value (SH) for the
watershed as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.152
where:
WH=Value assigned from table 4-24 to wetlands along the area of Level I
concentrations.
Si=Value(s) assigned from table 4-23 to sensitive environment
i.
n=Number of sensitive environments from table 4-23 subject to Level I
concentrations.
Enter the value assigned in table 4-1.
4.1.4.3.1.2 Level II concentrations. Assign value(s) from table 4-23
to each sensitive environment subject to Level II concentrations. Do not
include sensitive environments already counted for table 4-23 under the
Level I concentrations factor for this watershed.
For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an
additional value from table 4-24. In assigning a value from table 4-24,
include only those portions of wetlands located along the hazardous
substance migration path in the area of Level II concentrations, as
specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1.
Estimate the total length of wetlands along the hazardous substance
migration path (that is, wetland frontage) in the area of Level II
concentrations and assign a value from table 4-24 based on this total
length. Estimate this length as specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1,
except: for an isolated wetland or for a wetland where the probable
point of entry to surface water is in the wetland, use the perimeter of
that portion of the wetland subject to Level II (not Level I)
concentrations as the length.
Calculate the Level II concentrations value (SL) for the watershed
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.153
where:
WL=Value assigned from table 4-24 to wetlands along the area of Level II
concentrations.
[[Page 163]]
Si=Value(s) assigned from table 4-23 to sensitive environment
i.
n=Number of sensitive environments from table 4-23 subject to Level II
concentrations.
Enter the value assigned in table 4-1.
4.1.4.3.1.3 Potential contamination. Assign value(s) from table 4-23
to each sensitive environment subject to potential contamination. Do not
include sensitive environments already counted for table 4-23 under the
Level I or Level II concentrations factors.
For each type of surface water body in table 4-13 (section
4.1.2.3.1), sum the value(s) assigned from table 4-23 to the sensitive
environments along that type of surface water body, except: do not use
the surface water body type ``3-mile mixing zone in quiet flowing
river.'' If a sensitive environment is along two or more types of
surface water bodies (for example, Wildlife Refuge contiguous to both a
moderate stream and a large river), assign the sensitive environment
only to that surface water body type having the highest dilution weight
value from table 4-13.
For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an
additional value from table 4-24. In assigning a value from table 4-24,
include only those portions of wetlands located along the hazardous
substance migration path in the area of potential contamination, as
specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1. Aggregate these wetlands by type of
surface water body, except: do not use the surface water body type ``3-
mile mixing zone in quiet flowing river.'' Treat the wetlands aggregated
within each type of surface water body as separate sensitive
environments solely for purposes of applying table 4-24. Estimate the
total length of the wetlands within each surface water body type as
specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1, except: for an isolated wetland or for
a wetland where the probable point of entry to surface water is in the
wetland, use the perimeter of that portion of the wetland subject to
potential contamination (or the portion of that perimeter that is within
the target distance limit) as the length. Assign a separate value from
table 4-24 for each type of surface water body in the watershed.
Calculate the potential contamination factor value (SP) for the
watershed as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.154
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.155
where:
n
Sj = [Sigma] Si&thnsp[gE]j
i=1
Sij=Value(s) assigned from table 4-23 to sensitive
environment i in surface water body type j.
n=Number of sensitive environments from table 4-23 subject to potential
contamination.
Wj=Value assigned from table 4-24 for wetlands along the area
of potential contamination in surface water body type j.
Dj=Dilution weight from table 4-13 for surface water body
type j.
m=Number of different surface water body types from table 4-13 in the
watershed.
If SP is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if SP
is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value for the
potential contamination factor in table 4-1.
4.1.4.3.1.4 Calculation of environmental threat-targets factor
category value. Sum the values for the Level I concentrations, Level II
concentrations, and potential contamination factors for the watershed.
Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the
environmental threat-targets factor category value for the watershed.
Enter this value in table 4-1.
4.1.4.4 Calculation of environmental threat score for a watershed.
Multiply the environmental threat factor category values for likelihood
of release, waste characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and
round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign
the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 60, as the environmental
threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4-1.
4.1.5 Calculation of overland/flood migration component score for a
watershed. Sum the scores for the three threats for the watershed (that
is, drinking water, human food chain, and environmental threats). Assign
the resulting score, subject to a maximum value of 100, as the surface
water overland/flood migration component score for the watershed. Enter
this score in table 4-1.
4.1.6 Calculation of overland/flood migration component score.
Select the highest surface water overland/flood migration component
score from the watersheds evaluated. Assign this score as the surface
water overland/flood migration component score for the site, subject to
a maximum score of 100. Enter this score in table 4-1.
4.2 Ground water to surface water migration component. Use the
ground water to surface water migration component to evaluate surface
water threats that result from migration of hazardous substances from a
source at the site to surface water via ground water. Evaluate three
types of threats for this component: drinking water threat, human food
chain threat, and environmental threat.
4.2.1 General considerations.
4.2.1.1 Eligible surface waters. Calculate ground water to surface
water migration component scores only for surface waters
[[Page 164]]
(see section 4.0.2) for which all the following conditions are met:
[sbull] A portion of the surface water is within 1 mile of one or
more sources at the site having a containment factor value greater than
0 (see section 4.2.2.1.2).
[sbull] No aquifer discontinuity is established between the source
and the portion of the surface water within 1 mile of the source (see
section 3.0.1.2.2). However, if hazardous substances have migrated
across an apparent discontinuity within this 1 mile distance, do not
consider a discontinuity present in scoring the site.
[sbull] The top of the uppermost aquifer is at or above the bottom
of the surface water.
Do not evaluate this component for sites consisting solely of
contaminated sediments with no identified source.
4.2.1.2 Definition of hazardous substance migration path for ground
water to surface water migration component. The hazardous substance
migration path includes both the ground water segment and the surface
water in-water segment that hazardous substances would take as they
migrate away from sources at the site:
[sbull] Restrict the ground water segment to migration via the
uppermost aquifer between a source and the surface water.
[sbull] Begin the surface water in-water segment at the probable
point of entry from the uppermost aquifer to the surface water. Identify
the probable point of entry as that point of the surface water that
yields the shortest straight-line distance, within the aquifer boundary
(see section 3.0.1.2), from the sources at the site with a containment
factor value greater than 0 to the surface water.
-For rivers, continue the in-water segment in the direction of flow
(including any tidal flows) for the distance established by the target
distance limit (see section 4.2.1.4).
-For lakes, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes, do not
consider flow direction. Instead apply the target distance limit as an
arc.
-If the in-water segment includes both rivers and lakes (or oceans,
coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes), apply the target distance limit
to their combined in-water segments.
Consider a site to be in two or more watersheds for this component
if two or more hazardous substance migration paths from the sources at
the site do not reach a common point within the target distance limit.
If the site is in more than one watershed, define a separate hazardous
substance migration path for each watershed. Evaluate the ground water
to surface water migration component for each watershed separately as
specified in section 4.2.1.5.
4.2.1.3 Observed release of a specific hazardous substance to
surface water in-water segment. Section 4.2.2.1.1 specifies the criteria
for assigning values to the observed release factor for the ground water
to surface water migration component. With regard to an individual
hazardous substance, consider an observed release of that hazardous
substance to be established for the surface water in-water segment of
the ground water to surface water migration component only when the
hazardous substance meets the criteria both for an observed release both
to ground water (see section 4.2.2.1.1) and for an observed release by
chemical analysis to surface water (see section 4.1.2.1.1).
If the hazardous substance meets the section 4.1.2.1.1 criteria for
an observed release by chemical analysis to surface water but does not
also meet the criteria for an observed release to ground water, do not
use any samples of that hazardous substance from the surface water in-
water segment in evaluating the factors of this component (for example,
do not use the hazardous substance in establishing targets subject to
actual contamination or in determining the level of actual contamination
for a target).
4.2.1.4 Target distance limit. Determine the target distance limit
for each watershed as specified in section 4.1.1.2, except: do not
extend the target distance limit to a sample location beyond 15 miles
unless at least one hazardous substance in a sample from that location
meets the criteria in section 4.2.1.3 for an observed release to the
surface water in-water segment.
Determine the targets eligible to be evaluated for each watershed
and establish whether these targets are subject to actual or potential
contamination as specified in section 4.1.1.2, except: do not establish
actual contamination based on a sample location unless at least one
hazardous substance in a sample from that location meets the criteria in
section 4.2.1.3 for an observed release to the surface water in-water
segment.
4.2.1.5 Evaluation of ground water to surface water migration
component. Evaluate the drinking water threat, human food chain threat,
and environmental threat for each watershed for this component based on
three factor categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics,
and targets. Figure 4-2 indicates the factors included within each
factor category for each type of threat.
[[Page 165]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.009
[[Page 166]]
Determine the ground water to surface water migration component
score (Sgs) for a watershed in terms of the factor category
values as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.156
where:
LRi=Likelihood of release factor category value for threat i
(that is, drinking water, human food chain, or environmental
threat).
WCi=Waste characteristics factor category value for threat i.
Ti=Targets factor category value for threat i.
SF=Scaling factor.
Table 4-25 outlines the specific calculation procedure.
If the site is in only one watershed, assign the ground water to
surface water migration component score for that watershed as the ground
water to surface water migration component score for the site.
If the site is in more than one watershed:
[sbull] Calculate a separate ground water to surface water migration
component score for each watershed, using likelihood of release, waste
characteristics, and targets applicable to each watershed.
[sbull] Select the highest ground water to surface water migration
component score from the watersheds evaluated and assign it as the
ground water to surface water migration component score for the site.
Table 4-25--Ground Water to Surface Water Migration Component Scoresheet
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum
Factor categories and factors value Value assigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drinking Water Threat
Likelihood of Release to Aquifer:
1. Observed Release................. 550 ------
2. Potential to Release:
2a. Containment.................. 10 ------
2b. Net Precipitation............ 10 ------
2c. Depth to Aquifer............. 5 ------
2d. Travel Time.................. 35 ------
2e. Potential to Release (lines 500 ------
2a[2b+2c+2d])...................
3. Likelihood of Release (higher of 550 ------
lines 1 and 2e).....................
Waste Characteristics:
4. Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence.... (a) ------
5. Hazardous Waste Quantity......... (a) ------
6. Waste Characteristics............ 100 ------
Targets:
7. Nearest Intake................... 50 ------
8. Population
8a. Level I Concentrations....... (b) ------
8b. Level II Concentrations...... (b) ------
8c. Potential Contamination...... (b) ------
8d. Population (lines 8a + 8b + ......... ------
8c).............................
9. Resources........................ 5 ------
10. Targets (lines 7 + 8d + 9)....... (b) ------
Drinking Water Threat Score:
11. Drinking Water Threat Score 100 ------
([lines 3 x 6 x 10]/82,500, subject
to a maximum of 100)................
Human Food Chain Threat
Likelihood of Release:
12. Likelihood of Release (same value 550 ------
as line 3)..........................
Waste Characteristics:
13. Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence/ (a) ------
Bioaccumulation.....................
14. Hazardous Waste Quantity......... (a) ------
15. Waste Characteristics............ 1,000 ------
Targets:
16. Food Chain Individual............ 50 ------
17. Population:
17a. Level I Concentrations...... (b) ------
17b. Level II Concentrations..... (b) ------
17c. Potential Human Food Chain (b) ------
Contamination...................
17d. Population (lines 17a + 17b (b) ------
+ 17c)..........................
18. Targets (Lines 16 + 17d)......... (b) ------
Human Food Chain Threat Score:
19. Human Food Chain Threat Score 100 ------
([lines 12 x 15 x 18]/82,500,
subject to a maximum of 100)........
Environmental Threat
Likelihood of Release:
20. Likelihood of Release (same value 550 ------
as line 3)..........................
Waste Characteristics:
21. Ecosystem Toxicity/Mobility/ (a) ------
Persistence/Bioaccumulation.........
[[Page 167]]
22. Hazardous Waste Quantity......... (a) ------
23. Waste Characteristics............ 1,000 ------
Targets:
24. Sensitive Environments:
24a. Level I Concentrations...... (b) ------
24b. Level II Concentrations..... (b) ------
24c. Potential Contamination..... (b) ------
24d. Sensitive Environments (b) ------
(lines 24a + 24b + 24c).........
25. Targets (value from line 24d).... (b) ------
Environmental Threat Score:
26. Environmental Threat Score 60 ------
([lines 20 x 23 x 25]/82,500,
subject to a maximum of 60).........
Ground Water to Surface Water Migration
Component Score for a Watershed
27. Watershed Score c (lines 11 + 19 100 ------
+ 26, subject to a maximum of 100)..
28. Component Score (Sgs) c (highest 100 ------
score from Line 27 for all
watersheds evaluated, subject to a
maximum of 100).....................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.
b Maximum value not applicable.
c Do not round to nearest integer.
4.2.2 Drinking water threat. Evaluate the drinking water threat for
each watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of release,
waste characteristics, and targets.
4.2.2.1 Drinking water threat-likelihood of release. Evaluate the
likelihood of release factor category for each watershed in terms of an
observed release factor or a potential to release factor.
4.2.2.1.1 Observed release. Establish an observed release to the
uppermost aquifer as specified in section 3.1.1. If an observed release
can be established for the uppermost aquifer, assign an observed release
factor value of 550 to that watershed, enter this value in table 4-25,
and proceed to section 4.2.2.1.3. If no observed release can be
established, assign an observed release factor value of 0, enter this
value in table 4-25, and proceed to section 4.2.2.1.2.
4.2.2.1.2 Potential to release. Evaluate potential to release only
if an observed release cannot be established for the uppermost aquifer.
Calculate a potential to release value for the uppermost aquifer as
specified in section 3.1.2 and sections 3.1.2.1 through 3.1.2.5. Assign
the potential to release value for the uppermost aquifer as the
potential to release factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in
table 4-25.
4.2.2.1.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-likelihood of release
factor category value. If an observed release is established for the
uppermost aquifer, assign the observed release factor value of 550 as
the likelihood of release factor category value for the watershed.
Otherwise, assign the potential to release factor value as the
likelihood of release factor category value for the watershed. Enter the
value assigned in table 4-25.
4.2.2.2 Drinking water threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the
waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two
factors: toxicity/mobility/persistence and hazardous waste quantity.
Evaluate only those hazardous substances available to migrate from the
sources at the site to the uppermost aquifer (see section 3.2). Such
hazardous substances include:
[sbull] Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed
release to ground water.
[sbull] All hazardous substances associated with a source that has a
ground water containment factor value greater than 0 (see sections
2.2.2, 2.2.3, and 3.1.2.1).
4.2.2.2.1 Toxicity/mobility/persistence. For each hazardous
substance, assign a toxicity factor value, a mobility factor value, a
persistence factor value, and a combined toxicity/mobility/persistence
factor value as specified in sections 4.2.2.2.1.1 through 4.2.2.2.1.4.
4.2.2.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each
hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1.
4.2.2.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a ground water mobility factor value to
each hazardous substance as specified in section 3.2.1.2.
4.2.2.2.1.3 Persistence. Assign a surface water persistence factor
value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2.
4.2.2.2.1.4 Calculation of toxicity/mobility/persistence factor
value. First, assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility factor
value from table 3-9 (section 3.2.1.3), based on the values assigned to
the hazardous substance for the toxicity and mobility factors. Then
assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility/persistence factor
value from table 4-26, based on the values assigned for the toxicity/
mobility and persistence factors. Use the substance with the highest
toxicity/mobility/ persistence factor
[[Page 168]]
value for the watershed to assign the value to this factor. Enter this
value in table 4-25.
4.2.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for
hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned for the
uppermost aquifer in section 3.2.2. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.2.2.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-waste characteristics
factor category value. Multiply the toxicity/mobility/persistence and
hazardous waste quantity factor values for the watershed, subject to a
maximum product of 1x108. Based on this product, assign a
value from table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the drinking water threat-
waste characteristics factor category for the watershed. Enter this
value in table 4-25.
4.2.2.3 Drinking water threat-targets. Evaluate the targets factor
category for each watershed based on three factors: nearest intake,
population, and resources.
Table 4-26--Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Persistence factor value
Toxicity/mobility factor value -----------------------------------------------
1.0 0.4 0.07 0.0007
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10,000.......................................................... 10,000 4,000 700 7
2,000........................................................... 2,000 800 140 1.4
1,000........................................................... 1,000 400 70 0.7
200............................................................. 200 80 14 0.14
100............................................................. 100 40 7 0.07
20.............................................................. 20 8 1.4 0.014
10.............................................................. 10 4 0.7 0.007
2............................................................... 2 0.8 0.14 0.0014
1............................................................... 1 0.4 0.07 7x10-4
0.2............................................................. 0.2 0.08 0.014 1.4x10-4
0.1............................................................. 0.1 0.04 0.007 7x10-5
0.02............................................................ 0.02 0.008 0.0014 1.4x10-5
0.01............................................................ 0.01 0.004 7x10-4 7x10-6
0.002........................................................... 0.002 8x10-4 1.4x10-4 1.4x10-6
0.001........................................................... 0.001 4x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-7
2x10-4.......................................................... 2x10-4 8x10-5 1.4x10-5 1.4x10-7
1x10-4.......................................................... 1x10-4 4x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-8
2x10-5.......................................................... 2x10-5 8x10-6 1.4x10-6 1.4x10-8
2x10-6.......................................................... 2x10-6 8x10-7 1.4x10-7 1.4x10-9
2x10-7.......................................................... 2x10-7 8x10-8 1.4x10-8 1.4x10-10
2x10-8.......................................................... 2x10-8 8x10-9 1.4x10-9 1.4x10-11
2x10-9.......................................................... 2x10-9 8x10-10 1.4x10-10 1.4x10-12
0............................................................... 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
For the nearest intake and population factors, determine whether the
target surface water intakes are subject to actual or potential
contamination as specified in section 4.1.1.2, subject to the
restrictions specified in sections 4.2.1.3 and 4.2.1.4.
When the intake is subject to actual contamination, evaluate it
using Level I concentrations or Level II concentrations. Determine which
level applies for the intake by comparing the exposure concentrations
from a sample (or comparable samples) to health-based benchmarks as
specified in section 4.1.2.3, except use only those samples from the
surface water in-water segment and only those hazardous substances in
such samples that meet the conditions in sections 4.2.1.3 and 4.2.1.4.
4.2.2.3.1 Nearest intake. Assign a value to the nearest intake
factor as specified in section 4.1.2.3.1 with the following
modification. For the intake being evaluated, multiply its dilution
weight from table 4-13 (section 4.1.2.3.1) by a value selected from
table 4-27. Use the resulting product, not the value from table 4-13, as
the dilution weight for the intake for the ground water to surface water
component. Do not round this product to the nearest integer.
Select the value from table 4-27 based on the angle
[], the angle defined by
the sources at the site and either the two points at the intersection of
the surface water body and the 1-mile distance ring of any two other
points of the surface water body within the 1-mile distance ring,
whichever results in the largest angle. (See Figure 4-3 for an example
of how to determine [].)
If the surface water body does not extend to the 1-mile ring at one or
both ends, define [] using
the surface water endpoint(s) within the 1-mile ring or any two other
points of the surface water body within the 1-mile distance ring,
whichever results in the largest angle.
Table 4-27--Dilution Weight Adjustments
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angle [] Assigned
(degrees) value a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0............................................................. 0
Greater than 0 to 18.......................................... 0.05
[[Page 169]]
Greater than 18 to 54......................................... 0.1
Greater than 54 to 90......................................... 0.2
Greater than 90 to 126........................................ 0.3
Greater than 126 to 162....................................... 0.4
Greater than 162 to 198....................................... 0.5
Greater than 198 to 234....................................... 0.6
Greater than 234 to 270....................................... 0.7
Greater than 270 to 306....................................... 0.8
Greater than 306 to 342....................................... 0.9
Greater than 342 to 360....................................... 1.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
[[Page 170]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.010
Table 4-28--Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence/Bioaccumulation Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bioaccumlation potential factor value
Toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value -----------------------------------------------------------------
50,000 5,000 500 50 5 0.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10,000........................................ 5x10\8\ 5x10\7\ 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000
4,000......................................... 2x10\8\ 2x10\7\ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000
2,000......................................... 1x10\8\ 1x10\7\ 1x10\6\ 1x10\5\ 1x10\4\ 1,000
[[Page 171]]
1,000......................................... 5x10\7\ 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500
800........................................... 4x10\7\ 4x10\6\ 4x10\5\ 4x10\4\ 4,000 400
700........................................... 3.5x10\7\ 3.5x10\6\ 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350
400........................................... 2x10\7\ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200
200........................................... 1x10\7\ 1x10\6\ 1x10\5\ 1x10\4\ 1,000 100
140........................................... 7x10\6\ 7x10\5\ 7x10\4\ 7,000 700 70
100........................................... 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50
80............................................ 4x10\6\ 4x10\5\ 4x10\4\ 4,000 400 40
70............................................ 3.5x10\6\ 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35
40............................................ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20
20............................................ 1x10\6\ 1x10\5\ 1x10\4\ 1,000 100 10
14............................................ 7x10\5\ 7x10\4\ 7,000 700 70 7
10............................................ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50 5
8............................................. 4x10\5\ 4x10\4\ 4,000 400 40 4
7............................................. 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35 3.5
4............................................. 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20 2
2............................................. 1x10\5\ 1x10\4\ 1,000 100 10 1
1.4........................................... 7x10\4\ 7,000 700 70 7 0.7
1.0........................................... 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50 5 0.5
0.8........................................... 4x10\4\ 4,000 400 40 4 0.4
0.7........................................... 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35
0.4........................................... 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20 2 0.2
0.2........................................... 1x10\4\ 1,000 100 10 1 0.1
0.14.......................................... 7,000 700 70 7 0.7 0.07
0.1........................................... 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 0.05
0.08.......................................... 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0.04
0.07.......................................... 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035
0.04.......................................... 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0.02
0.02.......................................... 1,000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01
0.014......................................... 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.007
0.01.......................................... 500 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.005
0.008......................................... 400 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.004
0.007......................................... 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035
0.004......................................... 200 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002
0.002......................................... 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
0.0014........................................ 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 7x10-4
0.001......................................... 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 5x10-4
8x10-4........................................ 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 4x10-4
7x10-4........................................ 35 3.5 0.035 0.035 0.0035 3.5x10-4
4x10-4........................................ 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 2x10-4
2x10-4........................................ 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1x10-4
1.4x10-4...................................... 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 7x10-4 7x10-5
1x10-4........................................ 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 5x10-4 5x10-5
8x10-5........................................ 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 4x10-4 4x10-5
7x10-5........................................ 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5x10-4 3.5x10-5
4x10-5........................................ 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 2x10-4 2x10-5
2x10-5........................................ 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1x10-4 1x10-5
1.4x10-5...................................... 0.7 0.07 0.007 7x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-6
8x10-6........................................ 0.4 0.04 0.004 4x10-4 4x10-5 4x10-6
7x10-6........................................ 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5x10-4 3.5x10-5 3.5x10-6
2x10-6........................................ 0.1 0.01 0.001 1x10-4 1x10-5 1x10-6
1.4x10-6...................................... 0.07 0.007 7x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-7
8x10-7........................................ 0.04 0.004 4x10-4 4x10-5 4x10-6 4x10-7
7x10-7........................................ 0.035 0.0035 3.5x10-4 3.5x10-5 3.5x10-6 3.5x10-7
2x10-7........................................ 0.01 0.001 1x10-4 1x10-5 1x10-6 1x10-7
1.4x10-7...................................... 0.007 7x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-7 7x10-8
8x10-8........................................ 0.004 4x10-4 4x10-5 4x10-6 4x10-7 4x10-8
7x10-8........................................ 0.0035 3.5x10-4 3.5x10-5 3.5x10-6 3.5x10-7 3.5x10-8
2x10-8........................................ 0.001 1x10-4 1x10-5 1x10-6 1x10-7 1x10-8
1.4x10-8...................................... 7x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-7 7x10-8 7x10-9
8x10-9........................................ 4x10-4 4x10-5 4x10-6 4x10-7 4x10-8 4x10-9
2x10-9........................................ 1x10-4 1x10-5 1x10-6 1x10-7 1x10-8 1x10-9
1.4x10-9...................................... 7x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-7 7x10-8 7x10-9 7x10-10
8x10-10....................................... 4x10-5 4x10-6 4x10-7 4x10-8 4x10-9 4x10-10
1.4x10-10..................................... 7x10-6 7x10-7 7x10-8 7x10-9 7x10-10 4x10-11
1.4x10-11..................................... 7x10-7 7x10-8 7x10-9 7x10-10 7x10-11 7x10-12
1.4x10-12..................................... 7x10-8 7x10-9 7x10-10 7x10-11 7x10-12 7x10-13
0............................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
[[Page 172]]
4.2.2.3.2 Population. Evaluate the population factor for the
watershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II
concentrations, and potential contamination. Determine which factor
applies to an intake as specified in section 4.2.2.3. Determine the
population to be counted for that intake as specified in section
4.1.2.3.2, using the target distance limits in section 4.2.1.4 and the
hazardous substance migration path in section 4.2.1.2.
4.2.2.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as
specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.2.
4.2.2.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. Assign a value to this factor
as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.3.
4.2.2.3.2.3 Potential contamination. For each applicable type of
surface water body in table 4-14, determine the dilution-weighted
population value as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.4. Select the
appropriate dilution weight adjustment value from table 4-27 as
specified in section 4.2.2.3.1.
Calculate the value for the potential contamination factor (PC) for
the watershed as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.157
where:
A=Dilution weight adjustment value from table 4-27.
Wi=Dilution-weighted population from table 4-14 for surface
water body type i.
n=Number of different surface water body types in the watershed.
If PC is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PC
is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter the value in table 4-
25.
4.2.2.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor
values for Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and
potential contamination. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer.
Assign this sum as the population factor value for the watershed. Enter
this value in table 4-25.
4.2.2.3.3 Resources. Assign a value to the resources factor as
specified in section 4.1.2.3.3.
4.2.2.3.4 Calculation of drinking water threat-targets factor
category value. Sum the nearest intake, population, and resources factor
values for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer.
Assign this sum as the drinking water threat-targets factor category
value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.2.4 Calculation of drinking water threat score for a watershed.
Multiply the drinking water threat factor category values for likelihood
of release, waste characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and
round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign
the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 100, as the drinking water
threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4-25.
4.2.3 Human food chain threat. Evaluate the human food chain threat
for a watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of release,
waste characteristics, and targets.
4.2.3.1 Human food chain threat-likelihood of release. Assign the
same likelihood of release factor category value for the human food
chain threat for the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.2.2.1.3
for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.3.2 Human food chain threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the
waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two
factors: toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation and hazardous
waste quantity.
4.2.3.2.1 Toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation. Evaluate
all those hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for toxicity/
mobility/persistence in the drinking water threat for the watershed (see
section 4.2.2.2.1).
4.2.3.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each
hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1.
4.2.3.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a ground water mobility factor value to
each hazardous substance as specified for the drinking water threat (see
section 4.2.2.2.1.2).
4.2.3.2.1.3 Persistence. Assign a surface water persistence factor
value to each hazardous substance as specified for the drinking water
threat (see section 4.2.2.2.1.3), except: use the predominant water
category (that is, lakes; or rivers, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or
Great Lakes) between the probable point of entry and the nearest fishery
(not the nearest drinking water or resources intake) along the hazardous
substance migration path for the watershed to determine which portion of
table 4-10 to use. Determine the predominant water category based on
distance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2.
4.2.3.2.1.4 Bioaccumulation potential. Assign a bioaccumulation
potential factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in
section 4.1.3.2.1.3.
4.2.3.2.1.5 Calculation of toxicity/mobility/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value. Assign each hazardous substance a
toxicity/mobility factor value from table 3-9 (section 3.2.1.3), based
on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for the toxicity and
mobility factors. Then assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/
mobility/persistence factor value from table 4-26, based on the values
assigned for the toxicity/mobility and persistence factors. Then assign
each hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation
factor value from
[[Page 173]]
table 4-28. Use the substance with the highest toxicity/mobility/
persistence/bioaccumulation factor value for the watershed to assign the
value to this factor for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for
hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned in
section 4.2.2.2.2 for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in
table 4-25.
4.2.3.2.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-waste
characteristics factor category value. For the hazardous substance
selected for the watershed in section 4.2.3.2.1.5, use its toxicity/
mobility/ persistence factor value and bioaccumulation potential factor
value as follows to assign a value to the waste characteristics factor
category. First, multiply the toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value
and the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the watershed, subject
to a maximum product of 1x108. Then multiply this product by
the bioaccumulation potential factor value for this hazardous substance,
subject to a maximum product of 1x1012. Based on this second
product, assign a value from table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the human
food chain threat-waste characteristics factor category for the
watershed. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.3.3 Human food chain threat-targets. Evaluate two target factors
for the watershed: food chain individual and population.
For both factors, determine whether the target fisheries are subject
to Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, or potential human
food chain contamination. Determine which applies to each fishery (or
portion of a fishery) as specified in section 4.1.3.3, subject to the
restrictions specified in sections 4.2.1.3 and 4.2.1.4.
4.2.3.3.1 Food chain individual. Assign a value to the food chain
individual factor as specified in section 4.1.3.3.1 with the following
modification. When a dilution weight is used, multiply the appropriate
dilution weight from table 4-13 by the adjustment value selected from
table 4-27, as specified in section 4.2.2.3.1. Use the resulting
product, not the value from table 4-13, as the dilution weight in
assigning the factor value. Do not round this product to the nearest
integer. Enter the value assigned in table 4-25.
4.2.3.3.2 Population. Evaluate the population factor for the
watershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II
concentrations, and potential human food chain contamination. Determine
which of these factors is to be applied to each fishery as specified in
section 4.2.3.3.
4.2.3.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as
specified in section 4.1.3.3.2.1. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.3.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. Assign a value to this factor
as specified in section 4.1.3.3.2.2. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.3.3.2.3 Potential human food chain contamination. Assign a value
to this factor as specified in section 4.1.3.3.2.3 with the following
modification. For each fishery being evaluated, multiply the appropriate
dilution weight for that fishery from table 4-13 by the adjustment value
selected from table 4-27, as specified in section 4.2.2.3.1. Use the
resulting product, not the value from table 4-13, as the dilution weight
for the fishery. Do not round this product to the nearest integer. Enter
the value assigned in table 4-25.
4.2.3.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor
values for Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and
potential human food chain contamination for the watershed. Do not round
this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the population
factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.3.3.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-targets factor
category value. Sum the food chain individual and population factor
values for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer.
Assign this sum as the human food chain threat-targets factor category
value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.3.4 Calculation of human food chain threat score for a
watershed. Multiply the human food chain threat factor category values
for likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets for the
watershed, and round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by
82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 100, as the
human food chain threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in
table 4-25.
4.2.4 Environmental threat. Evaluate the environmental threat for
the watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of release,
waste characteristics, and targets.
4.2.4.1 Environmental threat-likelihood of release. Assign the same
likelihood of release factor category value for the environmental threat
for the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.2.2.1.3 for the
drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.4.2 Environmental threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the
waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two
factors: ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation and
hazardous waste quantity.
4.2.4.2.1 Ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation.
Evaluate all those hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for
toxicity/mobility/persistence in the drinking water threat for the
watershed (see section 4.2.2.2.1).
4.2.4.2.1.1 Ecosystem toxicity. Assign an ecosystem toxicity factor
value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.4.2.1.1.
[[Page 174]]
4.2.4.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a ground water mobility factor value to
each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.2.2.2.1.2 for the
drinking water threat.
4.2.4.2.1.3 Persistence. Assign a surface water persistence factor
value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.2.2.2.1.3
for the drinking water threat, except: use the predominant water
category (that is, lakes; or rivers, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or
Great Lakes) between the probable point of entry and the nearest
sensitive environment (not the nearest drinking water or resources
intake) along the hazardous substance migration path for the watershed
to determine which portion of table 4-10 to use. Determine the
predominant water category based on distance as specified in section
4.1.2.2.1.2.
4.2.4.2.1.4 Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential. Assign an ecosystem
bioaccumulation potential factor value to each hazardous substance as
specified in section 4.1.4.2.1.3.
4.2.4.2.1.5 Calculation of ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/
bioaccumulation factor value. Assign each hazardous substance an
ecosystem toxicity/mobility factor value from table 3-9 (section
3.2.1.3), based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for
the ecosystem toxicity and mobility factors. Then assign each hazardous
substance an ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value from
table 4-29, based on the values assigned for the ecosystem toxicity/
mobility and persistence factors. Then assign each hazardous substance
an ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value
from table 4-30, based on the values assigned for the ecosystem
toxicity/mobility/persistence and ecosystem bioaccumulation potential
factors. Select the substance with the highest ecosystem toxicity/
mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value for the watershed and
use it to assign the value to this factor for the watershed. Enter this
value in table 4-25.
Table 4-29--Ecosystem Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Persistence factor value
Ecosystem toxicity/mobility factor value -----------------------------------------------
1.0 0.4 0.07 0.0007
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10,000.......................................................... 10,000 4,000 700 7
2,000........................................................... 2,000 800 140 1.41,000
1,000........................................................... 1,000 400 70 0.7
200............................................................. 200 80 14 0.14
100............................................................. 100 40 7 0.07
20.............................................................. 20 8 1.4 0.014
10.............................................................. 10 4 0.7 0.007
2............................................................... 2 0.8 0.14 0.0014
1............................................................... 1 0.4 0.07 7x10-4
0.2............................................................. 0.2 0.08 0.014 1.4x10-4
0.1............................................................. 0.1 0.04 0.007 7x10-5
0.2............................................................. 0.2 0.008 0.0014 1.4x10-5
0.01............................................................ 0.01 0.004 7x10-4 7x10-6
0.002........................................................... 0.002 8x10-4 1.4x10-4 1.4x10-6
0.001........................................................... 0.001 4x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-7
2x10-4.......................................................... 2x10-4 8x10-5 1.4x10-5 1.4x10-7
1x10-4.......................................................... 1x10-4 4x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-8
2x10-5.......................................................... 2x10-5 8x10-6 1.4x10-6 1.4x10-8
2x10-6.......................................................... 2x10-6 8x10-7 1.4x10-7 1.4x10-9
2x10-7.......................................................... 2x10-7 8x10-8 1.4x10-8 1.4x10-10
2x10-8.......................................................... 2x10-8 8x10-9 1.4x10-9 1.4x10-11
2x10-9.......................................................... 2x10-9 8x10-10 1.4x10-10 1.4x10-12
0............................................................... 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
Table 4-30--Ecosystem Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence/Bioaccumulation Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value
Ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence factor -----------------------------------------------------------------
value 50,000 5,000 500 50 5 0.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10,000........................................ 5x10\8\ 5x10\7\ 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000
4,000......................................... 2x10\8\ 2x10\7\ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000
2,000......................................... 1,x10\8\ 1x10\7\ 1x10\6\ 1x10\5\ 1x10\4\ 1,000
1,000......................................... 5x10\7\ 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500
800........................................... 4x10\7\ 4x10\6\ 4x10\5\ 4x10\4\ 4,000 400
700........................................... 3.5x10\7\ 3.5x10\6\ 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350
400........................................... 2x10\7\ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200
200........................................... 1x10\7\ 1x10\6\ 1x10\5\ 1x10\4\ 1,000 100
140........................................... 7x10\6\ 7x10\5\ 7x10\4\ 7,000 700 70
100........................................... 5x10\6\ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50
80............................................ 4x10\6\ 4x10\5\ 4x10\4\ 4,000 400 40
70............................................ 3.5x10\6\ 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35
[[Page 175]]
40............................................ 2x10\6\ 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20
20............................................ 1x10\6\ 1x10\5\ 1x10\4\ 1,000 100 10
14............................................ 7x10\5\ 7x10\4\ 7,000 700 70 7
10............................................ 5x10\5\ 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50 5
8............................................. 4x10\5\ 4x10\4\ 4,000 400 40 4
7............................................. 3.5x10\5\ 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35 3.5
4............................................. 2x10\5\ 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20 2
2............................................. 1x10\5\ 1x10\4\ 1,000 100 10 1
1.4........................................... 7x10\4\ 7,000 700 70 7 0.7
1.0........................................... 5x10\4\ 5,000 500 50 5 0.5
0.8........................................... 4x10\4\ 4,000 400 40 4 0.4
0.7........................................... 3.5x10\4\ 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35
0.4........................................... 2x10\4\ 2,000 200 20 2 0.2
0.2........................................... 1x10\4\ 1,000 100 10 1 0.1
0.14.......................................... 7,000 700 70 7 0.7 0.07
0.1........................................... 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 0.05
0.08.......................................... 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0.04
0.07.......................................... 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035
0.04.......................................... 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0.02
0.02.......................................... 1,000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01
0.014......................................... 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.007
0.01.......................................... 500 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.005
0.008......................................... 400 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.004
0.007......................................... 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035
0.004......................................... 200 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002
0.002......................................... 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
0.0014........................................ 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 7x10-4
0.001......................................... 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 5x10-4
8x10-4........................................ 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 4x10-4
7x10-4........................................ 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5x10-4
4x10-4........................................ 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 2x10-4
2x10-4........................................ 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1x10-4
1.4x10-4...................................... 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 7x10-4 7x10-5
1x10-4........................................ 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 5x10-4 5x10-5
8x10-5........................................ 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 4x10-4 4x10-5
7x10-5........................................ 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5x10-4 3.5x10-5
4x10-5........................................ 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 2x10-4 2x10-5
2x10-5........................................ 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1x10-4 1x10-5
1.4x10-5...................................... 0.7 0.07 0.007 7x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-6
8x10-6........................................ 0.4 0.04 0.004 4x10-4 4x10-5 4x10-6
7x10-6........................................ 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5x10-4 3.5x10-5 3.5x10-6
2x10-6........................................ 0.1 0.01 0.001 1x10-4 1x10-5 1x10-6
1.4x10-6...................................... 0.07 0.007 7x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-7
8x10-7........................................ 0.04 0.004 4x10-4 4x10-5 4x10-6 4x10-7
7x10-7........................................ 0.035 0.0035 3.5x10-4 3.5x10-5 3.5x10-6 3.5x10-7
2x10-7........................................ 0.01 0.001 1x10-4 1x10-5 1x10-6 1x10-7
1.4x10-7...................................... 0.007 7x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-7 7x10-8
8x10-8........................................ 0.004 4x10-4 4x10-5 4x10-6 4x10-7 4x10-8
7x10-8........................................ 0.0035 3.5x10-4 3.5x10-5 3.5x10-6 3.5x10-7 3.5x10-8
2x10-8........................................ 0.001 1x10-4 1x10-5 1x10-6 1x10-7 1x10-8
1.4x10-8...................................... 7x10-4 7x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-7 7x10-8 7x10-9
8x10-9........................................ 4x10-4 4x10-5 4x10-6 4x10-7 4x10-8 4x10-9
2x10-9........................................ 1x10-4 1x10-5 1x10-6 1x10-7 1x10-8 1x10-9
1.4x10-9...................................... 7x10-5 7x10-6 7x10-7 7x10-8 7x10-9 7x10-10
8x10-10....................................... 4x10-5 4x10-6 4x10-7 4x10-8 4x10-9 4x10-10
1.4x10-10..................................... 7x10-6 7x10-7 7x10-8 7x10-9 7x10-10 7x10-11
1.4x10-11..................................... 7x10-7 7x10-8 7x10-9 7x10-10 7x10-11 7x10-12
1.4x10-12..................................... 7x10-8 7x10-9 7x10-10 7x10-11 7x10-12 7x10-13
0............................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
4.2.4.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for
hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned in
section 4.2.2.2.2 for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in
table 4-25.
4.2.4.2.3 Calculation of environmental threat-waste characteristics
factor category
[[Page 176]]
value. For the hazardous substance selected for the watershed in section
4.2.4.2.1.5, use its ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence factor
value and ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value as follows to
assign a value to the waste characteristics factor category. First,
multiply the ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value and
the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the watershed, subject to
a maximum product of 1x108. Then multiply this product by the
ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value for this hazardous
substance, subject to a maximum product of 1x1012. Based on
this product, assign a value from table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the
environmental threat-waste characteristics category for the watershed.
Enter the value in table 4-25.
4.2.4.3 Environmental threat-targets. Evaluate the environmental
threat-targets factor category for a watershed using one factor:
sensitive environments.
4.2.4.3.1 Sensitive environments. Evaluate sensitive environments
for the watershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level
II concentrations, and potential contamination. Determine which applies
to each sensitive environment as specified in section 4.1.4.3.1, except:
use only those samples from the surface water in-water segment and only
those hazardous substances in such samples that meet the conditions in
sections 4.2.1.3 and 4.2.1.4.
4.2.4.3.1.1 Level I concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as
specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.4.3.1.2 Level II concentrations. Assign a value to this factor
as specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.2. Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.4.3.1.3 Potential contamination. Assign a value to this factor
as specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.3 with the following modification.
Multiply the appropriate dilution weight from table 4-13 for the
sensitive environments in each type of surface water body by the
adjustment value selected from table 4-27, as specified in section
4.2.2.3.1. Use the resulting product, not the value from table 4-13, as
the dilution weight for the sensitive environments in that type of
surface water body. Do not round this product to the nearest integer.
Enter the value assigned in table 4-25.
4.2.4.3.1.4 Calculation of environmental threat-targets factor
category value. Sum the values for Level I concentrations, Level II
concentrations, and potential contamination for the watershed. Do not
round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the
environmental threat targets factor category value for the watershed.
Enter this value in table 4-25.
4.2.4.4 Calculation of environmental threat score for a watershed.
Multiply the environmental threat factor category values for likelihood
of release, waste characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and
round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign
the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 60, as the environmental
threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4-25.
4.2.5 Calculation of ground water to surface water migration
component score for a watershed. Sum the scores for the three threats
for the watershed (that is, drinking water, human food chain, and
environmental threats). Assign the resulting score, subject to a maximum
value of 100, as the ground water to surface water migration component
score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4-25.
4.2.6 Calculation of ground water to surface water migration
component score. Select the highest ground water to surface water
migration component score from the watersheds evaluated. Assign this
score as the ground water to surface water migration component score for
the site, subject to a maximum score of 100. Enter this score in table
4-25.
4.3 Calculation of surface water migration pathway score. Determine
the surface water migration pathway score as follows:
[sbull] If only one of the two surface water migration components
(overland/flood or ground water to surface water) is scored, assign the
score of that component as the surface water migration pathway score.
[sbull] If both components are scored, select the higher of the two
component scores from sections 4.1.6 and 4.2.6. Assign that score as the
surface water migration pathway score.
5.0 Soil Exposure Pathway
Evaluate the soil exposure pathway based on two threats: Resident
population threat and nearby population threat. Evaluate both threats
based on three factor categories: Likelihood of exposure, waste
characteristics, and targets. Figure 5-1 indicates the factors included
within each factor category for each type of threat.
Determine the soil exposure pathway score (Ss)in terms of
the factor category values as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.158
where:
LEi=Likelihood of exposure factor category value for threat i
(that is, resident population threat or nearby population
threat).
WCi=Waste characteristics factor category value for threat i.
Ti=Targets factor category value for threat i.
SF=Scaling factor.
[[Page 177]]
Table 5-1 outlines the specific calculation procedure.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.011
[[Page 178]]
Table 5-1--Soil Exposure Pathway Scoresheet
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum Value
Factor categories and factors value assigned
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Resident Population Threat
Likelihood of Exposure
1. Likelihood of Exposure.................................................... 550 ----
Waste Characteristics
2. Toxicity.................................................................. (a) ----
3. Hazardous Waste Quantity.................................................. (a) ----
4. Waste Characteristics..................................................... 100 ----
Targets
5. Resident Individual....................................................... 50 ----
6. Resident Population:
6a. Level I Concentrations................................................ (b) ----
6b. Level II Concentrations............................................... (b) ----
6c. Resident Population (lines 6a + 6b)................................... (b) ----
7. Workers................................................................... 15 ----
8. Resources................................................................. 5 ----
9. Terrestrial Sensitive Environments........................................ (c) ----
10. Targets (lines 5 + 6c + 7 + 8 + 9)........................................ (b) ----
Resident Population Threat Score
11. Resident Population Threat (lines 1x4x 10)................................ (b) ----
Nearby Population Threat
Likelihood of Exposure
12. Attractiveness/Accessibility.............................................. 100 ----
13. Area of Contamination..................................................... 100 ----
14. Likelihood of Exposure.................................................... 500 ----
Waste Characteristics
15. Toxicity.................................................................. (a) ----
16. Hazardous Waste Quantity.................................................. (a) ----
17. Waste Characteristics..................................................... 100 ----
Targets
18. Nearby Individual......................................................... 1 ----
19. Population Within 1 Mile.................................................. (b) ----
20. Targets (lines 18 + 19)................................................... (b) ----
Nearby Population Threat Score
21. Nearby Population Threat (lines 14x17x 20)................................ (b) ----
Soil Exposure Pathway Score
22. Soil Exposure Pathway Score d (Ss), (lines [11+21] / 82,500, subject to a 100 ----
maximum of 100)..............................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.
b Maximum value not applicable.
c No specific maximum value applies to factor. However, pathway score based solely on terrestrial sensitive
environments is limited to maximum of 60.
d Do not round to nearest integer.
5.0.1 General considerations. Evaluate the soil exposure pathway
based on areas of observed contamination:
[sbull] Consider observed contamination to be present at sampling
locations where analytic evidence indicates that:
-A hazardous substance attributable to the site is present at a
concentration significantly above background levels for the site (see
table 2-3 in section 2.3 for the criteria for determining analytical
significance), and
-This hazardous substance, if not present at the surface, is covered by
2 feet or less of cover material (for example, soil).
[sbull] Establish areas of observed contamination based on sampling
locations at which there is observed contamination as follows:
-For all sources except contaminated soil, if observed contamination
from the site is present at any sampling location within the source,
consider that entire source to be an area of observed contamination.
-For contaminated soil, consider both the sampling location(s) with
observed contamination from the site and the area lying between such
locations to be an area of observed contamination, unless available
information indicates otherwise.
[sbull] If an area of observed contamination (or portion of such an
area) is covered by a permanent, or otherwise maintained, essentially
impenetrable material (for example, asphalt) that is not more than 2
feet thick, exclude that area (or portion of the area) in evaluating the
soil exposure pathway.
[sbull] For an area of observed contamination, consider only those
hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed contamination
for that area to be associated with that area in evaluating the soil
exposure pathway (see section 2.2.2).
If there is observed contamination, assign scores for the resident
population threat and
[[Page 179]]
the nearby population threat, as specified in sections 5.1 and 5.2. If
there is no observed contamination, assign the soil exposure pathway a
score of 0.
5.1 Resident Population Threat. Evaluate the resident population
threat only if there is an area of observed contamination in one or more
of the following locations:
[sbull] Within the property boundary of a residence, school, or day
care center and within 200 feet of the respective residence, school, or
day care center, or
[sbull] Within a workplace property boundary and within 200 feet of
a workplace area, or
[sbull] Within the boundaries of a resource specified in section
5.1.3.4, or
[sbull] Within the boundaries of a terrestrial sensitive environment
specified in section 5.1.3.5.
If not, assign the resident population threat a value of 0, enter
this value in table 5-1, and proceed to the nearby population threat
(section 5.2).
5.1.1 Likelihood of exposure. Assign a value of 550 to the
likelihood of exposure factor category for the resident population
threat if there is an area of observed contamination in one or more
locations listed in section 5.1. Enter this value in table 5-1.
5.1.2 Waste characteristics. Evaluate waste characteristics based on
two factors: toxicity and hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate only those
hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed contamination
at the site (see section 5.0.1).
5.1.2.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous
substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1. Use the hazardous substance
with the highest toxicity factor value to assign the value to the
toxicity factor for the resident population threat. Enter this value in
table 5-1.
5.1.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a hazardous waste quantity
factor value as specified in section 2.4.2. In estimating the hazardous
waste quantity, use table 5-2 and:
[sbull] Consider only the first 2 feet of depth of an area of
observed contamination, except as specified for the volume measure.
[sbull] Use the volume measure (see section 2.4.2.1.3) only for
those types of areas of observed contamination listed in Tier C of table
5-2. In evaluating the volume measure for these listed areas of observed
contamination, use the full volume, not just the volume within the top 2
feet.
[sbull] Use the area measure (see section 2.4.2.1.4), not the volume
measure, for all other types of areas of observed contamination, even if
their volume is known.
Enter the value assigned in table 5-1.
Table 5-2--Hazardous Waste Quantity Evaluation Equations For Soil
Exposure Pathway
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equation for
Tier Measure Units assigning value a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A Hazardous lb C
Constituent
Quantity (C)
B b Hazardous lb W/5,000
Wastestream
Quantity (W)
C b Volume (V)
Surface yd\3\ V/2.5
Impoundment c
Drums d gallon V/500
Tanks and yd\3\ V/2.5
Containers Other
Than Drums
D b Area (A)
Landfill ft\2\ A/34,000
Surface ft\2\ A/13
Impoundment
Surface ft\2\ A/13
Impoundment
(Buried/
backfilled)
Land treatment ft\2\ A/270
Pile e ft\2\ A/34
Contaminated ft\2\ A/34,000
Soil
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round nearest integer.
b Convert volume to mass when necessary: 1 ton=2,000 pounds=1 cubic
yard=4 drums=200 gallons.
c Use volume measure only for surface impoundments containing hazardous
substances present as liquids. Use area measures in Tier D for dry
surface impoundments and for buried/backfilled surface impoundments.
d If actual volume of drums is unavailable, assume 1 drum=50 gallons.
e Use land surface area under pile, not surface area of pile.
5.1.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value.
Multiply the toxicity and hazardous waste quantity factor values,
subject to a maximum product of 1x10\8\. Based on this product, assign a
value from table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the waste characteristics
factor category. Enter this value in table 5-1.
5.1.3 Targets. Evaluate the targets factor category for the resident
population threat based on five factors: resident individual, resident
population, workers, resources, and terrestrial sensitive environments.
In evaluating the targets factor category for the resident
population threat, count only the following as targets:
[sbull] Resident individual--a person living or attending school or
day care on a property with an area of observed contamination and whose
residence, school, or day care center, respectively, is on or within 200
feet of the area of observed contamination.
[sbull] Worker--a person working on a property with an area of
observed contamination and whose workplace area is on or within 200 feet
of the area of observed contamination.
[sbull] Resources located on an area of observed contamination, as
specified in section 5.1.
[sbull] Terrestrial sensitive environments located on an area of
observed contamination, as specified in section 5.1.
5.1.3.1 Resident individual. Evaluate this factor based on whether
there is a resident individual, as specified in section 5.1.3, who is
subject to Level I or Level II concentrations.
[[Page 180]]
First, determine those areas of observed contamination subject to
Level I concentrations and those subject to Level II concentrations as
specified in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use the health-based benchmarks
from table 5-3 in determining the level of contamination. Then assign a
value to the resident individual factor as follows:
[sbull] Assign a value of 50 if there is at least one resident
individual for one or more areas subject to Level I concentrations.
[sbull] Assign a value of 45 if there is no such resident
individuals, but there is at least one resident individual for one or
more areas subject to Level II concentrations.
[sbull] Assign a value of 0 if there is no resident individual.
Enter the value assigned in table 5-1.
5.1.3.2 Resident population. Evaluate resident population based on
two factors: Level I concentrations and Level II concentrations.
Determine which factor applies as specified in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2,
using the health-based benchmarks from table 5-3. Evaluate populations
subject to Level I concentrations as specified in section 5.1.3.2.1 and
populations subject to Level II concentrations as specified in section
5.1.3.2.2.
Table 5-3--Health-Based Benchmarks for Hazardous Substances in Soils
[sbull] Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that
concentration that corresponds to the 10-6 individual cancer
risk for oral exposures.
[sbull] Screening concentration for noncancer toxicological
responses corresponding to the Reference Dose (RfD) for oral exposures.
Count only those persons meeting the criteria for resident
individual as specified in section 5.1.3. In estimating the number of
people living on property with an area of observed contamination, when
the estimate in based on the number of residences, multiply each
residence by the average number of persons per residence for the county
in which the residence is located.
5.1.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. Sum the number of resident
individuals subject to Level I concentrations and multiply this sum by
10. Assign the resulting product as the value for this factor. Enter
this value in table 5-1.
5.1.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. Sum the number of resident
individuals subject to Level II concentrations. Do not include those
people already counted under the Level I concentrations factor. Assign
this sum as the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 5-1.
5.1.3.2.3 Calculation of resident population factor value. Sum the
factor values for Level I concentrations and Level II concentrations.
Assign this sum as the resident population factor value. Enter this
value in table 5-1.
5.1.3.3 Workers. Evaluate this factor based on the number of workers
that meet the section 5.1.3 criteria. Assign a value for these workers
using table 5-4. Enter this value in table 5-1.
Table 5-4--Factor Values for Workers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Number of workers value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0........................................................... 0
1 to 100.................................................... 5
101 to 1,000................................................ 10
Greater than 1,000.......................................... 15
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1.3.4 Resources. Evaluate the resources factor as follows:
[sbull] Assign a value of 5 to the resources factor if one or more
of the following is present on an area of observed contamination at the
site:
-Commercial agriculture.
-Commercial silviculture.
-Commercial livestock production or commercial livestock grazing.
[sbull] Assign a value of 0 if none of the above are present.
Enter the value assigned in table 5-1.
5.1.3.5 Terrestrial sensitive environments. Assign value(s) from
table 5-5 to each terrestrial sensitive environment that meets the
eligibility criteria of section 5.1.3.
Calculate a value (ES) for terrestrial sensitive environments as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.159
where:
Si=Value(s) assigned from table 5-5 to terrestrial sensitive
environment i.
n=Number of terrestrial sensitive environments meeting section 5.1.3
criteria.
Because the pathway score based solely on terrestrial sensitive
environments is limited to a maximum of 60, determine the value for the
terrestrial sensitive environments factor as follows:
Table 5-5--Terrestrial Sensitive Environments Rating Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Terrestrial sensitive environments value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Terrestrial critical habitat a for Federal designated 100
endangered or threatened species...........................
National Park ..........
Designated Federal Wilderness Area ..........
National Monument ..........
Terrestrial habitat known to be used by Federal designated 75
or proposed threatened or endangered species...............
National Preserve (terrestrial) ..........
National or State Terrestrial Wildlife Refuge ..........
[[Page 181]]
Federal land designated for protection of natural ..........
ecosystems
Administratively proposed Federal Wilderness Area ..........
Terrestrial areas utilized for breeding by large or ..........
dense aggregations of animals b
Terrestrial habitat known to be used by State designated 50
endangered or threatened species...........................
Terrestrial habitat known to be used by species under ..........
review as to its Federal designated endangered or
threatened status
State lands designated for wildlife or game management...... 25
State designated Natural Areas ..........
Particular areas, relatively small in size, important to ..........
maintenance of unique biotic communities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Critical habitat as defined in 50 CFR 424.02.
b Limit to vertebrate species.
[sbull] Multiply the values assigned to the resident population
threat for likelihood of exposure (LE), waste characteristics (WC), and
ES. Divide the product by 82,500.
-If the result is 60 or less, assign the value ES as the terrestrial
sensitive environments factor value.
-If the result exceeds 60, calculate a value EC as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.160
Assign the value EC as the terrestrial sensitive environments factor
value. Do not round this value to the nearest interger.
Enter the value assigned for the terrestrial sensitive environments
factor in table 5-1.
5.1.3.6 Calculation of resident population targets factor category
value. Sum the values for the resident individual, resident population,
workers, resources, and terrestrial sensitive environments factors. Do
not round to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the targets factor
category value for the resident population threat. Enter this value in
table 5-1.
5.1.4 Calculation of resident population threat score. Multiply the
values for likelihood of exposure, waste characteristics, and targets
for the resident population threat, and round the product to the nearest
integer. Assign this product as the resident population threat score.
Enter this score in table 5-1.
5.2 Nearby population threat. Include in the nearby population only
those individuals who live or attend school within a 1-mile travel
distance of an area of observed contamination at the site and who do not
meet the criteria for resident individual as specified in section 5.1.3.
Do not consider areas of observed contamination that have an
attractiveness/accessibility factor value of 0 (see section 5.2.1.1) in
evaluating the nearby population threat.
5.2.1 Likelihood of exposure. Evaluate two factors for the
likelihood of exposure factor category for the nearby population threat:
attractiveness/accessibility and area of contamination.
5.2.1.1. Attractiveness/accessibility. Assign a value for
attractiveness/accessibility from table 5-6 to each area of observed
contamination, excluding any land used for residences. Select the
highest value assigned to the areas evaluated and use it as the value
for the attractiveness/accessibility factor. Enter this value in table
5-1.
5.2.1.2 Area of contamination. Evaluate area of contamination based
on the total area of the areas of observed contamination at the site.
Count only the area(s) that meet the criteria in section 5.0.1 and that
receive an attractiveness/accessibility value greater than 0. Assign a
value to this factor from table 5-7. Enter this value in table 5-1.
Table 5-6--Attractiveness/Accessibility Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Area of observed contamination value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Designated recreational area................................. 100
Regularly used for public recreation (for example, fishing, 75
hiking, softball)...........................................
Accessible and unique recreational area (for example, vacant 75
lots in urban area).........................................
Moderately accessible (may have some access improvements--for 50
example, gravel road), with some public recreation use......
Slightly accessible (for example, extremely rural area with 25
no road improvement), with some public recreation use.......
Accessible, with no public recreation use.................... 10
Surrounded by maintained fence or combination of maintained 5
fence and natural barriers..................................
Physically inaccessible to public, with no evidence of public 0
recreation use..............................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5-7--Area of Contamination Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total area of the areas of observed contamination (square Assigned
feet) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than or equal to 5,000.................................. 5
Greater than 5,000 to 125,000................................ 20
Greater than 125,000 to 250,000.............................. 40
Greater than 250,000 to 375,000.............................. 60
Greater than 375,000 to 500,000.............................. 80
Greater than 500,000......................................... 100
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2.1.3 Likelihood of exposure factor category value. Assign a value
from Table 5-8 to the likelihood of exposure factor category, based on
the values assigned to the attractiveness/accessibility and area of
contamination factors. Enter this value in table 5-1.
[[Page 182]]
Table 5-8--Nearby Population Likelihood of Exposure Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attractiveness/accessibility
factor value
Area of contamination factor value -------------------------------
100 75 50 25 10 5 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100..................................... 500 500 375 250 125 50 0
80..................................... 500 375 250 125 50 25 0
60..................................... 375 250 125 50 25 5 0
40..................................... 250 125 50 25 5 5 0
20..................................... 125 50 25 5 5 5 0
5...................................... 50 25 5 5 5 5 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2.2 Waste characteristics. Evaluate waste characteristics based on
two factors: toxicity and hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate only those
hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed contamination
(see section 5.0.1) at areas that can be assigned an attractiveness/
accessibility factor value greater than 0.
5.2.2.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value as specified in
section 2.4.1.1 to each hazardous substance meeting the criteria in
section 5.2.2. Use the hazardous substance with the highest toxicity
factor value to assign the value to the toxicity factor for the nearby
population threat. Enter this value in table 5-1.
5.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a value to the hazardous
waste quantity factor as specified in section 5.1.2.2, except: consider
only those areas of observed contamination that can be assigned an
attractiveness/accessibility factor value greater than 0. Enter the
value assigned in table 5-1.
5.2.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value.
Multiply the toxicity and hazardous waste quantity factor values,
subject to a maximum product of 1x10 \8\. Based on this product, assign
a value from table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the waste characteristics
factor category. Enter this value in table 5-1.
5.2.3 Targets. Evaluate the targets factory category for the nearby
population threat based on two factors: nearby individual and population
within a 1-mile travel distance from the site.
5.2.3.1 Nearby individual. If one or more persons meet the section
5.1.3 criteria for a resident individual, assign this factor a value of
0. Enter this value in table 5-1.
If no person meets the criteria for a resident individual, determine
the shortest travel distance from the site to any residence or school.
In determining the travel distance, measure the shortest overland
distance an individual would travel from a residence or school to the
nearest area of observed contamination for the site with an
attractiveness/accessibility factor value greater than 0. If there are
no natural barriers to travel, measure the travel distance as the
shortest straight-line distance from the residence or school to the area
of observed contamination. If natural barriers exist (for example, a
river), measure the travel distance as the shortest straight-line
distance from the residence or school to the nearest crossing point and
from there as the shortest straight-line distance to the area of
observed contamination. Based on the shortest travel distance, assign a
value from table 5-9 to the nearest individual factor. Enter this value
in table 5-1.
Table 5-9--Nearby Individual Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Travel distance for nearby individual (miles) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 0 to \1/4\..................................... 1a
Greater than \1/4\ to 1..................................... 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Assign a value of 0 if one or more persons meet the section 5.1.3
criteria for resident individual.
5.2.3.2 Population within 1 mile. Determine the population within
each travel distance category of table 5-10. Count residents and
students who attend school within this travel distance. Do not include
those people already counted in the resident population threat.
Determine travel distances as specified in section 5.2.3.1.
In estimating residential population, when the estimate is based on
the number of residences, multiply each residence by the average number
of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is
located.
Based on the number of people included within a travel distance
category, assign a distance-weighted population value for that travel
distance from table 5-10.
Calculate the value for the population within 1 mile factor (PN) as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.161
where:
Wi=Distance-weighted population value from table 5-10 for
travel distance category i.
If PN is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PN
is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value in table 5-
1.
5.2.3.3 Calculation of nearby population targets factor category
value. Sum the values for the nearby individual factor and the
population within 1 mile factor. Do not round this sum to the nearest
integer. Assign this sum as the targets factor category value for the
nearby population threat. Enter this value in table 5-1.
[[Page 183]]
Table 5-10--Distance-Weighted Population Values for Nearby Population Threat a
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of people within the travel distance category
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Travel distance category (miles) 11 31 101 301 1,001 3,001 10,001 30,001 100,001 300,001
0 1 to to to to to to to to to to to
10 30 100 300 1,000 3,000 10,000 30,000 100,000 300,000 1,000,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 0 to \1/4\............................................ 0 0.1 0.4 1.0 4 13 41 130 408 1,303 4,081 13,034
Greater than \1/4\ to \1/2\........................................ 0 0.05 0.2 0.7 2 7 20 65 204 652 2,041 6,517
Greater than \1/2\ to 1............................................ 0 0.02 0.1 0.3 1 3 10 33 102 326 1,020 3,258
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Round the number of people present within a travel distance category to nearest integer. Do not round the assigned distance-weighted population value
to nearest integer.
5.2.4 Calculation of nearby population threat score. Multiply the
values for likelihood of exposure, waste characteristics, and targets
for the nearby population threat, and round the product to the nearest
integer. Assign this product as the nearby population threat score.
Enter this score in table 5-1.
5.3 Calculation of soil exposure pathway score. Sum the resident
population threat score and the nearby population threat score, and
divide the sum by 82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a
maximum of 100, as the soil exposure pathway score (Ss).
Enter this score in table 5-1.
6.0 Air Migration Pathway
Evaluate the air migration pathway based on three factor categories:
likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. Figure 6-1
indicates the factors included within each factor category.
Determine the air migration pathway score (Sa) in terms
of the factor category values as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.162
where:
LR=Likelihood of release factor category value.
WC=Waste characteristics factor category value.
T=Targets factor category value.
SF=Scaling factor.
Table 6-1 outlines the specific calculation procedure.
[[Page 184]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.012
Table 6-1--Air Migration Pathway Scoresheet
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum Value
Factor categories and factors value assigned
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Likelihood of Release
1. Observed Release.............................................................. 550 ----
2. Potential to Release:
2a. Gas Potential to Release.................................................. 500 ----
2b. Particulate Potential to Release.......................................... 500 ----
2c. Potential to Release (higher of lines 2a and 2b).......................... 500 ----
[[Page 185]]
3. Likelihood of Release (higher of lines 1 and 2c).............................. 550 ----
Waste Characteristics
4. Toxicity/Mobility............................................................. (a) ----
5. Hazardous Waste Quantity...................................................... (a) ----
6. Waste Characteristics......................................................... 100 ----
Targets
7. Nearest Individual............................................................ 50 ----
8. Population:
8a. Level I Concentrations.................................................... (b) ----
8b. Level II Concentrations................................................... (b) ----
8c. Potential Contamination................................................... (b) ----
8d. Population (lines 8a+8b+8c)............................................... (b) ----
9. Resources..................................................................... 5 ----
10. Sensitive Environments
10a. Actual Contamination..................................................... (c) ----
10b. Potential Contamination.................................................. (c) ----
10c. Sensitive Environments (lines 10a+10b)................................... (c) ----
11. Targets (lines 7+8d+9+10c).................................................... (b) ----
Air Migration Pathway Score
12. Pathway Score (Sa) [(lines 3x6x11)/82,500] d.................................. 100 ----
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.
b Maximum value not applicable.
c No specific maximum value applies to factor. However, pathway score based solely on sensitive environments is
limited to maximum of 60.
d Do not round to nearest integer.
6.1 Likelihood of Release. Evaluate the likelihood of release factor
category in terms of an observed release factor or a potential to
release factor.
6.1.1 Observed release. Establish an observed release to the
atmosphere by demonstrating that the site has released a hazardous
substance to the atmosphere. Base this demonstration on either:
[sbull] Direct observation--a material (for example, particulate
matter) that contains one or more hazardous substances has been seen
entering the atmosphere directly. When evidence supports the inference
of a release of a material that contains one or more hazardous
substances by the site to the atmosphere, demonstrated adverse effects
accumulated with that release may be used to establish an observed
release.
[sbull] Chemical analysis--an analysis of air samples indicates that
the concentration of ambient hazardous substance(s) has increased
significantly above the background concentration for the site (see
section 2.3). Some portion of the significant increase must be
attributable to the site to establish the observed release.
If an observed release can be established, assign an observed
release factor value of 550, enter this value in table 6-1, and proceed
to section 6.1.3. If an observed release cannot be established, assign
an observed release factor value of 0, enter this value in table 6-1,
and proceed to section 6.1.2.
6.1.2 Potential to release. Evaluate potential to release only if an
observed release cannot be established. Determine the potential to
release factor value for the site by separately evaluating the gas
potential to release and the particulate potential to release for each
source at the site. Select the highest potential to release value
(either gas or particulate) calculated for the sources evaluated and
assign that value as the site potential to release factor value as
specified below.
6.1.2.1 Gas potential to release. Evaluate gas potential to release
for those sources that contain gaseous hazardous substances--that is,
those hazardous substances with a vapor pressure greater than or equal
to 10-9 torr.
Evaluate gas potential to release for each source based on three
factors: gas containment, gas source type, and gas migration potential.
Calculate the gas potential to release value as illustrated in table 6-
2. Combine sources with similar characteristics into a single source in
evaluating the gas potential to release factors.
[[Page 186]]
Table 6-2--Gas Potential to Release Evaluation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas
Gas Gas source migration
Source Source type containment type factor potential Sum Gas source
a factor value c factor value
value b value d
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
........... A B C (B+C) A(B+C)
1................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
2................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
3................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
4................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
5................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
6................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
7................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
8................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
Gas Potential to Release Factor (Select the Highest Gas Source Value)
------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Enter a Source Type listed in table 6-4.
b Enter Gas Containment Factor Value from section 6.1.2.1.1.
c Enter Gas Source Type Factor Value from section 6.1.2.1.2.
d Enter Gas Migration Potential Factor Value from section 6.1.2.1.3.
6.1.2.1.1 Gas containment. Assign each source a value from table 6-3
for gas containment. Use the lowest value from table 6-3 that applies to
the source, except: assign a value of 10 if there is evidence of biogas
release or if there is an active fire within the source.
Table 6-3--Gas Containment Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Gas containment description value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
All situations except those specifically listed below....... 10
Evidence of biogas release.................................. 10 a
Active fire within source................................... 10 a
Gas collection/treatment system functioning, regularly 0
inspected, maintained, and completely covering source......
Source substantially surrounded by engineering windbreak and 7
no other containment specifically described in this table
applies....................................................
Source covered with essentially impermeable, regularly 0
inspected, maintained cover................................
Uncontaminated soil cover 3 feet:
[sb] Source substantially 0
vegetated with little exposed soil.......................
[sb] Source lightly 3
vegetated with much exposed soil.........................
[sb] Source substantially 7
devoid of vegetation.....................................
Uncontaminated soil cover [gE]1 foot and [gE]3 feet:
[sb] Source heavily
vegetated with essentially no exposed soil...............
--Cover soil type resistant to gas migration b.......... 3
--Cover soil type not resistant to gas migration b or 7
unknown................................................
[sb] Source substantially 7
vegetated with little exposed soil and cover soil type
resistant to gas migration b.............................
[sb] Other................ 10
Uncontaminated soil cover <1 foot:
[sb] Source heavily 7
vegetated with essentially no exposed soil and cover soil
type resistant to gas migration b........................
[sb] Other................ 10
Totally or partially enclosed within structurally intact 7
building and no other containment specifically described in
this table applies.........................................
Source consists solely of intact, sealed containers:
[sb] Totally protected 0
from weather by regularly inspected, maintained cover....
[sb] Other................ 3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a This value must be used if applicable.
b Consider moist fine-grained and saturated coarse-grained soils
resistant to gas migration. Consider all other soils nonresistant.
6.1.2.1.2 Gas source type. Assign a value for gas source type to
each source as follows:
[sbull] Determine if the source meets the minimum size requirement
based on the source hazardous waste quantity value (see section
2.4.2.1.5). If the source receives a source hazardous waste quantity
value of 0.5 or more, consider the source to meet the minimum size
requirement.
[sbull] If the source meets the minimum size requirement, assign it
a value from table 6-4 for gas source type.
[sbull] If the source does not meet the minimum size requirement,
assign it a value of 0 for gas source type.
If no source at the site meets the minimum size requirement, assign
each source at the
[[Page 187]]
site a value from table 6-4 for gas source type.
Table 6-4--Source Type Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned value
Source type -------------------
Gas Particulate
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Active fire area.................................... 14 30
Burn pit............................................ 19 22
Containers or tanks (buried/below-ground):
[sbull] Evidence of biogas release................ 33 22
[sbull] No evidence of biogas release............. 11 22
Containers or tanks, not elsewhere specified........ 28 14
Contaminated soil (excluding land treatment)........ 19 22
Landfarm/land treatment............................. 28 22
Landfill:
[sbull] Evidence of biogas release................ 33 22
[sbull] No evidence of biogas release............. 11 22
Pile:
[sbull] Tailings pile............................. 6 28
[sbull] Scrap metal or junk pile.................. 6 17
[sbull] Trash pile................................ 6 6
[sbull] Chemical waste pile....................... 11 28
[sbull] Other waste piles......................... 17 28
Surface impoundments (buried/backfilled):
[sbull] Evidence of biogas release................ 33 22
[sbull] No evidence of biogas release............. 11 22
Surface impoundment (not buried/backfilled):
[sbull] Dry....................................... 19 22
[sbull] Other..................................... 28 0
Other types of sources, not elsewhere specified..... 0 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.1.2.1.3 Gas migration potential. Evaluate this factor for each
source as follows:
[sbull] Assign a value for gas migration potential to each of the
gaseous hazardous substances associated with the source (see section
2.2.2) as follows:
-Assign values from table 6-5 for vapor pressure and Henry's constant to
each hazardous substance. If Henry's constant cannot be determined for a
hazardous substance, assign that hazardous substance a value of 2 for
the Henry's constant component.
-Sum the two values assigned to the hazardous substance.
-Based on this sum, assign the hazardous substance a value from table 6-
6 for gas migration potential.
[sbull] Assign a value for gas migration potential to each source as
follows:
-Select three hazardous substances associated with the source:
-If more than three gaseous hazardous substances can be associated
with the source, select three that have the highest gas migration
potential values.
-If fewer than three gaseous hazardous substances can be associated
with a source, select all of them.
-Average the gas migration potential values assigned to the selected
hazardous substances.
-Based on this average value, assign the source a gas migration
potential value from table 6-7.
Table 6-5--Values for Vapor Pressure and Henry's Constant
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Vapor pressure (Torr) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 10............................................. 3
Greater than 10-3 to 10..................................... 2
10-5 to 10-3................................................ 1
Less than 10[hyphen]5....................................... 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Henry's constant (atm-m3/mol) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 10-3........................................... 3
Greater than 10-5 to 10-3................................... 2
10-7 to 10-5................................................ 1
Less than 10-7.............................................. 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6-6--Gas Migration Potential Values for a Hazardous Substance
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Sum of values for vapor pressure and Henry's constant value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0........................................................... 0
1 or 2...................................................... 6
3 or 4...................................................... 11
5 or 6...................................................... 17
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6-7--Gas Migration Potential Values for the Source
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average of gas migration potential values for three Assigned
hazardous substances a value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to < 3.................................................... 0
3 to < 8.................................................... 6
8 to < 14................................................... 11
14 to 17.................................................... 17
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a If fewer than three hazardous substances can be associated with the
source, compute the average based only on those hazardous substances
that can be associated.
6.1.2.1.4 Calculation of gas potential to release value. Determine
the gas potential to release value for each source as illustrated in
table 6-2. For each source, sum the gas source type factor value and gas
migration potential factor value and multiply this sum by the gas
containment factor value. Select the highest product calculated for the
sources evaluated and assign it as the gas potential to release value
for the site. Enter this value in table 6-1.
6.1.2.2 Particulate potential to release. Evaluate particulate
potential to release for those sources that contain particulate
hazardous substances--that is, those hazardous substances with a vapor
pressure less than or equal to 10-1 torr.
Evaluate particulate potential to release for each source based on
three factors: particulate containment, particulate source type, and
particulate migration potential.
[[Page 188]]
Calculate the particulate potential to release value as illustrated in
table 6-8. Combine sources with similar characteristics into a single
source in evaluating the particulate potential to release factors.
6.1.2.2.1 Particulate containment. Assign each source a value from
table 6-9 for particulate containment. Use the lowest value from table
6-9 that applies to the source.
6.1.2.2.2 Particulate source type. Assign a value for particulate
source type to each source in the same manner as specified for gas
sources in section 6.1.2.1.2.
6.1.2.2.3 Particulate migration potential. Based on the site
location, assign a value from Figure 6-2 for particulate migration
potential. Assign this same value to each source at the site.
Table 6-8--Particulate Potential to Release Evaluation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particulate
Particulate Particulate migration Particulate
Source Source type containment type factor potential Sum source
a factor value c factor value
value b value d
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
........... A B C (B+C) A (B+C)
1................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
2................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
3................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
4................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
5................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
6................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
7................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
8................................. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
Particulate Potential to Release Factor Value (Select Highest Particulate Source Value)
------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Enter a Source Type listed in table 6-4.
b Enter Particulate Containment Factor Value from section 6.1.2.2.1.
c Enter Particulate Source Type Factor Value from section 6.1.2.2.2.
d Enter Particulate Migration Potential Factor Value from section 6.1.2.2.3.
Table 6-9--Particulate Containment Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Particulate containment description value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
All situations except those specifically listed below....... 10
Source contains only particulate hazardous substances 0
totally covered by liquids.................................
Source substantially surrounded by engineered windbreak and 7
no other containment specifically described in this table
applies....................................................
Source covered with essentially impermeable, regularly 0
inspected, maintained cover................................
Uncontaminated soil cover 3 feet:
[sbull] Source substantially vegetated with little or no 0
exposed soil.............................................
[sbull] Source lightly vegetated with much exposed soil... 3
[sbull] Source substantially devoid of vegetation......... 7
Uncontaminated soil cover [gE] 1 foot and [lE] 3 feet:
[sbull] Source heavily vegetated with essentially no
exposed soil:
--Cover soil type resistant to gas migration a.......... 3
--Cover soil type not resistant to gas migration a or 7
unknown................................................
[sbull] Source substantially vegetated with little exposed 7
soil and cover soil type resistant to gas migration a....
[sbull] Other............................................. 10
Uncontaminated soil cover < 1 foot:
[sbull] Source heavily vegetated with essentially no 7
exposed soil and cover soil type resistant to gas
migration a..............................................
[sbull] Other............................................. 10
Totally or partially enclosed within structurally intact 7
building and no other containment specifically described in
this table applies.........................................
Source consists solely of containers:
[sbull] All containers contain only liquids............... 0
[sbull] All containers intact, sealed, and totally 0
protected from weather by regularly inspected, maintained
cover....................................................
[sbull] All containers intact and sealed.................. 3
[sbull] Other............................................. 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Consider moist fine-grained and saturated coarse-grained soils
resistant to gas migration. Consider all other soils nonresistant.
[[Page 189]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.013
[[Page 190]]
Figure 6-2--Particulate Migration Potential Factor Values--Concluded
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particulate
migration
Location potential
assigned
value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hawaiian Islands
Hilo, Hawaii............................................. 0
Honolulu, Oahu........................................... 17
Kahului, Maui............................................ 17
Lanai.................................................... 17
Lihue, Kauai............................................. 11
Molokai.................................................. 17
Pacific Islands
Guam..................................................... 6
Johnston Island.......................................... 17
Koror Island............................................. 0
Kwajalein Island......................................... 6
Mujuro, Marshall Islands................................. 0
Pago Pago, American Samoa................................ 0
Ponape Island............................................ 0
Truk, Caroline Islands................................... 0
Wake Island.............................................. 17
Yap Island............................................... 0
Alaska
Anchorage................................................ 17
Annette.................................................. 0
Barrow................................................... 17
Barter Island............................................ 17
Bethel................................................... 17
Bettles.................................................. 17
Big Delta................................................ 17
Cold Bay................................................. 6
Fairbanks................................................ 17
Gulkana.................................................. 17
Homer.................................................... 11
Juneau................................................... 0
King Salmon.............................................. 11
Kodiak................................................... 0
Kutzebue................................................. 17
McGrath.................................................. 17
Nome..................................................... 11
St. Paul Island.......................................... 11
Talkeetna................................................ 6
Unalakleet............................................... 17
Valdez................................................... 0
Yakutat.................................................. 0
American Virgin Islands
St. Croix................................................ 17
St. John................................................. 11
St. Thomas............................................... 11
Puerto Rico
Arecibo.................................................. 6
Coloso................................................... 6
Fajardo.................................................. 11
Humacao.................................................. 6
Isabela Station.......................................... 11
Ponce.................................................... 17
San Juan................................................. 11
------------------------------------------------------------------------
For site locations not on Figure 6-2, and for site locations near
the boundary points on Figure 6-2, assign a value as follows. First,
calculate a Thornthwaite P-E index using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.163
where:
PE=Thornthwaite P-E index.
Pi=Mean monthly precipitation for month i, in inches.
Ti=Mean monthly temperature for month i, in degrees
Fahrenheit; for any month having a mean monthly temperature
less than 28.4 [deg]F, use 28.4 [deg]F.
Based on the calculated Thornthwaite P-E index, assign a source
particulate migration potential value to the site from table 6-10.
Assign this same value to each source at the site.
Table 6-10--Particulate Migration Potential Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Thornthwaite P-E Index value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 150............................................. 0
85 to 150.................................................... 6
50 to less than 85........................................... 11
Less than 50................................................. 17
------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.1.2.2.4 Calculation of particulate potential to release value.
Determine the particulate potential to release value for each source as
illustrated in table 6-8. For each source, sum its particulate source
type factor value and particulate migration potential factor value and
multiply this sum by its particulate containment factor value. Select
the highest product calculated for the sources evaluated and assign it
as the particulate potential to release value for the site. Enter the
value in table 6-1.
6.1.2.3 Calculation of potential to release factor value for the
site. Select the higher of the gas potential to release value assigned
in section 6.1.2.1.4 and the particulate potential to release value
assigned in section 6.1.2.2.4. Assign the value selected as the site
potential to release factor value. Enter this value in table 6-1.
6.1.3 Calculation of likelihood of release factor category value. If
an observed release is established, assign the observed release factor
value of 550 as the likelihood of release factor category value.
Otherwise, assign the site potential to release factor value as the
likelihood of release factor category value. Enter the value in table 6-
1.
6.2 Waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics factor
category based on two factors: toxicity/mobility and hazardous waste
quantity. Evaluate only those hazardous substances available to migrate
from the sources at the site to the atmosphere. Such hazardous
substances include:
[sbull] Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed
release to the atmosphere.
[sbull] All gaseous hazardous substances associated with a source
that has a gas containment factor value greater than 0 (see section
2.2.2, 2.2.3, and 6.1.2.1.1).
[sbull] All particulate hazardous substances associated with a
source that has a particulate
[[Page 191]]
containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 2.2.2, 2.2.3, and
6.1.2.2.1).
6.2.1 Toxicity/mobility. For each hazardous substance, assign a
toxicity factor value, a mobility factor value, and a combined toxicity/
mobility factor value as specified below. Select the toxicity/mobility
factor value for the air migration pathway as specified in section
6.2.1.3.
6.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous
substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1.
6.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a mobility factor value to each hazardous
substance as follows:
[sbull] Gaseous hazardous substance.
-Assign a mobility factor value of 1 to each gaseous hazardous substance
that meets the criteria for an observed release to the atmosphere.
-Assign a mobility factor value from table 6-11, based on vapor
pressure, to each gaseous hazardous substance that does not meet the
criteria for an observed release.
[sbull] Particulate hazardous substance.
-Assign a mobility factor value of 0.02 to each particulate hazardous
substance that meets the criteria for an observed release to the
atmosphere.
-Assign a mobility factor value from Figure 6-3, based on the site's
location, to each particulate hazardous substance that does not meet the
criteria for an observed release. (Assign all such particulate hazardous
substances this same value.)
-For site locations not on Figure 6-3 and for site locations near the
boundary points on Figure 6-3, assign a mobility factor value to each
particulate hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria for an
observed release as follows:
-Calculate a value M:
M=0.0182 (U\3\/[PE]\2\)
where:
U=Mean average annual wind speed (meters per second).
PE=Thornthwaite P-E index from section 6.1.2.2.3.
-Based on the value M, assign a mobility factor value from table 6-
12 to each particulate hazardous substance.
[sbull] Gaseous and particulate hazardous substances.
-For a hazardous substance potentially present in both gaseous and
particulate forms, select the higher of the factor values for gas
mobility and particulate mobility for that substance and assign that
value as the mobility factor value for the hazardous substance.
6.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/mobility factor value. Assign each
hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility factor value from table 6-13,
based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for the toxicity
and mobility factors. Use the hazardous substance with the highest
toxicity/mobility factor value to assign the value to the toxicity/
mobility factor for the air migration pathway. Enter this value in table
6-1.
Table 6-11--Gas Mobility Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Vapor pressure (Torr) value a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 10-1.......................................... 1.0
Greater than 10-3 to 10-1.................................. 0.2
Greater than 10-5 to 10-3.................................. 0.02
Greater than 10-7 to 10-5.................................. 0.002
Less than or equal to 10-7................................. 0.0002
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
[[Page 192]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.014
[[Page 193]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.015
[[Page 194]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.016
[[Page 195]]
Figure 6-3--Particulate Mobility Factor Values--Concluded
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particulated
mobility
Location assigned
value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pacific Islands
Guam.................................................... 0.0002
Johnston Island......................................... 0.002
Koror Island............................................ 0.00008
Kwajalein Island........................................ 0.0002
Mujuro, Marshall Islands................................ 0.00008
Pago Pago, American Samoa............................... 0.00008
Ponape Island........................................... 0.00002
Truk, Caroline Islands.................................. 0.00008
Wake Island............................................. 0.002
Yap Island.............................................. 0.00008
American Virgin Islands
St. Croix............................................... 0.0008
St. John................................................ 0.0002
St. Thomas.............................................. 0.0002
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6-12--Particulate Mobility Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
M value a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 1.4x10-2....................................... 0.02
Greater than 4.4x10-3 to 1.4x10-2........................... 0.008
Greater than 1.4x10-3 to 4.4x10-3........................... 0.002
Greater than 4.4x10-4 to 1.4x10-3........................... 0.0008
Greater than 1.4x10-4 to 4.4x10-4........................... 0.0002
Greater than 4.4x10-5 to 1.4x10-4........................... 0.00008
Less than or equal to 4.4x10-5.............................. 0.00002
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
Table 6-13--Toxicity/Mobility Factor Values a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toxicity factor value
Mobility factor value ----------------------------------------------------
10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0........................................................ 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0
0.2........................................................ 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0
0.02....................................................... 200 20 2 0.2 0.02 0
0.008...................................................... 80 8 0.8 0.08 0.008 0
0.002...................................................... 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 0
0.0008..................................................... 8 0.8 0.08 0.008 0.0008 0
0.0002..................................................... 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 0.0002 0
0.00008.................................................... 0.8 0.08 0.008 0.0008 0.00008 0
0.00002.................................................... 0.2 0.02 0.002 0.0002 0.00002 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Do not round to nearest integer.
6.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a hazardous waste quantity
factor value for the air migration pathway as specified in section
2.4.2. Enter this value in table 6-1.
6.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value.
Multiply the toxicity/mobility factor value and the hazardous waste
quantity factor value, subject to a maximum product of 1x108.
Based on this product, assign a value from table 2-7 (section 2.4.3.1)
to the waste characteristics factor category. Enter this value in table
6-1.
6.3 Targets.
Evaluate the targets factor category based on four factors: nearest
individual, population, resources, and sensitive environments. Include
only those targets (for example, individuals, sensitive environments)
located within the 4-mile target distance limit, except: if an observed
release is established beyond the 4-mile target distance limit, include
those additional targets that are specified below in this section and in
section 6.3.4.
Evaluate the nearest individual and population factors based on
whether the target populations are subject to Level I concentrations,
Level II concentrations, or potential contamination. Determine which
applies to a target population as follows.
If no samples meet the criteria for an observed release to air and
if there is no observed release by direct observation, consider the
entire population within the 4-mile target distance limit to be subject
to potential contamination.
If one or more samples meet the criteria for an observed release to
air or if there is an observed release by direct observation, evaluate
the population as follows:
[sbull] Determine the most distant sample location that meets the
criteria for Level I concentrations as specified in sections 2.5.1 and
2.5.2 and the most distant location (that is, sample location or direct
observation location) that meets the criteria for Level II
concentrations. Use the health-based benchmarks from table 6-14 in
determining the level of contamination for sample locations. If the most
distant Level II location is closer to a source than the most distant
Level I sample location, do not consider the Level II location.
[sbull] Determine the single most distant location (sample location
or direct observation location) that meets the criteria for Level I or
Level II concentrations.
[[Page 196]]
[sbull] If this single most distant location is within the 4-mile
target distance limit, identify the distance categories from table 6-15
in which the selected Level I concentrations sample and Level II
concentrations sample (or direct observation location) are located:
-Consider the target population anywhere within this furthest Level I
distance category, or anywhere within a distance category closer to a
source at the site, as subject to Level I concentrations.
-Consider the target population located beyond any Level I distance
categories, up to and including the population anywhere within the
furthest Level II distance category, as subject to Level II
concentrations.
-Consider the remainder of the target population within the 4-mile
target distance limit as subject to potential contamination.
[sbull] If the single most distant location is beyond the 4-mile
target distance limit, identify the distance at which the selected Level
I concentrations sample and Level II concentrations sample (or direct
observation location) are located:
-If the Level I sample location is within the 4-mile target distance
limit, identify the target population subject to Level I concentrations
as specified above.
-If the Level I sample location is beyond the 4-mile target distance
limit, consider the target population located anywhere within a distance
from the sources at the site equal to the distance to this sample
location to be subject to Level I concentrations and include them in the
evaluation.
-Consider the target population located beyond the Level I target
population, but located anywhere within a distance from the sources at
the site equal to the distance to the selected Level II location, to be
subject to Level II concentrations and include them in the evaluation.
-Do not include any target population as subject to potential
contamination.
Table 6-14--Health-Based Benchmarks for Hazardous Substances in Air
[sbull] Concentration corresponding to National Ambient Air Quality
Standard (NAAQS).
[sbull] Concentration corresponding to National Emission Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs).
[sbull] Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that
concentration that corresponds to the 10-6 individual cancer risk for
inhalation exposures.
[sbull] Screening concentration for noncancer toxicological responses
corresponding to the Reference Dose (RfD) for inhalation exposures.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6-15--Air Migration Pathway Distance Weights
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Distance category (miles) distance
weight \a\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................................... 1.0
Greater than 0 to \1/4\.................................... 0.25
Greater than \1/4\ to \1/2\................................ 0.054
Greater than \1/2\ to 1.................................... 0.016
Greater than 1 to 2........................................ 0.0051
Greater than 2 to 3........................................ 0.0023
Greater than 3 to 4........................................ 0.0014
Greater than 4............................................. 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Do not round to nearest integer.
6.3.1 Nearest individual. Assign the nearest individual factor a
value as follows:
[sbull] If one or more residences or regularly occupied buildings or
areas is subject to Level I concentrations as specified in section 6.3,
assign a value of 50.
[sbull] If not, but if one or more a residences or regularly
occupied buildings or areas is subject to Level II concentrations,
assign a value of 45.
[sbull] If none of the residences and regularly occupied buildings
and areas is subject to Level I or Level II concentrations, assign a
value to this factor based on the shortest distance to any residence or
regularly occupied building or area, as measured from any source at the
site with an air migration containment factor value greater than 0.
Based on this shortest distance, assign a value from table 6-16 to the
nearest individual factor.
Enter the value assigned in table 6-1.
Table 6-16--Nearest Individual Factor Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Distance to nearest individual (miles) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level I concentrations a................................... 50
Level II concentrations a.................................. 45
0 to \1/8\................................................. 20
Greater than \1/8\ to \1/4\................................ 7
Greater than \1/4\ to 1/2.................................. 2
Greater than \1/2\ to 1.................................... 1
Greater than 1............................................. 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Distance does not apply.
6.3.2 Population. In evaluating the population factor, count
residents, students, and workers regularly present within the target
distance limit. Do not count transient populations such as customers and
travelers passing through the area.
In estimating residential population, when the estimate is based on
the number of residences, multiply each residence by the average number
of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is
located.
6.3.2.1 Level of contamination. Evaluate the population factor based
on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and
potential contamination.
[[Page 197]]
Evaluate the population subject to Level I concentrations (see
section 6.3) as specified in section 6.3.2.2, the population subject to
Level II concentrations as specified in section 6.3.2.3, and the
population subject to potential contamination as specified in section
6.3.2.4.
For the potential contamination factor, use population ranges in
evaluating the factor as specified in section 6.3.2.4. For the Level I
and Level II concentrations factors, use the population estimate, not
population ranges, in evaluating both factors.
6.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. Sum the number of people subject to
Level I concentrations. Multiply this sum by 10. Assign the product as
the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 6-1.
6.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. Sum the number of people subject to
Level II concentrations. Do not include those people already counted
under the Level I concentrations factor. Assign this sum as the value
for this factor. Enter this value in table 6-1.
6.3.2.4 Potential contamination. Determine the number of people
within each distance category of the target distance limit (see table 6-
15) who are subject to potential contamination. Do not include those
people already counted under the Level I and Level II concentrations
factors.
Based on the number of people present within a distance category,
assign a distance-weighted population value for that distance category
from table 6-17. (Note that the distance-weighted population values in
table 6-17 incorporate the distance weights from table 6-15. Do not
multiply the values from table 6-17 by these distance weights.)
Calculate the potential contamination factor value (PI) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.164
where:
Wi=Distance-weighted population from table 6-17 for distance
category i.
n=Number of distance categories.
If PI is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PI
is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value in table 6-
1.
6.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor
values for Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and
potential contamination. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer.
Assign this sum as the population factor value. Enter this value in
table 6-1.
[[Page 198]]
Table 6-17--Distance-Weighted Population Values For Potential Contamination Factor for Air Pathway a
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of people within the distance category
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distance category (miles) 1,001 10,001 100,001 1,000,001
0 1 to 11 to 31 to 101 to 301 to to 3,001 to to 30,001 to to 300,001 to to
10 30 100 300 1,000 3,000 10,000 30,000 100,000 300,000 1,000,000 3,000,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On a source................... 0 4 17 53 164 522 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,137 163,246 521,360 1,632,455
Greater than 0 to \1/4\....... 0 1 4 13 41 131 408 1,304 4,081 13,034 40,812 130,340 408,114
Greater than \1/4\ to \1/2\... 0 0.2 0.9 3 9 28 88 282 882 2,815 8,815 28,153 88,153
Greater than \1/2\ to 1....... 0 0.06 0.3 0.9 3 8 26 83 261 834 2,612 8,342 26,119
Greater than 1 to 2........... 0 0.02 0.09 0.3 0.8 3 8 27 83 266 833 2,659 8,326
Greater than 2 to 3........... 0 0.009 0.04 0.1 0.4 1 4 12 38 120 375 1,199 3,755
Greater than 3 to 4........... 0 0.005 0.02 0.07 0.2 0.7 2 7 23 73 229 730 2,285
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Round the number of people present within a distance category to nearest integer. Do not round the assigned distance-weighted population value to
nearest integer.
[[Page 199]]
6.3.3 Resources. Evaluate the resources factor as follows:
[sbull] Assign a value of 5 if one or more of the following
resources are present within one-half mile of a source at the site
having an air migration containment factor value greater than 0:
-Commercial agriculture.
-Commercial silviculture.
-Major or designated recreation area.
[sbull] Assign a value of 0 if none of these resources is present.
Enter the value assigned in table 6-1.
6.3.4 Sensitive environments. Evaluate sensitive environments based
on two factors: actual contamination and potential contamination.
Determine which factor applies as follows.
If no samples meet the criteria for an observed release to air and
if there is no observed release by direct observation, consider all
sensitive environments located, partially or wholly, within the target
distance limit to be subject to potential contamination.
If one or more samples meet the criteria for an observed release to
air or if there is an observed release by direct observation, determine
the most distant location (that is, sample location or direct
observation location) that meets the criteria for an observed release:
[sbull] If the most distant location meeting the criteria for an
observed release is within the 4-mile target distance limit, identify
the distance category from table 6-15 in which it is located:
-Consider sensitive environments located, partially or wholly, anywhere
within this distance category or anywhere within a distance category
closer to a source at the site as subject to actual contamination.
-Consider all other sensitive environments located, partially or wholly,
within the target distance limit as subject to potential contamination.
[sbull] If the most distant location meeting the criteria for an
observed release is beyond the 4-mile target distance limit, identify
the distance at which it is located:
-Consider sensitive environments located, partially or wholly, anywhere
within a distance from the sources at the site equal to the distance to
this location to be subject to actual contamination and include all such
sensitive environments in the evaluation.
-Do not include any sensitive environments as subject to potential
contamination.
6.3.4.1 Actual contamination. Determine those sensitive environments
subject to actual contamination (i.e., those located partially or wholly
within a distance category subject to actual contamination). Assign
value(s) from table 4-23 (section 4.1.4.3.1.1) to each sensitive
environment subject to actual contamination.
For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an
additional value from table 6-18. In assigning a value from table 6-18,
include only those portions of wetlands located within distance
categories subject to actual contamination. If a wetland is located
partially in a distance category subject to actual contamination and
partially in one subject to potential contamination, then solely for
purposes of table 6-18, count the portion in the distance category
subject to potential contamination under the potential contamination
factor in section 6.3.4.2. Determine the total acreage of wetlands
within those distance categories subject to actual contamination and
assign a value from table 6-18 based on this total acreage.
Calculate the actual contamination factor value (EA) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.165
where:
WA=Value assigned from table 6-18 for wetlands in distance categories
subject to actual contamination.
Si=Value(s) assigned from table 4-23 to sensitive environment
i.
n=Number of sensitive environments subject to actual contamination.
Enter the value assigned in table 6-1.
Table 6-18--Wetlands Rating Values for Air Migration Pathway a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Wetland area (acres) value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 1................................................. 0
1 to 50..................................................... 25
Greater than 50 to 100...................................... 75
Greater than 100 to 150..................................... 125
Greater than 150 to 200..................................... 175
Greater than 200 to 300..................................... 250
Greater than 300 to 400..................................... 350
Greater than 400 to 500..................................... 450
Greater than 500............................................ 500
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Wetlands as defined in 40 CFR section 230.3.
6.3.4.2 Potential contamination. Determine those sensitive
environments located, partially or wholly, within the target distance
limit that are subject to potential contamination. Assign value(s) from
table 4-23 to each sensitive environment subject to potential
contamination. Do not include those sensitive environments already
counted for table 4-23 under the actual contamination factor.
For each distance category subject to potential contamination, sum
the value(s) assigned from table 4-23 to the sensitive environments in
that distance category. If a sensitive environment is located in more
than one distance category, assign the sensitive
[[Page 200]]
environment only to that distance category having the highest distance
weighting value from table 6-15.
For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an
additional value from table 6-18. In assigning a value from table 6-18,
include only those portions of wetlands located within distance
categories subject to potential contamination, as specified in section
6.3.4.1. Treat the wetlands in each separate distance category as
separate sensitive environments solely for purposes of applying table 6-
18. Determine the total acreage of wetlands within each of these
distance categories and assign a separate value from table 6-18 for each
distance category.
Calculate the potential contamination factor value (EP) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.166
Sij=Value(s) assigned from table 4-23 to sensitive
environment in distance category j.
n=Number of sensitive environments subject to potential contamination.
Wj=Value assigned from table 6-18 for wetland area in
distance category j.
Dj=Distance weight from table 6-15 for distance category j.
m=Number of distance categories subject to potential contamination.
If EP is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if EP
is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter the value assigned in
table 6-1.
6.3.4.3 Calculation of sensitive environments factor value. Sum the
factor values for actual contamination and potential contamination. Do
not round this sum, designated as EB, to the nearest integer.
Because the pathway score based solely on sensitive environments is
limited to a maximum of 60, use the value EB to determine the value for
the sensitive environments factor as follows:
[sbull] Multiply the values assigned to likelihood of release (LR),
waste characteristics (WC), and EB. Divide the product by 82,500.
-If the result is 60 or less, assign the value EB as the sensitive
environments factor value.
-If the result exceeds 60, calculate a value EC as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.167
Assign the value EC as the sensitive environments factor value. Do
not round this value to the nearest integer.
Enter the value assigned for the sensitive environments factor in
table 6-1.
6.3.5 Calculation of targets factor category value. Sum the nearest
individual, population, resources, and sensitive environments factor
values. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as
the targets factor category value. Enter this value in table 6-1.
6.4 Calculation of air migration pathway score. Multiply the values
for likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets, and round
the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign the
resulting value, subject to a maximum value of 100, as the air migration
pathway score (Sa). Enter this score in table 6-1.
7.0 Sites Containing Radioactive Substances.
In general, radioactive substances are hazardous substances under
CERCLA and should be considered in HRS scoring. Releases of certain
radioactive substances are, however, excluded from the definition of
``release'' in section 101(22) of CERCLA, as amended, and should not be
considered in HRS scoring.
Evaluate sites containing radioactive substances using the
instructions specified in sections 2 through 6, supplemented by the
instructions in this section. Those factors denoted with a ``yes'' in
table 7-1 are evaluated differently for sites containing radioactive
substances than for sites containing only nonradioactive hazardous
substances, while those denoted with a ``no'' are not evaluated
differently and are not addressed in this section.
[[Page 201]]
Table 7-1--HRS Factors Evaluated Differently for Radionuclides
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ground water pathway Status a Surface water pathway Status a Soil exposure pathway Status a Air pathway Status a
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Likelihood of Release Likelihood of Release.. Likelihood of Exposure Likelihood of Release. ...................
Observed Release................. Yes................. Observed Release....... Yes................. Observed Contamination Yes................ Observed Release...... Yes
Potential to Release............. No.................. Potential to Release... No.................. Attractiveness/ No................. Gas Potential to No
Accessibility. Release.
Containment.................... No.................. Overland Flow No.................. to Nearby Residents.. ................... Gas Containment...... No
Containment.
Net Precipitation.............. No.................. Runoff................ No.................. Area of Contamination. No................. Gas Source Type...... No
Depth to Aquifer............... No.................. Distance to Surface No.................. ...................... ................... Gas Migration No
Water. Potential.
Travel Time.................... No.................. Flood Frequency....... No.................. ...................... ................... Particulate Potential No
to
.................... Flood Containment..... No.................. ...................... ................... Release.............. ...................
Particulate No
Containment.
Particulate Source No
Type.
Particulate Migration No
Potential.
Waste Characteristics Waste Characteristics.. Waste Characteristics. Waste Characteristics. ...................
Toxicity......................... Yes................. Toxicity/Ecotoxicity... Yes/Yes............. Toxicity.............. Yes................ Toxicity.............. Yes
Mobility......................... No.................. Persistence/Mobility... Yes/No.............. Hazardous Waste Yes................ Mobility.............. No
Quantity.
Hazardous Waste Quantity......... Yes................. Bioaccumulation No.................. ...................... ................... Hazardous Waste Yes
Potential. Quantity.
.................... Hazardous Waste Yes................. ...................... ................... ...................... ...................
Quantity.
Targets Targets................ Targets............... Targets...............
Nearest Well..................... Yes b............... Nearest Intake......... Yes b............... Resident Individual... Yes b.............. Nearest Individual.... Yes b
Population....................... Yes b............... Drinking Water Yes b............... Resident Population... Yes b.............. Population............ Yes b
Population.
Resources........................ No.................. Resources.............. No.................. Workers............... No................. Resources............. No
Wellhead Protection Area......... No.................. Sensitive Environments. Yes b............... Resources............. No................. Sensitive Environments No
.................... Human Food Chain Yes b............... Terrestrial Sensitive No................. ...................
Individual. Environments.
Human Food Chain Yes b............... ...................... ................... ...................
Population.
Nearby Individual..... No................. ...................
Population Within 1 No.................
Mile.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Factors evaluated differently are denoted by ``yes''; factors not evaluated differently are denoted by ``no.''
b Difference is in the determination of Level I and Level II concentrations.
[[Page 202]]
In general, sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous
substances involve more evaluation than sites containing only
radionuclides. For sites containing mixed radioactive and other
hazardous substances, HRS factors are evaluated based on considerations
of both the radioactive substances and the other hazardous substances in
order to derive a single set of factor values for each factor category
in each of the four pathways. Thus, the HRS score for these sites
reflects the combined potential hazards posed by both the radioactive
and other hazardous substances.
Section 7 is organized by factor category, similar to sections 3
through 6. Pathway-specific differences in evaluation criteria are
specified under each factor category, as appropriate. These differences
apply largely to the soil exposure pathway and to sites containing mixed
radioactive and other hazardous substances. All evaluation criteria
specified in sections 2 through 6 must be met, except where modified in
section 7.
7.1 Likelihood of release/likelihood of exposure. Evaluate
likelihood of release for the three migration pathways and likelihood of
exposure for the soil exposure pathway as specified in sections 2
through 6, except: establish an observed release and observed
contamination as specified in section 7.1.1. When an observed release
cannot be established for a migration pathway, evaluate potential to
release as specified in section 7.1.2. When observed contamination
cannot be established, do not evaluate the soil exposure pathway.
7.1.1 Observed release/observed contamination. For radioactive
substances, establish an observed release for each migration pathway by
demonstrating that the site has released a radioactive substance to the
pathway (or watershed or aquifer, as appropriate); establish observed
contamination for the soil exposure pathway as indicated below. Base
these demonstrations on one or more of the following, as appropriate to
the pathway being evaluated:
[sbull] Direct observation:
-For each migration pathway, a material that contains one or more
radionuclides has been seen entering the atmosphere, surface water, or
ground water, as appropriate, or is known to have entered ground water
or surface water through direct deposition, or
-For the surface water migration pathway, a source area containing
radioactive substances has been flooded at a time that radioactive
substances were present and one or more radioactive substances were in
contact with the flood waters.
[sbull] Analysis of radionuclide concentrations in samples
appropriate to the pathway (that is, ground water, soil, air, surface
water, benthic, or sediment samples):
-For radionuclides that occur naturally and for radionuclides that are
ubiquitous in the environment:
-Measured concentration (in units of activity, for example, pCi per
kilogram [pCi/kg], pCi per liter [pCi/1], pCi per cubic meter [pCi/
m3]) of a given radionuclide in the sample are at a level
that:
-Equals or exceeds a value 2 standard deviations above the mean
site-specific background concentration for that radionuclide in that
type of sample, or
-Exceeds the upper-limit value of the range of regional background
concentration values for that specific radionuclide in that type of
sample.
-Some portion of the increase must be attributable to the site to
establish the observed release (or observed contamination), and
-For the soil exposure pathway only, the radionuclide must also be
present at the surface or covered by 2 feet or less of cover material
(for example, soil) to establish observed contamination.
-For man-made radionuclides without ubiquitous background concentrations
in the environment:
-Measured concentration (in units of activity) of a given
radionuclide in a sample equals or exceeds the sample quantitation limit
for that specific radionuclide in that type of media and is attributable
to the site.
-However, if the radionuclide concentration equals or exceeds its
sample quantitation limit, but its release can also be attributed to one
or more neighboring sites, then the measured concentration of that
radionuclide must also equal or exceed a value either 2 standard
deviations above the mean concentration of that radionuclide contributed
by those neighboring sites or 3 times its background concentration,
whichever is lower.
-If the sample quantitation limit cannot be established:
-If the sample analysis was performed under the EPA Contract
Laboratory Program, use the EPA contract-required quantitation limit
(CRQL) in place of the sample quantitation limit in establishing an
observed release (or observed contamination).
-If the sample analysis is not performed under the EPA Contract
Labatory Program, use the detection limit in place of the sample
quantitation limit.
-For the soil exposure pathway only, the radionuclide must also be
present at the surface or covered by 2 feet or less of cover material
(for example, soil) to establish observed contamination.
[sbull] Gamma radiation measurements (applies only to observed
contamination for the soil exposure pathway):
[[Page 203]]
-The gamma radiation exposure rate, as measured in microroentgens per
hour ([mu] R/hr) using a survey instrument held 1 meter above the ground
surface (or 1 meter away from an aboveground source), equals or exceeds
2 times the site-specific background gamma radiation exposure rate.
-Some portion of the increase must be attributable to the site to
establish observed contamination. The gamma-emitting radionuclides do
not have to be within 2 feet of the surface of the source.
For the three migration pathways, if an observed release can be
established for the pathway (or aquifer or watershed, as appropriate),
assign the pathway (or aquifer or watershed) an observed release factor
value of 550 and proceed to section 7.2. If an observed release cannot
be established, assign an observed release factor value of 0 and proceed
to section 7.1.2.
For the soil exposure pathway, if observed contamination can be
established, assign the likelihood of exposure factor for resident
population a value of 550 if there is an area of observed contamination
in one or more locations listed in section 5.1; evaluate the likelihood
of exposure factor for nearby population as specified in section 5.2.1;
and proceed to section 7.2. If observed contamination cannot be
established, do not evaluate the soil exposure pathway.
At sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous
substances, evaluate observed release (or observed contamination)
separately for radionuclides as described in this section and for other
hazardous substances as described in sections 2 through 6.
For the three migration pathways, if an observed release can be
established based on either radionuclides or other hazardous substances,
or both, assign the pathway (or aquifer or watershed) an observed
release factor value of 550 and proceed to section 7.2. If an observed
release cannot be established based on either radionuclides or other
hazardous substances, assign an observed release factor value of 0 and
proceed to section 7.1.2.
For the soil exposure pathway, if observed contamination can be
established based on either radionuclides or other hazardous substances,
or both, assign the likelihood of exposure factor for resident
population a value of 550 if there is an area of observed contamination
in one or more locations listed in section 5.1; evaluate the likelihood
of exposure factor for nearby population as specified in section 5.2.1;
and proceed to section 7.2. If observed contamination cannot be
established based on either radionuclides or other hazardous substances,
do not evaluate the soil exposure pathway.
7.1.2 Potential to release. For the three migration pathways,
evaluate potential to release for sites containing radionuclides in the
same manner as specified for sites containing other hazardous
substances. Base the evaluation on the physical and chemical properties
of the radionuclides, not on their level of radioactivity.
For sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous
substances, evaluate potential to release considering radionuclides and
other hazardous substances together. Evaluate potential to release for
each migration pathway as specified in sections 3, 4, or 6, as
appropriate.
7.2 Waste characteristics. For radioactive substances, evaluate the
human toxicity factor, the ecosystem toxicity factor, the surface water
persistence factor, and the hazardous waste quantity factor as specified
in the following sections. Evaluate all other waste characteristic
factors as specified in sections 2 through 6.
7.2.1 Human toxicity. For radioactive substances, evaluate the human
toxicity factor as specified below, not as specified in section 2.4.1.1.
Assign human toxicity factor values to those radionuclides available
to the pathway based on quantitative dose-response parameters for cancer
risks as follows:
[sbull] Evaluate radionuclides only on the basis of carcinogenicity
and assign all radionuclides to weight-of-evidence category A.
[sbull] Assign a human toxicity factor value from table 7-2 to each
radionuclide based on its slope factor (also referred to as cancer
potency factor).
-For each radionuclide, use the higher of the slope factors for
inhalation and ingestion to assign the factor value.
-If only one slope factor is available for the radionuclide, use it to
assign the toxicity factor value.
-If no slope factor is available for the radionuclide, assign that
radionuclide a toxicity factor value of 0 and use other radionuclides
for which a slope factor is available to evaluate the pathway.
[sbull] If all radionuclides available to a particular pathway are
assigned a human toxicity factor value of 0 (that is, no slope factor is
available for all the radionuclides), use a default human toxicity
factor value of 1,000 as the human toxicity factor value for all
radionuclides available to the pathway.
At sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous
substances, evaluate the toxicity factor separately for the radioactive
and other hazardous substances and assign each a separate toxicity
factor value. This applies regardless of whether the radioactive and
other hazardous substances are physically separated, combined
chemically, or simply mixed together. Assign toxicity factor values to
the radionuclides as specified above and to the other hazardous
substances as specified in section 2.4.1.1.
[[Page 204]]
At sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous
substances, if all radionuclides available to a particular pathway are
assigned a human toxicity factor value of 0, use a default human
toxicity factor value of 1,000 for all those radionuclides even if
nonradioactive hazardous substances available to the pathway are
assigned human toxicity factor values greater than 0. Similarly, if all
nonradioactive hazardous substances available to the pathway are
assigned a human toxicity factor value of 0, use a default human
toxicity factor value of 100 for all these nonradioactive hazardous
substances even if radionuclides available to the pathway are assigned
human toxicity factor values greater than 0.
7.2.2 Ecosystem toxicity. For the surface water environmental threat
(see sections 4.1.4 and 4.2.4). assign an ecosystem toxicity factor
value to radionuclides (alone or combined chemically or mixed with other
hazardous substances) using the same slope factors and procedures
specified for the human toxicity factor in section 7.2.1, except: use a
default of 100, not 1,000, if all radionuclides eligible to be evaluated
for ecosystem toxicity receive an ecosystem toxicity factor value of 0.
Table 7-2--Toxicity Factor Values for Radionuclides
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assigned
Cancer slope factor a (SF) (pCi)-1 value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3x10-11[lE] SF............................................... 10,000
3x10-12[lE] SF<3x10-11....................................... 1,000
SF<3x10-12......................................... 100
SF not available for the radionuclide........................ 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Radionuclide slope factors are estimates of age-averaged, individual
lifetime total excess cancer risk per picocurie of radionuclide
inhaled or ingested.
At sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous
substances, evaluate the ecosystem toxicity factor separately for the
radioactive and other hazardous substances and assign each a separate
ecosystem toxicity factor value. This applies regardless of whether the
radioactive and other hazardous substances are physically separated,
combined chemically, or simply mixed together. Assign ecosystem toxicity
factor values to the radionuclides as specified above and to the other
hazardous substances as specified in sections 4.1.4.2.1.1 and
4.2.4.2.1.1. If all radionuclides available to a particular pathway are
assigned an ecosystem toxicity factor value of 0, use a default
ecosystem toxicity factor value of 100 for all these radionuclides even
if nonradioactive hazardous substances available to the pathway are
assigned ecosystem toxicity factor values greater than 0. Similarly, if
all nonradioactive hazardous substances available to the pathway are
assigned an ecosystem toxicity factor value of 0, use a default
ecosystem toxicity factor value of 100 for all these nonradioactive
hazardous substances even if radionuclides available to the pathway are
assigned ecosystem toxicity factor values greater than 0.
7.2.3 Persistence. For radionuclides, evaluate the surface water
persistence factor based solely on half-life; do not include sorption to
sediments in the evaluation as is done for nonradioactive hazardous
substances. Assign a persistence factor value from table 4-10 (section
4.1.2.2.1.2) to each radionuclide based on half-life
(t1[sol]2) calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.168
where:
r=Radioactive half-life.
v=Volatilization half-life.
If the volatilization half-life cannot be estimated for a
radionuclide from available data, delete it from the equation. Select
the portion of table 4-10 to use in assigning the persistence factor
value as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2.
At sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous
substances, evaluate the persistence factor separately for each
radionuclide and for each nonradioactive hazardous substance, even if
the available data indicate that they are combined chemically. Assign a
persistence factor value to each radionuclide as specified in this
section and to each nonradioactive hazardous substance as specified in
section 4.1.2.2.1.2. When combined chemically, assign a single
persistence factor value based on the higher of the two values assigned
(individually) to the radioactive and nonradioactive components.
7.2.4 Selection of substance potentially posing greatest hazard. For
each migration pathway (threat, aquifer, or watershed, as appropriate),
select the radioactive substance or nonradioactive hazardous substance
that potentially poses the greatest hazard based on its toxicity factor
value, combined with the applicable mobility, persistence, and/or
bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factor values.
Combine these factor values as specified in sections 2, 3, 4, and 6. For
the soil exposure pathway, base the selection on the toxicity factor
alone (see sections 2 and 5).
7.2.5 Hazardous waste quantity. To calculate the hazardous waste
quantity factor value for sites containing radioactive substances,
evaluate source hazardous waste quantity (see section 2.4.2.1) using
only the following two measures in the following hierarchy (these
measures are consistent with Tiers A and B for nonradioactive hazardous
substances in sections 2.4.2.1.1 and 2.4.2.1.2):
[sb] Radionuclide constituent
quantity (Tier A).
[[Page 205]]
[sb] Radionuclide wastestream
quantity (Tier B).
7.2.5.1 Source hazardous waste quantity for radionuclides. For each
migration pathway, assign a source hazardous waste quantity value to
each source having a containment factor value greater than 0 for the
pathway being evaluated. For the soil exposure pathway, assign a source
hazardous waste quantity value to each area of observed contamination,
as applicable to the threat being evaluated. Allocate hazardous
substances and hazardous wastestreams to specific sources (or areas of
observed contamination) as specified in section 2.4.2.
7.2.5.1.1 Radionuclide constituent quantity (Tier A). Evaluate
radionuclide constituent quantity for each source (or area of observed
contamination) based on the activity content of the radionuclides
allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination) as follows:
[sbull] Estimate the net activity content (in curies) for the source
(or area of observed contamination) based on:
-Manifests, or
-Either of the following equations, as applicable:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.169
where:
N=Estimated net activity content (in curies) for the source (or
area of observed contamination).
V=Total volume of material (in cubic yards) in a source (or area of
observed contamination) containing radionuclides.
ACi=Activity concentration above the respective
background concentration (in pCi/g) for each radionuclide i allocated to
the source (or area of observed contamination).
n=Number of radionuclides allocated to the source (or area of
observed contamination) above the respective background concentrations.
or,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.170
where:
N=Estimated net activity content (in curies) for the source (or
area of observed contamination).
V=Total volume of material (in gallons) in a source (or area of
observed contamination) containing radionuclides.
ACi=Activity concentration above the respective
background concentration (in pCi/1) for each radionuclide i allocated to
the source (or area of observed contamination).
n=Number of radionuclides allocated to the source (or area of
observed contamination) above the respective background concentrations.
-Estimate volume for the source (or volume for the area of observed
contamination) based on records or measurements.
-For the soil exposure pathway, in estimating the volume for areas
of observed contamination, do not include more than the first 2 feet of
depth, except: for those types of areas of observed contamination listed
in Tier C of table 5-2 (section 5.1.2.2).
Include the entire depth, not just that within 2 feet of the
surface.
[sbull] Convert from curies of radionuclides to equivalent pounds of
nonradioactive hazardous substances by multiplying the activity estimate
for the source (or area of observed contamination) by 1,000.
[sbull] Assign this resulting product as the radionuclide
constituent quantity value for the source (or area of observed
contamination).
If the radionuclide constituent quantity for the source (or area of
observed contamination) is adequately determined (that is, the total
activity of all radionuclides in the source and releases from the source
[or in the area of observed contamination] is known or is estimated with
reasonable confidence), do not evaluate the radionuclide wastestream
quantity measure in section 7.2.5.1.2. Instead, assign radionuclide
wastestream quantity a value of 0 and proceed to section 7.2.5.1.3. If
the radionuclide constituent quantity is not adequately determined,
assign the source (or area of observed contamination) a value for
radionuclide constituent quantity based on the available data and
proceed to section 7.2.5.1.2.
7.2.5.1.2 Radionuclide wastestream quantity (Tier B). Evaluate
radionuclide wastestream quantity for the source (or area of observed
contamination) based on the activity content of radionuclide
wastestreams allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination)
as follows:
[sbull] Estimate the total volume (in cubic yards or in gallons) of
wastestreams containing radionuclides allocated to the source (or area
of observed contamination).
[sbull] Divide the volume in cubic yards by 0.55 (or the volume in
gallons by 110) to convert to the activity content expressed in terms of
equivalent pounds of nonradioactive hazardous substances.
[sbull] Assign the resulting value as the radionuclide wastestream
quantity value for the source (or area of observed contamination).
7.2.5.1.3 Calculation of source hazardous waste quantity value for
radionuclides. Select the higher of the values assigned to the
[[Page 206]]
source (or area of observed contamination) for radionuclide constituent
quantity and radionuclide wastestream quantity. Assign this value as the
source hazardous waste quantity value for the source (or area of
observed contamination). Do not round to the nearest integer.
7.2.5.2 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor value for
radionuclides. Sum the source hazardous waste quantity values assigned
to all sources (or areas of observed contamination) for the pathway
being evaluated and round this sum to the nearest integer, except: if
the sum is greater than 0, but less than 1, round it to 1. Based on this
value, select a hazardous waste quantity factor value for this pathway
from table 2-6 (section 2.4.2.2).
For a migration pathway, if the radionuclide constituent quantity is
adequately determined (see section 7.2.5.1.1) for all sources (or all
portions of sources and releases remaining after a removal action),
assign the value from table 2-6 as the hazardous waste quantity factor
value for the pathway. If the radionuclide constituent quantity is not
adequately determined for one or more sources (or one or more portions
of sources or releases remaining after a removal action), assign a
factor value as follows:
[sbull] If any target for that migration pathway is subject to Level
I or Level II concentrations (see section 7.3), assign either the value
from table 2-6 or a value of 100, whichever is greater, as the hazardous
waste quantity factor value for that pathway.
[sbull] If none of the targets for that pathway is subject to Level
I or Level II concentrations, assign a factor value as follows:
-If there has been no removal action, assign either the value from table
2-6 or a value of 10, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste
quantity factor value for that pathway.
-If there has been a removal action:
-Determine values from table 2-6 with and without consideration of
the removal action.
-If the value that would be assigned from table 2-6 without
consideration of the removal action would be 100 or greater, assign
either the value from table 2-6 with consideration of the removal action
or a value of 100, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity
factor value for the pathway.
-If the value that would be assigned from table 2-6 without
consideration of the removal action would be less than 100, assign a
value of 10 as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the
pathway.
For the soil exposure pathway, if the radionuclide constituent
quantity is adequately determined for all areas of observed
contamination, assign the value from table 2-6 as the hazardous waste
quantity factor value. If the radionuclide constituent quantity is not
adequately determined for one or more areas of observed contamination,
assign either the value from table 2-6 or a value of 10, whichever is
greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value.
7.2.5.3 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor value for
sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances. For
each source (or area of observed contamination) containing mixed
radioactive and other hazardous substances, calculate two source
hazardous waste quantity values--one based on radionuclides as specified
in sections 7.2.5.1 through 7.2.5.1.3 and the other based on the
nonradioactive hazardous substances as specified in sections 2.4.2.1
through 2.4.2.1.5 (that is, determine each value as if the other type of
substance was not present). Sum the two values to determine a combined
source hazardous waste quantity value for the source (or area of
observed contamination). Do not round this value to the nearest integer.
Use this combined source hazardous waste quantity value to calculate
the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway as specified
in section 2.4.2.2, except: if either the hazardous constituent quantity
or the radionuclide constituent quantity, or both, are not adequately
determined for one or more sources (or one or more portions of sources
or releases remaining after a removal action) or for one or more areas
of observed contamination, as applicable, assign the value from table 2-
6 or the default value applicable for the pathway, whichever is greater,
as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway.
7.3 Targets. For radioactive substances, evaluate the targets factor
category as specified in section 2.5 and sections 3 through 6, except:
establish Level I and Level II concentrations at sampling locations as
specified in sections 7.3.1 and 7.3.2.
For all pathways (and threats), use the same target distance limits
for sites containing radioactive substances as is specified in sections
3 through 6 for sites containing nonradioactive hazardous substances. At
sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances,
include all sources (or areas of observed contamination) at the site in
identifying the applicable targets for the pathway.
7.3.1 Level of contamination at a sampling location. Determine
whether Level I or Level II concentrations apply at a sampling location
(and thus to the associated targets) as follows:
[sbull] Select the benchmarks from section 7.3.2 applicable to the
pathway (or threat) being evaluated.
[sbull] Compare the concentrations of radionuclides in the sample
(or comparable samples) to their benchmark concentrations for
[[Page 207]]
the pathway (or threat) as specified in section 7.3.2. Treat comparable
samples as specified in section 2.5.1.
[sbull] Determine which level applies based on this comparison.
[sbull] If none of the radionuclides eligible to be evaluated for
the sampling location have an applicable benchmark, assign Level II to
the actual contamination at that sampling location for the pathway (or
threat).
[sbull] In making the comparison, consider only those samples, and
only those radionuclides in the sample, that meet the criteria for an
observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway, except:
tissue samples from aquatic human food chain organisms may also be used
for the human food chain threat of the surface water pathway as
specified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3.
7.3.2 Comparison to benchmarks. Use the following media specific
benchmarks (expressed in activity units, for example, pCi/l for water,
pCi/kg for soil and for aquatic human food chain organisms, and pCi/
m3 for air) for making the comparisons for the indicated
pathway (or threat):
[sbull] Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)--ground water migration
pathway and drinking water threat in surface water migration pathway.
[sbull] Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act (UMTRCA)
standards--soil exposure pathway only.
[sbull] Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that
concentration that corresponds to the 10-6 individual cancer
risk for inhalation exposures (air migration pathway) or for oral
exposures (ground water migration pathway; drinking water or human food
chain threats in surface water migration pathway; and soil exposure
pathway).
-For the soil exposure pathway, include two screening concentrations for
cancer--one for ingestion of surface materials and one for external
radiation exposures from gamma-emitting radionuclides in surface
materials.
Select the benchmark(s) applicable to the pathway (or threat) being
evaluated. Compare the concentration of each radionuclide from the
sampling location to its benchmark concentration(s) for that pathway (or
threat). Use only those samples and only those radionuclides in the
sample that meet the criteria for an observed release (or observed
contamination) for the pathway, except: tissue samples from aquatic
human food chain organisms may be used as specified in sections 4.1.3.3
and 4.2.3.3. If the concentration of any applicable radionuclide from
any sample equals or exceeds its benchmark concentration, consider the
sampling location to be subject to Level I concentrations for that
pathway (or threat). If more than one benchmark applies to the
radionuclide, assign Level I if the radionuclide concentration equals or
exceeds the lowest applicable benchmark concentration. In addition, for
the soil exposure pathway, assign Level I concentrations at the sampling
location if measured gamma radiation exposure rates equal or exceed 2
times the background level (see section 7.1.1).
If no radionuclide individually equals or exceeds its benchmark
concentration, but more than one radionuclide either meets the criteria
for an observed release (or observed contamination) for the sample or is
eligible to be evaluated for a tissue sample (see sections 4.1.3.3 and
4.2.3.3), calculate a value for index I for these radionuclides as
specified in section 2.5.2. If I equals or exceeds 1, assign Level I to
the sampling location. If I is less than 1, assign Level II.
At sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous
substances, establish the level of contamination for each sampling
location considering radioactive substances and nonradioactive hazardous
substances separately. Compare the concentration of each radionuclide
and each nonradioactive hazardous substance from the sampling location
to its respective benchmark concentration(s). Use only those samples and
only those substances in the sample that meet the criteria for an
observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway except:
tissue samples from aquatic human food chain organisms may be used as
specified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3. If the concentration of one
or more applicable radionuclides or other hazardous substances from any
sample equals or exceeds its benchmark concentration, consider the
sampling location to be subject to Level I concentrations. If more than
one benchmark applies to a radionuclide or other hazardous substance,
assign Level I if the concentration of the radionuclide or other
hazardous substance equals or exceeds its lowest applicable benchmark
concentration.
If no radionuclide or other hazardous substance individually exceed
a benchmark concentration, but more than one radionuclide or other
hazardous substance either meets the criteria for an observed release
(or observed contamination) for the sample or is eligible to be
evaluated for a tissue sample, calculate an index I for both types of
substances as specified in section 2.5.2. Sum the index I values for the
two types of substances. If the value, individually or combined, equals
or exceeds 1, assign Level I to the sample location. If it is less than
1, calculate an index J for the nonradioactive hazardous substances as
specified in section 2.5.2. If J equals or exceeds 1, assign Level I to
the sampling location. If J is less than 1, assign Level II.
[55 FR 51583, Dec. 14, 1990]
[[Page 208]]
Appendix B to Part 300--National Priorities List
Table 1--General Superfund Section
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Site name City/County Notes(a)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AK........................ Arctic Surplus.................... Fairbanks................
AL........................ American Brass.................... Headland.................
AL........................ Ciba-Geigy Corp. (McIntosh Plant). McIntosh.................
AL........................ Interstate Lead Co. (ILCO)........ Leeds....................
AL........................ Olin Corp. (McIntosh Plant)....... McIntosh.................
AL........................ Perdido Ground Water Contamination Perdido.................. C
AL........................ Redwing Carriers, Inc. (Saraland). Saraland.................
AL........................ Stauffer Chemical Co. (Cold Creek Bucks....................
Plant).
AL........................ Stauffer Chemical Co. (LeMoyne Axis.....................
Plant).
AL........................ T.H. Agriculture & Nutrition Montgomery...............
(Montgomery).
AL........................ Triana/Tennessee River............ Limestone/Morgan......... C
AR........................ Arkwood, Inc...................... Omaha.................... C
AR........................ Gurley Pit........................ Edmondson................ C
AR........................ Industrial Waste Control.......... Fort Smith............... C
AR........................ Mid-South Wood Products........... Mena..................... C
AR........................ Midland Products.................. Ola/Birta................ C
AR........................ Monroe Auto Equipment (Paragould Paragould................
Pit).
AR........................ Mountain Pine Pressure Treating, Plainview................
Inc.
AR........................ Ouachita Nevada Wood Treater...... Reader...................
AR........................ Popile, Inc....................... El Dorado................
AR........................ Rogers Road Municipal Landfill.... Jacksonville............. C
AR........................ South 8th Street Landfill......... West Memphis.............
AR........................ Vertac, Inc....................... Jacksonville.............
AZ........................ Apache Powder Co.................. St. David................
AZ........................ Hassayampa Landfill............... Hassayampa...............
AZ........................ Indian Bend Wash Area............. Scottsdale/Tempe/Phoenix.
AZ........................ Litchfield Airport Area........... Goodyear/Avondale........
AZ........................ Motorola, Inc. (52nd Street Plant) Phoenix..................
AZ........................ Nineteenth Avenue Landfill........ Phoenix..................
AZ........................ Tucson International Airport Area. Tucson...................
CA........................ Advanced Micro Devices, Inc....... Sunnyvale................ C
CA........................ Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Sunnyvale................ C
(Bldg. 915).
CA........................ Aerojet General Corp.............. Rancho Cordova...........
CA........................ Alark Hard Chrome................. Riverside................
CA........................ Applied Materials................. Santa Clara.............. C
CA........................ Atlas Asbestos Mine............... Fresno County............
CA........................ Beckman Instruments (Porterville Porterville.............. C
Plant).
CA........................ Brown & Bryant, Inc (Arvin Plant). Arvin....................
CA........................ CTS Printex, Inc.................. Mountain View............ C
CA........................ Casmalia Resources................ Casmalia................. .....................
CA........................ Celtor Chemical Works............. Hoopa.................... C
CA........................ Coast Wood Preserving............. Ukiah....................
CA........................ Cooper Drum Company............... South Gate...............
CA........................ Crazy Horse Sanitary Landfill..... Salinas..................
CA........................ Del Amo........................... Los Angeles..............
CA........................ Del Norte Pesticide Storage....... Crescent City............ C
CA........................ Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. (Mt Mountain View............
View).
CA........................ Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. (S South San Jose........... C
San Jose).
CA........................ Firestone Tire & Rubber Co. Salinas.................. C
(Salinas Plant).
CA........................ Fresno Municipal Sanitary Landfill Fresno...................
CA........................ Frontier Fertilizer............... Davis....................
CA........................ Hewlett-Packard (620-640 Page Mill Palo Alto................
Road).
CA........................ Industrial Waste Processing....... Fresno...................
CA........................ Intel Corp. (Mountain View Plant). Mountain View............
CA........................ Intel Corp. (Santa Clara III)..... Santa Clara.............. C
CA........................ Intel Magnetics................... Santa Clara.............. C
CA........................ Intersil Inc./Siemens Components.. Cupertino................ C
CA........................ Iron Mountain Mine................ Redding..................
CA........................ J.H. Baxter & Co.................. Weed.....................
CA........................ Jasco Chemical Corp............... Mountain View............
CA........................ Koppers Co., Inc. (Oroville Plant) Oroville.................
CA........................ Lava Cap Mine..................... Nevada City..............
CA........................ Leviathan Mine.................... Alpine County............
CA........................ Lorentz Barrel & Drum Co.......... San Jose.................
CA........................ MGM Brakes........................ Cloverdale............... C
CA........................ McColl............................ Fullerton................
CA........................ McCormick & Baxter Creosoting Co.. Stockton.................
CA........................ Modesto Ground Water Contamination Modesto..................
CA........................ Monolithic Memories............... Sunnyvale................ C
CA........................ Montrose Chemical Corp............ Torrance.................
[[Page 209]]
CA........................ National Semiconductor Corp....... Santa Clara..............
CA........................ Newmark Ground Water Contamination San Bernardino...........
CA........................ Omega Chemical Corporation........ Whittier.................
CA........................ Operating Industries, Inc., Monterey Park............
Landfill.
CA........................ Pacific Coast Pipe Lines.......... Fillmore................. C
CA........................ Pemaco Maywood.................... Maywood..................
CA........................ Purity Oil Sales, Inc............. Malaga...................
CA........................ Ralph Gray Trucking Co............ Westminster..............
CA........................ Raytheon Corp..................... Mountain View............
CA........................ San Fernando Valley (Area 1)...... Los Angeles..............
CA........................ San Fernando Valley (Area 2)...... Los Angeles/Glendale.....
CA........................ San Fernando Valley (Area 3)...... Glendale.................
CA........................ San Fernando Valley (Area 4)...... Los Angeles..............
CA........................ San Gabriel Valley (Area 1)....... El Monte.................
CA........................ San Gabriel Valley (Area 2)....... Baldwin Park Area........
CA........................ San Gabriel Valley (Area 3)....... Alhambra.................
CA........................ San Gabriel Valley (Area 4)....... La Puente................
CA........................ Selma Treating Co................. Selma....................
CA........................ Sola Optical USA, Inc............. Petaluma................. C
CA........................ South Bay Asbestos Area........... Alviso...................
CA........................ Southern California Edison Co. Visalia..................
(Visalia).
CA........................ Spectra-Physics, Inc.............. Mountain View............ C
CA........................ Stringfellow...................... Glen Avon Heights........ S
CA........................ Sulphur Bank Mercury Mine......... Clear Lake...............
CA........................ Synertek, Inc. (Building 1)....... Santa Clara.............. C
CA........................ T.H. Agriculture & Nutrition Co... Fresno...................
CA........................ TRW Microwave, Inc (Building 825). Sunnyvale................ C
CA........................ Teledyne Semiconductor............ Mountain View............ C
CA........................ United Heckathorn Co.............. Richmond.................
CA........................ Valley Wood Preserving, Inc....... Turlock..................
CA........................ Waste Disposal, Inc............... Santa Fe Springs.........
CA........................ Watkins-Johnson Co. (Stewart Scotts Valley............ C
Division).
CA........................ Westinghouse Elecetric Corp. Sunnyvale................
(Sunnyvale).
CO........................ Broderick Wood Products........... Denver................... C
CO........................ California Gulch.................. Leadville................ P
CO........................ Central City-Clear Creek.......... Idaho Springs............
CO........................ Chemical Sales Co................. Denver...................
CO........................ Denver Radium Site................ Denver...................
CO........................ Eagle Mine........................ Minturn/Redcliff.........
CO........................ Lincoln Park...................... Canon City...............
CO........................ Lowry Landfill.................... Arapahoe County..........
CO........................ Marshall Landfill................. Boulder County........... C,S
CO........................ Summitville Mine.................. Rio Grande County........
CO........................ Uravan Uranium Project (Union Uravan...................
Carbide).
CO........................ Vasquez Boulevard and I-70........ Denver...................
CT........................ Barkhamsted-New Hartford Landfill. Barkhamsted..............
CT........................ Beacon Heights Landfill........... Beacon Falls.............
CT........................ Durham Meadows.................... Durham...................
CT........................ Gallup's Quarry................... Plainfield...............
CT........................ Kellogg-Deering Well Field........ Norwalk.................. C
CT........................ Laurel Park, Inc.................. Naugatuck Borough........ S
CT........................ Linemaster Switch Corp............ Woodstock................
CT........................ Nutmeg Valley Road................ Wolcott..................
CT........................ Old Southington Landfill.......... Southington..............
CT........................ Precision Plating Corp............ Vernon...................
CT........................ Raymark Industries, Inc........... Stratford................ A
CT........................ Scovill Industrial Landfill....... Waterbury................
CT........................ Solvents Recovery Service New Southington..............
England.
CT........................ Yaworski Waste Lagoon............. Canterbury...............
DE........................ Army Creek Landfill............... New Castle County........ C
DE........................ Chem-Solv, Inc.................... Cheswold.................
DE........................ Coker's Sanitation Service Kent County.............. C
Landfills.
DE........................ Delaware City PVC Plant........... Delaware City............
DE........................ Delaware Sand & Gravel Landfill... New Castle County........
DE........................ Dover Gas Light Co................ Dover....................
DE........................ E.I.Du Pont de Nemours (Newport Newport..................
Landfill).
DE........................ Halby Chemical Co................. New Castle...............
DE........................ Harvey & Knott Drum, Inc.......... Kirkwood................. C
DE........................ Koppers Co., Inc. (Newport Plant). Newport..................
DE........................ NCR Corp. (Millsboro Plant)....... Millsboro................ C
DE........................ Standard Chlorine of Delaware, Inc Delaware City............
DE........................ Tybouts Corner Landfill........... New Castle County........ C,S
[[Page 210]]
DE........................ Tyler Refrigeration Pit........... Smyrna................... C
DE........................ Wildcat Landfill.................. Dover.................... C
FL........................ Agrico Chemical Co................ Pensacola................
FL........................ Airco Plating Co.................. Miami....................
FL........................ Alaric Area Ground Water Plume.... Tampa....................
FL........................ American Creosote Works (Pensacola Pensacola................
Plt).
FL........................ Anodyne, Inc...................... North Miami Beach........
FL........................ B&B Chemical Co., Inc............. Hialeah.................. C
FL........................ BMI-Textron....................... Lake Park................ C
FL........................ Cabot/Koppers..................... Gainesville..............
FL........................ Callaway & Son Drum Service....... Lake Alfred..............
FL........................ Chevron Chemical Co. (Ortho Orlando..................
Division).
FL........................ City Industries, Inc.............. Orlando.................. C
FL........................ Coleman-Evans Wood Preserving Co.. Whitehouse...............
FL........................ Davie Landfill.................... Davie.................... C
FL........................ Dubose Oil Products Co............ Cantonment............... C
FL........................ Escambia Wood--Pensacola.......... Pensacola................
FL........................ Florida Petroleum Reprocessors.... Fort Lauderdale..........
FL........................ Florida Steel Corp................ Indiantown...............
FL........................ Harris Corp. (Palm Bay Plant)..... Palm Bay.................
FL........................ Helena Chemical Co. (Tampa Plant). Tampa....................
FL........................ Hipps Road Landfill............... Duval County............. C
FL........................ Hollingsworth Solderless Terminal. Fort Lauderdale.......... C
FL........................ Landia Chemical Company........... Lakeland.................
FL........................ MRI Corp (Tampa).................. Tampa....................
FL........................ Madison County Sanitary Landfill.. Madison.................. C
FL........................ Miami Drum Services............... Miami.................... C
FL........................ Peak Oil Co./Bay Drum Co.......... Tampa....................
FL........................ Pepper Steel & Alloys, Inc........ Medley................... C
FL........................ Petroleum Products Corp........... Pembroke Park............
FL........................ Pickettville Road Landfill........ Jacksonville.............
FL........................ Piper Aircraft/Vero Beach Water & Vero Beach...............
Sewer.
FL........................ Reeves Southeast Galvanizing Corp. Tampa....................
FL........................ Sapp Battery Salvage.............. Cottondale...............
FL........................ Sherwood Medical Industries....... Deland...................
FL........................ Solitron Microwave................ Port Salerno.............
FL........................ Southern Solvents, Inc............ Tampa....................
FL........................ Standard Auto Bumper Corp......... Hialeah.................. C
FL........................ Stauffer Chemical Co. (Tampa)..... Tampa....................
FL........................ Stauffer Chemical Co. (Tarpon Tarpon Springs...........
Springs).
FL........................ Sydney Mine Sludge Ponds.......... Brandon..................
FL........................ Taylor Road Landfill.............. Seffner..................
FL........................ Tower Chemical Co................. Clermont.................
FL........................ Trans Circuit, Inc................ Lake Park................
FL........................ Whitehouse Oil Pits............... Whitehouse...............
FL........................ Wingate Road Municipal Incinerator Fort Lauderdale..........
Dump.
FL........................ Zellwood Ground Water Zellwood.................
Contamination.
GA........................ Brunswick Wood Preserving......... Brunswick................
GA........................ Camilla Wood Preserving Company... Camilla..................
GA........................ Cedartown Industries, Inc......... Cedartown................
GA........................ Diamond Shamrock Corp. Landfill... Cedartown................ C
GA........................ Firestone Tire & Rubber Co. Albany...................
(Albany Plant).
GA........................ Hercules 009 Landfill............. Brunswick................
GA........................ LCP Chemicals Georgia............. Brunswick................ S
GA........................ Marzone Inc./Chevron Chemical Co.. Tifton...................
GA........................ Mathis Brothers Landfill.......... Kensington...............
GA........................ Powersville Site.................. Peach County............. C
GA........................ T.H. Agriculture & Nutrition Albany...................
(Albany).
GA........................ Woolfolk Chemical Works, Inc...... Fort Valley..............
GU........................ Ordot Landfill.................... Guam..................... C,S
HI........................ Del Monte Corp. (Oahu Plantation). Honolulu County..........
IA........................ Des Moines TCE.................... Des Moines...............
IA........................ Electro-Coatings, Inc............. Cedar Rapids.............
IA........................ Fairfield Coal Gasification Plant. Fairfield................ C
IA........................ Lawrence Todtz Farm............... Camanche................. C
IA........................ Mason City Coal Gasification Plant Mason City...............
IA........................ Mid-America Tanning Co............ Sergeant Bluff...........
IA........................ Midwest Manufacturing/North Farm.. Kellogg.................. C
IA........................ Peoples Natural Gas Co............ Dubuque..................
IA........................ Red Oak City Landfill............. Red Oak..................
IA........................ Shaw Avenue Dump.................. Charles City.............
IA........................ Vogel Paint & Wax Co.............. Orange City.............. C
[[Page 211]]
ID........................ Bunker Hill Mining & Metallurgical Smelterville.............
ID........................ Eastern Michaud Flats Pocatello................
Contamination.
ID........................ Kerr-McGee Chemical Corp. (Soda Soda Springs.............
Springs).
ID........................ Monsanto Chemical Co. (Soda Soda Springs.............
Springs).
IL........................ A & F Material Reclaiming, Inc.... Greenup.................. C
IL........................ Acme Solvent Reclaiming Morristown...............
(Morristown Plant).
IL........................ Adams County Quincy Landfills 2&3. Quincy...................
IL........................ Amoco Chemicals (Joliet Landfill). Joliet...................
IL........................ Beloit Corp....................... Rockton..................
IL........................ Belvidere Municipal Landfill...... Belvidere................ C
IL........................ Byron Salvage Yard................ Byron....................
IL........................ Central Illinois Public Service Co Taylorville.............. C
IL........................ Cross Brothers Pail Recycling Pembroke Township........ C
(Pembroke).
IL........................ DePue/New Jersey Zinc/Mobil DePue....................
ChemCorp.
IL........................ DuPage County Landfill/Blackwell Warrenville..............
Forest.
IL........................ Galesburg/Koppers Co.............. Galesburg................
IL........................ H.O.D. Landfill................... Antioch..................
IL........................ Indian Refinery--Texaco Lawrenceville............
Lawrenceville.
IL........................ Interstate Pollution Control, Inc. Rockford.................
IL........................ Jennison-Wright Corporation....... Granite City.............
IL........................ Johns-Manville Corp............... Waukegan................. C
IL........................ Kerr-McGee (Kress Creek/W Branch DuPage County............
DuPage).
IL........................ Kerr-McGee (Reed-Keppler Park).... West Chicago.............
IL........................ Kerr-McGee (Residential Areas).... West Chicago/DuPage
County.
IL........................ Kerr-McGee (Sewage Treatment West Chicago.............
Plant).
IL........................ LaSalle Electric Utilities........ LaSalle.................. C
IL........................ Lenz Oil Service, Inc............. Lemont...................
IL........................ MIG/Dewane Landfill............... Belvidere................
IL........................ NL Industries/Taracorp Lead Granite City.............
Smelter.
IL........................ Ottawa Radiation Areas............ Ottawa...................
IL........................ Outboard Marine Corp.............. Waukegan................. S
IL........................ Pagel's Pit....................... Rockford.................
IL........................ Parsons Casket Hardware Co........ Belvidere................
IL........................ Southeast Rockford Gd Wtr Rockford.................
Contamination.
IL........................ Tri-County Landfill/Waste Mgmt South Elgin..............
Illinois.
IL........................ Velsicol Chemical Corp. (Illinois) Marshall................. C
IL........................ Wauconda Sand & Gravel............ Wauconda................. C
IL........................ Woodstock Municipal Landfill...... Woodstock................
IL........................ Yeoman Creek Landfill............. Waukegan.................
IN........................ American Chemical Service, Inc.... Griffith.................
IN........................ Bennett Stone Quarry.............. Bloomington..............
IN........................ Cam-Or Inc........................ Westville................
IN........................ Columbus Old Municipal Landfill Columbus................. C
1.
IN........................ Conrail Rail Yard (Elkhart)....... Elkhart..................
IN........................ Continental Steel Corp............ Kokomo...................
IN........................ Douglass Road/Uniroyal, Inc., Mishawaka................
Landfill.
IN........................ Envirochem Corp................... Zionsville...............
IN........................ Fisher-Calo....................... LaPorte..................
IN........................ Fort Wayne Reduction Dump......... Fort Wayne............... C
IN........................ Galen Myers Dump/Drum Salvage..... Osceola..................
IN........................ Himco Dump........................ Elkhart..................
IN........................ Lake Sandy Jo (M&M Landfill)...... Gary..................... C
IN........................ Lakeland Disposal Service, Inc.... Claypool.................
IN........................ Lemon Lane Landfill............... Bloomington..............
IN........................ MIDCO I........................... Gary.....................
IN........................ MIDCO II.......................... Gary.....................
IN........................ Main Street Well Field............ Elkhart.................. C
IN........................ Marion (Bragg) Dump............... Marion...................
IN........................ Neal's Landfill (Bloomington)..... Bloomington..............
IN........................ Ninth Avenue Dump................. Gary..................... C
IN........................ Northside Sanitary Landfill, Inc.. Zionsville............... C
IN........................ Prestolite Battery Division....... Vincennes................
IN........................ Reilly Tar & Chemical Indianapolis.............
(Indianapolis Plant).
IN........................ Seymour Recycling Corp............ Seymour.................. C,S
IN........................ Tippecanoe Sanitary Landfill, Inc. Lafayette................
IN........................ Waste, Inc., Landfill............. Michigan City............
IN........................ Wayne Waste Oil................... Columbia City............ C
KS........................ 57th and North Broadway Streets Wichita Heights..........
Site.
KS........................ Ace Services...................... Colby....................
KS........................ Chemical Commodities, Inc......... Olathe...................
KS........................ Cherokee County................... Cherokee County..........
[[Page 212]]
KS........................ Doepke Disposal (Holliday)........ Johnson County...........
KS........................ Obee Road......................... Hutchinson...............
KS........................ Pester Refinery Co................ El Dorado................
KS........................ Strother Field Industrial Park.... Cowley County............
KS........................ Wright Ground Water Contamination. Wright...................
KY........................ Airco............................. Calvert City.............
KY........................ B.F. Goodrich..................... Calvert City.............
KY........................ Brantley Landfill................. Island...................
KY........................ Caldwell Lace Leather Co., Inc.... Auburn................... C
KY........................ Distler Brickyard................. West Point............... C
KY........................ Distler Farm...................... Jefferson County......... C
KY........................ Fort Hartford Coal Co. Stone Olaton...................
Quarry.
KY........................ Green River Disposal, Inc......... Maceo....................
KY........................ Maxey Flats Nuclear Disposal...... Hillsboro................
KY........................ National Electric Coil/Cooper Dayhoit..................
Industries.
KY........................ National Southwire Aluminum Co.... Hawesville...............
KY........................ Smith's Farm...................... Brooks...................
KY........................ Tri-City Disposal Co.............. Shepherdsville........... C
LA........................ Agriculture Street Landfill....... New Orleans.............. P
LA........................ American Creosote Works, Inc Winnfield................
(Winnfield).
LA........................ Bayou Bonfouca.................... Slidell..................
LA........................ Central Wood Preserving Co........ Slaughter................
LA........................ Combustion, Inc................... Denham Springs...........
LA........................ Delatte Metals.................... Ponchatoula..............
LA........................ Madisonville Creosote Works....... Madisonville.............
LA........................ Mallard Bay Landing Bulk Plant.... Grand Cheniere...........
LA........................ Marion Pressure Treating.......... Marion...................
LA........................ Old Inger Oil Refinery............ Darrow................... S
LA........................ Petro-Processors of Louisiana Inc. Scotlandville............
LA........................ Ruston Foundry.................... Alexandria...............
MA........................ Atlas Tack Corp................... Fairhaven................
MA........................ Baird & McGuire................... Holbrook.................
MA........................ Blackburn & Union Privileges...... Walpole..................
MA........................ Cannon Engineering Corp. (CEC).... Bridgewater.............. C
MA........................ Charles-George Reclamation Tyngsborough.............
Landfill.
MA........................ Groveland Wells................... Groveland................
MA........................ Haverhill Municipal Landfill...... Haverhill................
MA........................ Hocomonco Pond.................... Westborough..............
MA........................ Industri-Plex..................... Woburn...................
MA........................ Iron Horse Park................... Billerica................
MA........................ New Bedford Site.................. New Bedford.............. S
MA........................ Norwood PCBs...................... Norwood..................
MA........................ Nuclear Metals, Inc............... Concord..................
MA........................ Nyanza Chemical Waste Dump........ Ashland..................
MA........................ PSC Resources..................... Palmer...................
MA........................ Re-Solve, Inc..................... Dartmouth................
MA........................ Rose Disposal Pit................. Lanesboro................ C
MA........................ Shpack Landfill................... Norton/Attleboro.........
MA........................ Silresim Chemical Corp............ Lowell...................
MA........................ Sullivan's Ledge.................. New Bedford..............
MA........................ Sutton Brook Disposal Area........ Tewksbury................
MA........................ W.R. Grace & Co Inc (Acton Plant). Acton....................
MA........................ Wells G&H......................... Woburn...................
MD........................ Bush Valley Landfill.............. Abingdon.................
MD........................ Central Chemical.................. Hagerstown...............
MD........................ Kane & Lombard Street Drums....... Baltimore................
MD........................ Limestone Road.................... Cumberland...............
MD........................ Ordnance Products, Inc............ Cecil County.............
MD........................ Sand, Gravel & Stone.............. Elkton...................
MD........................ Southern Maryland Wood Treating... Hollywood................
MD........................ Spectron, Inc..................... Elkton...................
MD........................ Woodlawn County Landfill.......... Woodlawn.................
ME........................ Eastern Surplus................... Meddybemps...............
ME........................ Eastland Woolen Mill.............. Corinna..................
ME........................ McKin Co.......................... Gray..................... C
ME........................ O'Connor Co....................... Augusta..................
ME........................ Pinette's Salvage Yard............ Washburn.................
ME........................ Saco Municipal Landfill........... Saco.....................
ME........................ Union Chemical Co., Inc........... South Hope...............
ME........................ West Site/Hows Corners............ Plymouth.................
ME........................ Winthrop Landfill................. Winthrop.................
MI........................ Adam's Plating.................... Lansing.................. C
[[Page 213]]
MI........................ Aircraft Components (D & L Sales). Benton Harbor............ A
MI........................ Albion-Sheridan Township Landfill. Albion...................
MI........................ Allied Paper/Portage Ck/Kalamazoo Kalamazoo................
River.
MI........................ American Anodco, Inc.............. Ionia.................... C
MI........................ Auto Ion Chemicals, Inc........... Kalamazoo................ C
MI........................ Avenue ``E'' Ground Water Traverse City............
Contamination.
MI........................ Barrels, Inc...................... Lansing..................
MI........................ Bendix Corp./Allied Automotive.... St. Joseph...............
MI........................ Bofors Nobel, Inc................. Muskegon.................
MI........................ Burrows Sanitation................ Hartford................. C
MI........................ Butterworth 2 Landfill... Grand Rapids.............
MI........................ Cannelton Industries, Inc......... Saulte Saint Marie.......
MI........................ Chem Central...................... Wyoming Township......... C
MI........................ Clare Water Supply................ Clare....................
MI........................ Duell & Gardner Landfill.......... Dalton Township..........
MI........................ Electrovoice...................... Buchanan.................
MI........................ Forest Waste Products............. Otisville................
MI........................ G&H Landfill...................... Utica....................
MI........................ Grand Traverse Overall Supply Co.. Greilickville............ C
MI........................ Gratiot County Landfill........... St. Louis................ C,S
MI........................ H. Brown Co., Inc................. Grand Rapids.............
MI........................ Hedblum Industries................ Oscoda................... C
MI........................ Hi-Mill Manufacturing Co.......... Highland................. C
MI........................ Ionia City Landfill............... Ionia....................
MI........................ J & L Landfill.................... Rochester Hills..........
MI........................ K&L Avenue Landfill............... Oshtemo Township.........
MI........................ Kaydon Corp....................... Muskegon.................
MI........................ Kentwood Landfill................. Kentwood................. C
MI........................ Kysor Industrial Corp............. Cadillac................. C
MI........................ Liquid Disposal, Inc.............. Utica....................
MI........................ Lower Ecorse Creek Dump........... Wyandotte................ A
MI........................ McGraw Edison Corp................ Albion...................
MI........................ Metamora Landfill................. Metamora.................
MI........................ Michigan Disposal (Cork Street Kalamazoo................
Landfill).
MI........................ Muskegon Chemical Co.............. Whitehall................
MI........................ North Bronson Industrial Area..... Bronson..................
MI........................ Northernaire Plating.............. Cadillac................. C
MI........................ Organic Chemicals, Inc............ Grandville...............
MI........................ Ott/Story/Cordova Chemical Co..... Dalton Township..........
MI........................ Packaging Corp. of America........ Filer City...............
MI........................ Parsons Chemical Works, Inc....... Grand Ledge..............
MI........................ Peerless Plating Co............... Muskegon.................
MI........................ Petoskey Municipal Well Field..... Petoskey.................
MI........................ Rasmussen's Dump.................. Green Oak Township....... C
MI........................ Rockwell International Corp. Allegan..................
(Allegan).
MI........................ Rose Township Dump................ Rose Township............ C
MI........................ Roto-Finish Co., Inc.............. Kalamazoo................
MI........................ SCA Independent Landfill.......... Muskegon Heights.........
MI........................ Shiawassee River.................. Howell...................
MI........................ South Macomb Disposal (Landfills 9 Macomb Township..........
& 9A).
MI........................ Southwest Ottawa County Landfill.. Park Township............ C
MI........................ Sparta Landfill................... Sparta Township..........
MI........................ Spartan Chemical Co............... Wyoming..................
MI........................ Spiegelberg Landfill.............. Green Oak Township....... C
MI........................ Springfield Township Dump......... Davisburg................
MI........................ State Disposal Landfill, Inc...... Grand Rapids.............
MI........................ Sturgis Municipal Wells........... Sturgis..................
MI........................ Tar Lake.......................... Mancelona Township.......
MI........................ Thermo-Chem, Inc.................. Muskegon.................
MI........................ Torch Lake........................ Houghton................. P
MI........................ U.S. Aviex........................ Howard Township.......... C
MI........................ Velsicol Chemical Corp. (Michigan) St. Louis................ C
MI........................ Verona Well Field................. Battle Creek.............
MI........................ Wash King Laundry................. Pleasant Plains Twp......
MI........................ Waste Management of Michigan Holland..................
(Holland).
MN........................ Arrowhead Refinery Co............. Hermantown............... C
MN........................ Baytown Township Ground Water Baytown Township.........
Plume.
MN........................ Burlington Northern (Brainerd/ Brainerd/Baxter.......... C
Baxter).
MN........................ FMC Corp. (Fridley Plant)......... Fridley.................. C
MN........................ Freeway Sanitary Landfill......... Burnsville...............
MN........................ Fridley Commons Park Well Field... Fridley..................
MN........................ General Mills/Henkel Corp......... Minneapolis.............. C
[[Page 214]]
MN........................ Joslyn Manufacturing & Supply Co.. Brooklyn Center.......... P
MN........................ Koppers Coke...................... St. Paul.................
MN........................ Kurt Manufacturing Co............. Fridley.................. C
MN........................ Lehillier/Mankato Site............ Lehillier/Mankato........ C
MN........................ Long Prairie Ground Water Long Prairie.............
Contamination.
MN........................ MacGillis & Gibbs/Bell Lumber & New Brighton.............
Pole C.
MN........................ Nutting Truck & Caster Co......... Faribault................ C
MN........................ Oakdale Dump...................... Oakdale.................. C
MN........................ Perham Arsenic Site............... Perham...................
MN........................ Reilly Tar&Chem (St. Louis Park St. Louis Park........... S
Plant).
MN........................ Ritari Post & Pole................ Sebeka...................
MN........................ St. Louis River Site.............. St. Louis County.........
MN........................ St. Regis Paper Co................ Cass Lake................
MN........................ Waite Park Wells.................. Waite Park...............
MO........................ Armour Road....................... North Kansas City........
MO........................ Bee Cee Manufacturing Co.......... Malden...................
MO........................ Big River Mine Tailings/St. Joe Desloge..................
Minerals.
MO........................ Conservation Chemical Co.......... Kansas City.............. C
MO........................ Ellisville Site................... Ellisville............... S
MO........................ Fulbright Landfill................ Springfield.............. C
MO........................ Lee Chemical...................... Liberty.................. C
MO........................ Minker/Stout/Romaine Creek........ Imperial.................
MO........................ Missouri Electric Works........... Cape Girardeau...........
MO........................ Newton County Wells............... Newton County............
MO........................ Oronogo-Duenweg Mining Belt....... Jasper County............
MO........................ Pools Prairie..................... Neosho...................
MO........................ Quality Plating................... Sikeston.................
MO........................ Riverfront........................ New Haven................
MO........................ Solid State Circuits, Inc......... Republic................. C
MO........................ St. Louis Airport/HIS/Futura St. Louis County.........
Coatings Co.
MO........................ Syntex Facility................... Verona...................
MO........................ Valley Park TCE................... Valley Park..............
MO........................ Westlake Landfill................. Bridgeton................
MS........................ American Creosote Works, Inc...... Louisville...............
MS........................ Davis Timber Company.............. Hattiesburg..............
MT........................ Anaconda Co. Smelter.............. Anaconda.................
MT........................ Barker Hughesville Mining District Barker...................
MT........................ Basin Mining Area................. Basin....................
MT........................ Carpenter Snow Creek Mining Neihart..................
District.
MT........................ East Helena Site.................. East Helena..............
MT........................ Idaho Pole Co..................... Bozeman..................
MT........................ Libby Ground Water Contamination.. Libby.................... C
MT........................ Lockwood Solvent Ground Water Billings.................
Plume.
MT........................ Milltown Reservoir Sediments...... Milltown................
MT........................ Montana Pole and Treating......... Butte....................
MT........................ Mouat Industries.................. Columbus................. C
MT........................ Silver Bow Creek/Butte Area....... Sil Bow/Deer Lodge.......
MT........................ Upper Tenmile Creek Mining Area... Lewis and Clark..........
NC........................ ABC One Hour Cleaners............. Jacksonville.............
NC........................ Aberdeen Pesticide Dumps.......... Aberdeen.................
NC........................ Barber Orchard.................... Waynesville..............
NC........................ Benfield Industries, Inc.......... Hazelwood................
NC........................ Bypass 601 Ground Water Concord.................. P
Contamination.
NC........................ Cape Fear Wood Preserving......... Fayetteville.............
NC........................ Carolina Transformer Co........... Fayetteville.............
NC........................ Celanese Corp. (Shelby Fiber Shelby/Cleveland......... P
Operations).
NC........................ Charles Macon Lagoon & Drum Cordova.................. C
Storage.
NC........................ Chemtronics, Inc.................. Swannanoa................ C
NC........................ Davis Park Road TCE............... Gastonia.................
NC........................ FCX, Inc. (Statesville Plant)..... Statesville..............
NC........................ FCX, Inc. (Washington Plant)...... Washington...............
NC........................ Geigy Chemical Corp. (Aberdeen Aberdeen.................
Plant).
NC........................ General Electric Co/Shepherd Farm. East Flat Rock........... P
NC........................ JFD Electronics/Channel Master.... Oxford...................
NC........................ Jadco-Hughes Facility............. Belmont.................. C
NC........................ Koppers Co., Inc. (Morrisville Morrisville.............. P
Plant).
NC........................ Martin-Marietta, Sodyeco, Inc..... Charlotte................
NC........................ NC State University (Lot 86,Farm Raleigh..................
Unit 1).
NC........................ National Starch & Chemical Corp... Salisbury................
NC........................ New Hanover Cnty Airport Burn Pit. Wilmington...............
NC........................ North Belmont PCE................. North Belmont............
NC........................ Potter's Septic Tank Service Pits. Maco.....................
[[Page 215]]
NE........................ 10th Street Site.................. Columbus.................
NE........................ Bruno Co-op Association/Associated Bruno....................
Prop.
NE........................ Cleburn Street Well............... Grand Island.............
NE........................ Hastings Ground Water Hastings.................
Contamination.
NE........................ Lindsay Manufacturing Co.......... Lindsay.................. C
NE........................ Nebraska Ordnance Plant (Former).. Mead.....................
NE........................ Ogallala Ground Water Ogallala.................
Contamination.
NE........................ Sherwood Medical Co............... Norfolk..................
NE........................ Waverly Ground Water Contamination Waverly.................. C
NH........................ Auburn Road Landfill.............. Londonderry..............
NH........................ Beede Waste Oil................... Plaistow.................
NH........................ Coakley Landfill.................. North Hampton............
NH........................ Dover Municipal Landfill.......... Dover....................
NH........................ Fletcher's Paint Works & Storage.. Milford..................
NH........................ Kearsarge Metallurgical Corp...... Conway................... C
NH........................ Keefe Environmental Services...... Epping................... C
NH........................ Mottolo Pig Farm.................. Raymond.................. C
NH........................ New Hampshire Plating Co.......... Merrimack................
NH........................ Ottati & Goss/Kingston Steel Drum. Kingston.................
NH........................ Savage Municipal Water Supply..... Milford..................
NH........................ Somersworth Sanitary Landfill..... Somersworth..............
NH........................ South Municipal Water Supply Well. Peterborough............. C
NH........................ Sylvester......................... Nashua................... C,S
NH........................ Tibbetts Road..................... Barrington...............
NH........................ Tinkham Garage.................... Londonderry.............. C
NH........................ Town Garage/Radio Beacon.......... Londonderry.............. C
NJ........................ A. O. Polymer..................... Sparta Township..........
NJ........................ American Cyanamid Co.............. Bound Brook.............. P
NJ........................ Asbestos Dump..................... Millington............... P
NJ........................ Bog Creek Farm.................... Howell Township.......... C
NJ........................ Brick Township Landfill........... Brick Township...........
NJ........................ Bridgeport Rental & Oil Services.. Bridgeport...............
NJ........................ Brook Industrial Park............. Bound Brook..............
NJ........................ Burnt Fly Bog..................... Marlboro Township........
NJ........................ CPS/Madison Industries............ Old Bridge Township......
NJ........................ Caldwell Trucking Co.............. Fairfield................
NJ........................ Chemical Control.................. Elizabeth................ C
NJ........................ Chemical Insecticide Corp......... Edison Township..........
NJ........................ Chemical Leaman Tank Lines, Inc... Bridgeport...............
NJ........................ Chemsol, Inc...................... Piscataway...............
NJ........................ Ciba-Geigy Corp................... Toms River...............
NJ........................ Cinnaminson Ground Water Cinnaminson Township.....
Contamination.
NJ........................ Combe Fill North Landfill......... Mount Olive Township..... C
NJ........................ Combe Fill South Landfill......... Chester Township.........
NJ........................ Cornell Dubilier Electronics Inc.. South Plainfield.........
NJ........................ Cosden Chemical Coatings Corp..... Beverly..................
NJ........................ Curcio Scrap Metal, Inc........... Saddle Brook Township....
NJ........................ D'Imperio Property................ Hamilton Township........
NJ........................ Dayco Corp./L.E Carpenter Co...... Wharton Borough..........
NJ........................ De Rewal Chemical Co.............. Kingwood Township........
NJ........................ Delilah Road...................... Egg Harbor Township......
NJ........................ Diamond Alkali Co................. Newark...................
NJ........................ Dover Municipal Well 4............ Dover Township...........
NJ........................ Ellis Property.................... Evesham Township.........
NJ........................ Emmell's Septic Landfill.......... Galloway Township........
NJ........................ Evor Phillips Leasing............. Old Bridge Township......
NJ........................ Ewan Property..................... Shamong Township.........
NJ........................ Fair Lawn Well Field.............. Fair Lawn................
NJ........................ Federal Creosote.................. Manville Borough.........
NJ........................ Florence Land Recontouring Florence Township........
Landfill.
NJ........................ Franklin Burn..................... Franklin Township........
NJ........................ Fried Industries.................. East Brunswick Township..
NJ........................ GEMS Landfill..................... Gloucester Township......
NJ........................ Garden State Cleaners Co.......... Minotola.................
NJ........................ Glen Ridge Radium Site............ Glen Ridge...............
NJ........................ Global Sanitary Landfill.......... Old Bridge Township......
NJ........................ Goose Farm........................ Plumstead Township....... C
NJ........................ Grand Street Mercury.............. Hoboken.................. A
NJ........................ Helen Kramer Landfill............. Mantua Township.......... C
NJ........................ Hercules, Inc. (Gibbstown Plant).. Gibbstown................
NJ........................ Higgins Disposal.................. Kingston.................
NJ........................ Higgins Farm...................... Franklin Township........
[[Page 216]]
NJ........................ Hopkins Farm...................... Plumstead Township....... C
NJ........................ Horseshoe Road.................... Sayreville...............
NJ........................ Iceland Coin Laundry Area Ground Vineland.................
Water Plume.
NJ........................ Imperial Oil Co., Inc./Champion Morganville..............
Chemicals.
NJ........................ Industrial Latex Corp............. Wallington Borough.......
NJ........................ JIS Landfill...................... Jamesburg/S. Brnswck.....
NJ........................ Kauffman & Minteer, Inc........... Jobstown.................
NJ........................ Kin-Buc Landfill.................. Edison Township..........
NJ........................ King of Prussia................... Winslow Township......... C
NJ........................ LCP Chemicals Inc................. Linden...................
NJ........................ Landfill & Development Co......... Mount Holly..............
NJ........................ Lang Property..................... Pemberton Township....... C
NJ........................ Lightman Drum Company............. Winslow Township.........
NJ........................ Lipari Landfill................... Pitman...................
NJ........................ Lone Pine Landfill................ Freehold Township........ C
NJ........................ Mannheim Avenue Dump.............. Galloway Township........ C
NJ........................ Martin Aaron, Inc................. Camden...................
NJ........................ Maywood Chemical Co............... Maywood/Rochelle Park....
NJ........................ Metaltec/Aerosystems.............. Franklin Borough.........
NJ........................ Monitor Devices/Intercircuits Inc. Wall Township............
NJ........................ Montclair/West Orange Radium Site. Montclair/W Orange.......
NJ........................ Montgomery Township Housing Montgomery Township......
Development.
NJ........................ Myers Property.................... Franklin Township........
NJ........................ NL Industries..................... Pedricktown..............
NJ........................ Nascolite Corp.................... Millville................
NJ........................ PJP Landfill...................... Jersey City..............
NJ........................ Pepe Field........................ Boonton..................
NJ........................ Pohatcong Valley Ground Water Warren County............
Contaminat.
NJ........................ Price Landfill.................... Pleasantville............ S
NJ........................ Puchack Well Field................ Pennsauken Township......
NJ........................ Radiation Technology, Inc......... Rockaway Township........
NJ........................ Reich Farms....................... Pleasant Plains..........
NJ........................ Rockaway Borough Well Field....... Rockaway Township........
NJ........................ Rockaway Township Wells........... Rockaway.................
NJ........................ Rocky Hill Municipal Well......... Rocky Hill Borough.......
NJ........................ Roebling Steel Co................. Florence.................
NJ........................ Sayreville Landfill............... Sayreville...............
NJ........................ Scientific Chemical Processing.... Carlstadt................
NJ........................ Sharkey Landfill.................. Parsippany/Troy Hls......
NJ........................ Shieldalloy Corp.................. Newfield Borough.........
NJ........................ South Jersey Clothing Co.......... Minotola.................
NJ........................ Swope Oil & Chemical Co........... Pennsauken...............
NJ........................ Syncon Resins..................... South Kearny.............
NJ........................ Tabernacle Drum Dump.............. Tabernacle Township...... C
NJ........................ U.S. Radium Corp.................. Orange...................
NJ........................ United States Avenue Burn......... Gibbsboro................
NJ........................ Universal Oil Products (Chemical East Rutherford..........
Division.
NJ........................ Ventron/Velsicol.................. Wood Ridge Borough.......
NJ........................ Vineland Chemical Co., Inc........ Vineland.................
NJ........................ Waldick Aerospace Devices, Inc.... Wall Township............
NJ........................ Welsbach & General Gas Mantle Camden and Gloucester
(Camden). City.
NJ........................ White Chemical Corp............... Newark................... A
NJ........................ Williams Property................. Swainton................. C
NJ........................ Wilson Farm....................... Plumstead Township....... C
NJ........................ Woodland Route 532 Dump........... Woodland Township........
NJ........................ Woodland Route 72 Dump............ Woodland Township........
NJ........................ Zschiegner Refining............... Howell Township..........
NM........................ AT & SF (Clovis).................. Clovis...................
NM........................ AT&SF (Albuquerque)............... Albuquerque..............
NM........................ Cimarron Mining Corp.............. Carrizozo................ P
NM........................ Fruit Avenue Plume................ Albuquerque..............
NM........................ Griggs & Walnut Ground Water Plume Las Cruces...............
NM........................ Homestake Mining Co............... Milan.................... C
NM........................ North Railroad Avenue Plume....... Espanola.................
NM........................ Prewitt Abandoned Refinery........ Prewitt.................. P
NM........................ South Valley...................... Albuquerque.............. C, S
NM........................ United Nuclear Corp............... Church Rock..............
NV........................ Carson River Mercury Site......... Lyon/Churchill Cnty......
NY........................ American Thermostat Co............ South Cairo..............
NY........................ Applied Environmental Services.... Glenwood Landing......... C
NY........................ Batavia Landfill.................. Batavia..................
NY........................ Brewster Well Field............... Putnam County............
[[Page 217]]
NY........................ Byron Barrel & Drum............... Byron....................
NY........................ Carroll & Dubies Sewage Disposal.. Port Jervis..............
NY........................ Circuitron Corp................... East Farmingdale.........
NY........................ Claremont Polychemical............ Old Bethpage.............
NY........................ Colesville Municipal Landfill..... Town of Colesville.......
NY........................ Computer Circuits................. Hauppauge................
NY........................ Cortese Landfill.................. Village of Narrowsburg...
NY........................ Endicott Village Well Field....... Village of Endicott......
NY........................ FMC Corp. (Dublin Road Landfill).. Town of Shelby...........
NY........................ Facet Enterprises, Inc............ Elmira...................
NY........................ Forest Glen Mobile Home Niagara Falls............ A
Subdivision.
NY........................ Fulton Avenue..................... North Hempstead..........
NY........................ Fulton Terminals.................. Fulton...................
NY........................ GCL Tie & Treating Inc............ Village of Sidney........
NY........................ GE Moreau......................... South Glen Falls.........
NY........................ General Motors (Central Foundry Massena..................
Division).
NY........................ Genzale Plating Co................ Franklin Square..........
NY........................ Goldisc Recordings, Inc........... Holbrook.................
NY........................ Consolidated Iron and Metal....... Newburgh.................
NY........................ Haviland Complex.................. Town of Hyde Park........
NY........................ Hertel Landfill................... Plattekill...............
NY........................ Hiteman Leather................... West Winfield............
NY........................ Hooker (102nd Street)............. Niagara Falls............
NY........................ Hooker (Hyde Park)................ Niagara Falls............
NY........................ Hooker (S Area)................... Niagara Falls............
NY........................ Hooker Chemical/Ruco Polymer Corp. Hicksville...............
NY........................ Hudson River PCBs................. Hudson River.............
NY........................ Islip Municipal Sanitary Landfill. Islip....................
NY........................ Jackson Steel..................... Mineola/North Hempstead..
NY........................ Johnstown City Landfill........... Town of Johnstown........
NY........................ Jones Chemicals, Inc.............. Caledonia................
NY........................ Jones Sanitation.................. Hyde Park................
NY........................ Kentucky Avenue Well Field........ Horseheads...............
NY........................ Lawrence Aviation Industries, Inc. Port Jefferson Station...
NY........................ Lehigh Valley Railroad............ Le Roy...................
NY........................ Li Tungsten Corp.................. Glen Cove................
NY........................ Liberty Industrial Finishing...... Farmingdale..............
NY........................ Little Valley..................... Little Valley............ A
NY........................ Love Canal........................ Niagara Falls............
NY........................ Ludlow Sand & Gravel.............. Clayville................
NY........................ MacKenzie Chemical Works, Inc..... Central Islip............
NY........................ Malta Rocket Fuel Area............ Malta....................
NY........................ Mattiace Petrochemical Co., Inc... Glen Cove................
NY........................ Mercury Refining, Inc............. Colonie..................
NY........................ Mohonk Road Industrial Plant...... High Falls...............
NY........................ Nepera Chemical Co., Inc.......... Maybrook.................
NY........................ Niagara County Refuse............. Wheatfield...............
NY........................ Niagara Mohawk Power Co (Saratoga Saratoga Springs.........
Spings).
NY........................ North Sea Municipal Landfill...... North Sea................ C
NY........................ Old Bethpage Landfill............. Oyster Bay............... C
NY........................ Old Roosevelt Field Contaminated Garden City..............
Ground Water Area.
NY........................ Olean Well Field.................. Olean....................
NY........................ Onondaga Lake..................... Syracuse.................
NY........................ Pasley Solvents & Chemicals, Inc.. Hempstead................
NY........................ Peter Cooper...................... Gowanda..................
NY........................ Peter Cooper Corporation Winslow Township.........
(Markhams).
NY........................ Pfohl Brothers Landfill........... Cheektowaga..............
NY........................ Pollution Abatement Services...... Oswego................... S
NY........................ Port Washington Landfill.......... Port Washington..........
NY........................ Preferred Plating Corp............ Farmingdale..............
NY........................ Ramapo Landfill................... Ramapo...................
NY........................ Richardson Hill Road Landfill/Pond Sidney Center............
NY........................ Robintech, Inc./National Pipe Co.. Town of Vestal...........
NY........................ Rosen Brothers Scrap Yard/Dump.... Cortland.................
NY........................ Rowe Industries Gnd Water Noyack/Sag Harbor........
Contamination.
NY........................ SMS Instruments, Inc.............. Deer Park................ C
NY........................ Sarney Farm....................... Amenia...................
NY........................ Sealand Restoration, Inc.......... Lisbon...................
NY........................ Shenandoah Road Ground Water East Fishkill............
Contamination.
NY........................ Sidney Landfill................... Sidney...................
NY........................ Sinclair Refinery................. Wellsville...............
NY........................ Smithtown Ground Water Smithtown................
Contamination.
[[Page 218]]
NY........................ Solvent Savers.................... Lincklaen................
NY........................ Stanton Cleaners Area Ground Water Great Neck...............
Contamination.
NY........................ Syosset Landfill.................. Oyster Bay...............
NY........................ Tri-Cities Barrel Co., Inc........ Port Crane...............
NY........................ Vestal Water Supply Well 1-1...... Vestal...................
NY........................ Volney Municipal Landfill......... Town of Volney...........
NY........................ York Oil Co....................... Moira....................
OH........................ Allied Chemical & Ironton Coke.... Ironton..................
OH........................ Big D Campground.................. Kingsville............... C
OH........................ Buckeye Reclamation............... St. Clairsville..........
OH........................ Chem-Dyne......................... Hamilton................. C,S
OH........................ E.H. Schilling Landfill........... Hamilton Township........ C
OH........................ Fields Brook...................... Ashtabula................
OH........................ Fultz Landfill.................... Jackson Township.........
OH........................ Industrial Excess Landfill........ Uniontown................
OH........................ Miami County Incinerator.......... Troy..................... C
OH........................ Nease Chemical.................... Salem....................
OH........................ New Lyme Landfill................. New Lyme................. C
OH........................ North Sanitary Landfill........... Dayton...................
OH........................ Old Mill.......................... Rock Creek............... C
OH........................ Ormet Corp........................ Hannibal.................
OH........................ Powell Road Landfill.............. Dayton...................
OH........................ Pristine, Inc..................... Reading..................
OH........................ Reilly Tar & Chemical (Dover Dover....................
Plant).
OH........................ Republic Steel Corp. Quarry....... Elyria................... C
OH........................ Sanitary Landfill Co. (Industrial Dayton...................
Waste).
OH........................ Skinner Landfill.................. West Chester.............
OH........................ South Point Plant................. South Point..............
OH........................ Summit National................... Deerfield Township....... C
OH........................ TRW, Inc. (Minerva Plant)......... Minerva.................. C
OH........................ United Scrap Lead Co., Inc........ Troy.....................
OH........................ Van Dale Junkyard................. Marietta.................
OH........................ Zanesville Well Field............. Zanesville............... C
OK........................ Compass Industries Landfill (Avery Tulsa....................
Drive).
OK........................ Double Eagle Refinery Co.......... Oklahoma City............
OK........................ Fourth Street Abandoned Refinery.. Oklahoma City............ C
OK........................ Hardage/Criner.................... Criner...................
OK........................ Hudson Refinery................... Cushing..................
OK........................ Imperial Refining Company......... Ardmore..................
OK........................ Mosley Road Sanitary Landfill..... Oklahoma City............
OK........................ Oklahoma Refining Co.............. Cyril....................
OK........................ Tar Creek (Ottawa County)......... Ottawa County............
OK........................ Tulsa Fuel and Manufacturing...... Collinsville.............
OR........................ Gould, Inc........................ Portland.................
OR........................ McCormick & Baxter Creos. Co Portland.................
(Portland).
OR........................ Northwest Pipe & Casing/Hall Clackamas................
Process Company.
OR........................ Portland Harbor................... Portland.................
OR........................ Reynolds Metals Company........... Troutdale................
OR........................ Taylor Lumber and Treating........ Sheridan.................
OR........................ Teledyne Wah Chang................ Albany...................
OR........................ Union Pacific Railroad Tie The Dalles...............
Treatment.
OR........................ United Chrome Products, Inc....... Corvallis................ C
PA........................ A.I.W. Frank/Mid-County Mustang... Exton....................
PA........................ Avco Lycoming (Williamsport Williamsport.............
Division).
PA........................ Bally Ground Water Contamination.. Bally Borough............
PA........................ Bell Landfill..................... Terry Township...........
PA........................ Bendix Flight Systems Division.... Bridgewater Township..... C
PA........................ Berkley Products Co. Dump......... Denver...................
PA........................ Berks Landfill.................... Spring Township..........
PA........................ Berks Sand Pit.................... Longswamp Township....... C
PA........................ Blosenski Landfill................ West Caln Township.......
PA........................ Boarhead Farms.................... Bridgeton Township.......
PA........................ Breslube-Penn, Inc................ Coraopolis...............
PA........................ Brown's Battery Breaking.......... Shoemakersville..........
PA........................ Butler Mine Tunnel................ Pittston.................
PA........................ Butz Landfill..................... Stroudsburg..............
PA........................ C & D Recycling................... Foster Township..........
PA........................ Centre County Kepone.............. State College Borough....
PA........................ Commodore Semiconductor Group..... Lower Providence Township
PA........................ Craig Farm Drum................... Parker................... C
PA........................ Crater Resources/Keystone Coke/ Upper Merion Township....
Alan Wood.
[[Page 219]]
PA........................ Crossley Farm..................... Hereford Township........
PA........................ Croydon TCE....................... Croydon..................
PA........................ CryoChem, Inc..................... Worman...................
PA........................ Delta Quarries & Disp./Stotler Antis/Logan Twps......... C
Landfill.
PA........................ Dorney Road Landfill.............. Upper Macungie Township..
PA........................ Douglassville Disposal............ Douglassville............
PA........................ Drake Chemical.................... Lock Haven...............
PA........................ Dublin TCE Site................... Dublin Borough...........
PA........................ East Mount Zion................... Springettsbury Township..
PA........................ Eastern Diversified Metals........ Hometown.................
PA........................ Elizabethtown Landfill............ Elizabethtown............
PA........................ Fischer & Porter Co............... Warminster...............
PA........................ Foote Mineral Co.................. East Whiteland Township..
PA........................ Havertown PCP..................... Haverford................
PA........................ Heleva Landfill................... North Whitehall Township.
PA........................ Hellertown Manufacturing Co....... Hellertown............... C
PA........................ Henderson Road.................... Upper Merion Township.... C
PA........................ Hunterstown Road.................. Straban Township.........
PA........................ Industrial Lane................... Williams Township........
PA........................ Jacks Creek/Sitkin Smelting and Maitland.................
Refinery.
PA........................ Keystone Sanitation Landfill...... Union Township...........
PA........................ Kimberton Site.................... Kimberton Borough........ C
PA........................ Lindane Dump...................... Harrison Township........
PA........................ Lord-Shope Landfill............... Girard Township.......... C
PA........................ Lower Darby Creek Area............ Delaware/Philadelphia
Counties..
PA........................ MW Manufacturing.................. Valley Township..........
PA........................ Malvern TCE....................... Malvern..................
PA........................ Metal Banks....................... Philadelphia.............
PA........................ Metropolitan Mirror and Glass..... Frackville...............
PA........................ Mill Creek Dump................... Erie.....................
PA........................ Modern Sanitation Landfill........ Lower Windsor Township...
PA........................ Moyers Landfill................... Eagleville...............
PA........................ North Penn--Area 1................ Souderton................
PA........................ North Penn--Area 12............... Worcester................
PA........................ North Penn--Area 2................ Hatfield.................
PA........................ North Penn--Area 5................ Montgomery Township......
PA........................ North Penn--Area 6................ Lansdale.................
PA........................ North Penn--Area 7................ North Wales..............
PA........................ Novak Sanitary Landfill........... South Whitehall Township.
PA........................ Occidental Chemical Corp./ Lower Pottsgrove Township
Firestone Tire.
PA........................ Ohio River Park................... Neville Island...........
PA........................ Old City of York Landfill......... Seven Valleys............ C
PA........................ Old Wilmington Road Ground Water Sadsburyville............
Contamination.
PA........................ Osborne Landfill.................. Grove City...............
PA........................ Palmerton Zinc Pile............... Palmerton................
PA........................ Paoli Rail Yard................... Paoli....................
PA........................ Raymark........................... Hatboro.................. C
PA........................ Recticon/Allied Steel Corp........ East Coventry Twp........
PA........................ Resin Disposal.................... Jefferson Borough........ C
PA........................ Revere Chemical Co................ Nockamixon Township......
PA........................ River Road Landfill/Waste Mngmnt, Hermitage................ C
Inc.
PA........................ Rodale Manufacturing Co., Inc..... Emmaus Borough...........
PA........................ Saegertown Industrial Area........ Saegertown............... P
PA........................ Sharon Steel Corp. (Farrell Wks Hickory Township.........
Disp Area).
PA........................ Shriver's Corner.................. Straban Township.........
PA........................ Stanley Kessler................... King of Prussia..........
PA........................ Strasburg Landfill................ Newlin Township..........
PA........................ Tobyhanna Army Depot.............. Tobyhanna................ P
PA........................ Tonolli Corp...................... Nesquehoning.............
PA........................ Tysons Dump....................... Upper Merion Twp.........
PA........................ UGI Columbia Gas Plant............ Columbia.................
PA........................ Valmont TCE....................... Hazle Township and West
Hazleton.
PA........................ Walsh Landfill.................... Honeybrook Township......
PA........................ Watson Johnson Landfill........... Richland Township........
PA........................ Westinghouse Electronic (Sharon Sharon...................
Plant).
PA........................ Westinghouse Elevator Co. Plant... Gettysburg...............
PA........................ Whitmoyer Laboratories............ Jackson Township.........
PA........................ William Dick Lagoons.............. West Caln Township.......
PA........................ York County Solid Waste/Refuse Hopewell Township........ C
Landfill.
PR........................ Barceloneta Landfill.............. Florida Afuera...........
PR........................ Fibers Public Supply Wells........ Jobos....................
[[Page 220]]
PR........................ Juncos Landfill................... Juncos...................
PR........................ RCA Del Caribe.................... Barceloneta..............
PR........................ Scorpio Recycling, Inc............ Candeleria Ward..........
PR........................ Upjohn Facility................... Barceloneta..............
PR........................ Vega Alta Public Supply Wells..... Vega Alta................
PR........................ Vega Baja Solid Waste Disposal.... Vega Baja................
RI........................ Central Landfill.................. Johnston.................
RI........................ Centredale Manor Restoration North Providence.........
Project.
RI........................ Davis Liquid Waste................ Smithfield...............
RI........................ Landfill & Resource Recovery, Inc. North Smithfield.........
(L&RR).
RI........................ Peterson/Puritan, Inc............. Lincoln/Cumberland.......
RI........................ Picillo Farm...................... Coventry................. S
RI........................ Rose Hill Regional Landfill....... South Kingston...........
RI........................ Stamina Mills, Inc................ North Smithfield.........
RI........................ West Kingston Town Dump/URI South Kingston...........
Disposal.
RI........................ Western Sand & Gravel............. Burrillville............. C
SC........................ Aqua-Tech Environmental Inc (Groce Greer....................
Labs).
SC........................ Beaunit Corp. (Circular Knit & Fountain Inn.............
Dye).
SC........................ Carolawn, Inc..................... Fort Lawn................
SC........................ Elmore Waste Disposal............. Greer....................
SC........................ Geiger (C & M Oil)................ Rantoules................
SC........................ Helena Chemical Co Landfill....... Fairfax..................
SC........................ Kalama Specialty Chemicals........ Beaufort.................
SC........................ Koppers Co., Inc. (Charleston Charleston...............
Plant).
SC........................ Koppers Co., Inc. (Florence Plant) Florence.................
SC........................ Leonard Chemical Co., Inc......... Rock Hill................
SC........................ Lexington County Landfill Area.... Cayce....................
SC........................ Macalloy Corporation.............. North Charleston.........
SC........................ Medley Farm Drum Dump............. Gaffney.................. C
SC........................ Palmetto Wood Preserving.......... Dixiana..................
SC........................ Para-Chem Southern, Inc........... Simpsonville............. P
SC........................ Rochester Property................ Travelers Rest........... C
SC........................ Rock Hill Chemical Co............. Rock Hill................ C
SC........................ SCRDI Bluff Road.................. Columbia................. S
SC........................ SCRDI Dixiana..................... Cayce.................... C
SC........................ Sangamo Weston.................... Pickens.................. P
SC........................ Shuron Inc........................ Barnwell.................
SC........................ Townsend Saw Chain Co............. Pontiac..................
SC........................ Wamchem, Inc...................... Burton...................
SD........................ Gilt Edge Mine.................... Lead.....................
TN........................ American Creosote Works, (Jackson Jackson..................
Plant).
TN........................ Arlington Blending & Packaging.... Arlington................
TN........................ Carrier Air Conditioning Co....... Collierville............. C
TN........................ Mallory Capacitor Co.............. Waynesboro............... C
TN........................ Murray-Ohio Dump.................. Lawrenceburg.............
TN........................ Ross Metals Inc................... Rossville................
TN........................ Tennessee Products................ Chattanooga.............. A
TN........................ Velsicol Chemical Corp (Hardeman Toone....................
County).
TN........................ Wrigley Charcoal Plant............ Wrigley..................
TX........................ ALCOA (Point Comfort)/Lavaca Bay.. Point Comfort............
TX........................ Bailey Waste Disposal............. Bridge City..............
TX........................ Brio Refining, Inc................ Friendswood..............
TX........................ City of Perryton Well No. 2....... Perryton.................
TX........................ Crystal Chemical Co............... Houston..................
TX........................ Dixie Oil Processors, Inc......... Friendswood.............. C
TX........................ French, Ltd....................... Crosby................... C
TX........................ Garland Creosoting................ Longview.................
TX........................ Geneva Industries/Fuhrmann Energy. Houston.................. P
TX........................ Hart Creosoting Company........... Jasper...................
TX........................ Highlands Acid Pit................ Highlands................ C
TX........................ Jasper Creosoting Company Inc..... Jasper County............
TX........................ Koppers Co Inc (Texarkana Plant).. Texarkana................
TX........................ Malone Service Company, Inc....... Texas City...............
TX........................ Many Diversified Interests, Inc... Houston..................
TX........................ Motco, Inc........................ La Marque................ S
TX........................ North Cavalcade Street............ Houston..................
TX........................ Odessa Chromium 1........ Odessa................... C
TX........................ Odessa Chromium 2 Odessa................... C
(Andrews Highway).
TX........................ Palmer Barge Line................. Port Arthur..............
TX........................ Petro-Chemical Systems, (Turtle Liberty County...........
Bayou).
TX........................ RSR Corp.......................... Dallas...................
TX........................ Rockwool Industries Inc........... Bell County..............
[[Page 221]]
TX........................ Sheridan Disposal Services........ Hempstead................
TX........................ Sikes Disposal Pits............... Crosby................... C
TX........................ Sol Lynn/Industrial Transformers.. Houston.................. C
TX........................ South Cavalcade Street............ Houston..................
TX........................ Sprague Road Ground Water Plume... Odessa...................
TX........................ Star Lake Canal................... Port Neches..............
TX........................ State Marine of Port Arthur....... Jefferson County.........
TX........................ State Road 114 Ground Water Plume. Levelland................
TX........................ Texarkana Wood Preserving Co...... Texarkana................
TX........................ Tex-Tin Corp...................... Texas City...............
TX........................ United Creosoting Co.............. Conroe...................
UT........................ Bountiful/Woods Cross 5th South Bountiful/Woods Cross....
PCE Plume.
UT........................ Intermountain Waste Oil Refinery.. Bountiful................
UT........................ International Smelting and Tooele...................
Refining.
UT........................ Jacobs Smelter.................... Stockton/Tooele.......... P
UT........................ Midvale Slag...................... Midvale..................
UT........................ Petrochem Recycling Corp./Ekotek Salt Lake City...........
Plant.
UT........................ Portland Cement (Kiln Dust 2 & 3). Salt Lake City...........
UT........................ Rose Park Sludge Pit.............. Salt Lake City........... C,S
UT........................ Sharon Steel Corp. (Midvale Midvale..................
Tailings).
UT........................ Utah Power & Light/American Barrel Salt Lake City........... C
Co.
UT........................ Wasatch Chemical Co. (Lot 6)...... Salt Lake City...........
VA........................ Abex Corp......................... Portsmouth...............
VA........................ Arrowhead Associates/Scovill Corp. Montross.................
VA........................ Atlantic Wood Industries, Inc..... Portsmouth...............
VA........................ Avtex Fibers, Inc................. Front Royal..............
VA........................ Buckingham County Landfill........ Buckingham...............
VA........................ C & R Battery Co., Inc............ Chesterfield County...... C
VA........................ Chisman Creek..................... York County.............. C
VA........................ Culpeper Wood Preservers, Inc..... Culpeper.................
VA........................ First Piedmont Rock Quarry (Route Pittsylvania County...... C
719).
VA........................ Former Nansemond Ordnance Depot... Suffolk..................
VA........................ Greenwood Chemical Co............. Newtown..................
VA........................ H & H Inc., Burn Pit.............. Farrington...............
VA........................ Kim-Stan Landfill................. Selma....................
VA........................ L.A. Clarke & Son................. Spotsylvania County......
VA........................ Rentokil, Inc. (VA Wood Preserving Richmond.................
Div).
VA........................ Rhinehart Tire Fire Dump.......... Frederick County.........
VA........................ Saltville Waste Disposal Ponds.... Saltville................
VA........................ Saunders Supply Co................ Chuckatuck...............
VA........................ U.S. Titanium..................... Piney River..............
VI........................ Island Chemical Corp/V.I. Chemical Christiansted............
Corp.
VI........................ Tutu Wellfield.................... Tutu.....................
VT........................ BFI Sanitary Landfill (Rockingham) Rockingham............... C
VT........................ Bennington Municipal Sanitary Bennington...............
Landfill.
VT........................ Burgess Brothers Landfill......... Woodford.................
VT........................ Ely Copper Mine................... Vershire.................
VT........................ Old Springfield Landfill.......... Springfield.............. C
VT........................ Parker Sanitary Landfill.......... Lyndon...................
VT........................ Pine Street Canal................. Burlington............... S
VT........................ Pownal Tannery.................... Pownal...................
VT........................ Elizabeth Mine.................... Strafford................
WA........................ American Crossarm & Conduit Co.... Chehalis................. C
WA........................ Boomsnub/Airco.................... Vancouver................ S
WA........................ Centralia Municipal Landfill...... Centralia................
WA........................ Colbert Landfill.................. Colbert..................
WA........................ Commencement Bay, Near Shore/Tide Pierce County............ P
Flats.
WA........................ Commencement Bay, South Tacoma Tacoma...................
Channel.
WA........................ FMC Corp. (Yakima Pit)............ Yakima................... C
WA........................ Frontier Hard Chrome, Inc......... Vancouver................
WA........................ General Electric Co. (Spokane Spokane..................
Shop).
WA........................ Greenacres Landfill............... Spokane County...........
WA........................ Hamilton/Labree Roads Ground Water Chehalis.................
Contamination.
WA........................ Harbor Island (Lead).............. Seattle.................. P
WA........................ Hidden Valley Landfill (Thun Pierce County............
Field).
WA........................ Kaiser Aluminum Mead Works........ Mead.....................
WA........................ Lakewood Site..................... Lakewood................. C,P
WA........................ Lower Duwamish Waterway........... Seattle..................
WA........................ Mica Landfill..................... Mica.....................
WA........................ Midnite Mine...................... Wellpinit................
WA........................ Midway Landfill................... Kent.....................
WA........................ Moses Lake Wellfield Contamination Moses Lake...............
[[Page 222]]
WA........................ North Market Street............... Spokane..................
WA........................ Northside Landfill................ Spokane.................. C
WA........................ Oeser Co.......................... Bellingham...............
WA........................ Pacific Car & Foundry Co.......... Renton................... C
WA........................ Pacific Sound Resources........... Seattle..................
WA........................ Palermo Well Field Ground Water Tumwater.................
Contam.
WA........................ Pasco Sanitary Landfill........... Pasco....................
WA........................ Queen City Farms.................. Maple Valley.............
WA........................ Seattle Municipal Landfill (Kent Kent..................... C
Hghlnds).
WA........................ Tulalip Landfill.................. Marysville...............
WA........................ Vancouver Water Station 1 Vancouver................
Contamination.
WA........................ Vancouver Water Station 4 Vancouver................
Contamination.
WA........................ Western Processing Co., Inc....... Kent..................... C
WA........................ Wyckoff Co./Eagle Harbor.......... Bainbridge Island........
WI........................ Algoma Municipal Landfill......... Algoma................... C
WI........................ Better Brite Plating Chrome & Zinc DePere...................
Shops.
WI........................ City Disposal Corp. Landfill...... Dunn.....................
WI........................ Delavan Municipal Well 4. Delavan..................
WI........................ Eau Claire Municipal Well Field... Eau Claire............... C
WI........................ Fadrowski Drum Disposal........... Franklin................. C
WI........................ Hagen Farm........................ Stoughton................ C
WI........................ Hechimovich Sanitary Landfill..... Williamstown.............
WI........................ Hunts Disposal Landfill........... Caledonia................
WI........................ Janesville Ash Beds............... Janesville...............
WI........................ Janesville Old Landfill........... Janesville...............
WI........................ Kohler Co. Landfill............... Kohler...................
WI........................ Lauer I Sanitary Landfill......... Menomonee Falls..........
WI........................ Lemberger Landfill, Inc........... Whitelaw................. C
WI........................ Lemberger Transport & Recycling... Franklin Township........ C
WI........................ Madison Metropolitan Sewerage Blooming Grove...........
District.
WI........................ Master Disposal Service Landfill.. Brookfield...............
WI........................ Mid-State Disposal, Inc. Landfill. Cleveland Township....... C
WI........................ Moss-American(Kerr-McGee Oil Co.). Milwaukee................
WI........................ Muskego Sanitary Landfill......... Muskego..................
WI........................ N.W. Mauthe Co., Inc.............. Appleton................. S
WI........................ National Presto Industries, Inc... Eau Claire...............
WI........................ Oconomowoc Electroplating Co. Inc. Ashippin................. C
WI........................ Onalaska Municipal Landfill....... Onalaska................. C
WI........................ Penta Wood Products............... Daniels..................
WI........................ Refuse Hideaway Landfill.......... Middleton................
WI........................ Ripon City Landfill............... Ripon.................... C
WI........................ Sauk County Landfill.............. Excelsior................ C
WI........................ Schmalz Dump...................... Harrison................. C
WI........................ Scrap Processing Co., Inc......... Medford..................
WI........................ Sheboygan Harbor & River.......... Sheboygan................
WI........................ Spickler Landfill................. Spencer..................
WI........................ Stoughton City Landfill........... Stoughton................
WI........................ Tomah Armory...................... Tomah....................
WI........................ Tomah Municipal Sanitary Landfill. Tomah....................
WI........................ Waste Mgmt of WI (Brookfield Sanit Brookfield...............
LF).
WI........................ Wausau Ground Water Contamination. Wausau................... C
WI........................ Wheeler Pit....................... La Prairie Township...... C
WV........................ Big John Salvage--Hoult Road...... Fairmont.................
WV........................ Fike Chemical, Inc................ Nitro....................
WV........................ Follansbee Site................... Follansbee...............
WV........................ Hanlin-Allied-Olin................ Moundsville..............
WV........................ Ordnance Works Disposal Areas..... Morgantown...............
WV........................ Sharon Steel Corp (Fairmont Coke Fairmont.................
Works).
WV........................ Vienna Tetrachloroethene.......... Vienna...................
WY........................ Mystery Bridge Rd/U.S. Highway 20. Evansville............... C
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) A = Based on issuance of health advisory by Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (if scored, HRS
score need not be [lE] 28.50).
C = Sites on construction completion list.
S = State top priority (included among the 100 top priority sites regardless of score).
P = Sites with partial deletion(s).
Effective Date Note: At 67 FR 43554, June 28, 2002, table 1 to
appendix B was amended under New Jersey (NJ) by removing the site entry
for ``Hopkins Farm, Plumstead Township'', effective Aug. 27, 2002.
[[Page 223]]
Table 2--Federal Facilities Section
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
St Site name City/County Notes(a)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AK........................ Adak Naval Air Station............ Adak.....................
AK........................ Eielson Air Force Base............ Fairbanks N Star Borough.
AK........................ Elmendorf Air Force Base.......... Greater Anchorage Borough
AK........................ Fort Richardson (USARMY).......... Anchorage................
AK........................ Fort Wainwright................... Fairbanks N Star Borough.
AK........................ Standard Steel & Metals Salvage Anchorage................
Yard (USDOT).
AL........................ Alabama Army Ammunition Plant..... Childersburg.............
AL........................ Anniston Army Depot (SE Industrial Anniston.................
Area).
AL........................ Redstone Arsenal (USARMY/NASA).... Huntsville...............
AZ........................ Williams Air Force Base........... Chandler.................
AZ........................ Yuma Marine Corps Air Station..... Yuma.....................
CA........................ Alameda Naval Air Station......... Alameda..................
CA........................ Barstow Marine Corps Logistics Barstow..................
Base.
CA........................ Camp Pendleton Marine Corps Base.. San Diego County.........
CA........................ Castle Air Force Base............. Merced...................
CA........................ Concord Naval Weapons Station..... Concord..................
CA........................ Edwards Air Force Base............ Kern County..............
CA........................ El Toro Marine Corps Air Station.. El Toro..................
CA........................ Fort Ord.......................... Marina...................
CA........................ George Air Force Base............. Victorville..............
CA........................ Jet Propulsion Laboratory (NASA).. Pasadena.................
CA........................ LEHR/Old Campus Landfill (USDOE).. Davis....................
CA........................ Lawrence Livermore Lab Site 300 Livermore................
(USDOE).
CA........................ Lawrence Livermore Laboratory Livermore................
(USDOE).
CA........................ March Air Force Base.............. Riverside................
CA........................ Mather Air Force Base............. Sacramento...............
CA........................ McClellan Air Force Base (GW Sacramento...............
Contam).
CA........................ Moffett Naval Air Station......... Sunnyvale................
CA........................ Norton Air Force Base............. San Bernardino...........
CA........................ Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant... Riverbank................
CA........................ Sacramento Army Depot............. Sacramento...............
CA........................ Sharpe Army Depot................. Lathrop..................
CA........................ Tracy Defense Depot (USARMY)...... Tracy....................
CA........................ Travis Air Force Base............. Solano County............
CA........................ Treasure Island Naval Station-Hun San Francisco............ P
Pt An.
CO........................ Air Force Plant PJKS.............. Waterton.................
CO........................ Rocky Flats Plant (USDOE)......... Golden...................
CO........................ Rocky Mountain Arsenal (USARMY)... Adams County.............
CT........................ New London Submarine Base......... New London...............
DC........................ Washington Navy Yard.............. Washington DC............
DE........................ Dover Air Force Base.............. Dover....................
FL........................ Cecil Field Naval Air Station..... Jacksonville.............
FL........................ Homestead Air Force Base.......... Homestead................
FL........................ Jacksonville Naval Air Station.... Jacksonville.............
FL........................ Pensacola Naval Air Station....... Pensacola................
FL........................ Tyndall Air Force Base............ Panama City..............
FL........................ Whiting Field Naval Air Station... Milton...................
GA........................ Marine Corps Logistics Base....... Albany...................
GA........................ Robins Air Force Base(Lf4/ Houston County...........
Sludge Lagoon.
GU........................ Andersen Air Force Base........... Yigo.....................
HI........................ Naval Computer & Oahu.....................
Telecommunications Area.
HI........................ Pearl Harbor Naval Complex........ Pearl Harbor.............
IA........................ Iowa Army Ammunition Plant........ Middletown...............
ID........................ Idaho National Engineering Lab Idaho Falls..............
(USDOE).
ID........................ Mountain Home Air Force Base...... Mountain Home............
IL........................ Joliet Army Ammunition Plant (LAP Joliet...................
Area).
IL........................ Joliet Army Ammunition Plant (Mfg Joliet...................
Area).
IL........................ Sangamo Electric/Crab Orchard NWR Carterville..............
(USDOI).
IL........................ Savanna Army Depot Activity....... Savanna..................
KS........................ Fort Riley........................ Junction City............
KY........................ Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant Paducah..................
(USDOE).
LA........................ Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant... Doyline..................
MA........................ Fort Devens....................... Fort Devens..............
MA........................ Hanscom Field/Hanscom Air Force Bedford..................
Base.
MA........................ Materials Technology Laboratory Watertown................ P
(USARMY).
MA........................ Natick Laboratory Army Research, Natick...................
D&E Cntr.
MA........................ Naval Weapons Industrial Reserve Bedford..................
Plant.
MA........................ Otis Air National Guard (USAF).... Falmouth.................
MA........................ South Weymouth Naval Air Station.. Weymouth.................
MD........................ Aberdeen Proving Ground (Edgewood Edgewood.................
Area).
MD........................ Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen.................
(Michaelsville LF).
MD........................ Andrews Air Force Base............ Camp Springs.............
[[Page 224]]
MD........................ Beltsville Agricultural Research Beltsville...............
(USDA).
MD........................ Brandywine DRMO................... Brandywine...............
MD........................ Fort George G. Meade.............. Odenton.................. P
MD........................ Indian Head Naval Surface Warfare Indian Head..............
Center.
MD........................ Patuxent River Naval Air Station.. St. Mary's County........
ME........................ Brunswick Naval Air Station....... Brunswick................
ME........................ Loring Air Force Base............. Limestone................
ME........................ Portsmouth Naval Shipyard......... Kittery..................
MN........................ Naval Industrial Reserve Ordnance Fridley..................
Plant.
MN........................ New Brighton/Arden Hills/TCAAP New Brighton.............
(USARMY).
MO........................ Lake City Army Ammu. Plant (NW Independence.............
Lagoon).
MO........................ Weldon Spring Former Army Ordnance St. Charles County.......
Works.
MO........................ Weldon Spring Quarry/Plant/Pitts St. Charles County.......
(USDOE).
NC........................ Camp Lejeune Military Res. Onslow County............
(USNAVY).
NC........................ Cherry Point Marine Corps Air Havelock.................
Station.
NE........................ Cornhusker Army Ammunition Plant.. Hall County..............
NH........................ Pease Air Force Base.............. Portsmouth/Newington.....
NJ........................ Federal Aviation Admin. Tech. Atlantic County..........
Center.
NJ........................ Fort Dix (Landfill Site).......... Pemberton Township.......
NJ........................ McGuire Air Force Base 1. Wrightstown..............
NJ........................ Middlesex Sampling Plant (USDOE).. Middlesex................
NJ........................ Naval Air Engineering Center...... Lakehurst................
NJ........................ Naval Weapons Station Earle (Site Colts Neck...............
A).
NJ........................ Picatinny Arsenal (USARMY)........ Rockaway Township........
NJ........................ W.R. Grace/Wayne Interim Storage Wayne Township...........
(USDOE).
NM........................ Lee Acres Landfill (USDOI)........ Farmington...............
NY........................ Brookhaven National Laboratory Upton....................
(USDOE).
NY........................ Griffiss Air Force Base........... Rome.....................
NY........................ Plattsburgh Air Force Base........ Plattsburgh..............
NY........................ Seneca Army Depot................. Romulus..................
OH........................ Feed Materials Production Center Fernald..................
(USDOE).
OH........................ Mound Plant (USDOE)............... Miamisburg............... P
OH........................ Wright-Patterson Air Force Base... Dayton...................
OK........................ Tinker Air Force (Soldier Cr/Bldg Oklahoma City............
300).
OR........................ Fremont Nat. Forest Uranium Mines Lakeview.................
(USDA).
OR........................ Umatilla Army Depot (Lagoons)..... Hermiston................
PA........................ Letterkenny Army Depot (PDO Area). Franklin County..........
PA........................ Letterkenny Army Depot (SE Area).. Chambersburg.............
PA........................ Naval Air Development Center (8 Warminster Township......
Areas).
PA........................ Navy Ships Parts Control Center... Mechanicsburg............
PA........................ Tobyhanna Army Depot.............. Tobyhanna................ P
PA........................ Willow Grove Naval Air & Air Res. Willow Grove.............
Stn..
RI........................ Davisville Naval Construction Batt North Kingston...........
Cent.
RI........................ Newport Naval Education/Training Newport..................
Center.
SC........................ Parris Island Marine Corps Recruit Parris Island............
Depot.
SC........................ Savannah River Site (USDOE)....... Aiken....................
SD........................ Ellsworth Air Force Base.......... Rapid City...............
TN........................ Memphis Defense Depot (DLA)....... Memphis..................
TN........................ Milan Army Ammunition Plant....... Milan....................
TN........................ Oak Ridge Reservation (USDOE)..... Oak Ridge................
TX........................ Air Force Plant 4 Fort Worth...............
(General Dynamics).
TX........................ Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant... Texarkana................
TX........................ Longhorn Army Ammunition Plant.... Karnack..................
TX........................ Pantex Plant (USDOE).............. Pantex Village...........
UT........................ Hill Air Force Base............... Ogden....................
UT........................ Monticello Mill Tailings (USDOE).. Monticello...............
UT........................ Ogden Defense Depot (DLA)......... Ogden....................
UT........................ Tooele Army Depot (North Area).... Tooele...................
VA........................ Defense General Supply Center Chesterfield County......
(DLA).
VA........................ Fort Eustis (US Army)............. Newport News.............
VA........................ Langley Air Force Base/NASA Hampton..................
Langley Cntr.
VA........................ Marine Corps Combat Development Quantico.................
Command.
VA........................ Naval Amphibious Base Little Creek Virginia Beach...........
VA........................ Naval Surface Warfare--Dahlgren... Dahlgren.................
VA........................ Naval Weapons Station--Yorktown... Yorktown.................
VA........................ Naval Weapons Station Yorktown-- Williamsburg.............
Cheatham Annex.
VA........................ Norfolk Naval Base (Sewells Pt Nvl Norfolk..................
Cmpx).
VA........................ Norfolk Naval Shipyard............ Portsmouth...............
VA........................ St. Juliens Creek Annex (U.S. Chesapeake...............
Navy).
WA........................ American Lake Gardens/McChord AFB. Tacoma...................
WA........................ Bangor Naval Submarine Base....... Silverdale...............
WA........................ Bangor Ordnance Disposal (USNAVY). Bremerton................
[[Page 225]]
WA........................ Fairchild Air Force Base (4 Waste Spokane County...........
Areas).
WA........................ Fort Lewis Logistics Center....... Tillicum.................
WA........................ Hanford 100-Area (USDOE).......... Benton County............ P
WA........................ Hanford 200-Area (USDOE).......... Benton County............
WA........................ Hanford 300-Area (USDOE).......... Benton County............
WA........................ Jackson Park Housing Complex Kitsap County............
(USNAVY).
WA........................ Naval Air Station, Whidbey Island Whidbey Island...........
(Ault).
WA........................ Naval Undersea Warfare Station (4 Keyport..................
Areas).
WA........................ Old Navy Dump/Manchester Lab Manchester...............
(USEPA/NOAA).
WA........................ Port Hadlock Detachment (USNAVY).. Indian Island............
WA........................ Puget Sound Naval Shipyard Complex Bremerton................
WV........................ Allegany Ballistics Laboratory Mineral..................
(USNAVY).
WV........................ West Virginia Ordnance (USARMY)... Point Pleasant...........
WY........................ F.E. Warren Air Force Base........ Cheyenne.................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) A=Based on issuance of health advisory by Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (if scored, HRS
score need not be 28.50).
C=Sites on construction completion list.
S=State top priority (included among the 100 top priority sites regardless of score).
P=Sites with partial deletion(s).
[62 FR 15576, Apr. 1, 1997]
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting part 300,
appendix B, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.
Appendix C to Part 300--Swirling Flask Dispersant Effectiveness Test,
Revised Standard Dispersant Toxicity Test, and Bioremediation Agent
Effectiveness Test
Table of Contents
1.0 Introduction
2.0 Swirling Flask Dispersant Effectiveness Test
3.0 Revised Standard Dispersant Toxicity Test
4.0 Bioremediation Agent Effectiveness Test
5.0 Bioremediation Agent Toxicity Test
6.0 Summary Technical Product Test Data Format
References
List of Illustrations
Figure Number
1 Swirling Flask Test Apparatus
List of Tables
Table Number
1 Major Ion Composition of ``Instant Ocean'' Synthetic Sea Salt
2 Test Oil Characteristics
3 Oil Standard Solutions: Concentrations in Final DCM Extractions
4 Synthetic Seawater [Toxicity Test]
5 Test Oil Characteristics: No. 2 Fuel Oil
6 Analytes Listed Under the Corresponding Internal Standard Used in
Calculating RRFs
7 Primary Ions Monitored for Each Target Analyte During GC/MS Analysis
8 Analytes and Reference Compounds
9 Operating Conditions and Temperature Program of GC/MS
10 Two-Way ANOVA Table
11 Product Test Data, Total Aromatics
12 Summary Statistics for Product Test Data, Total Aromatics
13 Example Two-Way ANOVA Table
14 Pairwise Protected LSD Mean Separation
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Scope and Application. The methods described below apply to
``dispersants, surface washing agents, surface collecting agents,
bioremediation agents, and miscellaneous oil spill control agents''
involving subpart J (Use of Dispersants and Other Chemicals) in 40 CFR
part 300 (National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency
Plan). They are revisions and additions to the EPA's Standard Dispersant
Effectiveness and Toxicity Tests (1). The new Swirling Flask Dispersant
Effectiveness Test is used only for testing dispersants. The Revised
Standard Dispersant Toxicity Test is used for testing dispersants, as
well as surface washing agents, surface collecting agents, and
miscellaneous oil spill control agents. The bioremediation agent
effectiveness test is used for testing bioremediation agents only.
1.2 Definitions. The definitions of dispersants, surface washing
agents, surface collecting agents, bioremediation agents, and
miscellaneous oil spill control agents are provided in 40 CFR 300.5.
[[Page 226]]
2.0 Swirling Flask Dispersant Effectiveness Test
2.1 Summary of Method. This protocol was developed by Environment
Canada to provide a relatively rapid and simple testing procedure for
evaluating dispersant effectiveness (2). It uses a modified Erlenmeyer
flask to which a side spout has been added for removing subsurface
samples of water near the bottom of the flask without disturbing a
surface oil layer. Seawater and a surface layer of oil are added to the
flask. Turbulent mixing is provided by placing the flask on a standard
shaker table at 150 rpm for 20 minutes to induce a swirling motion to
the liquid contents. Following shaking, the flask is immediately removed
from the shaker table and maintained in a stationary position for 10
minutes to allow the oil that will reform a slick to return to the
water's surface. A sample of water for chemical analysis is then removed
from the bottom of the flask through the side spout, extracted with
methylene chloride (dichloromethane-DCM), and analyzed for oil content
by UV-visible absorption spectrophotometry at wavelengths of 340, 370,
and 400 nm (2).
2.2 Apparatus.
2.2.1 Modified Erlenmeyer Flask. Use 125-ml glass Erlenmeyer flasks
that have been modified to include an attachment of a glass side spout
that extends from the bottom of the flask upward to the neck region, as
shown in Figure 1.
2.2.2 Shaker Table. Use a shaker table with speed control unit with
variable speed (40-400 rpm) and an orbital diameter of approximately
0.75 inches (2 cm) to provide turbulence to solutions in test flasks.
2.2.3 Spectrophotometer. Use a UV-visible spectrophotometer capable
of measuring absorbance at 340, 370, and 400 nm. A Hitachi Model U-2000
or equivalent is acceptable for this purpose.
2.2.4 Glassware. Glassware should consist of 5-, 10-, 25-, 100-, and
500-ml graduated cylinders; 125-ml separatory funnels with Teflon
stopcocks; and 10-, 100-, and 1,000-ml volumetric flasks and
micropipettes.
[[Page 227]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02AU92.017
2.3 Reagents. 2.3.1 Synthetic seawater. The synthetic sea salt
``Instant Ocean,'' manufactured by Aquarium Systems of Mentor, OH, can
be used for this purpose. The synthetic seawater solution is prepared by
dissolving 34 g of the salt mixture in 1 liter of distilled water (i.e.,
a salinity of 34 ppt). Table 1 provides a list of the ion composition of
the seasalt mixture.
Table 1--Major Ion Composition of ``Instant Ocean'' Synthetic Sea Salt
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ionic
Concentration
Major Ion % Total at 34 ppt
Weight salinity (mg/
1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chloride (C1-)............................... 47.470 18,740
Sodium (NA=)................................. 26.280 10,454
Sulfate (SO4-)............................... 6.602 2,631
Magnesium (Mg==)............................. 3.230 1,256
Calcium (Ca==)............................... 1.013 400
Potassium (K=)............................... 1.015 401
Bicarbonate (HCO3-).......................... 0.491 194
Boron (B).................................... 0.015 6.0
Strontium (Sr==)............................. 0.001 7.5
SOLIDS TOTAL................................ 86.11% 34,089.50
Water........................................ 13.88
TOTAL....................................... 99.99%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Following the preparation, the saltwater solution is allowed to
equilibrate to the ambient temperature of the laboratory and should be
in the range of 22[plusmn]3 [deg]C.
2.3.2 Test oil. Two EPA/American Petroleum Institute (API) standard
reference oils,
[[Page 228]]
Prudhoe Bay and South Louisiana crude, should be used for this test.
These oils can be obtained from the Resource Technology Corporation,
2931 Soldier Springs Road, P.O. Box 1346, Laramie, WY 82070, (307) 742-
5452. These oils have been thoroughly homogenized, as well as
characterized physically and chemically for previous EPA and API
studies. Various selected parameters are presented in table 2.
Table 2--Test Oil Characteristics
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prudhoe Bay crude South Louisiana
oil crude oil
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Specific gravity \1\........... 0.894 kg/1......... 0.840 kg/1
API gravity \1\................ 26.8 degrees....... 37.0 degrees
Sulfur......................... 1.03 wt%........... 0.23 wt%
Sulfur compounds, profile...... ................... ..................
Nitrogen....................... 0.20 wt%........... 0.031 wt%
Vanadium....................... 21 mg/1............ 0.95 mg/1
Nickel......................... 11 mg/1............ 1.1 mg/1
Simulated distillation profile. ................... ..................
Infrared spectrum.............. ................... ..................
UV fluorescence spectrum....... ................... ..................
Pour Point..................... +25 [deg]F......... 0 [deg]F
Viscosity
at 40 [deg]C.................. 14.09 cST.......... 3.582 cST
at 100 [deg]C................. 4.059 cST.......... 1.568 cST
Index.......................... 210................ (2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ At 15 [deg]C
\2\ Not calculable when viscosity at 100 [deg]C is less than 2.0.
2.3.3 Methylene Chloride (Dichloromethane-DCM), pesticide quality.
For extraction of all sample water and oil-standard water samples.
2.4 Pretest preparation. 2.4.1 Preparation and analysis of oil
standards. 2.4.1.1 Standard solutions of oil for calibrating the UV-
visible spectrophotometer are prepared with the specific reference oils
and dispersant used for a particular set of experimental test runs. For
experiments with no dispersant, only oil is used to make the standard
solution. For experiments with the oil plus dispersant, the standard is
made with a 1:10 (v:v) mixture of the dispersant to the test oil (i.e.,
a dispersant-to-oil ratio of 1:10). This ratio is used in the test tank
with dispersant added. The presence of water and certain dispersants in
DCM extracts can affect absorbance readings in a spectrophotometer. All
standard solutions of oil (and dispersant, if present) should be
prepared in a stepwise manner that reflects the analytical protocol used
for the experimental water samples.
2.4.1.2 To prepare the standards, prepare a parent oil-DCM standard
by mixing 1 part oil (plus 1/10 part premixed dispersant, if applicable)
to 9 parts DCM (i.e., 1:10 dilution of the oil v:v). Add a specific
volume of the parent oil-DCM standard to 30 ml of synthetic seawater in
a separatory funnel. Extract the oil-water mixture with 5-ml volumes of
DCM after 15 seconds of vigorous shaking followed by a 2 minute
stationary period to allow for phase separation for each extraction.
Repeat the extraction using a total of three 5-ml portions of DCM.
Adjust the final DCM volume for the combined extracts to 20 ml with DCM
in a 25-ml graduated cylinder.
2.4.1.3 The quantities of oil used to achieve the desired
concentrations in the final 20-ml DCM extracts for the standard oil-
solutions are summarized in table 3. Specific masses for oil amounts in
standards are determined as volumes of oil multiplied by the density of
the oil.
2.4.2 Linear stability calibration of UV-Visible spectrophotometer.
2.4.2.1 Before DCM-extracts of dispersed oil-water samples can be
analyzed for their oil content, the UV-visible spectrophotometer must
meet an instrument stability calibration criterion. This criterion is
determined with the six oil standards identified in table 3. Determine
the absorbance of standards at each of the three analytical wavelengths
(i.e., 340, 370, and 400 nm). Determine the response factors (RFs) for
the test oil at each of the three analytical wavelengths using the
following equation:
RFx=C/Ax (1)
where:
RFx=Response factor at wavelength x (x=340, 370, or 400 nm)
C=Oil concentration, in mg of oil/ml of DCM in standard solution
Ax=Spectrophotometric absorbance of wavelength x
Table 3--Oil Standard Solutions: Concentrations in Final DCM Extractions
\1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Volume of
Final oil Final extract Total amount of parent oil-DCM
concentration (mg/ml volume (ml of oil in standard std ([mu]l)
of DCM) DCM) (mg) added to
saltwater
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.0 20.0 80.0 890
2.0 20.0 40.0 440
1.0 20.0 20.0 220
0.50 20.0 10.0 110
0.10 20.0 2.0 22
0.05 20.0 1.0 11
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Assuming an oil density of 0.9 g/ml and an extraction efficiency of
100% for oil from the 30-ml of seawater.
2.4.2.2 Instrument stability for the initial calibration is
acceptable when the RFs for the five highest standard extracts of oil
are <20% different from the overall mean value for the five standards.
If this criterion is satisfied, analysis of sample extracts can begin.
RFs for the lowest concentration (0.05 mg oil/ml DCM) are not included
in the consideration because the absorbance is close to the detection
limit of the spectrophotometer (with associated high variability in the
value) for the 1-cm path-length cell used for measurements. Absorbances
[ge]3.5 are not included because absorbance saturation occurs at and
above this value.
[[Page 229]]
2.4.2.3 If one or more of the standard oil extracts do not meet this
linear-stability criterion, then the ``offending'' standard(s) can be
prepared a second time (i.e., extraction of the specified amount of oil
from 30-ml or seawater for the ``offending'' standard according to the
pretest preparation procedure). If replacement of the reanalyzed
standard solution(s) in the standard curve meets the linear-stability
criterion (i.e., no RF 20% different from the overall mean),
then analysis of sample extracts can begin.
2.4.2.4 If the initial-stability criterion is still not satisfied,
analysis of sample extract cannot begin and the source of the problem
(e.g., preparation protocol for the oil standards, spectrophotometer
stability, etc.) must be corrected.
2.4.2.5 The initial six-point calibration of the UV-visible
spectrophotometer at the oil concentrations identified is required at
least once per test day.
2.5 Test procedure. 2.5.1 Preparation of premixed dispersant oil.
Prepare a premixed dispersant oil by mixing 1 part dispersant to 10
parts oil. Store this mixture in a glass container. The dispersant
effectiveness test procedures are listed in steps 1-20:
1. Prepare 4 replicates (same test oil and dispersant), one control
(i.e., no dispersant), and one method blank and run at the same time on
the shaker table.
2. Add 120[plusmn]2 ml of synthetic seawater to each of the modified
125-ml glass Erlenmeyer flasks. Measure and record the water
temperature.
3. Place the flasks securely into the attached slot on the shaker
table.
4. Carefully add 100 [mu]l of an oil-dispersant solution onto the
center of the water's surface using a positive displacement pipette.
5. Agitate the flasks for 20[plusmn]1 minutes at 150[plusmn]10 rpm
on the shaker table.
6. After the 20[plusmn]1 minutes shaking, remove the flasks from the
shaker table and allow them to remain stationary for 10[plusmn]1 minutes
for oil droplet ``settling.''
7. At the conclusion of the 10-minute settling period, carefully
decant a 30-ml sample through the side spout of the test flasks into a
50-ml graduated cylinder.
Note: Discard the first 1-2 ml of sample water to remove
nonhomogeneous water-oil initially contained in the spout.
8. Transfer the samples from the graduated cylinder into a 125- or
250-ml glass separatory funnel fitted with a Teflon stopcock.
9. Add 5 ml of pesticide-quality DCM to the separatory funnel and
shake vigorously for 15 seconds. Release the pressure carefully from the
separatory funnel through the stopcock into a fume hood.
10. Allow the funnel to remain in a stationary position for 2
minutes to allow phase-separation of the water and DCM.
11. Drain the DCM layer from the separatory funnel into a glass-
stoppered, 25-ml graduated glass cylinder.
12. Repeat the DCM-extraction process two additional times.
13. Combine the three extracts in the graduated cylinder and adjust
the final volume to 20-ml with additional DCM.
14. Analyze the samples using a UV-spectrophotometer at 340, 370,
and 400 nm-wavelengths and determine the quantity of oil as follows:
Cx=(Ax)x(RFx)x(VDCM)x(Vtw
/Vew) (2)
where:
Cx=Total mass of dispersed oil in swirling flask at
wavelength x (x=340, 370, or 400 nm)
Ax=Spectrophotometric absorbance at wavelength x
RFx=Mean response factor at wavelength x (determined from
equation 1)
VDCM=Final volume of DCM-extract of water sample (20 ml)
Vtw=Total water volume in swirling flask vessel (120 ml)
Vew=Volume of water extracted for dispersed oil content (30
ml)
15. Obtain three concentration values for oil in each experimental
water sample (340, 370, and 400 nm).
16. Determine the mean of three values as follows:
Cmean=(C340+C370+C400)/3
(3)
Note: Means will be used for all dispersion-performance
calculations. Samples where one of the values for C340,
C370, or C400 is more than 30% different from
Cmean will be flagged. Whenever oil measurements are flagged
as having a concentration based on one wavelength as 30%
different from Cmean, raw data will be evaluated to establish
that the measurements are valid. In addition, attempts will be made to
correlate the difference to oil type, dispersant test, or dispersant
used. If no errors or correlations are apparent and 10% of
all oil measurements are flagged, the mean concentration data will be
used in the calculation for dispersant performance and the subject data
will be flagged.
17. Determine the dispersant performance (i.e., percent of oil that
is dispersed, or EFF) based on the ratio of oil dispersed in the test
system to the total oil added to the system as follows:
EFF (in %)=(Cmean/CTOT)x100 (4)
where:
Cmean=Mean value for total mass of dispersed oil in the
swirling flask determined by spectrophotometric analysis
CTOT=Total mass of oil initially added to the experimental
swirling flask
18. Calculate EFF using equation 4 for coupled experiments with and
without dispersant (EFFc and EFFd, respectively).
EFFc is the effectiveness of the control and represents
natural dispersion of the oil in the
[[Page 230]]
test apparatus. EFFd is the measured uncorrected value.
19. Calculate the final dispersant performance of a chemical
dispersant agent after correcting for natural dispersion using equation
5.
EFFD=EFFd--EFFc (5)
where:
EFFD=% dispersed oil due to dispersant only
EFFd=% dispersed oil with dispersant added
EFFc= % dispersed oil with no dispersant added
20. Calculate the average dispersant effectiveness value by summing
the corrected values (EFFD) for each of the four replicates
for each of the two test oils and dividing this sum by eight.
2.6 Performance criterion. The dispersant product tested will remain
in consideration for addition to the NCP Product Schedule if the average
dispersant effectiveness, as calculated in section 2.5 above, is at
least 45% (i.e., 50%[plusmn]5%).
2.7 Quality Control (QC) procedures for measurements of oil
concentrations. 2.7.1 UV-visible spectrophotometric measurements. At
least 5% of all UV-visible spectrophotometric measurements will be
performed in duplicate as a QC check on the analytical measurement
method. The absorbance values for the duplicates should agree within
[plusmn]5% of their mean value.
2.7.2 Method blanks. Analytical method blanks involve an analysis of
seawater blanks (i.e., seawater but no oil or dispersant in a swirling
flask vessel) through testing and analytical procedures (3, pp 79-80).
Method blanks are analyzed with a frequency of at least 1 for every 12
experimental swirling flask samples. Oil concentrations in method blanks
must be <5% of that occurring for 100% dispersion of oil in testing
apparatus.
3.0 Revised standard dispersant toxicity test
3.1 Summary of method. The standard toxicity test for dispersants
and other products involves exposing two species (Menidia beryllina
(silversides) and Mysidopsis bahia (mysid shrimp)) to five
concentrations of the test product and No. 2 fuel oil alone and in a
1:10 mixture of product to oil. To aid in comparing results from assays
performed by different workers, reference toxicity tests are conducted
using dodecyl sodium sulfate (DSS) as a reference toxicant. The test
length is 96 hours for Menidia and 48 hours for Mysidopsis.
LC50 s are calculated based on mortality data at the end of
the exposure period (for method of calculation, see section 3.6 below).
3.2 Selection and preparation of test materials.
3.2.1 Test organisms.
3.2.1.1 Menidia beryllina. Obtain fish (silversides) from a single
source for each series of toxicity tests. In-house cultures are
recommended wherever it is cost-effective; however, organisms are
available from commercial suppliers. Information on the source of test
organisms and any known unusual condition to which fish were exposed
before use should be included in the data report. Use of animals
previously treated with pesticides or chemotherapeutic agents should be
avoided. Organisms should not be used if they appear to be unhealthy,
discolored, or show signs of stress. Use 7-day old larval fish. Fish
should be cultured in accordance with the methods outlined in Middaugh,
et al. (5). There should be no need to acclimate organisms to the
25[plusmn]1 [deg]C temperature recommended for the toxicity tests if
laboratory stock cultures of Menidia are maintained at the recommended
culture temperature of 25[plusmn]1 [deg]C. If test organisms must be
obtained from a commercial source, it may become necessary to acclimate
test fish to the test temperature of 25[plusmn]1 [deg]C, a pH of
8.0[plusmn]0.2, and 20[plusmn]2 ppt salinity since changes in
temperature may occur during shipping. Eliminate groups of fish having a
mortality of more than 10% during the first 48 hours, and more than 5%
thereafter. During acclimation, organisms should be maintained on a diet
of freshly hatched Artemia (brine shrimp) nauplii. Feed the fish daily
to satiation during the acclimation period, and once daily during the
96-hour test. Care should be taken daily to remove excess food and fecal
material from beakers during the test. Use only those organisms that
feed actively and that appear to be healthy. Organisms should be free of
disease, external parasites, and any signs of physical damage or stress.
Discard any fish injured or dropped while handling.
3.2.1.2 Mysidopsis bahia. Several methods for culturing Mysidopsis
bahia (mysid shrimp) may be used and are noted in appendix A of Methods
for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to
Freshwater and Marine Organisms (6). To ensure uniformity of mysids,
recently hatched mysids should be collected daily from stock cultures
and identified by the date of hatch. Mysids used in 48-hour tests should
be from a single day's collection, but may have an age range of 5-7 days
old. In cases where in-house cultures of mysids are unavailable,
organisms may be purchased from a commercial source. Information on the
source of test organisms should be submitted in the data report.
3.2.2 Preparation of experimental water. Filtered natural seawater
is recommended for use since it represents a natural source of saltwater
containing an inherent population of microorganisms. Synthetic seawater
formulated according to the following method can serve as an acceptable
alternative to filtered, natural seawater for toxicity tests performed
in laboratories in which natural seawater is unavailable.
[[Page 231]]
3.2.3 Synthetic seawater formation. To prepare standard seawater,
mix technical-grade salts with 900 liters of distilled or demineralized
water in the order and quantities listed in table 4. These ingredients
must be added in the order listed and each ingredient must be dissolved
before another is added. Stir constantly after each addition during
preparation until dissolution is complete. Add distilled or
demineralized water to make up to 1,000 liters. The pH should now be
8.0[plusmn]0.2. To attain the desired salinity of 20[plusmn]1 ppt,
dilute again with distilled or demineralized water at time of use.
3.3 Sampling and storage of test materials. Toxicity tests are
performed with No. 2 fuel oil having the characteristics defined in
table 5. Store oil used for toxicity tests in sealed containers to
prevent the loss of volatiles and other changes. For ease in handling
and use, it is recommended that 1,000-ml glass containers be used. To
ensure comparable results in the bioassay tests, use oils packaged and
sealed at the source. Dispose of unused oil in each open container on
completion of dosing to prevent its use at a later date when it may have
lost some of its volatile components. Run all tests in a bioassay series
with oil from the same container and with organisms from the same group
collected or secured from the same source.
Table 4--Synthetic Seawater
[Toxicity Test]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salt (g) \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
NaF........................................................ 1.9
SrCl2 & [delta] [] 13.0
[] [] [delta] [] [gE] 6H2 O................
H3 BO2..................................................... 20.0
KBr........................................................ 67.0
KCl........................................................ 466.0
CaC12 & [delta] [] 733.0
[] [] [delta] [] [gE] 2H2 O................
Na2 SO4.................................................... 2,660.0
MgCl2 & [delta] [] 3,330.0
[] [] [delta] [] [gE] 6H2 O................
NaCl....................................................... 15,650.0
Na2 SiO3 & [delta] [